18 files changed, 18152 insertions, 18152 deletions

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h
index 9e00d7571..9c9bac6ba 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/compiler.h
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
 #  endif
 # endif /* __inline__ */
 # ifndef __inline
-#  if defined(__GNUC__)
+#  if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)
     /* gcc has __inline */
 #  elif defined(__HIGHC__)
 #   define __inline _Inline
@@ -1525,10 +1525,10 @@ inl(unsigned short port)
 #      define asm __asm
 #     endif
 #    endif
-#     if !defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+#     if !defined(__SUNPRO_C) && !defined(_MSC_VER)
 #      include <sys/inline.h>
 #     endif
-#    if !defined(__HIGHC__) && !defined(__SUNPRO_C) || \
+#    if (!defined(__HIGHC__) && !defined(__SUNPRO_C) && !defined(_MSC_VER)) || \
 	defined(__USLC__)
 #     pragma asm partial_optimization outl
 #     pragma asm partial_optimization outw
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c
index 5312ca60d..bd90e6ca3 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Config.c
@@ -1,2517 +1,2517 @@
-/*
- * Loosely based on code bearing the following copyright:
- *
- *   Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.
- */
-
-/*
- * Copyright 1992-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- * Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-/*
- *
- * Authors:
- *	Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>
- *	David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>
- *      Marc La France <tsi@XFree86.Org>
- *      Egbert Eich <eich@XFree86.Org>
- *      ... and others
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef XF86DRI
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <grp.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Parser.h"
-#include "xf86tokens.h"
-#include "xf86Config.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-#include "configProcs.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "extension.h"
-#include "xf86pciBus.h"
-
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-#include "picture.h"
-
-/*
- * These paths define the way the config file search is done.  The escape
- * sequences are documented in parser/scan.c.
- */
-#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGPATH
-#define ROOT_CONFIGPATH	"%A," "%R," \
-			"/etc/X11/%R," "%P/etc/X11/%R," \
-			"%E," "%F," \
-			"/etc/X11/%F," "%P/etc/X11/%F," \
-			"/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \
-			"%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \
-			"%P/etc/X11/%X," \
-			"%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \
-			"%P/lib/X11/%X"
-#endif
-#ifndef USER_CONFIGPATH
-#define USER_CONFIGPATH	"/etc/X11/%S," "%P/etc/X11/%S," \
-			"/etc/X11/%G," "%P/etc/X11/%G," \
-			"/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \
-			"%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \
-			"%P/etc/X11/%X," \
-			"%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \
-			"%P/lib/X11/%X"
-#endif
-#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH
-#define ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH	"%A," "%R," \
-				"/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \
-				"/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"
-#endif
-#ifndef USER_CONFIGDIRPATH
-#define USER_CONFIGDIRPATH	"/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \
-				"/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"
-#endif
-#ifndef SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH
-#define SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH	"/usr/share/X11/%X," "%D/X11/%X"
-#endif
-#ifndef PROJECTROOT
-#define PROJECTROOT	"/usr/X11R6"
-#endif
-
-static ModuleDefault ModuleDefaults[] = {
-    {.name = "extmod",   .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#ifdef DBE
-    {.name = "dbe",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#endif
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    {.name = "glx",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#endif
-#ifdef XRECORD
-    {.name = "record",   .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#endif
-#ifdef XF86DRI
-    {.name = "dri",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#endif
-#ifdef DRI2
-    {.name = "dri2",     .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},
-#endif
-    {.name = NULL,       .toLoad = FALSE,   .load_opt=NULL}
-};
-
-
-/* Forward declarations */
-static Bool configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,
-			 int scrnum, MessageType from);
-static Bool configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor);
-static Bool configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device,
-			 Bool active);
-static Bool configInput(InputInfoPtr pInfo, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input,
-			MessageType from);
-static Bool configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display);
-static Bool addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp);
-#ifdef XF86DRI
-static void configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip);
-#endif
-static void configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext);
-
-/*
- * xf86GetPathElem --
- *	Extract a single element from the font path string starting at
- *	pnt.  The font path element will be returned, and pnt will be
- *	updated to point to the start of the next element, or set to
- *	NULL if there are no more.
- */
-static char *
-xf86GetPathElem(char **pnt)
-{
-  char *p1;
-
-  p1 = *pnt;
-  *pnt = index(*pnt, ',');
-  if (*pnt != NULL) {
-    **pnt = '\0';
-    *pnt += 1;
-  }
-  return p1;
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86ValidateFontPath --
- *	Validates the user-specified font path.  Each element that
- *	begins with a '/' is checked to make sure the directory exists.
- *	If the directory exists, the existence of a file named 'fonts.dir'
- *	is checked.  If either check fails, an error is printed and the
- *	element is removed from the font path.
- */
-
-#define DIR_FILE "/fonts.dir"
-static char *
-xf86ValidateFontPath(char *path)
-{
-  char *tmp_path, *out_pnt, *path_elem, *next, *p1, *dir_elem;
-  struct stat stat_buf;
-  int flag;
-  int dirlen;
-
-  tmp_path = calloc(1,strlen(path)+1);
-  out_pnt = tmp_path;
-  path_elem = NULL;
-  next = path;
-  while (next != NULL) {
-    path_elem = xf86GetPathElem(&next);
-    if (*path_elem == '/') {
-      dir_elem = xnfcalloc(1, strlen(path_elem) + 1);
-      if ((p1 = strchr(path_elem, ':')) != 0)
-	dirlen = p1 - path_elem;
-      else
-	dirlen = strlen(path_elem);
-      strncpy(dir_elem, path_elem, dirlen);
-      dir_elem[dirlen] = '\0';
-      flag = stat(dir_elem, &stat_buf);
-      if (flag == 0)
-	if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))
-	  flag = -1;
-      if (flag != 0) {
-        xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "The directory \"%s\" does not exist.\n", dir_elem);
-	xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");
-	free(dir_elem);
-	continue;
-      }
-      else {
-	XNFasprintf(&p1, "%s%s", dir_elem, DIR_FILE);
-	flag = stat(p1, &stat_buf);
-	if (flag == 0)
-	  if (!S_ISREG(stat_buf.st_mode))
-	    flag = -1;
-	free(p1);
-	if (flag != 0) {
-	  xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
-		  "`fonts.dir' not found (or not valid) in \"%s\".\n", 
-		  dir_elem);
-	  xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");
-	  xf86ErrorF("\t(Run 'mkfontdir' on \"%s\").\n", dir_elem);
-	  free(dir_elem);
-	  continue;
-	}
-      }
-      free(dir_elem);
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Either an OK directory, or a font server name.  So add it to
-     * the path.
-     */
-    if (out_pnt != tmp_path)
-      *out_pnt++ = ',';
-    strcat(out_pnt, path_elem);
-    out_pnt += strlen(path_elem);
-  }
-  return tmp_path;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * use the datastructure that the parser provides and pick out the parts
- * that we need at this point
- */
-char **
-xf86ModulelistFromConfig(pointer **optlist)
-{
-    int count = 0, i = 0;
-    char **modulearray;
-    char *ignore[] = { "GLcore", "speedo", "bitmap", "drm",
-		       "freetype", "type1",
-		       NULL };
-    pointer *optarray;
-    XF86LoadPtr modp;
-    Bool found;
-    
-    /*
-     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
-     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
-     * ModulePath
-     */
-    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    
-    if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {
-        /* Walk the disable list and let people know what we've parsed to
-         * not be loaded 
-         */
-        modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;
-        while (modp) {
-            xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" will not be loaded unless you've specified it to be loaded elsewhere.\n", modp->load_name);
-	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
-        }
-        /*
-         * Walk the default settings table. For each module listed to be
-         * loaded, make sure it's in the mod_load_lst. If it's not, make
-         * sure it's not in the mod_no_load_lst. If it's not disabled,
-         * append it to mod_load_lst
-         */
-         for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {
-            if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == FALSE) {
-                xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" is not to be loaded by default. Skipping.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
-                continue;
-            }
-            found = FALSE;
-            modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
-            while (modp) {
-                if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {
-                    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded. This was enabled by default and also specified in the config file.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
-                    found = TRUE;
-                    break;
-                }
-	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
-            }
-            if (found == FALSE) {
-                modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;
-                while (modp) {
-                    if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {
-                        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded even though the default is to disable it.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
-                        found = TRUE;
-                        break;
-                    }
-	                modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
-                }
-            }
-            if (found == FALSE) {
-		XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;
-	            ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);
-                xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded by default.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);
-            }
-         }
-    } else {
-	xf86configptr->conf_modules = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfModuleRec));
-	for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {
-	    if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == TRUE) {
-		XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;
-		ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-	    /*
-	     * Walk the list of modules in the "Module" section to determine how
-	     * many we have.
-	    */
-	    modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
-	    while (modp) {
-                for (i = 0; ignore[i]; i++) {
-                    if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ignore[i]) == 0)
-                        modp->ignore = 1;
-                }
-                if (!modp->ignore)
-	            count++;
-	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
-	    }
-
-    /*
-     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
-     */
-    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
-    optarray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(pointer));
-    count = 0;
-    if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {
-	    modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;
-	    while (modp) {
-            if (!modp->ignore) {
-	            modulearray[count] = modp->load_name;
-	            optarray[count] = modp->load_opt;
-	            count++;
-            }
-	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;
-	    }
-    }
-    modulearray[count] = NULL;
-    optarray[count] = NULL;
-    if (optlist)
-	    *optlist = optarray;
-    else
-	    free(optarray);
-    return modulearray;
-}
-
-
-char **
-xf86DriverlistFromConfig(void)
-{
-    int count = 0;
-    int j;
-    char **modulearray;
-    screenLayoutPtr slp;
-    
-    /*
-     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
-     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
-     * ModulePath
-     */
-    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    
-    /*
-     * Walk the list of driver lines in active "Device" sections to
-     * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.
-     *
-     */
-    if (xf86ConfigLayout.screens) {
-        slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;
-        while ((slp++)->screen) {
-	    count++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Handle the set of inactive "Device" sections.
-     */
-    j = 0;
-    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].identifier)
-	count++;
-
-    if (count == 0)
-	return NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
-     */
-    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
-    count = 0;
-    slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;
-    while (slp->screen) {
-	modulearray[count] = slp->screen->device->driver;
-	count++;
-	slp++;
-    }
-
-    j = 0;
-
-    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) 
-	modulearray[count++] = xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].driver;
-
-    modulearray[count] = NULL;
-
-    /* Remove duplicates */
-    for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	    if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {
-		modulearray[count] = "";
-		break;
-	    }
-    }
-    return modulearray;
-}
-
-char **
-xf86InputDriverlistFromConfig(void)
-{
-    int count = 0;
-    char **modulearray;
-    InputInfoPtr *idp;
-
-    /*
-     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a
-     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default
-     * ModulePath
-     */
-    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");
-        return NULL;
-    }
-    
-    /*
-     * Walk the list of driver lines in active "InputDevice" sections to
-     * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.
-     */
-    if (xf86ConfigLayout.inputs) {
-        idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;
-        while (*idp) {
-	    count++;
-	    idp++;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (count == 0)
-	return NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers
-     */
-    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));
-    count = 0;
-    idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;
-    while (idp && *idp) {
-        modulearray[count] = (*idp)->driver;
-	count++;
-	idp++;
-    }
-    modulearray[count] = NULL;
-
-    /* Remove duplicates */
-    for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {
-	int i;
-
-	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	    if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {
-		modulearray[count] = "";
-		break;
-	    }
-    }
-    return modulearray;
-}
-
-static void
-fixup_video_driver_list(char **drivers)
-{
-    static const char *fallback[4] = { "vesa", "fbdev", "wsfb", NULL };
-    char **end, **drv;
-    char *x;
-    int i;
-
-    /* walk to the end of the list */
-    for (end = drivers; *end && **end; end++) ;
-    end--;
-
-    /*
-     * for each of the fallback drivers, if we find it in the list,
-     * swap it with the last available non-fallback driver.
-     */
-    for (i = 0; fallback[i]; i++) {
-        for (drv = drivers; drv != end; drv++) {
-            if (strstr(*drv, fallback[i])) {
-                x = *drv; *drv = *end; *end = x;
-                end--;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-static char **
-GenerateDriverlist(char * dirname)
-{
-    char **ret;
-    const char *subdirs[] = { dirname, NULL };
-    static const char *patlist[] = {"(.*)_drv\\.so", NULL};
-    ret = LoaderListDirs(subdirs, patlist);
-    
-    /* fix up the probe order for video drivers */
-    if (strstr(dirname, "drivers") && ret != NULL)
-        fixup_video_driver_list(ret);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-char **
-xf86DriverlistFromCompile(void)
-{
-    static char **driverlist = NULL;
-
-    if (!driverlist)
-        driverlist = GenerateDriverlist("drivers");
-
-    return driverlist;
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86ConfigError --
- *      Print a READABLE ErrorMessage!!!  All information that is 
- *      available is printed.
- */
-static void
-xf86ConfigError(char *msg, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    ErrorF("\nConfig Error:\n");
-    va_start(ap, msg);
-    VErrorF(msg, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-    ErrorF("\n");
-    return;
-}
-
-static void
-configFiles(XF86ConfFilesPtr fileconf)
-{
-    MessageType	 pathFrom;
-    Bool	 must_copy;
-    int		 size, countDirs;
-    char	*temp_path, *log_buf, *start, *end;
-
-    /* FontPath */
-    must_copy = TRUE;
-
-    temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";
-    if (xf86fpFlag)
-	pathFrom = X_CMDLINE;
-    else if (fileconf && fileconf->file_fontpath) {
-	pathFrom = X_CONFIG;
-	if (xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath) {
-	    if (asprintf(&defaultFontPath, "%s%s%s", fileconf->file_fontpath,
-			 *temp_path ? "," : "", temp_path) == -1)
-		defaultFontPath = NULL;
-	    else
-		must_copy = FALSE;
-	}
-	else
-	    defaultFontPath = fileconf->file_fontpath;
-    }
-    else
-	pathFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";
-
-    /* xf86ValidateFontPath modifies its argument, but returns a copy of it. */
-    temp_path = must_copy ? xnfstrdup(defaultFontPath) : defaultFontPath;
-    defaultFontPath = xf86ValidateFontPath(temp_path);
-    free(temp_path);
-
-    /* make fontpath more readable in the logfiles */
-    countDirs = 1;
-    temp_path = defaultFontPath;
-    while ((temp_path = index(temp_path, ',')) != NULL) {
-	countDirs++;
-	temp_path++;
-    }
-
-    log_buf = xnfalloc(strlen(defaultFontPath) + (2 * countDirs) + 1);
-    temp_path = log_buf;
-    start = defaultFontPath;
-    while((end = index(start, ',')) != NULL) {
-      size = (end - start) + 1;
-      *(temp_path++) = '\t';
-      strncpy(temp_path, start, size);
-      temp_path += size;
-      *(temp_path++) = '\n';
-      start += size;
-    }
-    /* copy last entry */
-    *(temp_path++) = '\t';
-    strcpy(temp_path, start);
-    xf86Msg(pathFrom, "FontPath set to:\n%s\n", log_buf);
-    free(log_buf);
-  
-  /* ModulePath */
-
-  if (fileconf) {
-    if (xf86ModPathFrom != X_CMDLINE && fileconf->file_modulepath) {
-      xf86ModulePath = fileconf->file_modulepath;
-      xf86ModPathFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-  }
-
-  xf86Msg(xf86ModPathFrom, "ModulePath set to \"%s\"\n", xf86ModulePath);
-
-  if (!xf86xkbdirFlag && fileconf && fileconf->file_xkbdir) {
-    XkbBaseDirectory = fileconf->file_xkbdir;
-    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "XKB base directory set to \"%s\"\n",
-	    XkbBaseDirectory);
-  }
-#if 0
-  /* LogFile */
-  /*
-   * XXX The problem with this is that the log file is already open.
-   * One option might be to copy the exiting contents to the new location.
-   * and re-open it.  The down side is that the default location would
-   * already have been overwritten.  Another option would be to start with
-   * unique temporary location, then copy it once the correct name is known.
-   * A problem with this is what happens if the server exits before that
-   * happens.
-   */
-  if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT && fileconf->file_logfile) {
-    xf86LogFile = fileconf->file_logfile;
-    xf86LogFileFrom = X_CONFIG;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  return;
-}
-
-typedef enum {
-    FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS,
-    FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH,
-    FLAG_DONTZAP,
-    FLAG_DONTZOOM,
-    FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE,
-    FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL,
-    FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL,
-    FLAG_VTSYSREQ,
-    FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME,
-    FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME,
-    FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME,
-    FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME,
-    FLAG_PIXMAP,
-    FLAG_PC98,
-    FLAG_NOPM,
-    FLAG_XINERAMA,
-    FLAG_LOG,
-    FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE,
-    FLAG_RANDR,
-    FLAG_AIGLX,
-    FLAG_IGNORE_ABI,
-    FLAG_ALLOW_EMPTY_INPUT,
-    FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH,
-    FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,
-    FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,
-    FLAG_GLX_VISUALS,
-    FLAG_DRI2,
-    FLAG_USE_SIGIO
-} FlagValues;
-
-/**
- * NOTE: the last value for each entry is NOT the default. It is set to TRUE
- * if the parser found the option in the config file.
- */
-static OptionInfoRec FlagOptions[] = {
-  { FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS,		"NoTrapSignals",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH,		"DontVTSwitch",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DONTZAP,		"DontZap",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DONTZOOM,		"DontZoom",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE,	"DisableVidModeExtension",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL,		"AllowNonLocalXvidtune",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL,	"AllowMouseOpenFail",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_VTSYSREQ,		"VTSysReq",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME,	"BlankTime"		,	OPTV_INTEGER,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME,	"StandbyTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME,	"SuspendTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME,		"OffTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_PIXMAP,		"Pixmap",			OPTV_INTEGER,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_PC98,			"PC98",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_NOPM,			"NoPM",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_XINERAMA,		"Xinerama",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_LOG,			"Log",				OPTV_STRING,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE,	"RenderColormapMode",		OPTV_STRING,
-        {0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_RANDR,			"RandR",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_AIGLX,			"AIGLX",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_IGNORE_ABI,		"IgnoreABI",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH,  "UseDefaultFontPath",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,       "AutoAddDevices",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-        {0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,    "AutoEnableDevices",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-        {0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_GLX_VISUALS,		"GlxVisuals",			OPTV_STRING,
-        {0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_DRI2,			"DRI2",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { FLAG_USE_SIGIO,		"UseSIGIO",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-  { -1,				NULL,				OPTV_NONE,
-	{0}, FALSE },
-};
-
-#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98
-static Bool
-detectPC98(void)
-{
-    unsigned char buf[2];
-
-    if (xf86ReadBIOS(0xf8000, 0xe80, buf, 2) != 2)
-	return FALSE;
-    if ((buf[0] == 0x98) && (buf[1] == 0x21))
-	return TRUE;
-    else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-#endif
-
-static Bool
-configServerFlags(XF86ConfFlagsPtr flagsconf, XF86OptionPtr layoutopts)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr optp, tmp;
-    int i;
-    Pix24Flags pix24 = Pix24DontCare;
-    Bool value;
-    MessageType from;
-    const char *s;
-    XkbRMLVOSet set;
-    /* Default options. */
-    set.rules = "base";
-    set.model = "pc105";
-    set.layout = "us";
-    set.variant = NULL;
-    set.options = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * Merge the ServerLayout and ServerFlags options.  The former have
-     * precedence over the latter.
-     */
-    optp = NULL;
-    if (flagsconf && flagsconf->flg_option_lst)
-	optp = xf86optionListDup(flagsconf->flg_option_lst);
-    if (layoutopts) {
-	tmp = xf86optionListDup(layoutopts);
-	if (optp)
-	    optp = xf86optionListMerge(optp, tmp);
-	else
-	    optp = tmp;
-    }
-
-    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, optp, FlagOptions);
-
-    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, &xf86Info.notrapSignals);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, &xf86Info.dontVTSwitch);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZAP, &xf86Info.dontZap);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZOOM, &xf86Info.dontZoom);
-
-    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, &xf86Info.ignoreABI);
-    if (xf86Info.ignoreABI) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Ignoring ABI Version\n");
-    }
-
-    if (xf86SIGIOSupported()) {
-	xf86Info.useSIGIO = xf86ReturnOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO, USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT);
-	if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO)) {
-	    from = X_CONFIG;
-	} else {
-	    from = X_DEFAULT;
-	}
-	if (!xf86Info.useSIGIO) {
-	    xf86Msg(from, "Disabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");
-	} else if (from == X_CONFIG) {
-	    xf86Msg(from, "Enabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");
-	}
-    } else {
-	xf86Info.useSIGIO = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES)) {
-        xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,
-                          &xf86Info.autoAddDevices);
-        from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    else {
-        from = X_DEFAULT;
-    }
-    xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically adding devices\n",
-            xf86Info.autoAddDevices ? "A" : "Not a");
-
-    if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES)) {
-        xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,
-                          &xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);
-        from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    else {
-        from = X_DEFAULT;
-    }
-    xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically enabling devices\n",
-            xf86Info.autoEnableDevices ? "A" : "Not a");
-
-    /*
-     * Set things up based on the config file information.  Some of these
-     * settings may be overridden later when the command line options are
-     * checked.
-     */
-#ifdef XF86VIDMODE
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, &value))
-	xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = !value;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, &value))
-	xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = value;
-#endif
-
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, &value))
-	xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = value;
-
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_VTSYSREQ, &value)) {
-#ifdef USE_VT_SYSREQ
-	xf86Info.vtSysreq = value;
-	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "VTSysReq %s\n", value ? "enabled" : "disabled");
-#else
-	if (value)
-	    xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "VTSysReq is not supported on this OS\n");
-#endif
-    }
-
-    xf86Info.pmFlag = TRUE;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOPM, &value)) 
-	xf86Info.pmFlag = !value;
-    {
-	if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_LOG))) {
-	    if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"flush")) {
-		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Flushing logfile enabled\n");
-		xf86Info.log = LogFlush;
-		LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);
-	    } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"sync")) {
-		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Syncing logfile enabled\n");
-		xf86Info.log = LogSync;
-		LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);
-		LogSetParameter(XLOG_SYNC, TRUE);
-	    } else {
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown Log option\n");
-	    }
-        }
-    }
-    
-    {
-	if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE))){
-	    int policy = PictureParseCmapPolicy (s);
-	    if (policy == PictureCmapPolicyInvalid)
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Unknown colormap policy \"%s\"\n", s);
-	    else
-	    {
-		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Render colormap policy set to %s\n", s);
-		PictureCmapPolicy = policy;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-#ifdef RANDR
-    xf86Info.disableRandR = FALSE;
-    xf86Info.randRFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_RANDR, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.disableRandR = !value;
-	xf86Info.randRFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    xf86Info.aiglx = TRUE;
-    xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.aiglx = value;
-	xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-
-#ifdef GLXEXT
-    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;
-    xf86Info.glxVisualsFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_GLX_VISUALS))) {
-	if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "minimal")) {
-	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsMinimal;
-	} else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "typical")) {
-	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;
-	} else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "all")) {
-	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsAll;
-	} else {
-	    xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown GlxVisuals option\n");
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.aiglx = value;
-	xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    /* if we're not hotplugging, force some input devices to exist */
-    xf86Info.forceInputDevices = !(xf86Info.autoAddDevices && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);
-
-    /* when forcing input devices, we use kbd. otherwise evdev, so use the
-     * evdev rules set. */
-#if defined(linux)
-    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices)
-        set.rules = "evdev";
-#endif
-    XkbSetRulesDflts(&set);
-
-    xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = TRUE;
-    xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = value;
-	xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-
-/* Make sure that timers don't overflow CARD32's after multiplying */
-#define MAX_TIME_IN_MIN (0x7fffffff / MILLI_PER_MIN)
-
-    i = -1;
-    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, &i);
-    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
-	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
-    else if (i != -1)
-	xf86ConfigError("BlankTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
-			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
-
-#ifdef DPMSExtension
-    i = -1;
-    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, &i);
-    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
-	DPMSStandbyTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
-    else if (i != -1)
-	xf86ConfigError("StandbyTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
-			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
-    i = -1;
-    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, &i);
-    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
-	DPMSSuspendTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
-    else if (i != -1)
-	xf86ConfigError("SuspendTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
-			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
-    i = -1;
-    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, &i);
-    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))
-	DPMSOffTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;
-    else if (i != -1)
-	xf86ConfigError("OffTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",
-			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);
-#endif
-
-    i = -1;
-    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_PIXMAP, &i);
-    switch (i) {
-    case 24:
-	pix24 = Pix24Use24;
-	break;
-    case 32:
-	pix24 = Pix24Use32;
-	break;
-    case -1:
-	break;
-    default:
-	xf86ConfigError("Pixmap option's value (%d) must be 24 or 32\n", i);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    if (xf86Pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
-	xf86Info.pixmap24 = xf86Pix24;
-	xf86Info.pix24From = X_CMDLINE;
-    } else if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
-	xf86Info.pixmap24 = pix24;
-	xf86Info.pix24From = X_CONFIG;
-    } else {
-	xf86Info.pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;
-	xf86Info.pix24From = X_DEFAULT;
-    }
-#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_PC98, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.pc98 = value;
-	if (value) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");
-	}
-    } else
-	if (detectPC98()) {
-	    xf86Info.pc98 = TRUE;
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");
-	}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    from = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
-      from = X_CMDLINE;
-    else if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_XINERAMA, &value)) {
-      noPanoramiXExtension = !value;
-      from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
-      xf86Msg(from, "Xinerama: enabled\n");
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DRI2
-    xf86Info.dri2 = FALSE;
-    xf86Info.dri2From = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DRI2, &value)) {
-	xf86Info.dri2 = value;
-	xf86Info.dri2From = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool xf86DRI2Enabled(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.dri2;
-}
-
-/*
- * Locate the core input devices.  These can be specified/located in
- * the following ways, in order of priority:
- *
- *  1. The InputDevices named by the -pointer and -keyboard command line
- *     options.
- *  2. The "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard" InputDevices referred to by
- *     the active ServerLayout.
- *  3. The first InputDevices marked as "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard".
- *  4. The first InputDevices that use 'keyboard' or 'kbd' and a valid mouse
- *     driver (mouse, synaptics, evdev, vmmouse, void)
- *  5. Default devices with an empty (default) configuration.  These defaults
- *     will reference the 'mouse' and 'keyboard' drivers.
- */
-
-static Bool
-checkCoreInputDevices(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, Bool implicitLayout)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr corePointer = NULL, coreKeyboard = NULL;
-    Bool foundPointer = FALSE, foundKeyboard = FALSE;
-    const char *pointerMsg = NULL, *keyboardMsg = NULL;
-    InputInfoPtr *devs, /* iterator */
-            indp;
-    InputInfoRec Pointer = {}, Keyboard = {};
-    XF86ConfInputPtr confInput;
-    XF86ConfInputRec defPtr, defKbd;
-    int count = 0;
-    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
-    int found = 0;
-    const char *mousedrivers[] = { "mouse", "synaptics", "evdev", "vmmouse",
-				   "void", NULL };
-
-    /*
-     * First check if a core pointer or core keyboard have been specified
-     * in the active ServerLayout.  If more than one is specified for either,
-     * remove the core attribute from the later ones.
-     */
-    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {
-        indp = *devs;
-	if (indp->options &&
-	    xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {
-	    if (!corePointer) {
-		corePointer = indp;
-	    } else {
-		    xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE);
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core pointer devices.  "
-			"Removing core pointer attribute from \"%s\"\n",
-			indp->name);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (indp->options &&
-	    xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {
-	    if (!coreKeyboard) {
-		coreKeyboard = indp;
-	    } else {
-		    xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE);
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core keyboard devices.  "
-			"Removing core keyboard attribute from \"%s\"\n",
-			indp->name);
-	    }
-	}
-	count++;
-    }
-
-    confInput = NULL;
-
-    /* 1. Check for the -pointer command line option. */
-    if (xf86PointerName) {
-	confInput = xf86findInput(xf86PointerName,
-				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	if (!confInput) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",
-		    xf86PointerName);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-	/*
-	 * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be
-	 * removed.
-	 */
-	if (corePointer) {
-	    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)
-		if (*devs == corePointer)
-                {
-                    free(*devs);
-                    *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop*/
-		    break;
-                }
-	    for (; devs && *devs; devs++)
-		devs[0] = devs[1];
-	    count--;
-	}
-	corePointer = NULL;
-	foundPointer = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core pointer. */
-    if (corePointer) {
-	foundPointer = TRUE;
-	from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-
-    /* 3. First core pointer device. */
-    if (!foundPointer && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {
-	XF86ConfInputPtr p;
-
-	for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {
-	    if (p->inp_option_lst &&
-		xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {
-		confInput = p;
-		foundPointer = TRUE;
-		from = X_DEFAULT;
-		pointerMsg = "first core pointer device";
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* 4. First pointer with an allowed mouse driver. */
-    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	const char **driver = mousedrivers;
-	confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_POINTER,
-				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	while (*driver && !confInput) {
-	    confInput = xf86findInputByDriver(*driver,
-					      xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	    driver++;
-	}
-	if (confInput) {
-	    foundPointer = TRUE;
-	    from = X_DEFAULT;
-	    pointerMsg = "first mouse device";
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* 5. Built-in default. */
-    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));
-	defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");
-	defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");
-	confInput = &defPtr;
-	foundPointer = TRUE;
-	from = X_DEFAULT;
-	pointerMsg = "default mouse configuration";
-    }
-
-    /* Add the core pointer device to the layout, and set it to Core. */
-    if (foundPointer && confInput) {
-	foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);
-        if (foundPointer) {
-	    count++;
-	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
-			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
-            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
-	    *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;
-	    devs[count - 1]->options =
-				xf86addNewOption(devs[count -1]->options,
-				    xnfstrdup("CorePointer"), NULL);
-	    devs[count] = NULL;
-	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	/* This shouldn't happen. */
-	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core pointer device.\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * always synthesize a 'mouse' section configured to send core
-     * events, unless a 'void' section is found, in which case the user
-     * probably wants to run footless.
-     *
-     * If you're using an evdev keyboard and expect a default mouse
-     * section ... deal.
-     */
-    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {
-	const char **driver = mousedrivers;
-	while(*driver) {
-	    if (!strcmp((*devs)->driver, *driver)) {
-		found = 1;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    driver++;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!found && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No default mouse found, adding one\n");
-	memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));
-	defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");
-	defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");
-	confInput = &defPtr;
-	foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);
-        if (foundPointer) {
-	    count++;
-	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
-			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
-            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
-	    *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;
-	    devs[count - 1]->options =
-				xf86addNewOption(NULL, xnfstrdup("AlwaysCore"), NULL);
-	    devs[count] = NULL;
-	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
-	}
-    }
-
-    confInput = NULL;
-
-    /* 1. Check for the -keyboard command line option. */
-    if (xf86KeyboardName) {
-	confInput = xf86findInput(xf86KeyboardName,
-				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	if (!confInput) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",
-		    xf86KeyboardName);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-	/*
-	 * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be
-	 * removed.
-	 */
-	if (coreKeyboard) {
-	    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)
-		if (*devs == coreKeyboard)
-                {
-                    free(*devs);
-                    *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop */
-		    break;
-                }
-	    for (; devs && *devs; devs++)
-		devs[0] = devs[1];
-	    count--;
-	}
-	coreKeyboard = NULL;
-	foundKeyboard = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core keyboard. */
-    if (coreKeyboard) {
-	foundKeyboard = TRUE;
-	from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-
-    /* 3. First core keyboard device. */
-    if (!foundKeyboard && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {
-	XF86ConfInputPtr p;
-
-	for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {
-	    if (p->inp_option_lst &&
-		xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {
-		confInput = p;
-		foundKeyboard = TRUE;
-		from = X_DEFAULT;
-		keyboardMsg = "first core keyboard device";
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* 4. First keyboard with 'keyboard' or 'kbd' as the driver. */
-    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_KEYBOARD,
-				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	if (!confInput) {
-	    confInput = xf86findInputByDriver("kbd",
-					      xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);
-	}
-	if (confInput) {
-	    foundKeyboard = TRUE;
-	    from = X_DEFAULT;
-	    keyboardMsg = "first keyboard device";
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* 5. Built-in default. */
-    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	memset(&defKbd, 0, sizeof(defKbd));
-	defKbd.inp_identifier = strdup("<default keyboard>");
-	defKbd.inp_driver = strdup("kbd");
-	confInput = &defKbd;
-	foundKeyboard = TRUE;
-	keyboardMsg = "default keyboard configuration";
-	from = X_DEFAULT;
-    }
-
-    /* Add the core keyboard device to the layout, and set it to Core. */
-    if (foundKeyboard && confInput) {
-	foundKeyboard = configInput(&Keyboard, confInput, from);
-        if (foundKeyboard) {
-	    count++;
-	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,
-			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
-            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));
-	    *devs[count - 1] = Keyboard;
-	    devs[count - 1]->options =
-				xf86addNewOption(devs[count - 1]->options,
-				    xnfstrdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL);
-	    devs[count] = NULL;
-	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {
-	/* This shouldn't happen. */
-	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core keyboard device.\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if (pointerMsg) {
-	if (implicitLayout)
-	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",
-	            pointerMsg);
-	else
-	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core pointer device wasn't specified "
-	            "explicitly in the layout.\n"
-	            "\tUsing the %s.\n", pointerMsg);
-    }
-
-    if (keyboardMsg) {
-	if (implicitLayout)
-	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",
-	            keyboardMsg);
-	else
-	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core keyboard device wasn't specified "
-	            "explicitly in the layout.\n"
-	            "\tUsing the %s.\n", keyboardMsg);
-    }
-
-    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && !(foundPointer && foundKeyboard)) {
-#if defined(CONFIG_HAL) || defined(CONFIG_UDEV)
-	const char *config_backend;
-#if defined(CONFIG_HAL)
-	config_backend = "HAL";
-#else
-	config_backend = "udev";
-#endif
-	xf86Msg(X_INFO, "The server relies on %s to provide the list of "
-	                "input devices.\n\tIf no devices become available, "
-	                "reconfigure %s or disable AutoAddDevices.\n",
-			config_backend, config_backend);
-#else
-	xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging requested but the server was "
-			   "compiled without a config backend. "
-			   "No input devices were configured, the server "
-			   "will start without any input devices.\n");
-#endif
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-typedef enum {
-    LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE,
-    LAYOUT_SINGLECARD
-} LayoutValues;
-
-static OptionInfoRec LayoutOptions[] = {
-  { LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE,      "IsolateDevice",        OPTV_STRING,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-  { LAYOUT_SINGLECARD,         "SingleCard",           OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-  { -1,                                NULL,                   OPTV_NONE,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-};
-
-static Bool
-configInputDevices(XF86ConfLayoutPtr layout, serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp)
-{
-    XF86ConfInputrefPtr irp;
-    InputInfoPtr *indp;
-    int count = 0;
-
-    /*
-     * Count the number of input devices.
-     */
-    irp = layout->lay_input_lst;
-    while (irp) {
-	count++;
-	irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;
-    }
-    DebugF("Found %d input devices in the layout section %s\n",
-	    count, layout->lay_identifier);
-    indp = xnfcalloc((count + 1), sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
-    indp[count] = NULL;
-    irp = layout->lay_input_lst;
-    count = 0;
-    while (irp) {
-	indp[count] = xf86AllocateInput();
-	if (!configInput(indp[count], irp->iref_inputdev, X_CONFIG)) {
-	    while(count--)
-		free(indp[count]);
-	    free(indp);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	indp[count]->options = xf86OptionListMerge(indp[count]->options,
-						   irp->iref_option_lst);
-	count++;
-	irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;
-    }
-    servlayoutp->inputs = indp;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * figure out which layout is active, which screens are used in that layout,
- * which drivers and monitors are used in these screens
- */
-static Bool
-configLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfLayoutPtr conf_layout,
-	     char *default_layout)
-{
-    XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr adjp;
-    XF86ConfInactivePtr idp;
-    int count = 0;
-    int scrnum;
-    XF86ConfLayoutPtr l;
-    MessageType from;
-    screenLayoutPtr slp;
-    GDevPtr gdp;
-    int i = 0, j;
-
-    if (!servlayoutp)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    /*
-     * which layout section is the active one?
-     *
-     * If there is a -layout command line option, use that one, otherwise
-     * pick the first one.
-     */
-    from = X_DEFAULT;
-    if (xf86LayoutName != NULL)
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-    else if (default_layout) {
-	xf86LayoutName = default_layout;
-	from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    if (xf86LayoutName != NULL) {
-	if ((l = xf86findLayout(xf86LayoutName, conf_layout)) == NULL) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No ServerLayout section called \"%s\"\n",
-		    xf86LayoutName);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	conf_layout = l;
-    }
-    xf86Msg(from, "ServerLayout \"%s\"\n", conf_layout->lay_identifier);
-    adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;
-
-    /*
-     * we know that each screen is referenced exactly once on the left side
-     * of a layout statement in the Layout section. So to allocate the right
-     * size for the array we do a quick walk of the list to figure out how
-     * many sections we have
-     */
-    while (adjp) {
-        count++;
-        adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;
-    }
-
-    DebugF("Found %d screens in the layout section %s",
-           count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);
-    if (!count) /* alloc enough storage even if no screen is specified */
-        count = 1;
-
-    slp = xnfcalloc(1, (count + 1) * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));
-    slp[count].screen = NULL;
-    /*
-     * now that we have storage, loop over the list again and fill in our
-     * data structure; at this point we do not fill in the adjacency
-     * information as it is not clear if we need it at all
-     */
-    adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;
-    count = 0;
-    while (adjp) {
-        slp[count].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
-	if (adjp->adj_scrnum < 0)
-	    scrnum = count;
-	else
-	    scrnum = adjp->adj_scrnum;
-	if (!configScreen(slp[count].screen, adjp->adj_screen, scrnum,
-			  X_CONFIG)) {
-	    free(slp);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	slp[count].x = adjp->adj_x;
-	slp[count].y = adjp->adj_y;
-	slp[count].refname = adjp->adj_refscreen;
-	switch (adjp->adj_where) {
-	case CONF_ADJ_OBSOLETE:
-	    slp[count].where = PosObsolete;
-	    slp[count].topname = adjp->adj_top_str;
-	    slp[count].bottomname = adjp->adj_bottom_str;
-	    slp[count].leftname = adjp->adj_left_str;
-	    slp[count].rightname = adjp->adj_right_str;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE:
-	    slp[count].where = PosAbsolute;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF:
-	    slp[count].where = PosRightOf;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_LEFTOF:
-	    slp[count].where = PosLeftOf;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_ABOVE:
-	    slp[count].where = PosAbove;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_BELOW:
-	    slp[count].where = PosBelow;
-	    break;
-	case CONF_ADJ_RELATIVE:
-	    slp[count].where = PosRelative;
-	    break;
-	}
-        count++;
-        adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;
-    }
-
-    /* No screen was specified in the layout. take the first one from the
-     * config file, or - if it is NULL - configScreen autogenerates one for
-     * us */
-    if (!count)
-    {
-        slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
-	if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,
-                          0, X_CONFIG)) {
-	    free(slp[0].screen);
-	    free(slp);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* XXX Need to tie down the upper left screen. */
-
-    /* Fill in the refscreen and top/bottom/left/right values */
-    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
-	for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {
-	    if (slp[i].refname &&
-		strcmp(slp[i].refname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
-		slp[i].refscreen = slp[j].screen;
-	    }
-	    if (slp[i].topname &&
-		strcmp(slp[i].topname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
-		slp[i].top = slp[j].screen;
-	    }
-	    if (slp[i].bottomname &&
-		strcmp(slp[i].bottomname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
-		slp[i].bottom = slp[j].screen;
-	    }
-	    if (slp[i].leftname &&
-		strcmp(slp[i].leftname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
-		slp[i].left = slp[j].screen;
-	    }
-	    if (slp[i].rightname &&
-		strcmp(slp[i].rightname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {
-		slp[i].right = slp[j].screen;
-	    }
-	}
-	if (slp[i].where != PosObsolete
-	    && slp[i].where != PosAbsolute
-	    && !slp[i].refscreen) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR,"Screen %s doesn't exist: deleting placement\n",
-		     slp[i].refname);
-	    slp[i].where = PosAbsolute;
-	    slp[i].x = 0;
-	    slp[i].y = 0;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Count the number of inactive devices.
-     */
-    count = 0;
-    idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;
-    while (idp) {
-        count++;
-        idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;
-    }
-    DebugF("Found %d inactive devices in the layout section %s\n",
-           count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);
-    gdp = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(GDevRec));
-    gdp[count].identifier = NULL;
-    idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;
-    count = 0;
-    while (idp) {
-	if (!configDevice(&gdp[count], idp->inactive_device, FALSE)) {
-	    free(gdp);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-        count++;
-        idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;
-    }
-
-    if (!configInputDevices(conf_layout, servlayoutp))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    servlayoutp->id = conf_layout->lay_identifier;
-    servlayoutp->screens = slp;
-    servlayoutp->inactives = gdp;
-    servlayoutp->options = conf_layout->lay_option_lst;
-    from = X_DEFAULT;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * No layout section, so find the first Screen section and set that up as
- * the only active screen.
- */
-static Bool
-configImpliedLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,
-                    XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr)
-{
-    MessageType from;
-    XF86ConfScreenPtr s;
-    screenLayoutPtr slp;
-    InputInfoPtr *indp;
-    XF86ConfLayoutRec layout;
-
-    if (!servlayoutp)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    /*
-     * which screen section is the active one?
-     *
-     * If there is a -screen option, use that one, otherwise use the first
-     * one.
-     */
-
-    from = X_CONFIG;
-    if (xf86ScreenName != NULL) {
-	if ((s = xf86findScreen(xf86ScreenName, conf_screen)) == NULL) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No Screen section called \"%s\"\n",
-		    xf86ScreenName);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	conf_screen = s;
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-    }
-
-    /* We have exactly one screen */
-
-    slp = xnfcalloc(1, 2 * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));
-    slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));
-    slp[1].screen = NULL;
-    if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, conf_screen, 0, from)) {
-	free(slp);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    servlayoutp->id = "(implicit)";
-    servlayoutp->screens = slp;
-    servlayoutp->inactives = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));
-    servlayoutp->options = NULL;
-
-    memset(&layout, 0, sizeof(layout));
-    layout.lay_identifier = servlayoutp->id;
-    if (xf86layoutAddInputDevices(xf86configptr, &layout) > 0) {
-	if (!configInputDevices(&layout, servlayoutp))
-	    return FALSE;
-	from = X_DEFAULT;
-    } else {
-	/* Set up an empty input device list, then look for some core devices. */
-	indp = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoPtr));
-	*indp = NULL;
-	servlayoutp->inputs = indp;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-configXvAdaptor(confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor, XF86ConfVideoAdaptorPtr conf_adaptor)
-{
-    int count = 0;
-    XF86ConfVideoPortPtr conf_port;
-
-    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->VideoAdaptor \"%s\"\n",
-	    conf_adaptor->va_identifier);
-    adaptor->identifier = conf_adaptor->va_identifier;
-    adaptor->options = conf_adaptor->va_option_lst;
-    if (conf_adaptor->va_busid || conf_adaptor->va_driver) {
-	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   | Unsupported device type, skipping entry\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * figure out how many videoport subsections there are and fill them in
-     */
-    conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;
-    while(conf_port) {
-        count++;
-        conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;
-    }
-    adaptor->ports = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvPortRec));
-    adaptor->numports = count;
-    count = 0;
-    conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;
-    while(conf_port) {
-	adaptor->ports[count].identifier = conf_port->vp_identifier;
-	adaptor->ports[count].options = conf_port->vp_option_lst;
-        count++;
-        conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, int scrnum,
-	     MessageType from)
-{
-    int count = 0;
-    XF86ConfDisplayPtr dispptr;
-    XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr conf_adaptor;
-    Bool defaultMonitor = FALSE;
-    XF86ConfScreenRec local_conf_screen;
-
-    if (!conf_screen) {
-        memset(&local_conf_screen, 0, sizeof(local_conf_screen));
-        conf_screen = &local_conf_screen;
-        conf_screen->scrn_identifier = "Default Screen Section";
-        xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No screen section available. Using defaults.\n");
-    }
-
-    xf86Msg(from, "|-->Screen \"%s\" (%d)\n", conf_screen->scrn_identifier,
-	    scrnum);
-    /*
-     * now we fill in the elements of the screen
-     */
-    screenp->id         = conf_screen->scrn_identifier;
-    screenp->screennum  = scrnum;
-    screenp->defaultdepth = conf_screen->scrn_defaultdepth;
-    screenp->defaultbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultbpp;
-    screenp->defaultfbbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultfbbpp;
-    screenp->monitor    = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(MonRec));
-    /* If no monitor is specified, create a default one. */
-    if (!conf_screen->scrn_monitor) {
-	XF86ConfMonitorRec defMon;
-
-	memset(&defMon, 0, sizeof(defMon));
-	defMon.mon_identifier = "<default monitor>";
-	if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor, &defMon))
-	    return FALSE;
-	defaultMonitor = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor,conf_screen->scrn_monitor))
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-    /* Configure the device. If there isn't one configured, attach to the
-     * first inactive one that we can configure. If there's none that work,
-     * set it to NULL so that the section can be autoconfigured later */
-    screenp->device     = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));
-    if ((!conf_screen->scrn_device) && (xf86configptr->conf_device_lst)) {
-        conf_screen->scrn_device = xf86configptr->conf_device_lst;
-	xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No device specified for screen \"%s\".\n"
-		"\tUsing the first device section listed.\n", screenp->id);
-    }
-    if (configDevice(screenp->device,conf_screen->scrn_device, TRUE)) {
-        screenp->device->myScreenSection = screenp;
-    } else {
-        screenp->device = NULL;
-    }
-    screenp->options = conf_screen->scrn_option_lst;
-    
-    /*
-     * figure out how many display subsections there are and fill them in
-     */
-    dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
-    while(dispptr) {
-        count++;
-        dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;
-    }
-    screenp->displays   = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(DispRec));
-    screenp->numdisplays = count;
-    
-    /* Fill in the default Virtual size, if any */
-    if (conf_screen->scrn_virtualX && conf_screen->scrn_virtualY) {
-	for (count = 0, dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
-	     dispptr;
-	     dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next, count++) {
-	    screenp->displays[count].virtualX = conf_screen->scrn_virtualX;
-	    screenp->displays[count].virtualY = conf_screen->scrn_virtualY;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Now do the per-Display Virtual sizes */
-    count = 0;
-    dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;
-    while(dispptr) {
-        configDisplay(&(screenp->displays[count]),dispptr);
-        count++;
-        dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * figure out how many videoadaptor references there are and fill them in
-     */
-    conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;
-    while(conf_adaptor) {
-        count++;
-        conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;
-    }
-    screenp->xvadaptors = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvAdaptorRec));
-    screenp->numxvadaptors = 0;
-    conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;
-    while(conf_adaptor) {
-        if (configXvAdaptor(&(screenp->xvadaptors[screenp->numxvadaptors]),
-			    conf_adaptor->al_adaptor))
-    	    screenp->numxvadaptors++;
-        conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;
-    }
-
-    if (defaultMonitor) {
-	xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No monitor specified for screen \"%s\".\n"
-		"\tUsing a default monitor configuration.\n", screenp->id);
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-typedef enum {
-    MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,
-    MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK,
-} MonitorValues;
-
-static OptionInfoRec MonitorOptions[] = {
-  { MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,      "ReducedBlanking",        OPTV_BOOLEAN,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-  { MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK,	      "MaxPixClock",		OPTV_FREQ,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-  { -1,                                NULL,                   OPTV_NONE,
-       {0}, FALSE },
-};
-
-static Bool
-configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor)
-{
-    int count;
-    DisplayModePtr mode,last = NULL;
-    XF86ConfModeLinePtr cmodep;
-    XF86ConfModesPtr modes;
-    XF86ConfModesLinkPtr modeslnk = conf_monitor->mon_modes_sect_lst;
-    Gamma zeros = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0};
-    float badgamma = 0.0;
-    double maxPixClock;
-    
-    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->Monitor \"%s\"\n",
-	    conf_monitor->mon_identifier);
-    monitorp->id = conf_monitor->mon_identifier;
-    monitorp->vendor = conf_monitor->mon_vendor;
-    monitorp->model = conf_monitor->mon_modelname;
-    monitorp->Modes = NULL;
-    monitorp->Last = NULL;
-    monitorp->gamma = zeros;
-    monitorp->widthmm = conf_monitor->mon_width;
-    monitorp->heightmm = conf_monitor->mon_height;
-    monitorp->reducedblanking = FALSE;
-    monitorp->maxPixClock = 0;
-    monitorp->options = conf_monitor->mon_option_lst;
-
-    /*
-     * fill in the monitor structure
-     */    
-    for( count = 0 ;
-	 count < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync && count < MAX_HSYNC;
-	 count++) {
-        monitorp->hsync[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].hi;
-        monitorp->hsync[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].lo;
-    }
-    monitorp->nHsync = count;
-    for( count = 0 ;
-	 count < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh && count < MAX_VREFRESH;
-	 count++) {
-        monitorp->vrefresh[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].hi;
-        monitorp->vrefresh[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].lo;
-    }
-    monitorp->nVrefresh = count;
-
-    /*
-     * first we collect the mode lines from the UseModes directive
-     */
-    while(modeslnk)
-    {
-        modes = xf86findModes (modeslnk->ml_modes_str, 
-			       xf86configptr->conf_modes_lst);
-	modeslnk->ml_modes = modes;
-	
-	    
-	/* now add the modes found in the modes
-	   section to the list of modes for this
-	   monitor unless it has been added before
-	   because we are reusing the same section 
-	   for another screen */
-	if (xf86itemNotSublist(
-			       (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,
-			       (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst)) {
-	    conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)
-	        xf86addListItem(
-				(GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,
-				(GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst);
-	}
-	modeslnk = modeslnk->list.next;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * we need to hook in the mode lines now
-     * here both data structures use lists, only our internal one
-     * is double linked
-     */
-    cmodep = conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst;
-    while( cmodep ) {
-        mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));
-	mode->type       = 0;
-        mode->Clock      = cmodep->ml_clock;
-        mode->HDisplay   = cmodep->ml_hdisplay;
-        mode->HSyncStart = cmodep->ml_hsyncstart;
-        mode->HSyncEnd   = cmodep->ml_hsyncend;
-        mode->HTotal     = cmodep->ml_htotal;
-        mode->VDisplay   = cmodep->ml_vdisplay;
-        mode->VSyncStart = cmodep->ml_vsyncstart;
-        mode->VSyncEnd   = cmodep->ml_vsyncend;
-        mode->VTotal     = cmodep->ml_vtotal;
-        mode->Flags      = cmodep->ml_flags;
-        mode->HSkew      = cmodep->ml_hskew;
-        mode->VScan      = cmodep->ml_vscan;
-        mode->name       = xnfstrdup(cmodep->ml_identifier);
-        if( last ) {
-            mode->prev = last;
-            last->next = mode;
-        }
-        else {
-            /*
-             * this is the first mode
-             */
-            monitorp->Modes = mode;
-            mode->prev = NULL;
-        }
-        last = mode;
-        cmodep = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)cmodep->list.next;
-    }
-    if(last){
-      last->next = NULL;
-    }
-    monitorp->Last = last;
-
-    /* add the (VESA) default modes */
-    if (! addDefaultModes(monitorp) )
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red > GAMMA_ZERO)
-	monitorp->gamma.red = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red;
-    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green > GAMMA_ZERO)
-	monitorp->gamma.green = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green;
-    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue > GAMMA_ZERO)
-	monitorp->gamma.blue = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue;
-    
-    /* Check that the gamma values are within range */
-    if (monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_ZERO &&
-	(monitorp->gamma.red < GAMMA_MIN ||
-	 monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_MAX)) {
-	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.red;
-    } else if (monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_ZERO &&
-	(monitorp->gamma.green < GAMMA_MIN ||
-	 monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_MAX)) {
-	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.green;
-    } else if (monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_ZERO &&
-	(monitorp->gamma.blue < GAMMA_MIN ||
-	 monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_MAX)) {
-	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.blue;
-    }
-    if (badgamma > GAMMA_ZERO) {
-	xf86ConfigError("Gamma value %.f is out of range (%.2f - %.1f)\n",
-			badgamma, GAMMA_MIN, GAMMA_MAX);
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, monitorp->options, MonitorOptions);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(MonitorOptions, MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,
-                      &monitorp->reducedblanking);
-    if (xf86GetOptValFreq(MonitorOptions, MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, OPTUNITS_KHZ,
-			  &maxPixClock) == TRUE) {
-	monitorp->maxPixClock = (int) maxPixClock;
-    }
-	
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static int
-lookupVisual(const char *visname)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (!visname || !*visname)
-	return -1;
-
-    for (i = 0; i <= DirectColor; i++) {
-	if (!xf86nameCompare(visname, xf86VisualNames[i]))
-	    break;
-    }
-
-    if (i <= DirectColor)
-	return i;
-
-    return -1;
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display)
-{
-    int count = 0;
-    XF86ModePtr modep;
-    
-    displayp->frameX0           = conf_display->disp_frameX0;
-    displayp->frameY0           = conf_display->disp_frameY0;
-    displayp->virtualX          = conf_display->disp_virtualX;
-    displayp->virtualY          = conf_display->disp_virtualY;
-    displayp->depth             = conf_display->disp_depth;
-    displayp->fbbpp             = conf_display->disp_bpp;
-    displayp->weight.red        = conf_display->disp_weight.red;
-    displayp->weight.green      = conf_display->disp_weight.green;
-    displayp->weight.blue       = conf_display->disp_weight.blue;
-    displayp->blackColour.red   = conf_display->disp_black.red;
-    displayp->blackColour.green = conf_display->disp_black.green;
-    displayp->blackColour.blue  = conf_display->disp_black.blue;
-    displayp->whiteColour.red   = conf_display->disp_white.red;
-    displayp->whiteColour.green = conf_display->disp_white.green;
-    displayp->whiteColour.blue  = conf_display->disp_white.blue;
-    displayp->options           = conf_display->disp_option_lst;
-    if (conf_display->disp_visual) {
-	displayp->defaultVisual = lookupVisual(conf_display->disp_visual);
-	if (displayp->defaultVisual == -1) {
-	    xf86ConfigError("Invalid visual name: \"%s\"",
-			    conf_display->disp_visual);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    } else {
-	displayp->defaultVisual = -1;
-    }
-	
-    /*
-     * now hook in the modes
-     */
-    modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;
-    while(modep) {
-        count++;
-        modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;
-    }
-    displayp->modes = xnfalloc((count+1) * sizeof(char*));
-    modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;
-    count = 0;
-    while(modep) {
-        displayp->modes[count] = modep->mode_name;
-        count++;
-        modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;
-    }
-    displayp->modes[count] = NULL;
-    
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device, Bool active)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (!conf_device) {
-        return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if (active)
-	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->Device \"%s\"\n",
-		conf_device->dev_identifier);
-    else
-	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|-->Inactive Device \"%s\"\n",
-		conf_device->dev_identifier);
-
-    devicep->identifier = conf_device->dev_identifier;
-    devicep->vendor = conf_device->dev_vendor;
-    devicep->board = conf_device->dev_board;
-    devicep->chipset = conf_device->dev_chipset;
-    devicep->ramdac = conf_device->dev_ramdac;
-    devicep->driver = conf_device->dev_driver;
-    devicep->active = active;
-    devicep->videoRam = conf_device->dev_videoram;
-    devicep->BiosBase = conf_device->dev_bios_base;
-    devicep->MemBase = conf_device->dev_mem_base;
-    devicep->IOBase = conf_device->dev_io_base;
-    devicep->clockchip = conf_device->dev_clockchip;
-    devicep->busID = conf_device->dev_busid;
-    devicep->textClockFreq = conf_device->dev_textclockfreq;
-    devicep->chipID = conf_device->dev_chipid;
-    devicep->chipRev = conf_device->dev_chiprev;
-    devicep->options = conf_device->dev_option_lst;
-    devicep->irq = conf_device->dev_irq;
-    devicep->screen = conf_device->dev_screen;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < MAXDACSPEEDS; i++) {
-	if (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS)
-            devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = conf_device->dev_dacSpeeds[i];
-	else
-	    devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = 0;
-    }
-    devicep->numclocks = conf_device->dev_clocks;
-    if (devicep->numclocks > MAXCLOCKS)
-	devicep->numclocks = MAXCLOCKS;
-    for (i = 0; i < devicep->numclocks; i++) {
-	devicep->clock[i] = conf_device->dev_clock[i];
-    }
-    devicep->claimed = FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-#ifdef XF86DRI
-static void
-configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip)
-{
-    struct group       *grp;
-
-    xf86ConfigDRI.group      = -1;
-    xf86ConfigDRI.mode       = 0;
-
-    if (drip) {
-	if (drip->dri_group_name) {
-	    if ((grp = getgrnam(drip->dri_group_name)))
-		xf86ConfigDRI.group = grp->gr_gid;
-	} else {
-	    if (drip->dri_group >= 0)
-		xf86ConfigDRI.group = drip->dri_group;
-	}
-	xf86ConfigDRI.mode = drip->dri_mode;
-    }
-}
-#endif
-
-static void
-configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr o;
-
-    if (conf_ext && conf_ext->ext_option_lst) {
-	for (o = conf_ext->ext_option_lst; o; o = xf86NextOption(o)) {
-	    char *name   = xf86OptionName(o);
-	    char *val    = xf86OptionValue(o);
-	    char *n;
-	    Bool  enable = TRUE;
-
-	    /* Handle "No<ExtensionName>" */
-	    n = xf86NormalizeName(name);
-	    if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {
-		name += 2;
-		enable = FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	    if (!val ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "enable") == 0 ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "enabled") == 0 ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "on") == 0 ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "1") == 0 ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "yes") == 0 ||
-		xf86NameCmp(val, "true") == 0) {
-		/* NOTHING NEEDED -- enabling is handled below */
-	    } else if (xf86NameCmp(val, "disable") == 0 ||
-                       xf86NameCmp(val, "disabled") == 0 ||
-		       xf86NameCmp(val, "off") == 0 ||
-		       xf86NameCmp(val, "0") == 0 ||
-		       xf86NameCmp(val, "no") == 0 ||
-		       xf86NameCmp(val, "false") == 0) {
-		enable = !enable;
-	    } else {
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized value \"%s\"\n", val);
-		free(n);
-		continue;
-	    }
-
-	    if (EnableDisableExtension(name, enable)) {
-		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Extension \"%s\" is %s\n",
-			name, enable ? "enabled" : "disabled");
-	    } else {
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized extension \"%s\"\n",
-                        name);
-	    }
-	    free(n);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool
-configInput(InputInfoPtr inputp, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input, MessageType from)
-{
-    xf86Msg(from, "|-->Input Device \"%s\"\n", conf_input->inp_identifier);
-    inputp->name = conf_input->inp_identifier;
-    inputp->driver = conf_input->inp_driver;
-    inputp->options = conf_input->inp_option_lst;
-    inputp->attrs = NULL;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-modeIsPresent(DisplayModePtr mode, MonPtr monitorp)
-{
-    DisplayModePtr knownmodes = monitorp->Modes;
-
-    /* all I can think of is a linear search... */
-    while(knownmodes != NULL)
-    {
-	if(!strcmp(mode->name, knownmodes->name) &&
-	   !(knownmodes->type & M_T_DEFAULT))
-	    return TRUE;
-	knownmodes = knownmodes->next;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp)
-{
-    DisplayModePtr mode;
-    DisplayModePtr last = monitorp->Last;
-    int i = 0;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDefaultModes; i++)
-    {
-	mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&xf86DefaultModes[i]);
-	if (!modeIsPresent(mode, monitorp))
-	{
-	    monitorp->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(monitorp->Modes, mode);
-	    last = mode;
-	} else {
-	    free(mode);
-	}
-    }
-    monitorp->Last = last;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-checkInput(serverLayoutPtr layout, Bool implicit_layout) {
-    checkCoreInputDevices(layout, implicit_layout);
-
-    /* Unless we're forcing input devices, disable mouse/kbd devices in the
-     * config. Otherwise the same physical device is added multiple times,
-     * leading to duplicate events.
-     */
-    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && layout->inputs)
-    {
-        InputInfoPtr *dev = layout->inputs;
-        BOOL warned = FALSE;
-
-        while(*dev)
-        {
-            if (strcmp((*dev)->driver, "kbd") == 0 ||
-                strcmp((*dev)->driver, "mouse") == 0 ||
-                strcmp((*dev)->driver, "vmmouse") == 0)
-            {
-                InputInfoPtr *current;
-                if (!warned)
-                {
-                    xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging is on, devices using "
-                            "drivers 'kbd', 'mouse' or 'vmmouse' will be disabled.\n");
-                    warned = TRUE;
-                }
-
-                xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Disabling %s\n", (*dev)->name);
-
-                current = dev;
-                free(*dev);
-
-                do {
-                    *current = *(current + 1);
-                    current++;
-                } while(*current);
-            } else
-                dev++;
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * load the config file and fill the global data structure
- */
-ConfigStatus
-xf86HandleConfigFile(Bool autoconfig)
-{
-    const char *filename, *dirname, *sysdirname;
-    char *filesearch, *dirsearch;
-    MessageType filefrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    MessageType dirfrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    char *scanptr;
-    Bool singlecard = 0;
-    Bool implicit_layout = FALSE;
-
-    if (!autoconfig) {
-	if (getuid() == 0) {
-	    filesearch = ROOT_CONFIGPATH;
-	    dirsearch = ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH;
-	} else {
-	    filesearch = USER_CONFIGPATH;
-	    dirsearch = USER_CONFIGDIRPATH;
-	}
-
-	if (xf86ConfigFile)
-	    filefrom = X_CMDLINE;
-	if (xf86ConfigDir)
-	    dirfrom = X_CMDLINE;
-
-	xf86initConfigFiles();
-	sysdirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH, NULL,
-					    PROJECTROOT);
-	dirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(dirsearch, xf86ConfigDir, PROJECTROOT);
-	filename = xf86openConfigFile(filesearch, xf86ConfigFile, PROJECTROOT);
-	if (filename) {
-	    xf86MsgVerb(filefrom, 0, "Using config file: \"%s\"\n", filename);
-	    xf86ConfigFile = xnfstrdup(filename);
-	} else {
-	    if (xf86ConfigFile)
-		xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to locate/open config file: \"%s\"\n",
-			xf86ConfigFile);
-	}
-	if (dirname) {
-	    xf86MsgVerb(dirfrom, 0, "Using config directory: \"%s\"\n",
-			dirname);
-	    xf86ConfigDir = xnfstrdup(dirname);
-	} else {
-	    if (xf86ConfigDir)
-		xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
-			"Unable to locate/open config directory: \"%s\"\n",
-			xf86ConfigDir);
-	}
-	if (sysdirname)
-	    xf86MsgVerb(X_DEFAULT, 0, "Using system config directory \"%s\"\n",
-			sysdirname);
-	if (!filename && !dirname && !sysdirname)
-	    return CONFIG_NOFILE;
-    }
-
-    if ((xf86configptr = xf86readConfigFile ()) == NULL) {
-	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Problem parsing the config file\n");
-	return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
-    }
-    xf86closeConfigFile ();
-
-    /* Initialise a few things. */
-
-    /*
-     * now we convert part of the information contained in the parser
-     * structures into our own structures.
-     * The important part here is to figure out which Screen Sections
-     * in the XF86Config file are active so that we can piece together
-     * the modes that we need later down the road.
-     * And while we are at it, we'll decode the rest of the stuff as well
-     */
-
-    /* First check if a layout section is present, and if it is valid. */
-
-    if (xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst == NULL || xf86ScreenName != NULL) {
-	if (xf86ScreenName == NULL) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT,
-		    "No Layout section.  Using the first Screen section.\n");
-	}
-	if (!configImpliedLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout,
-				 xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,
-				 xf86configptr)) {
-            xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
-	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
-	}
-	implicit_layout = TRUE;
-    } else {
-	if (xf86configptr->conf_flags != NULL) {
-	  char *dfltlayout = NULL;
- 	  pointer optlist = xf86configptr->conf_flags->flg_option_lst;
-	
-	  if (optlist && xf86FindOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout"))
-	    dfltlayout = xf86SetStrOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout", NULL);
-	  if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,
-			  dfltlayout)) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
-	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
-	  }
-	} else {
-	  if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,
-			  NULL)) {
-	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");
-	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
-	  }
-	}
-    }
-
-    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, xf86ConfigLayout.options, LayoutOptions);
-
-    if ((scanptr = xf86GetOptValString(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE))) {
-       ; /* IsolateDevice specified; overrides SingleCard */
-    } else {
-       xf86GetOptValBool(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, &singlecard);
-       if (singlecard)
-           scanptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens->screen->device->busID;
-    }
-    if (scanptr) {
-       if (strncmp(scanptr, "PCI:", 4) != 0) {
-           xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Bus types other than PCI not yet isolable.\n"
-                              "\tIgnoring IsolateDevice option.\n");
-       } else
-           xf86PciIsolateDevice(scanptr);
-    }
-
-    /* Now process everything else */
-    if (!configServerFlags(xf86configptr->conf_flags,xf86ConfigLayout.options)){
-             ErrorF ("Problem when converting the config data structures\n");
-             return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    configFiles(xf86configptr->conf_files);
-    configExtensions(xf86configptr->conf_extensions);
-#ifdef XF86DRI
-    configDRI(xf86configptr->conf_dri);
-#endif
-
-    checkInput(&xf86ConfigLayout, implicit_layout);
-
-    /*
-     * Handle some command line options that can override some of the
-     * ServerFlags settings.
-     */
-#ifdef XF86VIDMODE
-    if (xf86VidModeDisabled)
-	xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = FALSE;
-    if (xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal)
-	xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = TRUE;
-#endif
-
-    if (xf86AllowMouseOpenFail)
-	xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = TRUE;
-
-    return CONFIG_OK;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path)
-{
-    return (xf86pathIsSafe(path) != 0);
-}
+/*

+ * Loosely based on code bearing the following copyright:

+ *

+ *   Copyright 1990,91 by Thomas Roell, Dinkelscherben, Germany.

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Copyright 1992-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ * Copyright 1997 by Metro Link, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)

+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote

+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written

+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).

+ */

+

+/*

+ *

+ * Authors:

+ *	Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>

+ *	David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>

+ *      Marc La France <tsi@XFree86.Org>

+ *      Egbert Eich <eich@XFree86.Org>

+ *      ... and others

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#ifdef XF86DRI

+#include <sys/types.h>

+#include <grp.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Parser.h"

+#include "xf86tokens.h"

+#include "xf86Config.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

+#include "configProcs.h"

+#include "globals.h"

+#include "extension.h"

+#include "xf86pciBus.h"

+

+#include "xf86Xinput.h"

+

+#include "xkbsrv.h"

+

+#include "picture.h"

+

+/*

+ * These paths define the way the config file search is done.  The escape

+ * sequences are documented in parser/scan.c.

+ */

+#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGPATH

+#define ROOT_CONFIGPATH	"%A," "%R," \

+			"/etc/X11/%R," "%P/etc/X11/%R," \

+			"%E," "%F," \

+			"/etc/X11/%F," "%P/etc/X11/%F," \

+			"/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \

+			"%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \

+			"%P/etc/X11/%X," \

+			"%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \

+			"%P/lib/X11/%X"

+#endif

+#ifndef USER_CONFIGPATH

+#define USER_CONFIGPATH	"/etc/X11/%S," "%P/etc/X11/%S," \

+			"/etc/X11/%G," "%P/etc/X11/%G," \

+			"/etc/X11/%X," "/etc/%X," \

+			"%P/etc/X11/%X.%H," \

+			"%P/etc/X11/%X," \

+			"%P/lib/X11/%X.%H," \

+			"%P/lib/X11/%X"

+#endif

+#ifndef ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH

+#define ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH	"%A," "%R," \

+				"/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \

+				"/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"

+#endif

+#ifndef USER_CONFIGDIRPATH

+#define USER_CONFIGDIRPATH	"/etc/X11/%R," "%C/X11/%R," \

+				"/etc/X11/%X," "%C/X11/%X"

+#endif

+#ifndef SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH

+#define SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH	"/usr/share/X11/%X," "%D/X11/%X"

+#endif

+#ifndef PROJECTROOT

+#define PROJECTROOT	"/usr/X11R6"

+#endif

+

+static ModuleDefault ModuleDefaults[] = {

+    {.name = "extmod",   .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#ifdef DBE

+    {.name = "dbe",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#endif

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    {.name = "glx",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#endif

+#ifdef XRECORD

+    {.name = "record",   .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#endif

+#ifdef XF86DRI

+    {.name = "dri",      .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#endif

+#ifdef DRI2

+    {.name = "dri2",     .toLoad = TRUE,    .load_opt=NULL},

+#endif

+    {.name = NULL,       .toLoad = FALSE,   .load_opt=NULL}

+};

+

+

+/* Forward declarations */

+static Bool configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,

+			 int scrnum, MessageType from);

+static Bool configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor);

+static Bool configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device,

+			 Bool active);

+static Bool configInput(InputInfoPtr pInfo, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input,

+			MessageType from);

+static Bool configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display);

+static Bool addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp);

+#ifdef XF86DRI

+static void configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip);

+#endif

+static void configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext);

+

+/*

+ * xf86GetPathElem --

+ *	Extract a single element from the font path string starting at

+ *	pnt.  The font path element will be returned, and pnt will be

+ *	updated to point to the start of the next element, or set to

+ *	NULL if there are no more.

+ */

+static char *

+xf86GetPathElem(char **pnt)

+{

+  char *p1;

+

+  p1 = *pnt;

+  *pnt = index(*pnt, ',');

+  if (*pnt != NULL) {

+    **pnt = '\0';

+    *pnt += 1;

+  }

+  return p1;

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86ValidateFontPath --

+ *	Validates the user-specified font path.  Each element that

+ *	begins with a '/' is checked to make sure the directory exists.

+ *	If the directory exists, the existence of a file named 'fonts.dir'

+ *	is checked.  If either check fails, an error is printed and the

+ *	element is removed from the font path.

+ */

+

+#define DIR_FILE "/fonts.dir"

+static char *

+xf86ValidateFontPath(char *path)

+{

+  char *tmp_path, *out_pnt, *path_elem, *next, *p1, *dir_elem;

+  struct stat stat_buf;

+  int flag;

+  int dirlen;

+

+  tmp_path = calloc(1,strlen(path)+1);

+  out_pnt = tmp_path;

+  path_elem = NULL;

+  next = path;

+  while (next != NULL) {

+    path_elem = xf86GetPathElem(&next);

+    if (*path_elem == '/') {

+      dir_elem = xnfcalloc(1, strlen(path_elem) + 1);

+      if ((p1 = strchr(path_elem, ':')) != 0)

+	dirlen = p1 - path_elem;

+      else

+	dirlen = strlen(path_elem);

+      strncpy(dir_elem, path_elem, dirlen);

+      dir_elem[dirlen] = '\0';

+      flag = stat(dir_elem, &stat_buf);

+      if (flag == 0)

+	if (!S_ISDIR(stat_buf.st_mode))

+	  flag = -1;

+      if (flag != 0) {

+        xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "The directory \"%s\" does not exist.\n", dir_elem);

+	xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");

+	free(dir_elem);

+	continue;

+      }

+      else {

+	XNFasprintf(&p1, "%s%s", dir_elem, DIR_FILE);

+	flag = stat(p1, &stat_buf);

+	if (flag == 0)

+	  if (!S_ISREG(stat_buf.st_mode))

+	    flag = -1;

+	free(p1);

+	if (flag != 0) {

+	  xf86Msg(X_WARNING,

+		  "`fonts.dir' not found (or not valid) in \"%s\".\n", 

+		  dir_elem);

+	  xf86ErrorF("\tEntry deleted from font path.\n");

+	  xf86ErrorF("\t(Run 'mkfontdir' on \"%s\").\n", dir_elem);

+	  free(dir_elem);

+	  continue;

+	}

+      }

+      free(dir_elem);

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Either an OK directory, or a font server name.  So add it to

+     * the path.

+     */

+    if (out_pnt != tmp_path)

+      *out_pnt++ = ',';

+    strcat(out_pnt, path_elem);

+    out_pnt += strlen(path_elem);

+  }

+  return tmp_path;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * use the datastructure that the parser provides and pick out the parts

+ * that we need at this point

+ */

+char **

+xf86ModulelistFromConfig(pointer **optlist)

+{

+    int count = 0, i = 0;

+    char **modulearray;

+    char *ignore[] = { "GLcore", "speedo", "bitmap", "drm",

+		       "freetype", "type1",

+		       NULL };

+    pointer *optarray;

+    XF86LoadPtr modp;

+    Bool found;

+    

+    /*

+     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a

+     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default

+     * ModulePath

+     */

+    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    

+    if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {

+        /* Walk the disable list and let people know what we've parsed to

+         * not be loaded 

+         */

+        modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;

+        while (modp) {

+            xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" will not be loaded unless you've specified it to be loaded elsewhere.\n", modp->load_name);

+	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;

+        }

+        /*

+         * Walk the default settings table. For each module listed to be

+         * loaded, make sure it's in the mod_load_lst. If it's not, make

+         * sure it's not in the mod_no_load_lst. If it's not disabled,

+         * append it to mod_load_lst

+         */

+         for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {

+            if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == FALSE) {

+                xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "\"%s\" is not to be loaded by default. Skipping.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);

+                continue;

+            }

+            found = FALSE;

+            modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;

+            while (modp) {

+                if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {

+                    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded. This was enabled by default and also specified in the config file.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);

+                    found = TRUE;

+                    break;

+                }

+	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;

+            }

+            if (found == FALSE) {

+                modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_disable_lst;

+                while (modp) {

+                    if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ModuleDefaults[i].name) == 0) {

+                        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded even though the default is to disable it.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);

+                        found = TRUE;

+                        break;

+                    }

+	                modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;

+                }

+            }

+            if (found == FALSE) {

+		XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;

+	            ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);

+                xf86Msg(X_INFO, "\"%s\" will be loaded by default.\n", ModuleDefaults[i].name);

+            }

+         }

+    } else {

+	xf86configptr->conf_modules = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(XF86ConfModuleRec));

+	for (i=0 ; ModuleDefaults[i].name != NULL ; i++) {

+	    if (ModuleDefaults[i].toLoad == TRUE) {

+		XF86LoadPtr ptr = (XF86LoadPtr)xf86configptr->conf_modules;

+		ptr = xf86addNewLoadDirective(ptr, ModuleDefaults[i].name, XF86_LOAD_MODULE, ModuleDefaults[i].load_opt);

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+	    /*

+	     * Walk the list of modules in the "Module" section to determine how

+	     * many we have.

+	    */

+	    modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;

+	    while (modp) {

+                for (i = 0; ignore[i]; i++) {

+                    if (strcmp(modp->load_name, ignore[i]) == 0)

+                        modp->ignore = 1;

+                }

+                if (!modp->ignore)

+	            count++;

+	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;

+	    }

+

+    /*

+     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers

+     */

+    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));

+    optarray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(pointer));

+    count = 0;

+    if (xf86configptr->conf_modules) {

+	    modp = xf86configptr->conf_modules->mod_load_lst;

+	    while (modp) {

+            if (!modp->ignore) {

+	            modulearray[count] = modp->load_name;

+	            optarray[count] = modp->load_opt;

+	            count++;

+            }

+	        modp = (XF86LoadPtr) modp->list.next;

+	    }

+    }

+    modulearray[count] = NULL;

+    optarray[count] = NULL;

+    if (optlist)

+	    *optlist = optarray;

+    else

+	    free(optarray);

+    return modulearray;

+}

+

+

+char **

+xf86DriverlistFromConfig(void)

+{

+    int count = 0;

+    int j;

+    char **modulearray;

+    screenLayoutPtr slp;

+    

+    /*

+     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a

+     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default

+     * ModulePath

+     */

+    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    

+    /*

+     * Walk the list of driver lines in active "Device" sections to

+     * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.

+     *

+     */

+    if (xf86ConfigLayout.screens) {

+        slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;

+        while ((slp++)->screen) {

+	    count++;

+        }

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Handle the set of inactive "Device" sections.

+     */

+    j = 0;

+    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].identifier)

+	count++;

+

+    if (count == 0)

+	return NULL;

+

+    /*

+     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers

+     */

+    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));

+    count = 0;

+    slp = xf86ConfigLayout.screens;

+    while (slp->screen) {

+	modulearray[count] = slp->screen->device->driver;

+	count++;

+	slp++;

+    }

+

+    j = 0;

+

+    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) 

+	modulearray[count++] = xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j++].driver;

+

+    modulearray[count] = NULL;

+

+    /* Remove duplicates */

+    for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {

+	int i;

+

+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

+	    if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {

+		modulearray[count] = "";

+		break;

+	    }

+    }

+    return modulearray;

+}

+

+char **

+xf86InputDriverlistFromConfig(void)

+{

+    int count = 0;

+    char **modulearray;

+    InputInfoPtr *idp;

+

+    /*

+     * make sure the config file has been parsed and that we have a

+     * ModulePath set; if no ModulePath was given, use the default

+     * ModulePath

+     */

+    if (xf86configptr == NULL) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot access global config data structure\n");

+        return NULL;

+    }

+    

+    /*

+     * Walk the list of driver lines in active "InputDevice" sections to

+     * determine now many implicitly loaded modules there are.

+     */

+    if (xf86ConfigLayout.inputs) {

+        idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;

+        while (*idp) {

+	    count++;

+	    idp++;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (count == 0)

+	return NULL;

+

+    /*

+     * allocate the memory and walk the list again to fill in the pointers

+     */

+    modulearray = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(char*));

+    count = 0;

+    idp = xf86ConfigLayout.inputs;

+    while (idp && *idp) {

+        modulearray[count] = (*idp)->driver;

+	count++;

+	idp++;

+    }

+    modulearray[count] = NULL;

+

+    /* Remove duplicates */

+    for (count = 0; modulearray[count] != NULL; count++) {

+	int i;

+

+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)

+	    if (xf86NameCmp(modulearray[i], modulearray[count]) == 0) {

+		modulearray[count] = "";

+		break;

+	    }

+    }

+    return modulearray;

+}

+

+static void

+fixup_video_driver_list(char **drivers)

+{

+    static const char *fallback[4] = { "vesa", "fbdev", "wsfb", NULL };

+    char **end, **drv;

+    char *x;

+    int i;

+

+    /* walk to the end of the list */

+    for (end = drivers; *end && **end; end++) ;

+    end--;

+

+    /*

+     * for each of the fallback drivers, if we find it in the list,

+     * swap it with the last available non-fallback driver.

+     */

+    for (i = 0; fallback[i]; i++) {

+        for (drv = drivers; drv != end; drv++) {

+            if (strstr(*drv, fallback[i])) {

+                x = *drv; *drv = *end; *end = x;

+                end--;

+                break;

+            }

+        }

+    }

+}

+

+static char **

+GenerateDriverlist(char * dirname)

+{

+    char **ret;

+    const char *subdirs[] = { dirname, NULL };

+    static const char *patlist[] = {"(.*)_drv\\.so", NULL};

+    ret = LoaderListDirs(subdirs, patlist);

+    

+    /* fix up the probe order for video drivers */

+    if (strstr(dirname, "drivers") && ret != NULL)

+        fixup_video_driver_list(ret);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+char **

+xf86DriverlistFromCompile(void)

+{

+    static char **driverlist = NULL;

+

+    if (!driverlist)

+        driverlist = GenerateDriverlist("drivers");

+

+    return driverlist;

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86ConfigError --

+ *      Print a READABLE ErrorMessage!!!  All information that is 

+ *      available is printed.

+ */

+static void

+xf86ConfigError(char *msg, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    ErrorF("\nConfig Error:\n");

+    va_start(ap, msg);

+    VErrorF(msg, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+    ErrorF("\n");

+    return;

+}

+

+static void

+configFiles(XF86ConfFilesPtr fileconf)

+{

+    MessageType	 pathFrom;

+    Bool	 must_copy;

+    int		 size, countDirs;

+    char	*temp_path, *log_buf, *start, *end;

+

+    /* FontPath */

+    must_copy = TRUE;

+

+    temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";

+    if (xf86fpFlag)

+	pathFrom = X_CMDLINE;

+    else if (fileconf && fileconf->file_fontpath) {

+	pathFrom = X_CONFIG;

+	if (xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath) {

+	    if (asprintf(&defaultFontPath, "%s%s%s", fileconf->file_fontpath,

+			 *temp_path ? "," : "", temp_path) == -1)

+		defaultFontPath = NULL;

+	    else

+		must_copy = FALSE;

+	}

+	else

+	    defaultFontPath = fileconf->file_fontpath;

+    }

+    else

+	pathFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    temp_path = defaultFontPath ? defaultFontPath : "";

+

+    /* xf86ValidateFontPath modifies its argument, but returns a copy of it. */

+    temp_path = must_copy ? xnfstrdup(defaultFontPath) : defaultFontPath;

+    defaultFontPath = xf86ValidateFontPath(temp_path);

+    free(temp_path);

+

+    /* make fontpath more readable in the logfiles */

+    countDirs = 1;

+    temp_path = defaultFontPath;

+    while ((temp_path = index(temp_path, ',')) != NULL) {

+	countDirs++;

+	temp_path++;

+    }

+

+    log_buf = xnfalloc(strlen(defaultFontPath) + (2 * countDirs) + 1);

+    temp_path = log_buf;

+    start = defaultFontPath;

+    while((end = index(start, ',')) != NULL) {

+      size = (end - start) + 1;

+      *(temp_path++) = '\t';

+      strncpy(temp_path, start, size);

+      temp_path += size;

+      *(temp_path++) = '\n';

+      start += size;

+    }

+    /* copy last entry */

+    *(temp_path++) = '\t';

+    strcpy(temp_path, start);

+    xf86Msg(pathFrom, "FontPath set to:\n%s\n", log_buf);

+    free(log_buf);

+  

+  /* ModulePath */

+

+  if (fileconf) {

+    if (xf86ModPathFrom != X_CMDLINE && fileconf->file_modulepath) {

+      xf86ModulePath = fileconf->file_modulepath;

+      xf86ModPathFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+  }

+

+  xf86Msg(xf86ModPathFrom, "ModulePath set to \"%s\"\n", xf86ModulePath);

+

+  if (!xf86xkbdirFlag && fileconf && fileconf->file_xkbdir) {

+    XkbBaseDirectory = fileconf->file_xkbdir;

+    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "XKB base directory set to \"%s\"\n",

+	    XkbBaseDirectory);

+  }

+#if 0

+  /* LogFile */

+  /*

+   * XXX The problem with this is that the log file is already open.

+   * One option might be to copy the exiting contents to the new location.

+   * and re-open it.  The down side is that the default location would

+   * already have been overwritten.  Another option would be to start with

+   * unique temporary location, then copy it once the correct name is known.

+   * A problem with this is what happens if the server exits before that

+   * happens.

+   */

+  if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT && fileconf->file_logfile) {

+    xf86LogFile = fileconf->file_logfile;

+    xf86LogFileFrom = X_CONFIG;

+  }

+#endif

+

+  return;

+}

+

+typedef enum {

+    FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS,

+    FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH,

+    FLAG_DONTZAP,

+    FLAG_DONTZOOM,

+    FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE,

+    FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL,

+    FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL,

+    FLAG_VTSYSREQ,

+    FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME,

+    FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME,

+    FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME,

+    FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME,

+    FLAG_PIXMAP,

+    FLAG_PC98,

+    FLAG_NOPM,

+    FLAG_XINERAMA,

+    FLAG_LOG,

+    FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE,

+    FLAG_RANDR,

+    FLAG_AIGLX,

+    FLAG_IGNORE_ABI,

+    FLAG_ALLOW_EMPTY_INPUT,

+    FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH,

+    FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,

+    FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,

+    FLAG_GLX_VISUALS,

+    FLAG_DRI2,

+    FLAG_USE_SIGIO

+} FlagValues;

+

+/**

+ * NOTE: the last value for each entry is NOT the default. It is set to TRUE

+ * if the parser found the option in the config file.

+ */

+static OptionInfoRec FlagOptions[] = {

+  { FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS,		"NoTrapSignals",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH,		"DontVTSwitch",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DONTZAP,		"DontZap",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DONTZOOM,		"DontZoom",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE,	"DisableVidModeExtension",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL,		"AllowNonLocalXvidtune",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL,	"AllowMouseOpenFail",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_VTSYSREQ,		"VTSysReq",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME,	"BlankTime"		,	OPTV_INTEGER,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME,	"StandbyTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME,	"SuspendTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME,		"OffTime",			OPTV_INTEGER,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_PIXMAP,		"Pixmap",			OPTV_INTEGER,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_PC98,			"PC98",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_NOPM,			"NoPM",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_XINERAMA,		"Xinerama",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_LOG,			"Log",				OPTV_STRING,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE,	"RenderColormapMode",		OPTV_STRING,

+        {0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_RANDR,			"RandR",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_AIGLX,			"AIGLX",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_IGNORE_ABI,		"IgnoreABI",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH,  "UseDefaultFontPath",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,       "AutoAddDevices",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+        {0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,    "AutoEnableDevices",		OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+        {0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_GLX_VISUALS,		"GlxVisuals",			OPTV_STRING,

+        {0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_DRI2,			"DRI2",				OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { FLAG_USE_SIGIO,		"UseSIGIO",			OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+  { -1,				NULL,				OPTV_NONE,

+	{0}, FALSE },

+};

+

+#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98

+static Bool

+detectPC98(void)

+{

+    unsigned char buf[2];

+

+    if (xf86ReadBIOS(0xf8000, 0xe80, buf, 2) != 2)

+	return FALSE;

+    if ((buf[0] == 0x98) && (buf[1] == 0x21))

+	return TRUE;

+    else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+#endif

+

+static Bool

+configServerFlags(XF86ConfFlagsPtr flagsconf, XF86OptionPtr layoutopts)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr optp, tmp;

+    int i;

+    Pix24Flags pix24 = Pix24DontCare;

+    Bool value;

+    MessageType from;

+    const char *s;

+    XkbRMLVOSet set;

+    /* Default options. */

+    set.rules = "base";

+    set.model = "pc105";

+    set.layout = "us";

+    set.variant = NULL;

+    set.options = NULL;

+

+    /*

+     * Merge the ServerLayout and ServerFlags options.  The former have

+     * precedence over the latter.

+     */

+    optp = NULL;

+    if (flagsconf && flagsconf->flg_option_lst)

+	optp = xf86optionListDup(flagsconf->flg_option_lst);

+    if (layoutopts) {

+	tmp = xf86optionListDup(layoutopts);

+	if (optp)

+	    optp = xf86optionListMerge(optp, tmp);

+	else

+	    optp = tmp;

+    }

+

+    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, optp, FlagOptions);

+

+    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOTRAPSIGNALS, &xf86Info.notrapSignals);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTVTSWITCH, &xf86Info.dontVTSwitch);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZAP, &xf86Info.dontZap);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DONTZOOM, &xf86Info.dontZoom);

+

+    xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_IGNORE_ABI, &xf86Info.ignoreABI);

+    if (xf86Info.ignoreABI) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Ignoring ABI Version\n");

+    }

+

+    if (xf86SIGIOSupported()) {

+	xf86Info.useSIGIO = xf86ReturnOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO, USE_SIGIO_BY_DEFAULT);

+	if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_SIGIO)) {

+	    from = X_CONFIG;

+	} else {

+	    from = X_DEFAULT;

+	}

+	if (!xf86Info.useSIGIO) {

+	    xf86Msg(from, "Disabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");

+	} else if (from == X_CONFIG) {

+	    xf86Msg(from, "Enabling SIGIO handlers for input devices\n");

+	}

+    } else {

+	xf86Info.useSIGIO = FALSE;

+    }

+

+    if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES)) {

+        xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ADD_DEVICES,

+                          &xf86Info.autoAddDevices);

+        from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    else {

+        from = X_DEFAULT;

+    }

+    xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically adding devices\n",

+            xf86Info.autoAddDevices ? "A" : "Not a");

+

+    if (xf86IsOptionSet(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES)) {

+        xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AUTO_ENABLE_DEVICES,

+                          &xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);

+        from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    else {

+        from = X_DEFAULT;

+    }

+    xf86Msg(from, "%sutomatically enabling devices\n",

+            xf86Info.autoEnableDevices ? "A" : "Not a");

+

+    /*

+     * Set things up based on the config file information.  Some of these

+     * settings may be overridden later when the command line options are

+     * checked.

+     */

+#ifdef XF86VIDMODE

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DISABLEVIDMODE, &value))

+	xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = !value;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWNONLOCAL, &value))

+	xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = value;

+#endif

+

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_ALLOWMOUSEOPENFAIL, &value))

+	xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = value;

+

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_VTSYSREQ, &value)) {

+#ifdef USE_VT_SYSREQ

+	xf86Info.vtSysreq = value;

+	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "VTSysReq %s\n", value ? "enabled" : "disabled");

+#else

+	if (value)

+	    xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "VTSysReq is not supported on this OS\n");

+#endif

+    }

+

+    xf86Info.pmFlag = TRUE;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_NOPM, &value)) 

+	xf86Info.pmFlag = !value;

+    {

+	if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_LOG))) {

+	    if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"flush")) {

+		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Flushing logfile enabled\n");

+		xf86Info.log = LogFlush;

+		LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);

+	    } else if (!xf86NameCmp(s,"sync")) {

+		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Syncing logfile enabled\n");

+		xf86Info.log = LogSync;

+		LogSetParameter(XLOG_FLUSH, TRUE);

+		LogSetParameter(XLOG_SYNC, TRUE);

+	    } else {

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown Log option\n");

+	    }

+        }

+    }

+    

+    {

+	if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_RENDER_COLORMAP_MODE))){

+	    int policy = PictureParseCmapPolicy (s);

+	    if (policy == PictureCmapPolicyInvalid)

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Unknown colormap policy \"%s\"\n", s);

+	    else

+	    {

+		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Render colormap policy set to %s\n", s);

+		PictureCmapPolicy = policy;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+#ifdef RANDR

+    xf86Info.disableRandR = FALSE;

+    xf86Info.randRFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_RANDR, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.disableRandR = !value;

+	xf86Info.randRFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    xf86Info.aiglx = TRUE;

+    xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.aiglx = value;

+	xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+

+#ifdef GLXEXT

+    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;

+    xf86Info.glxVisualsFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    if ((s = xf86GetOptValString(FlagOptions, FLAG_GLX_VISUALS))) {

+	if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "minimal")) {

+	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsMinimal;

+	} else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "typical")) {

+	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsTypical;

+	} else if (!xf86NameCmp(s, "all")) {

+	    xf86Info.glxVisuals = XF86_GlxVisualsAll;

+	} else {

+	    xf86Msg(X_WARNING,"Unknown GlxVisuals option\n");

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_AIGLX, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.aiglx = value;

+	xf86Info.aiglxFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    /* if we're not hotplugging, force some input devices to exist */

+    xf86Info.forceInputDevices = !(xf86Info.autoAddDevices && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices);

+

+    /* when forcing input devices, we use kbd. otherwise evdev, so use the

+     * evdev rules set. */

+#if defined(linux)

+    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices)

+        set.rules = "evdev";

+#endif

+    XkbSetRulesDflts(&set);

+

+    xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = TRUE;

+    xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_USE_DEFAULT_FONT_PATH, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.useDefaultFontPath = value;

+	xf86Info.useDefaultFontPathFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+

+/* Make sure that timers don't overflow CARD32's after multiplying */

+#define MAX_TIME_IN_MIN (0x7fffffff / MILLI_PER_MIN)

+

+    i = -1;

+    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_SAVER_BLANKTIME, &i);

+    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))

+	ScreenSaverTime = defaultScreenSaverTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;

+    else if (i != -1)

+	xf86ConfigError("BlankTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",

+			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);

+

+#ifdef DPMSExtension

+    i = -1;

+    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_STANDBYTIME, &i);

+    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))

+	DPMSStandbyTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;

+    else if (i != -1)

+	xf86ConfigError("StandbyTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",

+			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);

+    i = -1;

+    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_SUSPENDTIME, &i);

+    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))

+	DPMSSuspendTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;

+    else if (i != -1)

+	xf86ConfigError("SuspendTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",

+			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);

+    i = -1;

+    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_DPMS_OFFTIME, &i);

+    if ((i >= 0) && (i < MAX_TIME_IN_MIN))

+	DPMSOffTime = i * MILLI_PER_MIN;

+    else if (i != -1)

+	xf86ConfigError("OffTime value %d outside legal range of 0 - %d minutes",

+			i, MAX_TIME_IN_MIN);

+#endif

+

+    i = -1;

+    xf86GetOptValInteger(FlagOptions, FLAG_PIXMAP, &i);

+    switch (i) {

+    case 24:

+	pix24 = Pix24Use24;

+	break;

+    case 32:

+	pix24 = Pix24Use32;

+	break;

+    case -1:

+	break;

+    default:

+	xf86ConfigError("Pixmap option's value (%d) must be 24 or 32\n", i);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    if (xf86Pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {

+	xf86Info.pixmap24 = xf86Pix24;

+	xf86Info.pix24From = X_CMDLINE;

+    } else if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {

+	xf86Info.pixmap24 = pix24;

+	xf86Info.pix24From = X_CONFIG;

+    } else {

+	xf86Info.pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;

+	xf86Info.pix24From = X_DEFAULT;

+    }

+#ifdef SUPPORT_PC98

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_PC98, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.pc98 = value;

+	if (value) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");

+	}

+    } else

+	if (detectPC98()) {

+	    xf86Info.pc98 = TRUE;

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Japanese PC98 architecture\n");

+	}

+#endif

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    from = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

+      from = X_CMDLINE;

+    else if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_XINERAMA, &value)) {

+      noPanoramiXExtension = !value;

+      from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

+      xf86Msg(from, "Xinerama: enabled\n");

+#endif

+

+#ifdef DRI2

+    xf86Info.dri2 = FALSE;

+    xf86Info.dri2From = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (xf86GetOptValBool(FlagOptions, FLAG_DRI2, &value)) {

+	xf86Info.dri2 = value;

+	xf86Info.dri2From = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool xf86DRI2Enabled(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.dri2;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Locate the core input devices.  These can be specified/located in

+ * the following ways, in order of priority:

+ *

+ *  1. The InputDevices named by the -pointer and -keyboard command line

+ *     options.

+ *  2. The "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard" InputDevices referred to by

+ *     the active ServerLayout.

+ *  3. The first InputDevices marked as "CorePointer" and "CoreKeyboard".

+ *  4. The first InputDevices that use 'keyboard' or 'kbd' and a valid mouse

+ *     driver (mouse, synaptics, evdev, vmmouse, void)

+ *  5. Default devices with an empty (default) configuration.  These defaults

+ *     will reference the 'mouse' and 'keyboard' drivers.

+ */

+

+static Bool

+checkCoreInputDevices(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, Bool implicitLayout)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr corePointer = NULL, coreKeyboard = NULL;

+    Bool foundPointer = FALSE, foundKeyboard = FALSE;

+    const char *pointerMsg = NULL, *keyboardMsg = NULL;

+    InputInfoPtr *devs, /* iterator */

+            indp;

+    InputInfoRec Pointer = {}, Keyboard = {};

+    XF86ConfInputPtr confInput;

+    XF86ConfInputRec defPtr, defKbd;

+    int count = 0;

+    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;

+    int found = 0;

+    const char *mousedrivers[] = { "mouse", "synaptics", "evdev", "vmmouse",

+				   "void", NULL };

+

+    /*

+     * First check if a core pointer or core keyboard have been specified

+     * in the active ServerLayout.  If more than one is specified for either,

+     * remove the core attribute from the later ones.

+     */

+    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {

+        indp = *devs;

+	if (indp->options &&

+	    xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {

+	    if (!corePointer) {

+		corePointer = indp;

+	    } else {

+		    xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CorePointer", FALSE);

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core pointer devices.  "

+			"Removing core pointer attribute from \"%s\"\n",

+			indp->name);

+	    }

+	}

+	if (indp->options &&

+	    xf86CheckBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {

+	    if (!coreKeyboard) {

+		coreKeyboard = indp;

+	    } else {

+		    xf86ReplaceBoolOption(indp->options, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE);

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Duplicate core keyboard devices.  "

+			"Removing core keyboard attribute from \"%s\"\n",

+			indp->name);

+	    }

+	}

+	count++;

+    }

+

+    confInput = NULL;

+

+    /* 1. Check for the -pointer command line option. */

+    if (xf86PointerName) {

+	confInput = xf86findInput(xf86PointerName,

+				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	if (!confInput) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",

+		    xf86PointerName);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+	/*

+	 * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be

+	 * removed.

+	 */

+	if (corePointer) {

+	    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)

+		if (*devs == corePointer)

+                {

+                    free(*devs);

+                    *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop*/

+		    break;

+                }

+	    for (; devs && *devs; devs++)

+		devs[0] = devs[1];

+	    count--;

+	}

+	corePointer = NULL;

+	foundPointer = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core pointer. */

+    if (corePointer) {

+	foundPointer = TRUE;

+	from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+

+    /* 3. First core pointer device. */

+    if (!foundPointer && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {

+	XF86ConfInputPtr p;

+

+	for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {

+	    if (p->inp_option_lst &&

+		xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CorePointer", FALSE)) {

+		confInput = p;

+		foundPointer = TRUE;

+		from = X_DEFAULT;

+		pointerMsg = "first core pointer device";

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* 4. First pointer with an allowed mouse driver. */

+    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	const char **driver = mousedrivers;

+	confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_POINTER,

+				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	while (*driver && !confInput) {

+	    confInput = xf86findInputByDriver(*driver,

+					      xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	    driver++;

+	}

+	if (confInput) {

+	    foundPointer = TRUE;

+	    from = X_DEFAULT;

+	    pointerMsg = "first mouse device";

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* 5. Built-in default. */

+    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));

+	defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");

+	defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");

+	confInput = &defPtr;

+	foundPointer = TRUE;

+	from = X_DEFAULT;

+	pointerMsg = "default mouse configuration";

+    }

+

+    /* Add the core pointer device to the layout, and set it to Core. */

+    if (foundPointer && confInput) {

+	foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);

+        if (foundPointer) {

+	    count++;

+	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,

+			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));

+            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));

+	    *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;

+	    devs[count - 1]->options =

+				xf86addNewOption(devs[count -1]->options,

+				    xnfstrdup("CorePointer"), NULL);

+	    devs[count] = NULL;

+	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!foundPointer && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	/* This shouldn't happen. */

+	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core pointer device.\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * always synthesize a 'mouse' section configured to send core

+     * events, unless a 'void' section is found, in which case the user

+     * probably wants to run footless.

+     *

+     * If you're using an evdev keyboard and expect a default mouse

+     * section ... deal.

+     */

+    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++) {

+	const char **driver = mousedrivers;

+	while(*driver) {

+	    if (!strcmp((*devs)->driver, *driver)) {

+		found = 1;

+		break;

+	    }

+	    driver++;

+	}

+    }

+    if (!found && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No default mouse found, adding one\n");

+	memset(&defPtr, 0, sizeof(defPtr));

+	defPtr.inp_identifier = strdup("<default pointer>");

+	defPtr.inp_driver = strdup("mouse");

+	confInput = &defPtr;

+	foundPointer = configInput(&Pointer, confInput, from);

+        if (foundPointer) {

+	    count++;

+	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,

+			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));

+            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));

+	    *devs[count - 1] = Pointer;

+	    devs[count - 1]->options =

+				xf86addNewOption(NULL, xnfstrdup("AlwaysCore"), NULL);

+	    devs[count] = NULL;

+	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;

+	}

+    }

+

+    confInput = NULL;

+

+    /* 1. Check for the -keyboard command line option. */

+    if (xf86KeyboardName) {

+	confInput = xf86findInput(xf86KeyboardName,

+				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	if (!confInput) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No InputDevice section called \"%s\"\n",

+		    xf86KeyboardName);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+	/*

+	 * If one was already specified in the ServerLayout, it needs to be

+	 * removed.

+	 */

+	if (coreKeyboard) {

+	    for (devs = servlayoutp->inputs; devs && *devs; devs++)

+		if (*devs == coreKeyboard)

+                {

+                    free(*devs);

+                    *devs = (InputInfoPtr)0x1; /* ensure we dont skip next loop */

+		    break;

+                }

+	    for (; devs && *devs; devs++)

+		devs[0] = devs[1];

+	    count--;

+	}

+	coreKeyboard = NULL;

+	foundKeyboard = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    /* 2. ServerLayout-specified core keyboard. */

+    if (coreKeyboard) {

+	foundKeyboard = TRUE;

+	from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+

+    /* 3. First core keyboard device. */

+    if (!foundKeyboard && (xf86Info.forceInputDevices || implicitLayout)) {

+	XF86ConfInputPtr p;

+

+	for (p = xf86configptr->conf_input_lst; p; p = p->list.next) {

+	    if (p->inp_option_lst &&

+		xf86CheckBoolOption(p->inp_option_lst, "CoreKeyboard", FALSE)) {

+		confInput = p;

+		foundKeyboard = TRUE;

+		from = X_DEFAULT;

+		keyboardMsg = "first core keyboard device";

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* 4. First keyboard with 'keyboard' or 'kbd' as the driver. */

+    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	confInput = xf86findInput(CONF_IMPLICIT_KEYBOARD,

+				  xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	if (!confInput) {

+	    confInput = xf86findInputByDriver("kbd",

+					      xf86configptr->conf_input_lst);

+	}

+	if (confInput) {

+	    foundKeyboard = TRUE;

+	    from = X_DEFAULT;

+	    keyboardMsg = "first keyboard device";

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* 5. Built-in default. */

+    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	memset(&defKbd, 0, sizeof(defKbd));

+	defKbd.inp_identifier = strdup("<default keyboard>");

+	defKbd.inp_driver = strdup("kbd");

+	confInput = &defKbd;

+	foundKeyboard = TRUE;

+	keyboardMsg = "default keyboard configuration";

+	from = X_DEFAULT;

+    }

+

+    /* Add the core keyboard device to the layout, and set it to Core. */

+    if (foundKeyboard && confInput) {

+	foundKeyboard = configInput(&Keyboard, confInput, from);

+        if (foundKeyboard) {

+	    count++;

+	    devs = xnfrealloc(servlayoutp->inputs,

+			      (count + 1) * sizeof(InputInfoPtr));

+            devs[count - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoRec));

+	    *devs[count - 1] = Keyboard;

+	    devs[count - 1]->options =

+				xf86addNewOption(devs[count - 1]->options,

+				    xnfstrdup("CoreKeyboard"), NULL);

+	    devs[count] = NULL;

+	    servlayoutp->inputs = devs;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!foundKeyboard && xf86Info.forceInputDevices) {

+	/* This shouldn't happen. */

+	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Cannot locate a core keyboard device.\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    if (pointerMsg) {

+	if (implicitLayout)

+	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",

+	            pointerMsg);

+	else

+	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core pointer device wasn't specified "

+	            "explicitly in the layout.\n"

+	            "\tUsing the %s.\n", pointerMsg);

+    }

+

+    if (keyboardMsg) {

+	if (implicitLayout)

+	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No Layout section. Using the %s.\n",

+	            keyboardMsg);

+	else

+	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "The core keyboard device wasn't specified "

+	            "explicitly in the layout.\n"

+	            "\tUsing the %s.\n", keyboardMsg);

+    }

+

+    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && !(foundPointer && foundKeyboard)) {

+#if defined(CONFIG_HAL) || defined(CONFIG_UDEV)

+	const char *config_backend;

+#if defined(CONFIG_HAL)

+	config_backend = "HAL";

+#else

+	config_backend = "udev";

+#endif

+	xf86Msg(X_INFO, "The server relies on %s to provide the list of "

+	                "input devices.\n\tIf no devices become available, "

+	                "reconfigure %s or disable AutoAddDevices.\n",

+			config_backend, config_backend);

+#else

+	xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging requested but the server was "

+			   "compiled without a config backend. "

+			   "No input devices were configured, the server "

+			   "will start without any input devices.\n");

+#endif

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+typedef enum {

+    LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE,

+    LAYOUT_SINGLECARD

+} LayoutValues;

+

+static OptionInfoRec LayoutOptions[] = {

+  { LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE,      "IsolateDevice",        OPTV_STRING,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+  { LAYOUT_SINGLECARD,         "SingleCard",           OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+  { -1,                                NULL,                   OPTV_NONE,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+};

+

+static Bool

+configInputDevices(XF86ConfLayoutPtr layout, serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp)

+{

+    XF86ConfInputrefPtr irp;

+    InputInfoPtr *indp;

+    int count = 0;

+

+    /*

+     * Count the number of input devices.

+     */

+    irp = layout->lay_input_lst;

+    while (irp) {

+	count++;

+	irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;

+    }

+    DebugF("Found %d input devices in the layout section %s\n",

+	    count, layout->lay_identifier);

+    indp = xnfcalloc((count + 1), sizeof(InputInfoPtr));

+    indp[count] = NULL;

+    irp = layout->lay_input_lst;

+    count = 0;

+    while (irp) {

+	indp[count] = xf86AllocateInput();

+	if (!configInput(indp[count], irp->iref_inputdev, X_CONFIG)) {

+	    while(count--)

+		free(indp[count]);

+	    free(indp);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	indp[count]->options = xf86OptionListMerge(indp[count]->options,

+						   irp->iref_option_lst);

+	count++;

+	irp = (XF86ConfInputrefPtr)irp->list.next;

+    }

+    servlayoutp->inputs = indp;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * figure out which layout is active, which screens are used in that layout,

+ * which drivers and monitors are used in these screens

+ */

+static Bool

+configLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfLayoutPtr conf_layout,

+	     char *default_layout)

+{

+    XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr adjp;

+    XF86ConfInactivePtr idp;

+    int count = 0;

+    int scrnum;

+    XF86ConfLayoutPtr l;

+    MessageType from;

+    screenLayoutPtr slp;

+    GDevPtr gdp;

+    int i = 0, j;

+

+    if (!servlayoutp)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    /*

+     * which layout section is the active one?

+     *

+     * If there is a -layout command line option, use that one, otherwise

+     * pick the first one.

+     */

+    from = X_DEFAULT;

+    if (xf86LayoutName != NULL)

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+    else if (default_layout) {

+	xf86LayoutName = default_layout;

+	from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    if (xf86LayoutName != NULL) {

+	if ((l = xf86findLayout(xf86LayoutName, conf_layout)) == NULL) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No ServerLayout section called \"%s\"\n",

+		    xf86LayoutName);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	conf_layout = l;

+    }

+    xf86Msg(from, "ServerLayout \"%s\"\n", conf_layout->lay_identifier);

+    adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;

+

+    /*

+     * we know that each screen is referenced exactly once on the left side

+     * of a layout statement in the Layout section. So to allocate the right

+     * size for the array we do a quick walk of the list to figure out how

+     * many sections we have

+     */

+    while (adjp) {

+        count++;

+        adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;

+    }

+

+    DebugF("Found %d screens in the layout section %s",

+           count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);

+    if (!count) /* alloc enough storage even if no screen is specified */

+        count = 1;

+

+    slp = xnfcalloc(1, (count + 1) * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));

+    slp[count].screen = NULL;

+    /*

+     * now that we have storage, loop over the list again and fill in our

+     * data structure; at this point we do not fill in the adjacency

+     * information as it is not clear if we need it at all

+     */

+    adjp = conf_layout->lay_adjacency_lst;

+    count = 0;

+    while (adjp) {

+        slp[count].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));

+	if (adjp->adj_scrnum < 0)

+	    scrnum = count;

+	else

+	    scrnum = adjp->adj_scrnum;

+	if (!configScreen(slp[count].screen, adjp->adj_screen, scrnum,

+			  X_CONFIG)) {

+	    free(slp);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	slp[count].x = adjp->adj_x;

+	slp[count].y = adjp->adj_y;

+	slp[count].refname = adjp->adj_refscreen;

+	switch (adjp->adj_where) {

+	case CONF_ADJ_OBSOLETE:

+	    slp[count].where = PosObsolete;

+	    slp[count].topname = adjp->adj_top_str;

+	    slp[count].bottomname = adjp->adj_bottom_str;

+	    slp[count].leftname = adjp->adj_left_str;

+	    slp[count].rightname = adjp->adj_right_str;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_ABSOLUTE:

+	    slp[count].where = PosAbsolute;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_RIGHTOF:

+	    slp[count].where = PosRightOf;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_LEFTOF:

+	    slp[count].where = PosLeftOf;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_ABOVE:

+	    slp[count].where = PosAbove;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_BELOW:

+	    slp[count].where = PosBelow;

+	    break;

+	case CONF_ADJ_RELATIVE:

+	    slp[count].where = PosRelative;

+	    break;

+	}

+        count++;

+        adjp = (XF86ConfAdjacencyPtr)adjp->list.next;

+    }

+

+    /* No screen was specified in the layout. take the first one from the

+     * config file, or - if it is NULL - configScreen autogenerates one for

+     * us */

+    if (!count)

+    {

+        slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));

+	if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,

+                          0, X_CONFIG)) {

+	    free(slp[0].screen);

+	    free(slp);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* XXX Need to tie down the upper left screen. */

+

+    /* Fill in the refscreen and top/bottom/left/right values */

+    for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {

+	for (j = 0; j < count; j++) {

+	    if (slp[i].refname &&

+		strcmp(slp[i].refname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {

+		slp[i].refscreen = slp[j].screen;

+	    }

+	    if (slp[i].topname &&

+		strcmp(slp[i].topname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {

+		slp[i].top = slp[j].screen;

+	    }

+	    if (slp[i].bottomname &&

+		strcmp(slp[i].bottomname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {

+		slp[i].bottom = slp[j].screen;

+	    }

+	    if (slp[i].leftname &&

+		strcmp(slp[i].leftname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {

+		slp[i].left = slp[j].screen;

+	    }

+	    if (slp[i].rightname &&

+		strcmp(slp[i].rightname, slp[j].screen->id) == 0) {

+		slp[i].right = slp[j].screen;

+	    }

+	}

+	if (slp[i].where != PosObsolete

+	    && slp[i].where != PosAbsolute

+	    && !slp[i].refscreen) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR,"Screen %s doesn't exist: deleting placement\n",

+		     slp[i].refname);

+	    slp[i].where = PosAbsolute;

+	    slp[i].x = 0;

+	    slp[i].y = 0;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Count the number of inactive devices.

+     */

+    count = 0;

+    idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;

+    while (idp) {

+        count++;

+        idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;

+    }

+    DebugF("Found %d inactive devices in the layout section %s\n",

+           count, conf_layout->lay_identifier);

+    gdp = xnfalloc((count + 1) * sizeof(GDevRec));

+    gdp[count].identifier = NULL;

+    idp = conf_layout->lay_inactive_lst;

+    count = 0;

+    while (idp) {

+	if (!configDevice(&gdp[count], idp->inactive_device, FALSE)) {

+	    free(gdp);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+        count++;

+        idp = (XF86ConfInactivePtr)idp->list.next;

+    }

+

+    if (!configInputDevices(conf_layout, servlayoutp))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    servlayoutp->id = conf_layout->lay_identifier;

+    servlayoutp->screens = slp;

+    servlayoutp->inactives = gdp;

+    servlayoutp->options = conf_layout->lay_option_lst;

+    from = X_DEFAULT;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * No layout section, so find the first Screen section and set that up as

+ * the only active screen.

+ */

+static Bool

+configImpliedLayout(serverLayoutPtr servlayoutp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen,

+                    XF86ConfigPtr xf86configptr)

+{

+    MessageType from;

+    XF86ConfScreenPtr s;

+    screenLayoutPtr slp;

+    InputInfoPtr *indp;

+    XF86ConfLayoutRec layout;

+

+    if (!servlayoutp)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    /*

+     * which screen section is the active one?

+     *

+     * If there is a -screen option, use that one, otherwise use the first

+     * one.

+     */

+

+    from = X_CONFIG;

+    if (xf86ScreenName != NULL) {

+	if ((s = xf86findScreen(xf86ScreenName, conf_screen)) == NULL) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No Screen section called \"%s\"\n",

+		    xf86ScreenName);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	conf_screen = s;

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+    }

+

+    /* We have exactly one screen */

+

+    slp = xnfcalloc(1, 2 * sizeof(screenLayoutRec));

+    slp[0].screen = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(confScreenRec));

+    slp[1].screen = NULL;

+    if (!configScreen(slp[0].screen, conf_screen, 0, from)) {

+	free(slp);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    servlayoutp->id = "(implicit)";

+    servlayoutp->screens = slp;

+    servlayoutp->inactives = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));

+    servlayoutp->options = NULL;

+

+    memset(&layout, 0, sizeof(layout));

+    layout.lay_identifier = servlayoutp->id;

+    if (xf86layoutAddInputDevices(xf86configptr, &layout) > 0) {

+	if (!configInputDevices(&layout, servlayoutp))

+	    return FALSE;

+	from = X_DEFAULT;

+    } else {

+	/* Set up an empty input device list, then look for some core devices. */

+	indp = xnfalloc(sizeof(InputInfoPtr));

+	*indp = NULL;

+	servlayoutp->inputs = indp;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+configXvAdaptor(confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor, XF86ConfVideoAdaptorPtr conf_adaptor)

+{

+    int count = 0;

+    XF86ConfVideoPortPtr conf_port;

+

+    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->VideoAdaptor \"%s\"\n",

+	    conf_adaptor->va_identifier);

+    adaptor->identifier = conf_adaptor->va_identifier;

+    adaptor->options = conf_adaptor->va_option_lst;

+    if (conf_adaptor->va_busid || conf_adaptor->va_driver) {

+	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   | Unsupported device type, skipping entry\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * figure out how many videoport subsections there are and fill them in

+     */

+    conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;

+    while(conf_port) {

+        count++;

+        conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;

+    }

+    adaptor->ports = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvPortRec));

+    adaptor->numports = count;

+    count = 0;

+    conf_port = conf_adaptor->va_port_lst;

+    while(conf_port) {

+	adaptor->ports[count].identifier = conf_port->vp_identifier;

+	adaptor->ports[count].options = conf_port->vp_option_lst;

+        count++;

+        conf_port = (XF86ConfVideoPortPtr)conf_port->list.next;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+configScreen(confScreenPtr screenp, XF86ConfScreenPtr conf_screen, int scrnum,

+	     MessageType from)

+{

+    int count = 0;

+    XF86ConfDisplayPtr dispptr;

+    XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr conf_adaptor;

+    Bool defaultMonitor = FALSE;

+    XF86ConfScreenRec local_conf_screen;

+

+    if (!conf_screen) {

+        memset(&local_conf_screen, 0, sizeof(local_conf_screen));

+        conf_screen = &local_conf_screen;

+        conf_screen->scrn_identifier = "Default Screen Section";

+        xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No screen section available. Using defaults.\n");

+    }

+

+    xf86Msg(from, "|-->Screen \"%s\" (%d)\n", conf_screen->scrn_identifier,

+	    scrnum);

+    /*

+     * now we fill in the elements of the screen

+     */

+    screenp->id         = conf_screen->scrn_identifier;

+    screenp->screennum  = scrnum;

+    screenp->defaultdepth = conf_screen->scrn_defaultdepth;

+    screenp->defaultbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultbpp;

+    screenp->defaultfbbpp = conf_screen->scrn_defaultfbbpp;

+    screenp->monitor    = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(MonRec));

+    /* If no monitor is specified, create a default one. */

+    if (!conf_screen->scrn_monitor) {

+	XF86ConfMonitorRec defMon;

+

+	memset(&defMon, 0, sizeof(defMon));

+	defMon.mon_identifier = "<default monitor>";

+	if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor, &defMon))

+	    return FALSE;

+	defaultMonitor = TRUE;

+    } else {

+	if (!configMonitor(screenp->monitor,conf_screen->scrn_monitor))

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+    /* Configure the device. If there isn't one configured, attach to the

+     * first inactive one that we can configure. If there's none that work,

+     * set it to NULL so that the section can be autoconfigured later */

+    screenp->device     = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(GDevRec));

+    if ((!conf_screen->scrn_device) && (xf86configptr->conf_device_lst)) {

+        conf_screen->scrn_device = xf86configptr->conf_device_lst;

+	xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No device specified for screen \"%s\".\n"

+		"\tUsing the first device section listed.\n", screenp->id);

+    }

+    if (configDevice(screenp->device,conf_screen->scrn_device, TRUE)) {

+        screenp->device->myScreenSection = screenp;

+    } else {

+        screenp->device = NULL;

+    }

+    screenp->options = conf_screen->scrn_option_lst;

+    

+    /*

+     * figure out how many display subsections there are and fill them in

+     */

+    dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;

+    while(dispptr) {

+        count++;

+        dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;

+    }

+    screenp->displays   = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(DispRec));

+    screenp->numdisplays = count;

+    

+    /* Fill in the default Virtual size, if any */

+    if (conf_screen->scrn_virtualX && conf_screen->scrn_virtualY) {

+	for (count = 0, dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;

+	     dispptr;

+	     dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next, count++) {

+	    screenp->displays[count].virtualX = conf_screen->scrn_virtualX;

+	    screenp->displays[count].virtualY = conf_screen->scrn_virtualY;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Now do the per-Display Virtual sizes */

+    count = 0;

+    dispptr = conf_screen->scrn_display_lst;

+    while(dispptr) {

+        configDisplay(&(screenp->displays[count]),dispptr);

+        count++;

+        dispptr = (XF86ConfDisplayPtr)dispptr->list.next;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * figure out how many videoadaptor references there are and fill them in

+     */

+    conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;

+    while(conf_adaptor) {

+        count++;

+        conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;

+    }

+    screenp->xvadaptors = xnfalloc((count) * sizeof(confXvAdaptorRec));

+    screenp->numxvadaptors = 0;

+    conf_adaptor = conf_screen->scrn_adaptor_lst;

+    while(conf_adaptor) {

+        if (configXvAdaptor(&(screenp->xvadaptors[screenp->numxvadaptors]),

+			    conf_adaptor->al_adaptor))

+    	    screenp->numxvadaptors++;

+        conf_adaptor = (XF86ConfAdaptorLinkPtr)conf_adaptor->list.next;

+    }

+

+    if (defaultMonitor) {

+	xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT, "No monitor specified for screen \"%s\".\n"

+		"\tUsing a default monitor configuration.\n", screenp->id);

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+typedef enum {

+    MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,

+    MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK,

+} MonitorValues;

+

+static OptionInfoRec MonitorOptions[] = {

+  { MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,      "ReducedBlanking",        OPTV_BOOLEAN,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+  { MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK,	      "MaxPixClock",		OPTV_FREQ,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+  { -1,                                NULL,                   OPTV_NONE,

+       {0}, FALSE },

+};

+

+static Bool

+configMonitor(MonPtr monitorp, XF86ConfMonitorPtr conf_monitor)

+{

+    int count;

+    DisplayModePtr mode,last = NULL;

+    XF86ConfModeLinePtr cmodep;

+    XF86ConfModesPtr modes;

+    XF86ConfModesLinkPtr modeslnk = conf_monitor->mon_modes_sect_lst;

+    Gamma zeros = {0.0, 0.0, 0.0};

+    float badgamma = 0.0;

+    double maxPixClock;

+    

+    xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->Monitor \"%s\"\n",

+	    conf_monitor->mon_identifier);

+    monitorp->id = conf_monitor->mon_identifier;

+    monitorp->vendor = conf_monitor->mon_vendor;

+    monitorp->model = conf_monitor->mon_modelname;

+    monitorp->Modes = NULL;

+    monitorp->Last = NULL;

+    monitorp->gamma = zeros;

+    monitorp->widthmm = conf_monitor->mon_width;

+    monitorp->heightmm = conf_monitor->mon_height;

+    monitorp->reducedblanking = FALSE;

+    monitorp->maxPixClock = 0;

+    monitorp->options = conf_monitor->mon_option_lst;

+

+    /*

+     * fill in the monitor structure

+     */    

+    for( count = 0 ;

+	 count < conf_monitor->mon_n_hsync && count < MAX_HSYNC;

+	 count++) {

+        monitorp->hsync[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].hi;

+        monitorp->hsync[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_hsync[count].lo;

+    }

+    monitorp->nHsync = count;

+    for( count = 0 ;

+	 count < conf_monitor->mon_n_vrefresh && count < MAX_VREFRESH;

+	 count++) {

+        monitorp->vrefresh[count].hi = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].hi;

+        monitorp->vrefresh[count].lo = conf_monitor->mon_vrefresh[count].lo;

+    }

+    monitorp->nVrefresh = count;

+

+    /*

+     * first we collect the mode lines from the UseModes directive

+     */

+    while(modeslnk)

+    {

+        modes = xf86findModes (modeslnk->ml_modes_str, 

+			       xf86configptr->conf_modes_lst);

+	modeslnk->ml_modes = modes;

+	

+	    

+	/* now add the modes found in the modes

+	   section to the list of modes for this

+	   monitor unless it has been added before

+	   because we are reusing the same section 

+	   for another screen */

+	if (xf86itemNotSublist(

+			       (GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,

+			       (GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst)) {

+	    conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)

+	        xf86addListItem(

+				(GenericListPtr)conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst,

+				(GenericListPtr)modes->mon_modeline_lst);

+	}

+	modeslnk = modeslnk->list.next;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * we need to hook in the mode lines now

+     * here both data structures use lists, only our internal one

+     * is double linked

+     */

+    cmodep = conf_monitor->mon_modeline_lst;

+    while( cmodep ) {

+        mode = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(DisplayModeRec));

+	mode->type       = 0;

+        mode->Clock      = cmodep->ml_clock;

+        mode->HDisplay   = cmodep->ml_hdisplay;

+        mode->HSyncStart = cmodep->ml_hsyncstart;

+        mode->HSyncEnd   = cmodep->ml_hsyncend;

+        mode->HTotal     = cmodep->ml_htotal;

+        mode->VDisplay   = cmodep->ml_vdisplay;

+        mode->VSyncStart = cmodep->ml_vsyncstart;

+        mode->VSyncEnd   = cmodep->ml_vsyncend;

+        mode->VTotal     = cmodep->ml_vtotal;

+        mode->Flags      = cmodep->ml_flags;

+        mode->HSkew      = cmodep->ml_hskew;

+        mode->VScan      = cmodep->ml_vscan;

+        mode->name       = xnfstrdup(cmodep->ml_identifier);

+        if( last ) {

+            mode->prev = last;

+            last->next = mode;

+        }

+        else {

+            /*

+             * this is the first mode

+             */

+            monitorp->Modes = mode;

+            mode->prev = NULL;

+        }

+        last = mode;

+        cmodep = (XF86ConfModeLinePtr)cmodep->list.next;

+    }

+    if(last){

+      last->next = NULL;

+    }

+    monitorp->Last = last;

+

+    /* add the (VESA) default modes */

+    if (! addDefaultModes(monitorp) )

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red > GAMMA_ZERO)

+	monitorp->gamma.red = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_red;

+    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green > GAMMA_ZERO)

+	monitorp->gamma.green = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_green;

+    if (conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue > GAMMA_ZERO)

+	monitorp->gamma.blue = conf_monitor->mon_gamma_blue;

+    

+    /* Check that the gamma values are within range */

+    if (monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_ZERO &&

+	(monitorp->gamma.red < GAMMA_MIN ||

+	 monitorp->gamma.red > GAMMA_MAX)) {

+	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.red;

+    } else if (monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_ZERO &&

+	(monitorp->gamma.green < GAMMA_MIN ||

+	 monitorp->gamma.green > GAMMA_MAX)) {

+	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.green;

+    } else if (monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_ZERO &&

+	(monitorp->gamma.blue < GAMMA_MIN ||

+	 monitorp->gamma.blue > GAMMA_MAX)) {

+	badgamma = monitorp->gamma.blue;

+    }

+    if (badgamma > GAMMA_ZERO) {

+	xf86ConfigError("Gamma value %.f is out of range (%.2f - %.1f)\n",

+			badgamma, GAMMA_MIN, GAMMA_MAX);

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, monitorp->options, MonitorOptions);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(MonitorOptions, MON_REDUCEDBLANKING,

+                      &monitorp->reducedblanking);

+    if (xf86GetOptValFreq(MonitorOptions, MON_MAX_PIX_CLOCK, OPTUNITS_KHZ,

+			  &maxPixClock) == TRUE) {

+	monitorp->maxPixClock = (int) maxPixClock;

+    }

+	

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static int

+lookupVisual(const char *visname)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (!visname || !*visname)

+	return -1;

+

+    for (i = 0; i <= DirectColor; i++) {

+	if (!xf86nameCompare(visname, xf86VisualNames[i]))

+	    break;

+    }

+

+    if (i <= DirectColor)

+	return i;

+

+    return -1;

+}

+

+

+static Bool

+configDisplay(DispPtr displayp, XF86ConfDisplayPtr conf_display)

+{

+    int count = 0;

+    XF86ModePtr modep;

+    

+    displayp->frameX0           = conf_display->disp_frameX0;

+    displayp->frameY0           = conf_display->disp_frameY0;

+    displayp->virtualX          = conf_display->disp_virtualX;

+    displayp->virtualY          = conf_display->disp_virtualY;

+    displayp->depth             = conf_display->disp_depth;

+    displayp->fbbpp             = conf_display->disp_bpp;

+    displayp->weight.red        = conf_display->disp_weight.red;

+    displayp->weight.green      = conf_display->disp_weight.green;

+    displayp->weight.blue       = conf_display->disp_weight.blue;

+    displayp->blackColour.red   = conf_display->disp_black.red;

+    displayp->blackColour.green = conf_display->disp_black.green;

+    displayp->blackColour.blue  = conf_display->disp_black.blue;

+    displayp->whiteColour.red   = conf_display->disp_white.red;

+    displayp->whiteColour.green = conf_display->disp_white.green;

+    displayp->whiteColour.blue  = conf_display->disp_white.blue;

+    displayp->options           = conf_display->disp_option_lst;

+    if (conf_display->disp_visual) {

+	displayp->defaultVisual = lookupVisual(conf_display->disp_visual);

+	if (displayp->defaultVisual == -1) {

+	    xf86ConfigError("Invalid visual name: \"%s\"",

+			    conf_display->disp_visual);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    } else {

+	displayp->defaultVisual = -1;

+    }

+	

+    /*

+     * now hook in the modes

+     */

+    modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;

+    while(modep) {

+        count++;

+        modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;

+    }

+    displayp->modes = xnfalloc((count+1) * sizeof(char*));

+    modep = conf_display->disp_mode_lst;

+    count = 0;

+    while(modep) {

+        displayp->modes[count] = modep->mode_name;

+        count++;

+        modep = (XF86ModePtr)modep->list.next;

+    }

+    displayp->modes[count] = NULL;

+    

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+configDevice(GDevPtr devicep, XF86ConfDevicePtr conf_device, Bool active)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (!conf_device) {

+        return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    if (active)

+	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|   |-->Device \"%s\"\n",

+		conf_device->dev_identifier);

+    else

+	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "|-->Inactive Device \"%s\"\n",

+		conf_device->dev_identifier);

+

+    devicep->identifier = conf_device->dev_identifier;

+    devicep->vendor = conf_device->dev_vendor;

+    devicep->board = conf_device->dev_board;

+    devicep->chipset = conf_device->dev_chipset;

+    devicep->ramdac = conf_device->dev_ramdac;

+    devicep->driver = conf_device->dev_driver;

+    devicep->active = active;

+    devicep->videoRam = conf_device->dev_videoram;

+    devicep->BiosBase = conf_device->dev_bios_base;

+    devicep->MemBase = conf_device->dev_mem_base;

+    devicep->IOBase = conf_device->dev_io_base;

+    devicep->clockchip = conf_device->dev_clockchip;

+    devicep->busID = conf_device->dev_busid;

+    devicep->textClockFreq = conf_device->dev_textclockfreq;

+    devicep->chipID = conf_device->dev_chipid;

+    devicep->chipRev = conf_device->dev_chiprev;

+    devicep->options = conf_device->dev_option_lst;

+    devicep->irq = conf_device->dev_irq;

+    devicep->screen = conf_device->dev_screen;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < MAXDACSPEEDS; i++) {

+	if (i < CONF_MAXDACSPEEDS)

+            devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = conf_device->dev_dacSpeeds[i];

+	else

+	    devicep->dacSpeeds[i] = 0;

+    }

+    devicep->numclocks = conf_device->dev_clocks;

+    if (devicep->numclocks > MAXCLOCKS)

+	devicep->numclocks = MAXCLOCKS;

+    for (i = 0; i < devicep->numclocks; i++) {

+	devicep->clock[i] = conf_device->dev_clock[i];

+    }

+    devicep->claimed = FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+#ifdef XF86DRI

+static void

+configDRI(XF86ConfDRIPtr drip)

+{

+    struct group       *grp;

+

+    xf86ConfigDRI.group      = -1;

+    xf86ConfigDRI.mode       = 0;

+

+    if (drip) {

+	if (drip->dri_group_name) {

+	    if ((grp = getgrnam(drip->dri_group_name)))

+		xf86ConfigDRI.group = grp->gr_gid;

+	} else {

+	    if (drip->dri_group >= 0)

+		xf86ConfigDRI.group = drip->dri_group;

+	}

+	xf86ConfigDRI.mode = drip->dri_mode;

+    }

+}

+#endif

+

+static void

+configExtensions(XF86ConfExtensionsPtr conf_ext)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr o;

+

+    if (conf_ext && conf_ext->ext_option_lst) {

+	for (o = conf_ext->ext_option_lst; o; o = xf86NextOption(o)) {

+	    char *name   = xf86OptionName(o);

+	    char *val    = xf86OptionValue(o);

+	    char *n;

+	    Bool  enable = TRUE;

+

+	    /* Handle "No<ExtensionName>" */

+	    n = xf86NormalizeName(name);

+	    if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {

+		name += 2;

+		enable = FALSE;

+	    }

+

+	    if (!val ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "enable") == 0 ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "enabled") == 0 ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "on") == 0 ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "1") == 0 ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "yes") == 0 ||

+		xf86NameCmp(val, "true") == 0) {

+		/* NOTHING NEEDED -- enabling is handled below */

+	    } else if (xf86NameCmp(val, "disable") == 0 ||

+                       xf86NameCmp(val, "disabled") == 0 ||

+		       xf86NameCmp(val, "off") == 0 ||

+		       xf86NameCmp(val, "0") == 0 ||

+		       xf86NameCmp(val, "no") == 0 ||

+		       xf86NameCmp(val, "false") == 0) {

+		enable = !enable;

+	    } else {

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized value \"%s\"\n", val);

+		free(n);

+		continue;

+	    }

+

+	    if (EnableDisableExtension(name, enable)) {

+		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "Extension \"%s\" is %s\n",

+			name, enable ? "enabled" : "disabled");

+	    } else {

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Ignoring unrecognized extension \"%s\"\n",

+                        name);

+	    }

+	    free(n);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool

+configInput(InputInfoPtr inputp, XF86ConfInputPtr conf_input, MessageType from)

+{

+    xf86Msg(from, "|-->Input Device \"%s\"\n", conf_input->inp_identifier);

+    inputp->name = conf_input->inp_identifier;

+    inputp->driver = conf_input->inp_driver;

+    inputp->options = conf_input->inp_option_lst;

+    inputp->attrs = NULL;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+modeIsPresent(DisplayModePtr mode, MonPtr monitorp)

+{

+    DisplayModePtr knownmodes = monitorp->Modes;

+

+    /* all I can think of is a linear search... */

+    while(knownmodes != NULL)

+    {

+	if(!strcmp(mode->name, knownmodes->name) &&

+	   !(knownmodes->type & M_T_DEFAULT))

+	    return TRUE;

+	knownmodes = knownmodes->next;

+    }

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+addDefaultModes(MonPtr monitorp)

+{

+    DisplayModePtr mode;

+    DisplayModePtr last = monitorp->Last;

+    int i = 0;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDefaultModes; i++)

+    {

+	mode = xf86DuplicateMode(&xf86DefaultModes[i]);

+	if (!modeIsPresent(mode, monitorp))

+	{

+	    monitorp->Modes = xf86ModesAdd(monitorp->Modes, mode);

+	    last = mode;

+	} else {

+	    free(mode);

+	}

+    }

+    monitorp->Last = last;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+checkInput(serverLayoutPtr layout, Bool implicit_layout) {

+    checkCoreInputDevices(layout, implicit_layout);

+

+    /* Unless we're forcing input devices, disable mouse/kbd devices in the

+     * config. Otherwise the same physical device is added multiple times,

+     * leading to duplicate events.

+     */

+    if (!xf86Info.forceInputDevices && layout->inputs)

+    {

+        InputInfoPtr *dev = layout->inputs;

+        BOOL warned = FALSE;

+

+        while(*dev)

+        {

+            if (strcmp((*dev)->driver, "kbd") == 0 ||

+                strcmp((*dev)->driver, "mouse") == 0 ||

+                strcmp((*dev)->driver, "vmmouse") == 0)

+            {

+                InputInfoPtr *current;

+                if (!warned)

+                {

+                    xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Hotplugging is on, devices using "

+                            "drivers 'kbd', 'mouse' or 'vmmouse' will be disabled.\n");

+                    warned = TRUE;

+                }

+

+                xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Disabling %s\n", (*dev)->name);

+

+                current = dev;

+                free(*dev);

+

+                do {

+                    *current = *(current + 1);

+                    current++;

+                } while(*current);

+            } else

+                dev++;

+        }

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * load the config file and fill the global data structure

+ */

+ConfigStatus

+xf86HandleConfigFile(Bool autoconfig)

+{

+    const char *filename, *dirname, *sysdirname;

+    char *filesearch, *dirsearch;

+    MessageType filefrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    MessageType dirfrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    char *scanptr;

+    Bool singlecard = 0;

+    Bool implicit_layout = FALSE;

+

+    if (!autoconfig) {

+	if (getuid() == 0) {

+	    filesearch = ROOT_CONFIGPATH;

+	    dirsearch = ROOT_CONFIGDIRPATH;

+	} else {

+	    filesearch = USER_CONFIGPATH;

+	    dirsearch = USER_CONFIGDIRPATH;

+	}

+

+	if (xf86ConfigFile)

+	    filefrom = X_CMDLINE;

+	if (xf86ConfigDir)

+	    dirfrom = X_CMDLINE;

+

+	xf86initConfigFiles();

+	sysdirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(SYS_CONFIGDIRPATH, NULL,

+					    PROJECTROOT);

+	dirname = xf86openConfigDirFiles(dirsearch, xf86ConfigDir, PROJECTROOT);

+	filename = xf86openConfigFile(filesearch, xf86ConfigFile, PROJECTROOT);

+	if (filename) {

+	    xf86MsgVerb(filefrom, 0, "Using config file: \"%s\"\n", filename);

+	    xf86ConfigFile = xnfstrdup(filename);

+	} else {

+	    if (xf86ConfigFile)

+		xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to locate/open config file: \"%s\"\n",

+			xf86ConfigFile);

+	}

+	if (dirname) {

+	    xf86MsgVerb(dirfrom, 0, "Using config directory: \"%s\"\n",

+			dirname);

+	    xf86ConfigDir = xnfstrdup(dirname);

+	} else {

+	    if (xf86ConfigDir)

+		xf86Msg(X_ERROR,

+			"Unable to locate/open config directory: \"%s\"\n",

+			xf86ConfigDir);

+	}

+	if (sysdirname)

+	    xf86MsgVerb(X_DEFAULT, 0, "Using system config directory \"%s\"\n",

+			sysdirname);

+	if (!filename && !dirname && !sysdirname)

+	    return CONFIG_NOFILE;

+    }

+

+    if ((xf86configptr = xf86readConfigFile ()) == NULL) {

+	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Problem parsing the config file\n");

+	return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;

+    }

+    xf86closeConfigFile ();

+

+    /* Initialise a few things. */

+

+    /*

+     * now we convert part of the information contained in the parser

+     * structures into our own structures.

+     * The important part here is to figure out which Screen Sections

+     * in the XF86Config file are active so that we can piece together

+     * the modes that we need later down the road.

+     * And while we are at it, we'll decode the rest of the stuff as well

+     */

+

+    /* First check if a layout section is present, and if it is valid. */

+

+    if (xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst == NULL || xf86ScreenName != NULL) {

+	if (xf86ScreenName == NULL) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_DEFAULT,

+		    "No Layout section.  Using the first Screen section.\n");

+	}

+	if (!configImpliedLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout,

+				 xf86configptr->conf_screen_lst,

+				 xf86configptr)) {

+            xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");

+	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;

+	}

+	implicit_layout = TRUE;

+    } else {

+	if (xf86configptr->conf_flags != NULL) {

+	  char *dfltlayout = NULL;

+ 	  pointer optlist = xf86configptr->conf_flags->flg_option_lst;

+	

+	  if (optlist && xf86FindOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout"))

+	    dfltlayout = xf86SetStrOption(optlist, "defaultserverlayout", NULL);

+	  if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,

+			  dfltlayout)) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");

+	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;

+	  }

+	} else {

+	  if (!configLayout(&xf86ConfigLayout, xf86configptr->conf_layout_lst,

+			  NULL)) {

+	    xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Unable to determine the screen layout\n");

+	    return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;

+	  }

+	}

+    }

+

+    xf86ProcessOptions(-1, xf86ConfigLayout.options, LayoutOptions);

+

+    if ((scanptr = xf86GetOptValString(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_ISOLATEDEVICE))) {

+       ; /* IsolateDevice specified; overrides SingleCard */

+    } else {

+       xf86GetOptValBool(LayoutOptions, LAYOUT_SINGLECARD, &singlecard);

+       if (singlecard)

+           scanptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens->screen->device->busID;

+    }

+    if (scanptr) {

+       if (strncmp(scanptr, "PCI:", 4) != 0) {

+           xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "Bus types other than PCI not yet isolable.\n"

+                              "\tIgnoring IsolateDevice option.\n");

+       } else

+           xf86PciIsolateDevice(scanptr);

+    }

+

+    /* Now process everything else */

+    if (!configServerFlags(xf86configptr->conf_flags,xf86ConfigLayout.options)){

+             ErrorF ("Problem when converting the config data structures\n");

+             return CONFIG_PARSE_ERROR;

+    }

+

+    configFiles(xf86configptr->conf_files);

+    configExtensions(xf86configptr->conf_extensions);

+#ifdef XF86DRI

+    configDRI(xf86configptr->conf_dri);

+#endif

+

+    checkInput(&xf86ConfigLayout, implicit_layout);

+

+    /*

+     * Handle some command line options that can override some of the

+     * ServerFlags settings.

+     */

+#ifdef XF86VIDMODE

+    if (xf86VidModeDisabled)

+	xf86Info.vidModeEnabled = FALSE;

+    if (xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal)

+	xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal = TRUE;

+#endif

+

+    if (xf86AllowMouseOpenFail)

+	xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail = TRUE;

+

+    return CONFIG_OK;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path)

+{

+    return (xf86pathIsSafe(path) != 0);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c
index 399883886..f94b24184 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Helper.c
@@ -1,1948 +1,1948 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-/*
- * Authors: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>
- *          David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>
- *          ... and others
- *
- * This file includes the helper functions that the server provides for
- * different drivers.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "os.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "propertyst.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "loaderProcs.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-#include "micmap.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-#include "xf86InPriv.h"
-#include "mivalidate.h"
-#include "xf86Crtc.h"
-
-/* For xf86GetClocks */
-#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(__GNU__)
-#define HAS_SETPRIORITY
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-static int xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount = 0;
-
-
-/* Add a pointer to a new DriverRec to xf86DriverList */
-
-void
-xf86AddDriver(DriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)
-{
-    /* Don't add null entries */
-    if (!driver)
-	return;
-
-    if (xf86DriverList == NULL)
-	xf86NumDrivers = 0;
-
-    xf86NumDrivers++;
-    xf86DriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86DriverList,
-				xf86NumDrivers * sizeof(DriverPtr));
-    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(DriverRec));
-    if (flags & HaveDriverFuncs)
-	*xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = *driver;
-    else {
-	(void) memset( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], 0,
-		       sizeof( DriverRec ) );
-	(void) memcpy( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], driver,
-		       sizeof(DriverRec1));
-
-    }
-    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->module = module;
-    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->refCount = 0;
-}
-
-void
-xf86DeleteDriver(int drvIndex)
-{
-    if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]
-	&& (!xf86DriverHasEntities(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]))) {
-	if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module)
-	    UnloadModule(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module);
-	free(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]);
-	xf86DriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Add a pointer to a new InputDriverRec to xf86InputDriverList */
-
-void
-xf86AddInputDriver(InputDriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)
-{
-    /* Don't add null entries */
-    if (!driver)
-	return;
-
-    if (xf86InputDriverList == NULL)
-	xf86NumInputDrivers = 0;
-
-    xf86NumInputDrivers++;
-    xf86InputDriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86InputDriverList,
-				xf86NumInputDrivers * sizeof(InputDriverPtr));
-    xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] =
-				xnfalloc(sizeof(InputDriverRec));
-    *xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] = *driver;
-    xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1]->module = module;
-}
-
-void
-xf86DeleteInputDriver(int drvIndex)
-{
-    if (xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] && xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module)
-	UnloadModule(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module);
-    free(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]);
-    xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;
-}
-
-InputDriverPtr
-xf86LookupInputDriver(const char *name)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumInputDrivers; i++) {
-       if (xf86InputDriverList[i] && xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName &&
-           xf86NameCmp(name, xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName) == 0)
-           return xf86InputDriverList[i];
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-InputInfoPtr
-xf86LookupInput(const char *name)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr p;
-
-    for (p = xf86InputDevs; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
-        if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0)
-            return p;
-    }
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Allocate a new ScrnInfoRec in xf86Screens */
-
-ScrnInfoPtr
-xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (xf86Screens == NULL)
-	xf86NumScreens = 0;
-
-    i = xf86NumScreens++;
-    xf86Screens = xnfrealloc(xf86Screens, xf86NumScreens * sizeof(ScrnInfoPtr));
-    xf86Screens[i] = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ScrnInfoRec), 1);
-    xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i;	/* Changes when a screen is removed */
-    xf86Screens[i]->origIndex = i;	/* This never changes */
-    xf86Screens[i]->privates = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DevUnion),
-					 xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount);
-    /*
-     * EnableDisableFBAccess now gets initialized in InitOutput()
-     * xf86Screens[i]->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86EnableDisableFBAccess;
-     */
-
-    xf86Screens[i]->drv = drv;
-    drv->refCount++;
-    xf86Screens[i]->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
-
-    xf86Screens[i]->DriverFunc = drv->driverFunc;
-
-    return xf86Screens[i];
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Remove an entry from xf86Screens.  Ideally it should free all allocated
- * data.  To do this properly may require a driver hook.
- */
-
-void
-xf86DeleteScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;
-    int i;
-
-    /* First check if the screen is valid */
-    if (xf86NumScreens == 0 || xf86Screens == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (scrnIndex > xf86NumScreens - 1)
-	return;
-
-    if (!(pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]))
-	return;
-
-    /* If a FreeScreen function is defined, call it here */
-    if (pScrn->FreeScreen != NULL)
-	pScrn->FreeScreen(scrnIndex, 0);
-
-    while (pScrn->modes)
-	xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modes, pScrn->modes);
-
-    while (pScrn->modePool)
-	xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modePool, pScrn->modePool);
-
-    xf86OptionListFree(pScrn->options);
-
-    if (pScrn->module)
-	UnloadModule(pScrn->module);
-
-    if (pScrn->drv)
-	pScrn->drv->refCount--;
-
-    free(pScrn->privates);
-
-    xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(scrnIndex);
-
-    free(pScrn);
-
-    /* Move the other entries down, updating their scrnIndex fields */
-
-    xf86NumScreens--;
-
-    for (i = scrnIndex; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
-	xf86Screens[i] = xf86Screens[i + 1];
-	xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i;
-	/* Also need to take care of the screen layout settings */
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Allocate a private in ScrnInfoRec.
- */
-
-int
-xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex(void)
-{
-    int idx, i;
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScr;
-    DevUnion *nprivs;
-
-    idx = xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount++;
-    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
-	pScr = xf86Screens[i];
-	nprivs = xnfrealloc(pScr->privates,
-			    xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount * sizeof(DevUnion));
-	/* Zero the new private */
-	memset(&nprivs[idx], 0, sizeof(DevUnion));
-	pScr->privates = nprivs;
-    }
-    return idx;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86AddPixFormat(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int depth, int bpp, int pad)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (pScrn->numFormats >= MAXFORMATS)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (bpp <= 0) {
-	if (depth == 1)
-	    bpp = 1;
-	else if (depth <= 8)
-	    bpp = 8;
-	else if (depth <= 16)
-	    bpp = 16;
-	else if (depth <= 32)
-	    bpp = 32;
-	else
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-    if (pad <= 0)
-	pad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
-
-    i = pScrn->numFormats++;
-    pScrn->formats[i].depth = depth;
-    pScrn->formats[i].bitsPerPixel = bpp;
-    pScrn->formats[i].scanlinePad = pad;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the depth we are using based on (in the following order of preference):
- *  - values given on the command line
- *  - values given in the config file
- *  - values provided by the driver
- *  - an overall default when nothing else is given
- *
- * Also find a Display subsection matching the depth/bpp found.
- *
- * Sets the following ScrnInfoRec fields:
- *     bitsPerPixel, pixmap24, depth, display, imageByteOrder,
- *     bitmapScanlinePad, bitmapScanlineUnit, bitmapBitOrder, numFormats,
- *     formats, fbFormat.
- */
-
-/* Can the screen handle 24 bpp pixmaps */
-#define DO_PIX24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) || \
-		     ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32)))
-
-/* Can the screen handle 32 bpp pixmaps */
-#define DO_PIX32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) || \
-		     ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24)))
-
-/* Does the screen prefer 32bpp fb for 24bpp pixmaps */
-#define CHOOSE32FOR24(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32) \
-			  && (f & PreferConvert24to32))
-
-/* Does the screen prefer 24bpp fb for 32bpp pixmaps */
-#define CHOOSE24FOR32(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24) \
-			  && (f & PreferConvert32to24))
-
-/* Can the screen handle 32bpp pixmaps for 24bpp fb */
-#define DO_PIX32FOR24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24))
-
-/* Can the screen handle 24bpp pixmaps for 32bpp fb */
-#define DO_PIX24FOR32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32))
-
-#ifndef GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH
-#define GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH 24
-#endif
-
-Bool
-xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int dummy, int fbbpp,
-		int depth24flags)
-{
-    int i;
-    DispPtr disp;
-    Pix24Flags pix24 = xf86Info.pixmap24;
-    Bool nomatch = FALSE;
-
-    scrp->bitsPerPixel = -1;
-    scrp->depth = -1;
-    scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;
-    scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-    scrp->depthFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-
-    if (xf86FbBpp > 0) {
-	scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86FbBpp;
-	scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CMDLINE;
-    }
-
-    if (xf86Depth > 0) {
-	scrp->depth = xf86Depth;
-	scrp->depthFrom = X_CMDLINE;
-    }
-
-    if (xf86FbBpp < 0 && xf86Depth < 0) {
-	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp > 0) {
-	    scrp->bitsPerPixel = scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp;
-	    scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;
-	}
-	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth > 0) {
-	    scrp->depth = scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth;
-	    scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;
-	}
-
-	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp <= 0 &&
-	    scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth <= 0) {
-	    /*
-	     * Check for DefaultDepth and DefaultFbBpp options in the
-	     * Device sections.
-	     */
-	    int i;
-	    GDevPtr device;
-	    Bool found = FALSE;
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < scrp->numEntities; i++) {
-		device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(scrp->entityList[i],
-					      scrp->entityInstanceList[i]);
-		if (device && device->options) {
-		    if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultDepth")) {
-			scrp->depth = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,
-						       "DefaultDepth", -1);
-			scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;
-			found = TRUE;
-		    }
-		    if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultFbBpp")) {
-			scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,
-							      "DefaultFbBpp",
-							      -1);
-			scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;
-			found = TRUE;
-		    }
-		}
-		if (found)
-		    break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* If none of these is set, pick a default */
-    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0 && scrp->depth < 0) {
-        if (fbbpp > 0 || depth > 0) {
-	    if (fbbpp > 0)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = fbbpp;
-	    if (depth > 0)
-		scrp->depth = depth;
-	} else {
-	    scrp->depth = GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* If any are not given, determine a default for the others */
-
-    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {
-	/* The depth must be set */
-	if (scrp->depth > -1) {
-	    if (scrp->depth == 1)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 1;
-	    else if (scrp->depth <= 4)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 4;
-	    else if (scrp->depth <= 8)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 8;
-	    else if (scrp->depth <= 16)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 16;
-	    else if (scrp->depth <= 24) {
-		/*
-		 * Figure out if a choice is possible based on the depth24
-		 * and pix24 flags.
-		 */
-		/* Check pix24 first */
-		if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {
-		    if (pix24 == Pix24Use32) {
-			if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {
-			    if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))
-				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
-			    else
-				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
-			} else {
-			    nomatch = TRUE;
-			}
-		    } else if (pix24 == Pix24Use24) {
-			if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {
-			    if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))
-				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
-			    else
-				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
-			} else {
-			    nomatch = TRUE;
-			}
-		    }
-		} else {
-		    if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {
-			if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))
-			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
-			else
-			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
-		    } else if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {
-			if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))
-			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
-			else
-			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;
-		    }
-		}
-	    } else if (scrp->depth <= 32)
-		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;
-	    else {
-		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-			   "Specified depth (%d) is greater than 32\n",
-			   scrp->depth);
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-			"xf86SetDepthBpp: internal error: depth and fbbpp"
-			" are both not set\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {
-	    if (nomatch)
-		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-			"Driver can't support depth 24 pixmap format (%d)\n",
-			PIX24TOBPP(pix24));
-	    else if ((depth24flags & (Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) ==
-		     NoDepth24Support)
-		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-			"Driver can't support depth 24\n");
-	    else
-		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-			"Can't find fbbpp for depth 24\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_PROBED;
-    }
-
-    if (scrp->depth <= 0) {
-	/* bitsPerPixel is already set */
-	switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
-	case 32:
-	    scrp->depth = 24;
-	    break;
-	default:
-	    /* 1, 4, 8, 16 and 24 */
-	    scrp->depth = scrp->bitsPerPixel;
-	    break;
-	}
-	scrp->depthFrom = X_PROBED;
-    }
-
-    /* Sanity checks */
-    if (scrp->depth < 1 || scrp->depth > 32) {
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		   "Specified depth (%d) is not in the range 1-32\n",
-		    scrp->depth);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
-    case 1:
-    case 4:
-    case 8:
-    case 16:
-    case 24:
-    case 32:
-	break;
-    default:
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		   "Specified fbbpp (%d) is not a permitted value\n",
-		   scrp->bitsPerPixel);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    if (scrp->depth > scrp->bitsPerPixel) {
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		   "Specified depth (%d) is greater than the fbbpp (%d)\n",
-		   scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* set scrp->pixmap24 if the driver isn't flexible */
-    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 24 && !DO_PIX32FOR24(depth24flags)) {
-	scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use24;
-    }
-    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 32 && !DO_PIX24FOR32(depth24flags)) {
-	scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use32;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Find the Display subsection matching the depth/fbbpp and initialise
-     * scrp->display with it.
-     */
-    for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;
-	 i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {
-	if ((disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel)
-	    || (disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp <= 0)
-	    || (disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel && disp->depth <= 0)) {
-	    scrp->display = disp;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If an exact match can't be found, see if there is one with no
-     * depth or fbbpp specified.
-     */
-    if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {
-	for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;
-	     i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {
-	    if (disp->depth <= 0 && disp->fbbpp <= 0) {
-		scrp->display = disp;
-		break;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If all else fails, create a default one.
-     */
-    if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {
-	scrp->confScreen->numdisplays++;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays =
-		xnfrealloc(scrp->confScreen->displays,
-			   scrp->confScreen->numdisplays * sizeof(DispRec));
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_INFO,
-		   "Creating default Display subsection in Screen section\n"
-		   "\t\"%s\" for depth/fbbpp %d/%d\n",
-		   scrp->confScreen->id, scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);
-	memset(&scrp->confScreen->displays[i], 0, sizeof(DispRec));
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.red = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.green = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.blue = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.red = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.green = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.blue = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].defaultVisual = -1;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes = xnfalloc(sizeof(char *));
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes[0] = NULL;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].depth = depth;
-	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].fbbpp = fbbpp;
-	scrp->display = &scrp->confScreen->displays[i];
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Setup defaults for the display-wide attributes the framebuffer will
-     * need.  These defaults should eventually be set globally, and not
-     * dependent on the screens.
-     */
-    scrp->imageByteOrder = IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER;
-    scrp->bitmapScanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
-    if (scrp->depth < 8) {
-	/* Planar modes need these settings */
-	scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = 8;
-	scrp->bitmapBitOrder = MSBFirst;
-    } else {
-	scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT;
-	scrp->bitmapBitOrder = BITMAP_BIT_ORDER;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * If an unusual depth is required, add it to scrp->formats.  The formats
-     * for the common depths are handled globally in InitOutput
-     */
-    switch (scrp->depth) {
-    case 1:
-    case 4:
-    case 8:
-    case 15:
-    case 16:
-    case 24:
-	/* Common depths.  Nothing to do for them */
-	break;
-    default:
-	if (!xf86AddPixFormat(scrp, scrp->depth, 0, 0)) {
-	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		       "Can't add pixmap format for depth %d\n", scrp->depth);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Initialise the framebuffer format for this screen */
-    scrp->fbFormat.depth = scrp->depth;
-    scrp->fbFormat.bitsPerPixel = scrp->bitsPerPixel;
-    scrp->fbFormat.scanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Print out the selected depth and bpp.
- */
-void
-xf86PrintDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)
-{
-    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, scrp->depthFrom, "Depth %d, ", scrp->depth);
-    xf86Msg(scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom, "framebuffer bpp %d\n", scrp->bitsPerPixel);
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86SetWeight sets scrp->weight, scrp->mask, scrp->offset, and for depths
- * greater than MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH also scrp->rgbBits.
- */
-Bool
-xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask)
-{
-    MessageType weightFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-
-    scrp->weight.red = 0;
-    scrp->weight.green = 0;
-    scrp->weight.blue = 0;
-
-    if (xf86Weight.red > 0 && xf86Weight.green > 0 && xf86Weight.blue > 0) {
-	scrp->weight = xf86Weight;
-	weightFrom = X_CMDLINE;
-    } else if (scrp->display->weight.red > 0 && scrp->display->weight.green > 0
-	       && scrp->display->weight.blue > 0) {
-	scrp->weight = scrp->display->weight;
-	weightFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    } else if (weight.red > 0 && weight.green > 0 && weight.blue > 0) {
-	scrp->weight = weight;
-    } else {
-	switch (scrp->depth) {
-	case 1:
-	case 4:
-	case 8:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green =
-		scrp->weight.blue = scrp->rgbBits;
-	    break;
-	case 15:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 5;
-	    break;
-	case 16:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.blue = 5;
-	    scrp->weight.green = 6;
-	    break;
-	case 18:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 6;
-	    break;
-	case 24:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 8;
-	    break;
-	case 30:
-	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 10;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (scrp->weight.red)
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, weightFrom, "RGB weight %d%d%d\n",
-		   (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,
-		   (int)scrp->weight.blue);
-
-    if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH &&
-	(scrp->depth != scrp->weight.red + scrp->weight.green +
-			scrp->weight.blue)) {
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		   "Weight given (%d%d%d) is inconsistent with the "
-		   "depth (%d)\n",
-		   (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,
-		   (int)scrp->weight.blue, scrp->depth);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH && scrp->weight.red) {
-	/*
-	 * XXX Does this even mean anything for TrueColor visuals?
-	 * If not, we shouldn't even be setting it here.  However, this
-	 * matches the behaviour of 3.x versions of XFree86.
-	 */
-	scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.red;
-	if (scrp->weight.green > scrp->rgbBits)
-	    scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.green;
-	if (scrp->weight.blue > scrp->rgbBits)
-	    scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.blue;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the mask and offsets */
-    if (mask.red == 0 || mask.green == 0 || mask.blue == 0) {
-	/* Default to a setting common to PC hardware */
-	scrp->offset.red = scrp->weight.green + scrp->weight.blue;
-	scrp->offset.green = scrp->weight.blue;
-	scrp->offset.blue = 0;
-	scrp->mask.red = ((1 << scrp->weight.red) - 1) << scrp->offset.red;
-	scrp->mask.green = ((1 << scrp->weight.green) - 1)
-				<< scrp->offset.green;
-	scrp->mask.blue = (1 << scrp->weight.blue) - 1;
-    } else {
-	/* Initialise to the values passed */
-	scrp->mask.red = mask.red;
-	scrp->mask.green = mask.green;
-	scrp->mask.blue = mask.blue;
-	scrp->offset.red = ffs(mask.red);
-	scrp->offset.green = ffs(mask.green);
-	scrp->offset.blue = ffs(mask.blue);
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual)
-{
-    MessageType visualFrom = X_DEFAULT;
-
-    if (defaultColorVisualClass >= 0) {
-	scrp->defaultVisual = defaultColorVisualClass;
-	visualFrom = X_CMDLINE;
-    } else if (scrp->display->defaultVisual >= 0) {
-	scrp->defaultVisual = scrp->display->defaultVisual;
-	visualFrom = X_CONFIG;
-    } else if (visual >= 0) {
-	scrp->defaultVisual = visual;
-    } else {
-	if (scrp->depth == 1)
-	    scrp->defaultVisual = StaticGray;
-	else if (scrp->depth == 4)
-	    scrp->defaultVisual = StaticColor;
-	else if (scrp->depth <= MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH)
-	    scrp->defaultVisual = PseudoColor;
-	else
-	    scrp->defaultVisual = TrueColor;
-    }
-    switch (scrp->defaultVisual) {
-    case StaticGray:
-    case GrayScale:
-    case StaticColor:
-    case PseudoColor:
-    case TrueColor:
-    case DirectColor:
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, visualFrom, "Default visual is %s\n",
-		   xf86VisualNames[scrp->defaultVisual]);
-	    return TRUE;
-    default:
-
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,
-		   "Invalid default visual class (%d)\n", scrp->defaultVisual);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-#define TEST_GAMMA(g) \
-	(g).red > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).green > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).blue > GAMMA_ZERO
-
-#define SET_GAMMA(g) \
-	(g) > GAMMA_ZERO ? (g) : 1.0
-
-Bool
-xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma)
-{
-    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
-#if 0
-    xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(scrp->monitor->DDC);
-#endif
-    if (TEST_GAMMA(xf86Gamma)) {
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.red);
-	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.green);
-	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.blue);
-    } else if (TEST_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma)) {
-	from = X_CONFIG;
-	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.red);
-	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.green);
-	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.blue);
-#if 0
-    } else if ( DDC && DDC->features.gamma > GAMMA_ZERO ) {
-        from = X_PROBED;
-	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
-	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
-	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);
-	/* EDID structure version 2 gives optional seperate red, green & blue gamma values
-	 * in bytes 0x57-0x59 */
-#endif
-    } else if (TEST_GAMMA(gamma)) {
-	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(gamma.red);
-	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(gamma.green);
-	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(gamma.blue);
-    } else {
-	scrp->gamma.red = 1.0;
-	scrp->gamma.green = 1.0;
-	scrp->gamma.blue = 1.0;
-    }
-    /* Pretend we succeeded if we support better a gamma system.
-     * This avoids a confusing message.
-     */
-    if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrp))
-	return TRUE;
-    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from,
-	       "Using gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n",
-	       scrp->gamma.red, scrp->gamma.green, scrp->gamma.blue);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-#undef TEST_GAMMA
-#undef SET_GAMMA
-
-
-/*
- * Set the DPI from the command line option.  XXX should allow it to be
- * calculated from the widthmm/heightmm values.
- */
-
-#undef MMPERINCH
-#define MMPERINCH 25.4
-
-void
-xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y)
-{
-    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
-    xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(pScrn->monitor->DDC);
-    int ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm;
-    int widthErr, heightErr;
-
-    /* XXX Maybe there is no need for widthmm/heightmm in ScrnInfoRec */
-    pScrn->widthmm = pScrn->monitor->widthmm;
-    pScrn->heightmm = pScrn->monitor->heightmm;
-
-    if (DDC && (DDC->features.hsize > 0 && DDC->features.vsize > 0) ) {
-      /* DDC gives display size in mm for individual modes,
-       * but cm for monitor
-       */
-      ddcWidthmm = DDC->features.hsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */
-      ddcHeightmm = DDC->features.vsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */
-    } else {
-      ddcWidthmm = ddcHeightmm = 0;
-    }
-
-    if (monitorResolution > 0) {
-	pScrn->xDpi = monitorResolution;
-	pScrn->yDpi = monitorResolution;
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-    } else if (pScrn->widthmm > 0 || pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
-	from = X_CONFIG;
-	if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
-	   pScrn->xDpi =
-		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);
-	}
-	if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
-	   pScrn->yDpi =
-		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);
-	}
-	if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)
-	    pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;
-	if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)
-	    pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;
-	xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",
-		   pScrn->widthmm, pScrn->heightmm);
-
-	/* Warn if config and probe disagree about display size */
-	if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {
-	  if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
-	    widthErr  = abs(ddcWidthmm  - pScrn->widthmm);
-	  } else {
-	    widthErr  = 0;
-	  }
-	  if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
-	    heightErr = abs(ddcHeightmm - pScrn->heightmm);
-	  } else {
-	    heightErr = 0;
-	  }
-	  if (widthErr>10 || heightErr>10) {
-	    /* Should include config file name for monitor here */
-	    xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-		       "Probed monitor is %dx%d mm, using Displaysize %dx%d mm\n",
-		       ddcWidthmm,ddcHeightmm, pScrn->widthmm,pScrn->heightmm);
-	  }
-	}
-    } else if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {
-	from = X_PROBED;
-	xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",
-		   ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm );
-	pScrn->widthmm = ddcWidthmm;
-	pScrn->heightmm = ddcHeightmm;
-	if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {
-	   pScrn->xDpi =
-		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);
-	}
-	if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {
-	   pScrn->yDpi =
-		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);
-	}
-	if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)
-	    pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;
-	if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)
-	    pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;
-    } else {
-	if (x > 0)
-	    pScrn->xDpi = x;
-	else
-	    pScrn->xDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;
-	if (y > 0)
-	    pScrn->yDpi = y;
-	else
-	    pScrn->yDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;
-    }
-    xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "DPI set to (%d, %d)\n",
-	       pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi);
-}
-
-#undef MMPERINCH
-
-
-void
-xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    if (xf86FlipPixels) {
-	pScreen->whitePixel = 0;
-	pScreen->blackPixel = 1;
-    } else {
-	pScreen->whitePixel = 1;
-	pScreen->blackPixel = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Function to enable/disable access to the frame buffer
- *
- * This is used when VT switching and when entering/leaving DGA direct mode.
- *
- * This has been rewritten again to eliminate the saved pixmap.  The
- * devPrivate field in the screen pixmap is set to NULL to catch code
- * accidentally referencing the frame buffer while the X server is not
- * supposed to touch it.
- *
- * Here, we exchange the pixmap private data, rather than the pixmaps
- * themselves to avoid having to find and change any references to the screen
- * pixmap such as GC's, window privates etc.  This also means that this code
- * does not need to know exactly how the pixmap pixels are accessed.  Further,
- * this exchange is >not< done through the screen's ModifyPixmapHeader()
- * vector.  This means the called frame buffer code layers can determine
- * whether they are switched in or out by keeping track of the root pixmap's
- * private data, and therefore don't need to access pScrnInfo->vtSema.
- */
-void
-xf86EnableDisableFBAccess(int scrnIndex, Bool enable)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrnInfo = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrnInfo->pScreen;
-    PixmapPtr pspix;
-
-    pspix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap) (pScreen);
-    if (enable)
-    {
-	/*
-	 * Restore all of the clip lists on the screen
-	 */
-	if (!xf86Resetting)
-	    SetRootClip (pScreen, TRUE);
-
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	/*
-	 * Empty all of the clip lists on the screen
-	 */
-	SetRootClip (pScreen, FALSE);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Print driver messages in the standard format */
-
-#undef PREFIX_SIZE
-#define PREFIX_SIZE 14
-
-void
-xf86VDrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
-		va_list args)
-{
-    char *tmpFormat;
-
-    /* Prefix the scrnIndex name to the format string. */
-    if (scrnIndex >= 0 && scrnIndex < xf86NumScreens &&
-	xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) {
-	tmpFormat = malloc(strlen(format) +
-			   strlen(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) +
-			   PREFIX_SIZE + 1);
-	if (!tmpFormat)
-	    return;
-
-	snprintf(tmpFormat, PREFIX_SIZE + 1, "%s(%d): ",
-		 xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name, scrnIndex);
-
-	strcat(tmpFormat, format);
-	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, tmpFormat, args);
-	free(tmpFormat);
-    } else
-	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, args);
-}
-#undef PREFIX_SIZE
-
-/* Print driver messages, with verbose level specified directly */
-void
-xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
-	       ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, verb, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Print driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */
-void
-xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, 1, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Print input driver messages in the standard format of
-   <driver>: <device name>: <message> */
-void
-xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
-		 va_list args)
-{
-    char *msg;
-
-    if (asprintf(&msg, "%s: %s: %s", dev->drv->driverName, dev->name, format)
-	== -1) {
-	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, "%s", args);
-    } else {
-	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, msg, args);
-	free(msg);
-    }
-}
-
-/* Print input driver message, with verbose level specified directly */
-void
-xf86IDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,
-	       ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, verb, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Print input driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */
-void
-xf86IDrvMsg(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, 1, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level specified directly */
-void
-xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level of 1 (default) */
-void
-xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    LogVMessageVerb(type, 1, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Just like ErrorF, but with the verbose level checked */
-void
-xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    if (xf86Verbose >= verb || xf86LogVerbose >= verb)
-	LogVWrite(verb, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-/* Like xf86ErrorFVerb, but with an implied verbose level of 1 */
-void
-xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    if (xf86Verbose >= 1 || xf86LogVerbose >= 1)
-	LogVWrite(1, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86LogInit(void)
-{
-    char *lf = NULL;
-
-#define LOGSUFFIX ".log"
-#define LOGOLDSUFFIX ".old"
-
-    /* Get the log file name */
-    if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT) {
-	/* Append the display number and ".log" */
-	if (asprintf(&lf, "%s%%s" LOGSUFFIX, xf86LogFile) == -1)
-	    FatalError("Cannot allocate space for the log file name\n");
-	xf86LogFile = lf;
-    }
-
-    xf86LogFile = LogInit(xf86LogFile, LOGOLDSUFFIX);
-    xf86LogFileWasOpened = TRUE;
-
-    xf86SetVerbosity(xf86Verbose);
-    xf86SetLogVerbosity(xf86LogVerbose);
-
-#undef LOGSUFFIX
-#undef LOGOLDSUFFIX
-
-    free(lf);
-}
-
-void
-xf86CloseLog(void)
-{
-    LogClose();
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Drivers can use these for using their own SymTabRecs.
- */
-
-const char *
-xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && table[i].token != token; i++)
-	;
-
-    if (table[i].token < 0)
-	return NULL;
-    else
-	return table[i].name;
-}
-
-int
-xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    if (string == NULL)
-	return -1;
-
-    for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && xf86NameCmp(string, table[i].name); i++)
-	;
-
-    return table[i].token;
-}
-
-/*
- * helper to display the clocks found on a card
- */
-void
-xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from)
-{
-    int j;
-
-    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "Pixel clocks available:");
-    for (j=0; j < scrp->numClocks; j++) {
-	if ((j % 4) == 0) {
-	    xf86ErrorF("\n");
-	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "pixel clocks:");
-	}
-	xf86ErrorF(" %7.3f", (double)scrp->clock[j] / 1000.0);
-    }
-    xf86ErrorF("\n");
-}
-
-
-/*
- * This prints out the driver identify message, including the names of
- * the supported chipsets.
- *
- * XXX This makes assumptions about the line width, etc.  Maybe we could
- * use a more general "pretty print" function for messages.
- */
-void
-xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg, SymTabPtr chips)
-{
-    int len, i;
-
-    len = 6 + strlen(drvname) + 2 + strlen(drvmsg) + 2;
-    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "%s: %s:", drvname, drvmsg);
-    for (i = 0; chips[i].name != NULL; i++) {
-	if (i != 0) {
-	    xf86ErrorF(",");
-	    len++;
-	}
-	if (len + 2 + strlen(chips[i].name) < 78) {
-	    xf86ErrorF(" ");
-	    len++;
-	} else {
-	    xf86ErrorF("\n\t");
-	    len = 8;
-	}
-	xf86ErrorF("%s", chips[i].name);
-	len += strlen(chips[i].name);
-    }
-    xf86ErrorF("\n");
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername, GDevPtr **sectlist)
-{
-    GDevPtr       gdp, *pgdp = NULL;
-    confScreenPtr screensecptr;
-    int i,j;
-
-    if (sectlist)
-	*sectlist = NULL;
-
-    /*
-     * This can happen when running Xorg -showopts and a module like ati
-     * or vmware tries to load its submodules when xf86ConfigLayout is empty
-     */
-    if (!xf86ConfigLayout.screens)
-	return 0;
-
-    /*
-     * This is a very important function that matches the device sections
-     * as they show up in the config file with the drivers that the server
-     * loads at run time.
-     *
-     * ChipProbe can call
-     * int xf86MatchDevice(char * drivername, GDevPtr ** sectlist)
-     * with its driver name. The function allocates an array of GDevPtr and
-     * returns this via sectlist and returns the number of elements in
-     * this list as return value. 0 means none found, -1 means fatal error.
-     *
-     * It can figure out which of the Device sections to use for which card
-     * (using things like the Card statement, etc). For single headed servers
-     * there will of course be just one such Device section.
-     */
-    i = 0;
-
-    /*
-     * first we need to loop over all the Screens sections to get to all
-     * 'active' device sections
-     */
-    for (j=0; xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen != NULL; j++) {
-        screensecptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen;
-        if ((screensecptr->device->driver != NULL)
-            && (xf86NameCmp( screensecptr->device->driver,drivername) == 0)
-            && (! screensecptr->device->claimed)) {
-            /*
-             * we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed, yet
-             */
-            pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));
-            pgdp[i++] = screensecptr->device;
-        }
-    }
-
-    /* Then handle the inactive devices */
-    j = 0;
-    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) {
-	gdp = &xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j];
-	if (gdp->driver && !gdp->claimed &&
-	    !xf86NameCmp(gdp->driver,drivername)) {
-	    /* we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed yet */
-	    pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));
-	    pgdp[i++] = gdp;
-	}
-	j++;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * make the array NULL terminated and return its address
-     */
-    if (i)
-        pgdp[i] = NULL;
-
-    if (sectlist)
-	*sectlist = pgdp;
-    else
-	free(pgdp);
-    return i;
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86GetClocks -- get the dot-clocks via a BIG BAD hack ...
- */
-void
-xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num, Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int),
-	      void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool),
-	      void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), IOADDRESS vertsyncreg,
-	      int maskval, int knownclkindex, int knownclkvalue)
-{
-    register int status = vertsyncreg;
-    unsigned long i, cnt, rcnt, sync;
-
-    /* First save registers that get written on */
-    (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_SAVE);
-
-    if (num > MAXCLOCKS)
-	num = MAXCLOCKS;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
-    {
-	if (ProtectRegs)
-	    (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, TRUE);
-	if (!(*ClockFunc)(pScrn, i))
-	{
-	    pScrn->clock[i] = -1;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (ProtectRegs)
-	    (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, FALSE);
-	if (BlankScreen)
-	    (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, FALSE);
-
-    	usleep(50000);     /* let VCO stabilise */
-
-    	cnt  = 0;
-    	sync = 200000;
-
-	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)
-	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
-	/* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */
-	sync = 200000;
-	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == maskval)
-	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
-	/* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */
-	sync = 200000;
-	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)
-	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;
-
-	for (rcnt = 0; rcnt < 5; rcnt++)
-	{
-	    while (!(inb(status) & maskval))
-		cnt++;
-	    while ((inb(status) & maskval))
-		cnt++;
-	}
-
-finish:
-	pScrn->clock[i] = cnt ? cnt : -1;
-	if (BlankScreen)
-            (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, TRUE);
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
-    {
-	if (i != knownclkindex)
-	{
-	    if (pScrn->clock[i] == -1)
-	    {
-		pScrn->clock[i] = 0;
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		pScrn->clock[i] = (int)(0.5 +
-                    (((float)knownclkvalue) * pScrn->clock[knownclkindex]) /
-	            (pScrn->clock[i]));
-		/* Round to nearest 10KHz */
-		pScrn->clock[i] += 5;
-		pScrn->clock[i] /= 10;
-		pScrn->clock[i] *= 10;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    pScrn->clock[knownclkindex] = knownclkvalue;
-    pScrn->numClocks = num;
-
-    /* Restore registers that were written on */
-    (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_RESTORE);
-}
-
-const char *
-xf86GetVisualName(int visual)
-{
-    if (visual < 0 || visual > DirectColor)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return xf86VisualNames[visual];
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86GetVerbosity(void)
-{
-    return max(xf86Verbose, xf86LogVerbose);
-}
-
-Pix24Flags
-xf86GetPix24(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.pixmap24;
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86GetDepth(void)
-{
-    return xf86Depth;
-}
-
-
-rgb
-xf86GetWeight(void)
-{
-    return xf86Weight;
-}
-
-
-Gamma
-xf86GetGamma(void)
-{
-    return xf86Gamma;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetFlipPixels(void)
-{
-    return xf86FlipPixels;
-}
-
-
-const char *
-xf86GetServerName(void)
-{
-    return xf86ServerName;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86ServerIsExiting(void)
-{
-    return (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) == DE_TERMINATE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86ServerIsResetting(void)
-{
-    return xf86Resetting;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86ServerIsInitialising(void)
-{
-    return xf86Initialising;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86ServerIsOnlyDetecting(void)
-{
-    return xf86DoConfigure;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86CaughtSignal(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.caughtSignal;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetVidModeAllowNonLocal(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetVidModeEnabled(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.vidModeEnabled;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86GetModInDevAllowNonLocal(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.miscModInDevAllowNonLocal;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetModInDevEnabled(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.miscModInDevEnabled;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetAllowMouseOpenFail(void)
-{
-    return xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86IsPc98(void)
-{
-#if SUPPORT_PC98
-    return xf86Info.pc98;
-#else
-    return FALSE;
-#endif
-}
-
-void
-xf86DisableRandR(void)
-{
-    xf86Info.disableRandR = TRUE;
-    xf86Info.randRFrom = X_PROBED;
-}
-
-CARD32
-xf86GetModuleVersion(pointer module)
-{
-    return (CARD32)LoaderGetModuleVersion(module);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name)
-{
-    pointer ret;
-    int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;
-
-    ret = LoadSubModule(drv->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-			&errmaj, &errmin);
-    if (!ret)
-	LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, name, errmaj, errmin);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name)
-{
-    pointer ret;
-    int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;
-
-    ret = LoadSubModule(pScrn->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,
-			&errmaj, &errmin);
-    if (!ret)
-	LoaderErrorMsg(pScrn->name, name, errmaj, errmin);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86LoadOneModule loads a single module.
- */
-pointer
-xf86LoadOneModule(char *name, pointer opt)
-{
-    int errmaj, errmin;
-    char *Name;
-    pointer mod;
-
-    if (!name)
-	return NULL;
-
-    /* Normalise the module name */
-    Name = xf86NormalizeName(name);
-
-    /* Skip empty names */
-    if (Name == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    if (*Name == '\0') {
-	free(Name);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    mod = LoadModule(Name, NULL, NULL, NULL, opt, NULL, &errmaj, &errmin);
-    if (!mod)
-	LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, Name, errmaj, errmin);
-    free(Name);
-    return mod;
-}
-
-void
-xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer mod)
-{
-    /*
-     * This is disabled for now.  The loader isn't smart enough yet to undo
-     * relocations.
-     */
-#if 0
-    UnloadSubModule(mod);
-#endif
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86LoaderCheckSymbol(const char *name)
-{
-    return LoaderSymbol(name) != NULL;
-}
-
-typedef enum {
-   OPTION_BACKING_STORE
-} BSOpts;
-
-static const OptionInfoRec BSOptions[] = {
-   { OPTION_BACKING_STORE, "BackingStore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
-   { -1,                   NULL,           OPTV_NONE,    {0}, FALSE }
-};
-
-void
-xf86SetBackingStore(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    Bool useBS = FALSE;
-    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    OptionInfoPtr options;
-
-    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(BSOptions));
-    (void)memcpy(options, BSOptions, sizeof(BSOptions));
-    xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);
-
-    /* check for commandline option here */
-    if (xf86bsEnableFlag) {
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-	useBS = TRUE;
-    } else if (xf86bsDisableFlag) {
-	from = X_CMDLINE;
-	useBS = FALSE;
-    } else {
-	if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_BACKING_STORE, &useBS))
-	    from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    free(options);
-    pScreen->backingStoreSupport = useBS ? Always : NotUseful;
-    if (serverGeneration == 1)
-	xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Backing store %s\n",
-		   useBS ? "enabled" : "disabled");
-}
-
-
-typedef enum {
-   OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE
-} SMOpts;
-
-static const OptionInfoRec SMOptions[] = {
-   { OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, "SilkenMouse",   OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
-   { -1,                   NULL,           OPTV_NONE,    {0}, FALSE }
-};
-
-void
-xf86SetSilkenMouse (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    Bool useSM = TRUE;
-    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    OptionInfoPtr options;
-
-    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(SMOptions));
-    (void)memcpy(options, SMOptions, sizeof(SMOptions));
-    xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);
-
-    /* check for commandline option here */
-    /* disable if screen shares resources */
-	/* TODO VGA arb disable silken mouse */
-    if (xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag) {
-        from = X_CMDLINE;
-	useSM = FALSE;
-    } else {
-	if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, &useSM))
-	    from = X_CONFIG;
-    }
-    free(options);
-    /*
-     * XXX quick hack to report correctly for OSs that can't do SilkenMouse
-     * yet.  Should handle this differently so that alternate async methods
-     * work correctly with this too.
-     */
-    pScrn->silkenMouse = useSM && xf86Info.useSIGIO && xf86SIGIOSupported();
-    if (serverGeneration == 1)
-	xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Silken mouse %s\n",
-		   pScrn->silkenMouse ? "enabled" : "disabled");
-}
-
-/* Wrote this function for the PM2 Xv driver, preliminary. */
-
-pointer
-xf86FindXvOptions(int scrnIndex, int adaptor_index, char *port_name,
-		  char **adaptor_name, pointer *adaptor_options)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
-    confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor;
-    int i;
-
-    if (adaptor_index >= pScrn->confScreen->numxvadaptors) {
-	if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = NULL;
-	if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = NULL;
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    adaptor = &pScrn->confScreen->xvadaptors[adaptor_index];
-    if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = adaptor->identifier;
-    if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = adaptor->options;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < adaptor->numports; i++)
-	if (!xf86NameCmp(adaptor->ports[i].identifier, port_name))
-	    return adaptor->ports[i].options;
-
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Rather than duplicate loader's get OS function, just include it directly */
-#define LoaderGetOS xf86GetOS
-#include "loader/os.c"
-
-static void
-xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(EntityInfoPtr pEnt, EntityProc init,
-			   EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer private)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;
-
-    if ((pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(pEnt->index)))
-	xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(pScrn,pEnt->index);
-    xf86SetEntityFuncs(pEnt->index,init,enter,leave,private);
-}
-
-ScrnInfoPtr
-xf86ConfigFbEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int scrnFlag, int entityIndex,
-		   EntityProc init, EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave,
-		   pointer private)
-{
-    EntityInfoPtr pEnt = xf86GetEntityInfo(entityIndex);
-    if (!pEnt) return pScrn;
-
-    if (!(pEnt->location.type == BUS_NONE)) {
-	free(pEnt);
-	return pScrn;
-    }
-
-    if (!pEnt->active) {
-	xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(pEnt, init,  enter, leave,  private);
-	free(pEnt);
-	return pScrn;
-    }
-
-    if (!pScrn)
-	pScrn = xf86AllocateScreen(pEnt->driver,scrnFlag);
-    xf86AddEntityToScreen(pScrn,entityIndex);
-
-    xf86SetEntityFuncs(entityIndex,init,enter,leave,private);
-
-    return pScrn;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
-    int i;
-
-    for (i=0 ; i < pScrn->numEntities; i++) {
-	if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(i))
-	    return TRUE;
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-int
-xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(int ScrnIndex, Atom property, Atom type,
-			       int format, unsigned long len, pointer value )
-{
-    RootWinPropPtr pNewProp = NULL, pRegProp;
-    int i;
-    Bool existing = FALSE;
-
-    DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(%d, %ld, %ld, %d, %ld, %p)\n",
-	   ScrnIndex, property, type, format, len, value);
-
-    if (ScrnIndex<0 || ScrnIndex>=xf86NumScreens) {
-      return BadMatch;
-    }
-
-    if (xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable &&
-	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]) {
-      for (pNewProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];
-	   pNewProp; pNewProp = pNewProp->next) {
-	if (strcmp(pNewProp->name, NameForAtom(property)) == 0)
-	  break;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (!pNewProp) {
-      if ((pNewProp = (RootWinPropPtr)malloc(sizeof(RootWinProp))) == NULL) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-      }
-      /*
-       * We will put this property at the end of the list so that
-       * the changes are made in the order they were requested.
-       */
-      pNewProp->next = NULL;
-    } else {
-      free(pNewProp->name);
-      existing = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    pNewProp->name = xnfstrdup(NameForAtom(property));
-    pNewProp->type = type;
-    pNewProp->format = format;
-    pNewProp->size = len;
-    pNewProp->data = value;
-
-    DebugF("new property filled\n");
-
-    if (NULL==xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable) {
-      DebugF("creating xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[] size %d\n",
-	     xf86NumScreens);
-      if ( NULL==(xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable=(RootWinPropPtr*)xnfcalloc(sizeof(RootWinProp),xf86NumScreens) )) {
-	return BadAlloc;
-      }
-      for (i=0; i<xf86NumScreens; i++) {
-	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[i] = NULL;
-      }
-    }
-
-    DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable %p\n",
-	   (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable);
-    DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[%d] %p\n",
-	   ScrnIndex, (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]);
-
-    if (!existing) {
-      if ( xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] == NULL) {
-	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] = pNewProp;
-      } else {
-	pRegProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];
-	while (pRegProp->next != NULL) {
-	  DebugF("- next %p\n", (void *)pRegProp);
-	  pRegProp = pRegProp->next;
-        }
-	pRegProp->next = pNewProp;
-      }
-    }
-    DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty succeeded\n");
-    return Success;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86IsUnblank(int mode)
-{
-    switch(mode) {
-    case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:
-    case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:
-	return TRUE;
-    case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:
-    case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:
-	return FALSE;
-    default:
-	xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "Unexpected save screen mode: %d\n", mode);
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-xf86MotionHistoryAllocate(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
-{
-    AllocateMotionHistory(pInfo->dev);
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)

+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote

+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written

+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Authors: Dirk Hohndel <hohndel@XFree86.Org>

+ *          David Dawes <dawes@XFree86.Org>

+ *          ... and others

+ *

+ * This file includes the helper functions that the server provides for

+ * different drivers.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include "os.h"

+#include "servermd.h"

+#include "pixmapstr.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "propertyst.h"

+#include "gcstruct.h"

+#include "loaderProcs.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

+#include "micmap.h"

+#include "xf86DDC.h"

+#include "xf86Xinput.h"

+#include "xf86InPriv.h"

+#include "mivalidate.h"

+#include "xf86Crtc.h"

+

+/* For xf86GetClocks */

+#if defined(CSRG_BASED) || defined(__GNU__)

+#define HAS_SETPRIORITY

+#include <sys/resource.h>

+#endif

+

+static int xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount = 0;

+

+

+/* Add a pointer to a new DriverRec to xf86DriverList */

+

+void

+xf86AddDriver(DriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)

+{

+    /* Don't add null entries */

+    if (!driver)

+	return;

+

+    if (xf86DriverList == NULL)

+	xf86NumDrivers = 0;

+

+    xf86NumDrivers++;

+    xf86DriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86DriverList,

+				xf86NumDrivers * sizeof(DriverPtr));

+    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = xnfalloc(sizeof(DriverRec));

+    if (flags & HaveDriverFuncs)

+	*xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1] = *driver;

+    else {

+	(void) memset( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], 0,

+		       sizeof( DriverRec ) );

+	(void) memcpy( xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1], driver,

+		       sizeof(DriverRec1));

+

+    }

+    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->module = module;

+    xf86DriverList[xf86NumDrivers - 1]->refCount = 0;

+}

+

+void

+xf86DeleteDriver(int drvIndex)

+{

+    if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]

+	&& (!xf86DriverHasEntities(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]))) {

+	if (xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module)

+	    UnloadModule(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]->module);

+	free(xf86DriverList[drvIndex]);

+	xf86DriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+/* Add a pointer to a new InputDriverRec to xf86InputDriverList */

+

+void

+xf86AddInputDriver(InputDriverPtr driver, pointer module, int flags)

+{

+    /* Don't add null entries */

+    if (!driver)

+	return;

+

+    if (xf86InputDriverList == NULL)

+	xf86NumInputDrivers = 0;

+

+    xf86NumInputDrivers++;

+    xf86InputDriverList = xnfrealloc(xf86InputDriverList,

+				xf86NumInputDrivers * sizeof(InputDriverPtr));

+    xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] =

+				xnfalloc(sizeof(InputDriverRec));

+    *xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1] = *driver;

+    xf86InputDriverList[xf86NumInputDrivers - 1]->module = module;

+}

+

+void

+xf86DeleteInputDriver(int drvIndex)

+{

+    if (xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] && xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module)

+	UnloadModule(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]->module);

+    free(xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex]);

+    xf86InputDriverList[drvIndex] = NULL;

+}

+

+InputDriverPtr

+xf86LookupInputDriver(const char *name)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumInputDrivers; i++) {

+       if (xf86InputDriverList[i] && xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName &&

+           xf86NameCmp(name, xf86InputDriverList[i]->driverName) == 0)

+           return xf86InputDriverList[i];

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+InputInfoPtr

+xf86LookupInput(const char *name)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr p;

+

+    for (p = xf86InputDevs; p != NULL; p = p->next) {

+        if (strcmp(name, p->name) == 0)

+            return p;

+    }

+

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/* Allocate a new ScrnInfoRec in xf86Screens */

+

+ScrnInfoPtr

+xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (xf86Screens == NULL)

+	xf86NumScreens = 0;

+

+    i = xf86NumScreens++;

+    xf86Screens = xnfrealloc(xf86Screens, xf86NumScreens * sizeof(ScrnInfoPtr));

+    xf86Screens[i] = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ScrnInfoRec), 1);

+    xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i;	/* Changes when a screen is removed */

+    xf86Screens[i]->origIndex = i;	/* This never changes */

+    xf86Screens[i]->privates = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DevUnion),

+					 xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount);

+    /*

+     * EnableDisableFBAccess now gets initialized in InitOutput()

+     * xf86Screens[i]->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86EnableDisableFBAccess;

+     */

+

+    xf86Screens[i]->drv = drv;

+    drv->refCount++;

+    xf86Screens[i]->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);

+

+    xf86Screens[i]->DriverFunc = drv->driverFunc;

+

+    return xf86Screens[i];

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * Remove an entry from xf86Screens.  Ideally it should free all allocated

+ * data.  To do this properly may require a driver hook.

+ */

+

+void

+xf86DeleteScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;

+    int i;

+

+    /* First check if the screen is valid */

+    if (xf86NumScreens == 0 || xf86Screens == NULL)

+	return;

+

+    if (scrnIndex > xf86NumScreens - 1)

+	return;

+

+    if (!(pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]))

+	return;

+

+    /* If a FreeScreen function is defined, call it here */

+    if (pScrn->FreeScreen != NULL)

+	pScrn->FreeScreen(scrnIndex, 0);

+

+    while (pScrn->modes)

+	xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modes, pScrn->modes);

+

+    while (pScrn->modePool)

+	xf86DeleteMode(&pScrn->modePool, pScrn->modePool);

+

+    xf86OptionListFree(pScrn->options);

+

+    if (pScrn->module)

+	UnloadModule(pScrn->module);

+

+    if (pScrn->drv)

+	pScrn->drv->refCount--;

+

+    free(pScrn->privates);

+

+    xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(scrnIndex);

+

+    free(pScrn);

+

+    /* Move the other entries down, updating their scrnIndex fields */

+

+    xf86NumScreens--;

+

+    for (i = scrnIndex; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {

+	xf86Screens[i] = xf86Screens[i + 1];

+	xf86Screens[i]->scrnIndex = i;

+	/* Also need to take care of the screen layout settings */

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * Allocate a private in ScrnInfoRec.

+ */

+

+int

+xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex(void)

+{

+    int idx, i;

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScr;

+    DevUnion *nprivs;

+

+    idx = xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount++;

+    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {

+	pScr = xf86Screens[i];

+	nprivs = xnfrealloc(pScr->privates,

+			    xf86ScrnInfoPrivateCount * sizeof(DevUnion));

+	/* Zero the new private */

+	memset(&nprivs[idx], 0, sizeof(DevUnion));

+	pScr->privates = nprivs;

+    }

+    return idx;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86AddPixFormat(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int depth, int bpp, int pad)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (pScrn->numFormats >= MAXFORMATS)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (bpp <= 0) {

+	if (depth == 1)

+	    bpp = 1;

+	else if (depth <= 8)

+	    bpp = 8;

+	else if (depth <= 16)

+	    bpp = 16;

+	else if (depth <= 32)

+	    bpp = 32;

+	else

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+    if (pad <= 0)

+	pad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;

+

+    i = pScrn->numFormats++;

+    pScrn->formats[i].depth = depth;

+    pScrn->formats[i].bitsPerPixel = bpp;

+    pScrn->formats[i].scanlinePad = pad;

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Set the depth we are using based on (in the following order of preference):

+ *  - values given on the command line

+ *  - values given in the config file

+ *  - values provided by the driver

+ *  - an overall default when nothing else is given

+ *

+ * Also find a Display subsection matching the depth/bpp found.

+ *

+ * Sets the following ScrnInfoRec fields:

+ *     bitsPerPixel, pixmap24, depth, display, imageByteOrder,

+ *     bitmapScanlinePad, bitmapScanlineUnit, bitmapBitOrder, numFormats,

+ *     formats, fbFormat.

+ */

+

+/* Can the screen handle 24 bpp pixmaps */

+#define DO_PIX24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) || \

+		     ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32)))

+

+/* Can the screen handle 32 bpp pixmaps */

+#define DO_PIX32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) || \

+		     ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24)))

+

+/* Does the screen prefer 32bpp fb for 24bpp pixmaps */

+#define CHOOSE32FOR24(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32) \

+			  && (f & PreferConvert24to32))

+

+/* Does the screen prefer 24bpp fb for 32bpp pixmaps */

+#define CHOOSE24FOR32(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24) \

+			  && (f & PreferConvert32to24))

+

+/* Can the screen handle 32bpp pixmaps for 24bpp fb */

+#define DO_PIX32FOR24(f) ((f & Support24bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert32to24))

+

+/* Can the screen handle 24bpp pixmaps for 32bpp fb */

+#define DO_PIX24FOR32(f) ((f & Support32bppFb) && (f & SupportConvert24to32))

+

+#ifndef GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH

+#define GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH 24

+#endif

+

+Bool

+xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int dummy, int fbbpp,

+		int depth24flags)

+{

+    int i;

+    DispPtr disp;

+    Pix24Flags pix24 = xf86Info.pixmap24;

+    Bool nomatch = FALSE;

+

+    scrp->bitsPerPixel = -1;

+    scrp->depth = -1;

+    scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24DontCare;

+    scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+    scrp->depthFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+

+    if (xf86FbBpp > 0) {

+	scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86FbBpp;

+	scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CMDLINE;

+    }

+

+    if (xf86Depth > 0) {

+	scrp->depth = xf86Depth;

+	scrp->depthFrom = X_CMDLINE;

+    }

+

+    if (xf86FbBpp < 0 && xf86Depth < 0) {

+	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp > 0) {

+	    scrp->bitsPerPixel = scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp;

+	    scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;

+	}

+	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth > 0) {

+	    scrp->depth = scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth;

+	    scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;

+	}

+

+	if (scrp->confScreen->defaultfbbpp <= 0 &&

+	    scrp->confScreen->defaultdepth <= 0) {

+	    /*

+	     * Check for DefaultDepth and DefaultFbBpp options in the

+	     * Device sections.

+	     */

+	    int i;

+	    GDevPtr device;

+	    Bool found = FALSE;

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < scrp->numEntities; i++) {

+		device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(scrp->entityList[i],

+					      scrp->entityInstanceList[i]);

+		if (device && device->options) {

+		    if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultDepth")) {

+			scrp->depth = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,

+						       "DefaultDepth", -1);

+			scrp->depthFrom = X_CONFIG;

+			found = TRUE;

+		    }

+		    if (xf86FindOption(device->options, "DefaultFbBpp")) {

+			scrp->bitsPerPixel = xf86SetIntOption(device->options,

+							      "DefaultFbBpp",

+							      -1);

+			scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_CONFIG;

+			found = TRUE;

+		    }

+		}

+		if (found)

+		    break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* If none of these is set, pick a default */

+    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0 && scrp->depth < 0) {

+        if (fbbpp > 0 || depth > 0) {

+	    if (fbbpp > 0)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = fbbpp;

+	    if (depth > 0)

+		scrp->depth = depth;

+	} else {

+	    scrp->depth = GLOBAL_DEFAULT_DEPTH;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* If any are not given, determine a default for the others */

+

+    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {

+	/* The depth must be set */

+	if (scrp->depth > -1) {

+	    if (scrp->depth == 1)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 1;

+	    else if (scrp->depth <= 4)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 4;

+	    else if (scrp->depth <= 8)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 8;

+	    else if (scrp->depth <= 16)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 16;

+	    else if (scrp->depth <= 24) {

+		/*

+		 * Figure out if a choice is possible based on the depth24

+		 * and pix24 flags.

+		 */

+		/* Check pix24 first */

+		if (pix24 != Pix24DontCare) {

+		    if (pix24 == Pix24Use32) {

+			if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {

+			    if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))

+				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;

+			    else

+				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;

+			} else {

+			    nomatch = TRUE;

+			}

+		    } else if (pix24 == Pix24Use24) {

+			if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {

+			    if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))

+				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;

+			    else

+				scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;

+			} else {

+			    nomatch = TRUE;

+			}

+		    }

+		} else {

+		    if (DO_PIX32(depth24flags)) {

+			if (CHOOSE24FOR32(depth24flags))

+			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;

+			else

+			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;

+		    } else if (DO_PIX24(depth24flags)) {

+			if (CHOOSE32FOR24(depth24flags))

+			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;

+			else

+			    scrp->bitsPerPixel = 24;

+		    }

+		}

+	    } else if (scrp->depth <= 32)

+		scrp->bitsPerPixel = 32;

+	    else {

+		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+			   "Specified depth (%d) is greater than 32\n",

+			   scrp->depth);

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+			"xf86SetDepthBpp: internal error: depth and fbbpp"

+			" are both not set\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	if (scrp->bitsPerPixel < 0) {

+	    if (nomatch)

+		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+			"Driver can't support depth 24 pixmap format (%d)\n",

+			PIX24TOBPP(pix24));

+	    else if ((depth24flags & (Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) ==

+		     NoDepth24Support)

+		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+			"Driver can't support depth 24\n");

+	    else

+		xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+			"Can't find fbbpp for depth 24\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom = X_PROBED;

+    }

+

+    if (scrp->depth <= 0) {

+	/* bitsPerPixel is already set */

+	switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {

+	case 32:

+	    scrp->depth = 24;

+	    break;

+	default:

+	    /* 1, 4, 8, 16 and 24 */

+	    scrp->depth = scrp->bitsPerPixel;

+	    break;

+	}

+	scrp->depthFrom = X_PROBED;

+    }

+

+    /* Sanity checks */

+    if (scrp->depth < 1 || scrp->depth > 32) {

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		   "Specified depth (%d) is not in the range 1-32\n",

+		    scrp->depth);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    switch (scrp->bitsPerPixel) {

+    case 1:

+    case 4:

+    case 8:

+    case 16:

+    case 24:

+    case 32:

+	break;

+    default:

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		   "Specified fbbpp (%d) is not a permitted value\n",

+		   scrp->bitsPerPixel);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    if (scrp->depth > scrp->bitsPerPixel) {

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		   "Specified depth (%d) is greater than the fbbpp (%d)\n",

+		   scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* set scrp->pixmap24 if the driver isn't flexible */

+    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 24 && !DO_PIX32FOR24(depth24flags)) {

+	scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use24;

+    }

+    if (scrp->bitsPerPixel == 32 && !DO_PIX24FOR32(depth24flags)) {

+	scrp->pixmap24 = Pix24Use32;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Find the Display subsection matching the depth/fbbpp and initialise

+     * scrp->display with it.

+     */

+    for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;

+	 i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {

+	if ((disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel)

+	    || (disp->depth == scrp->depth && disp->fbbpp <= 0)

+	    || (disp->fbbpp == scrp->bitsPerPixel && disp->depth <= 0)) {

+	    scrp->display = disp;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * If an exact match can't be found, see if there is one with no

+     * depth or fbbpp specified.

+     */

+    if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {

+	for (i = 0, disp = scrp->confScreen->displays;

+	     i < scrp->confScreen->numdisplays; i++, disp++) {

+	    if (disp->depth <= 0 && disp->fbbpp <= 0) {

+		scrp->display = disp;

+		break;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * If all else fails, create a default one.

+     */

+    if (i == scrp->confScreen->numdisplays) {

+	scrp->confScreen->numdisplays++;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays =

+		xnfrealloc(scrp->confScreen->displays,

+			   scrp->confScreen->numdisplays * sizeof(DispRec));

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_INFO,

+		   "Creating default Display subsection in Screen section\n"

+		   "\t\"%s\" for depth/fbbpp %d/%d\n",

+		   scrp->confScreen->id, scrp->depth, scrp->bitsPerPixel);

+	memset(&scrp->confScreen->displays[i], 0, sizeof(DispRec));

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.red = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.green = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].blackColour.blue = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.red = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.green = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].whiteColour.blue = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].defaultVisual = -1;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes = xnfalloc(sizeof(char *));

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].modes[0] = NULL;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].depth = depth;

+	scrp->confScreen->displays[i].fbbpp = fbbpp;

+	scrp->display = &scrp->confScreen->displays[i];

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Setup defaults for the display-wide attributes the framebuffer will

+     * need.  These defaults should eventually be set globally, and not

+     * dependent on the screens.

+     */

+    scrp->imageByteOrder = IMAGE_BYTE_ORDER;

+    scrp->bitmapScanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;

+    if (scrp->depth < 8) {

+	/* Planar modes need these settings */

+	scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = 8;

+	scrp->bitmapBitOrder = MSBFirst;

+    } else {

+	scrp->bitmapScanlineUnit = BITMAP_SCANLINE_UNIT;

+	scrp->bitmapBitOrder = BITMAP_BIT_ORDER;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * If an unusual depth is required, add it to scrp->formats.  The formats

+     * for the common depths are handled globally in InitOutput

+     */

+    switch (scrp->depth) {

+    case 1:

+    case 4:

+    case 8:

+    case 15:

+    case 16:

+    case 24:

+	/* Common depths.  Nothing to do for them */

+	break;

+    default:

+	if (!xf86AddPixFormat(scrp, scrp->depth, 0, 0)) {

+	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		       "Can't add pixmap format for depth %d\n", scrp->depth);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Initialise the framebuffer format for this screen */

+    scrp->fbFormat.depth = scrp->depth;

+    scrp->fbFormat.bitsPerPixel = scrp->bitsPerPixel;

+    scrp->fbFormat.scanlinePad = BITMAP_SCANLINE_PAD;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Print out the selected depth and bpp.

+ */

+void

+xf86PrintDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)

+{

+    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, scrp->depthFrom, "Depth %d, ", scrp->depth);

+    xf86Msg(scrp->bitsPerPixelFrom, "framebuffer bpp %d\n", scrp->bitsPerPixel);

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86SetWeight sets scrp->weight, scrp->mask, scrp->offset, and for depths

+ * greater than MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH also scrp->rgbBits.

+ */

+Bool

+xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask)

+{

+    MessageType weightFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+

+    scrp->weight.red = 0;

+    scrp->weight.green = 0;

+    scrp->weight.blue = 0;

+

+    if (xf86Weight.red > 0 && xf86Weight.green > 0 && xf86Weight.blue > 0) {

+	scrp->weight = xf86Weight;

+	weightFrom = X_CMDLINE;

+    } else if (scrp->display->weight.red > 0 && scrp->display->weight.green > 0

+	       && scrp->display->weight.blue > 0) {

+	scrp->weight = scrp->display->weight;

+	weightFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    } else if (weight.red > 0 && weight.green > 0 && weight.blue > 0) {

+	scrp->weight = weight;

+    } else {

+	switch (scrp->depth) {

+	case 1:

+	case 4:

+	case 8:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green =

+		scrp->weight.blue = scrp->rgbBits;

+	    break;

+	case 15:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 5;

+	    break;

+	case 16:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.blue = 5;

+	    scrp->weight.green = 6;

+	    break;

+	case 18:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 6;

+	    break;

+	case 24:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 8;

+	    break;

+	case 30:

+	    scrp->weight.red = scrp->weight.green = scrp->weight.blue = 10;

+	    break;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (scrp->weight.red)

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, weightFrom, "RGB weight %d%d%d\n",

+		   (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,

+		   (int)scrp->weight.blue);

+

+    if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH &&

+	(scrp->depth != scrp->weight.red + scrp->weight.green +

+			scrp->weight.blue)) {

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		   "Weight given (%d%d%d) is inconsistent with the "

+		   "depth (%d)\n",

+		   (int)scrp->weight.red, (int)scrp->weight.green,

+		   (int)scrp->weight.blue, scrp->depth);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    if (scrp->depth > MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH && scrp->weight.red) {

+	/*

+	 * XXX Does this even mean anything for TrueColor visuals?

+	 * If not, we shouldn't even be setting it here.  However, this

+	 * matches the behaviour of 3.x versions of XFree86.

+	 */

+	scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.red;

+	if (scrp->weight.green > scrp->rgbBits)

+	    scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.green;

+	if (scrp->weight.blue > scrp->rgbBits)

+	    scrp->rgbBits = scrp->weight.blue;

+    }

+

+    /* Set the mask and offsets */

+    if (mask.red == 0 || mask.green == 0 || mask.blue == 0) {

+	/* Default to a setting common to PC hardware */

+	scrp->offset.red = scrp->weight.green + scrp->weight.blue;

+	scrp->offset.green = scrp->weight.blue;

+	scrp->offset.blue = 0;

+	scrp->mask.red = ((1 << scrp->weight.red) - 1) << scrp->offset.red;

+	scrp->mask.green = ((1 << scrp->weight.green) - 1)

+				<< scrp->offset.green;

+	scrp->mask.blue = (1 << scrp->weight.blue) - 1;

+    } else {

+	/* Initialise to the values passed */

+	scrp->mask.red = mask.red;

+	scrp->mask.green = mask.green;

+	scrp->mask.blue = mask.blue;

+	scrp->offset.red = ffs(mask.red);

+	scrp->offset.green = ffs(mask.green);

+	scrp->offset.blue = ffs(mask.blue);

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual)

+{

+    MessageType visualFrom = X_DEFAULT;

+

+    if (defaultColorVisualClass >= 0) {

+	scrp->defaultVisual = defaultColorVisualClass;

+	visualFrom = X_CMDLINE;

+    } else if (scrp->display->defaultVisual >= 0) {

+	scrp->defaultVisual = scrp->display->defaultVisual;

+	visualFrom = X_CONFIG;

+    } else if (visual >= 0) {

+	scrp->defaultVisual = visual;

+    } else {

+	if (scrp->depth == 1)

+	    scrp->defaultVisual = StaticGray;

+	else if (scrp->depth == 4)

+	    scrp->defaultVisual = StaticColor;

+	else if (scrp->depth <= MAX_PSEUDO_DEPTH)

+	    scrp->defaultVisual = PseudoColor;

+	else

+	    scrp->defaultVisual = TrueColor;

+    }

+    switch (scrp->defaultVisual) {

+    case StaticGray:

+    case GrayScale:

+    case StaticColor:

+    case PseudoColor:

+    case TrueColor:

+    case DirectColor:

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, visualFrom, "Default visual is %s\n",

+		   xf86VisualNames[scrp->defaultVisual]);

+	    return TRUE;

+    default:

+

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, X_ERROR,

+		   "Invalid default visual class (%d)\n", scrp->defaultVisual);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+}

+

+#define TEST_GAMMA(g) \

+	(g).red > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).green > GAMMA_ZERO || (g).blue > GAMMA_ZERO

+

+#define SET_GAMMA(g) \

+	(g) > GAMMA_ZERO ? (g) : 1.0

+

+Bool

+xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma)

+{

+    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;

+#if 0

+    xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(scrp->monitor->DDC);

+#endif

+    if (TEST_GAMMA(xf86Gamma)) {

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.red);

+	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.green);

+	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(xf86Gamma.blue);

+    } else if (TEST_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma)) {

+	from = X_CONFIG;

+	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.red);

+	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.green);

+	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(scrp->monitor->gamma.blue);

+#if 0

+    } else if ( DDC && DDC->features.gamma > GAMMA_ZERO ) {

+        from = X_PROBED;

+	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);

+	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);

+	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(DDC->features.gamma);

+	/* EDID structure version 2 gives optional seperate red, green & blue gamma values

+	 * in bytes 0x57-0x59 */

+#endif

+    } else if (TEST_GAMMA(gamma)) {

+	scrp->gamma.red = SET_GAMMA(gamma.red);

+	scrp->gamma.green = SET_GAMMA(gamma.green);

+	scrp->gamma.blue = SET_GAMMA(gamma.blue);

+    } else {

+	scrp->gamma.red = 1.0;

+	scrp->gamma.green = 1.0;

+	scrp->gamma.blue = 1.0;

+    }

+    /* Pretend we succeeded if we support better a gamma system.

+     * This avoids a confusing message.

+     */

+    if (xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(scrp))

+	return TRUE;

+    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from,

+	       "Using gamma correction (%.1f, %.1f, %.1f)\n",

+	       scrp->gamma.red, scrp->gamma.green, scrp->gamma.blue);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+#undef TEST_GAMMA

+#undef SET_GAMMA

+

+

+/*

+ * Set the DPI from the command line option.  XXX should allow it to be

+ * calculated from the widthmm/heightmm values.

+ */

+

+#undef MMPERINCH

+#define MMPERINCH 25.4

+

+void

+xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y)

+{

+    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;

+    xf86MonPtr DDC = (xf86MonPtr)(pScrn->monitor->DDC);

+    int ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm;

+    int widthErr, heightErr;

+

+    /* XXX Maybe there is no need for widthmm/heightmm in ScrnInfoRec */

+    pScrn->widthmm = pScrn->monitor->widthmm;

+    pScrn->heightmm = pScrn->monitor->heightmm;

+

+    if (DDC && (DDC->features.hsize > 0 && DDC->features.vsize > 0) ) {

+      /* DDC gives display size in mm for individual modes,

+       * but cm for monitor

+       */

+      ddcWidthmm = DDC->features.hsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */

+      ddcHeightmm = DDC->features.vsize * 10; /* 10mm in 1cm */

+    } else {

+      ddcWidthmm = ddcHeightmm = 0;

+    }

+

+    if (monitorResolution > 0) {

+	pScrn->xDpi = monitorResolution;

+	pScrn->yDpi = monitorResolution;

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+    } else if (pScrn->widthmm > 0 || pScrn->heightmm > 0) {

+	from = X_CONFIG;

+	if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {

+	   pScrn->xDpi =

+		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);

+	}

+	if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {

+	   pScrn->yDpi =

+		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);

+	}

+	if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)

+	    pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;

+	if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)

+	    pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;

+	xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",

+		   pScrn->widthmm, pScrn->heightmm);

+

+	/* Warn if config and probe disagree about display size */

+	if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {

+	  if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {

+	    widthErr  = abs(ddcWidthmm  - pScrn->widthmm);

+	  } else {

+	    widthErr  = 0;

+	  }

+	  if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {

+	    heightErr = abs(ddcHeightmm - pScrn->heightmm);

+	  } else {

+	    heightErr = 0;

+	  }

+	  if (widthErr>10 || heightErr>10) {

+	    /* Should include config file name for monitor here */

+	    xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+		       "Probed monitor is %dx%d mm, using Displaysize %dx%d mm\n",

+		       ddcWidthmm,ddcHeightmm, pScrn->widthmm,pScrn->heightmm);

+	  }

+	}

+    } else if ( ddcWidthmm && ddcHeightmm ) {

+	from = X_PROBED;

+	xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Display dimensions: (%d, %d) mm\n",

+		   ddcWidthmm, ddcHeightmm );

+	pScrn->widthmm = ddcWidthmm;

+	pScrn->heightmm = ddcHeightmm;

+	if (pScrn->widthmm > 0) {

+	   pScrn->xDpi =

+		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualX * MMPERINCH / pScrn->widthmm);

+	}

+	if (pScrn->heightmm > 0) {

+	   pScrn->yDpi =

+		(int)((double)pScrn->virtualY * MMPERINCH / pScrn->heightmm);

+	}

+	if (pScrn->xDpi > 0 && pScrn->yDpi <= 0)

+	    pScrn->yDpi = pScrn->xDpi;

+	if (pScrn->yDpi > 0 && pScrn->xDpi <= 0)

+	    pScrn->xDpi = pScrn->yDpi;

+    } else {

+	if (x > 0)

+	    pScrn->xDpi = x;

+	else

+	    pScrn->xDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;

+	if (y > 0)

+	    pScrn->yDpi = y;

+	else

+	    pScrn->yDpi = DEFAULT_DPI;

+    }

+    xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "DPI set to (%d, %d)\n",

+	       pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi);

+}

+

+#undef MMPERINCH

+

+

+void

+xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    if (xf86FlipPixels) {

+	pScreen->whitePixel = 0;

+	pScreen->blackPixel = 1;

+    } else {

+	pScreen->whitePixel = 1;

+	pScreen->blackPixel = 0;

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * Function to enable/disable access to the frame buffer

+ *

+ * This is used when VT switching and when entering/leaving DGA direct mode.

+ *

+ * This has been rewritten again to eliminate the saved pixmap.  The

+ * devPrivate field in the screen pixmap is set to NULL to catch code

+ * accidentally referencing the frame buffer while the X server is not

+ * supposed to touch it.

+ *

+ * Here, we exchange the pixmap private data, rather than the pixmaps

+ * themselves to avoid having to find and change any references to the screen

+ * pixmap such as GC's, window privates etc.  This also means that this code

+ * does not need to know exactly how the pixmap pixels are accessed.  Further,

+ * this exchange is >not< done through the screen's ModifyPixmapHeader()

+ * vector.  This means the called frame buffer code layers can determine

+ * whether they are switched in or out by keeping track of the root pixmap's

+ * private data, and therefore don't need to access pScrnInfo->vtSema.

+ */

+void

+xf86EnableDisableFBAccess(int scrnIndex, Bool enable)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrnInfo = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pScrnInfo->pScreen;

+    PixmapPtr pspix;

+

+    pspix = (*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap) (pScreen);

+    if (enable)

+    {

+	/*

+	 * Restore all of the clip lists on the screen

+	 */

+	if (!xf86Resetting)

+	    SetRootClip (pScreen, TRUE);

+

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	/*

+	 * Empty all of the clip lists on the screen

+	 */

+	SetRootClip (pScreen, FALSE);

+    }

+}

+

+/* Print driver messages in the standard format */

+

+#undef PREFIX_SIZE

+#define PREFIX_SIZE 14

+

+void

+xf86VDrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,

+		va_list args)

+{

+    char *tmpFormat;

+

+    /* Prefix the scrnIndex name to the format string. */

+    if (scrnIndex >= 0 && scrnIndex < xf86NumScreens &&

+	xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) {

+	tmpFormat = malloc(strlen(format) +

+			   strlen(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name) +

+			   PREFIX_SIZE + 1);

+	if (!tmpFormat)

+	    return;

+

+	snprintf(tmpFormat, PREFIX_SIZE + 1, "%s(%d): ",

+		 xf86Screens[scrnIndex]->name, scrnIndex);

+

+	strcat(tmpFormat, format);

+	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, tmpFormat, args);

+	free(tmpFormat);

+    } else

+	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, args);

+}

+#undef PREFIX_SIZE

+

+/* Print driver messages, with verbose level specified directly */

+void

+xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,

+	       ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, verb, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Print driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */

+void

+xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, 1, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Print input driver messages in the standard format of

+   <driver>: <device name>: <message> */

+void

+xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,

+		 va_list args)

+{

+    char *msg;

+

+    if (asprintf(&msg, "%s: %s: %s", dev->drv->driverName, dev->name, format)

+	== -1) {

+	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, "%s", args);

+    } else {

+	LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, msg, args);

+	free(msg);

+    }

+}

+

+/* Print input driver message, with verbose level specified directly */

+void

+xf86IDrvMsgVerb(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, int verb, const char *format,

+	       ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, verb, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Print input driver messages, with verbose level of 1 (default) */

+void

+xf86IDrvMsg(InputInfoPtr dev, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    xf86VIDrvMsgVerb(dev, type, 1, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+

+/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level specified directly */

+void

+xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    LogVMessageVerb(type, verb, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Print non-driver messages with verbose level of 1 (default) */

+void

+xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    LogVMessageVerb(type, 1, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Just like ErrorF, but with the verbose level checked */

+void

+xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    if (xf86Verbose >= verb || xf86LogVerbose >= verb)

+	LogVWrite(verb, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+/* Like xf86ErrorFVerb, but with an implied verbose level of 1 */

+void

+xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    if (xf86Verbose >= 1 || xf86LogVerbose >= 1)

+	LogVWrite(1, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+

+void

+xf86LogInit(void)

+{

+    char *lf = NULL;

+

+#define LOGSUFFIX ".log"

+#define LOGOLDSUFFIX ".old"

+

+    /* Get the log file name */

+    if (xf86LogFileFrom == X_DEFAULT) {

+	/* Append the display number and ".log" */

+	if (asprintf(&lf, "%s%%s" LOGSUFFIX, xf86LogFile) == -1)

+	    FatalError("Cannot allocate space for the log file name\n");

+	xf86LogFile = lf;

+    }

+

+    xf86LogFile = LogInit(xf86LogFile, LOGOLDSUFFIX);

+    xf86LogFileWasOpened = TRUE;

+

+    xf86SetVerbosity(xf86Verbose);

+    xf86SetLogVerbosity(xf86LogVerbose);

+

+#undef LOGSUFFIX

+#undef LOGOLDSUFFIX

+

+    free(lf);

+}

+

+void

+xf86CloseLog(void)

+{

+    LogClose();

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * Drivers can use these for using their own SymTabRecs.

+ */

+

+const char *

+xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && table[i].token != token; i++)

+	;

+

+    if (table[i].token < 0)

+	return NULL;

+    else

+	return table[i].name;

+}

+

+int

+xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    if (string == NULL)

+	return -1;

+

+    for (i = 0; table[i].token >= 0 && xf86NameCmp(string, table[i].name); i++)

+	;

+

+    return table[i].token;

+}

+

+/*

+ * helper to display the clocks found on a card

+ */

+void

+xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from)

+{

+    int j;

+

+    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "Pixel clocks available:");

+    for (j=0; j < scrp->numClocks; j++) {

+	if ((j % 4) == 0) {

+	    xf86ErrorF("\n");

+	    xf86DrvMsg(scrp->scrnIndex, from, "pixel clocks:");

+	}

+	xf86ErrorF(" %7.3f", (double)scrp->clock[j] / 1000.0);

+    }

+    xf86ErrorF("\n");

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * This prints out the driver identify message, including the names of

+ * the supported chipsets.

+ *

+ * XXX This makes assumptions about the line width, etc.  Maybe we could

+ * use a more general "pretty print" function for messages.

+ */

+void

+xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg, SymTabPtr chips)

+{

+    int len, i;

+

+    len = 6 + strlen(drvname) + 2 + strlen(drvmsg) + 2;

+    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "%s: %s:", drvname, drvmsg);

+    for (i = 0; chips[i].name != NULL; i++) {

+	if (i != 0) {

+	    xf86ErrorF(",");

+	    len++;

+	}

+	if (len + 2 + strlen(chips[i].name) < 78) {

+	    xf86ErrorF(" ");

+	    len++;

+	} else {

+	    xf86ErrorF("\n\t");

+	    len = 8;

+	}

+	xf86ErrorF("%s", chips[i].name);

+	len += strlen(chips[i].name);

+    }

+    xf86ErrorF("\n");

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername, GDevPtr **sectlist)

+{

+    GDevPtr       gdp, *pgdp = NULL;

+    confScreenPtr screensecptr;

+    int i,j;

+

+    if (sectlist)

+	*sectlist = NULL;

+

+    /*

+     * This can happen when running Xorg -showopts and a module like ati

+     * or vmware tries to load its submodules when xf86ConfigLayout is empty

+     */

+    if (!xf86ConfigLayout.screens)

+	return 0;

+

+    /*

+     * This is a very important function that matches the device sections

+     * as they show up in the config file with the drivers that the server

+     * loads at run time.

+     *

+     * ChipProbe can call

+     * int xf86MatchDevice(char * drivername, GDevPtr ** sectlist)

+     * with its driver name. The function allocates an array of GDevPtr and

+     * returns this via sectlist and returns the number of elements in

+     * this list as return value. 0 means none found, -1 means fatal error.

+     *

+     * It can figure out which of the Device sections to use for which card

+     * (using things like the Card statement, etc). For single headed servers

+     * there will of course be just one such Device section.

+     */

+    i = 0;

+

+    /*

+     * first we need to loop over all the Screens sections to get to all

+     * 'active' device sections

+     */

+    for (j=0; xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen != NULL; j++) {

+        screensecptr = xf86ConfigLayout.screens[j].screen;

+        if ((screensecptr->device->driver != NULL)

+            && (xf86NameCmp( screensecptr->device->driver,drivername) == 0)

+            && (! screensecptr->device->claimed)) {

+            /*

+             * we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed, yet

+             */

+            pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));

+            pgdp[i++] = screensecptr->device;

+        }

+    }

+

+    /* Then handle the inactive devices */

+    j = 0;

+    while (xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j].identifier) {

+	gdp = &xf86ConfigLayout.inactives[j];

+	if (gdp->driver && !gdp->claimed &&

+	    !xf86NameCmp(gdp->driver,drivername)) {

+	    /* we have a matching driver that wasn't claimed yet */

+	    pgdp = xnfrealloc(pgdp, (i + 2) * sizeof(GDevPtr));

+	    pgdp[i++] = gdp;

+	}

+	j++;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * make the array NULL terminated and return its address

+     */

+    if (i)

+        pgdp[i] = NULL;

+

+    if (sectlist)

+	*sectlist = pgdp;

+    else

+	free(pgdp);

+    return i;

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86GetClocks -- get the dot-clocks via a BIG BAD hack ...

+ */

+void

+xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num, Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int),

+	      void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool),

+	      void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), IOADDRESS vertsyncreg,

+	      int maskval, int knownclkindex, int knownclkvalue)

+{

+    register int status = vertsyncreg;

+    unsigned long i, cnt, rcnt, sync;

+

+    /* First save registers that get written on */

+    (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_SAVE);

+

+    if (num > MAXCLOCKS)

+	num = MAXCLOCKS;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)

+    {

+	if (ProtectRegs)

+	    (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, TRUE);

+	if (!(*ClockFunc)(pScrn, i))

+	{

+	    pScrn->clock[i] = -1;

+	    continue;

+	}

+	if (ProtectRegs)

+	    (*ProtectRegs)(pScrn, FALSE);

+	if (BlankScreen)

+	    (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, FALSE);

+

+    	usleep(50000);     /* let VCO stabilise */

+

+    	cnt  = 0;

+    	sync = 200000;

+

+	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)

+	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;

+	/* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */

+	sync = 200000;

+	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == maskval)

+	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;

+	/* Something appears to be happening, so reset sync count */

+	sync = 200000;

+	while ((inb(status) & maskval) == 0x00)

+	    if (sync-- == 0) goto finish;

+

+	for (rcnt = 0; rcnt < 5; rcnt++)

+	{

+	    while (!(inb(status) & maskval))

+		cnt++;

+	    while ((inb(status) & maskval))

+		cnt++;

+	}

+

+finish:

+	pScrn->clock[i] = cnt ? cnt : -1;

+	if (BlankScreen)

+            (*BlankScreen)(pScrn, TRUE);

+    }

+

+    for (i = 0; i < num; i++)

+    {

+	if (i != knownclkindex)

+	{

+	    if (pScrn->clock[i] == -1)

+	    {

+		pScrn->clock[i] = 0;

+	    }

+	    else

+	    {

+		pScrn->clock[i] = (int)(0.5 +

+                    (((float)knownclkvalue) * pScrn->clock[knownclkindex]) /

+	            (pScrn->clock[i]));

+		/* Round to nearest 10KHz */

+		pScrn->clock[i] += 5;

+		pScrn->clock[i] /= 10;

+		pScrn->clock[i] *= 10;

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+

+    pScrn->clock[knownclkindex] = knownclkvalue;

+    pScrn->numClocks = num;

+

+    /* Restore registers that were written on */

+    (*ClockFunc)(pScrn, CLK_REG_RESTORE);

+}

+

+const char *

+xf86GetVisualName(int visual)

+{

+    if (visual < 0 || visual > DirectColor)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return xf86VisualNames[visual];

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86GetVerbosity(void)

+{

+    return max(xf86Verbose, xf86LogVerbose);

+}

+

+Pix24Flags

+xf86GetPix24(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.pixmap24;

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86GetDepth(void)

+{

+    return xf86Depth;

+}

+

+

+rgb

+xf86GetWeight(void)

+{

+    return xf86Weight;

+}

+

+

+Gamma

+xf86GetGamma(void)

+{

+    return xf86Gamma;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetFlipPixels(void)

+{

+    return xf86FlipPixels;

+}

+

+

+const char *

+xf86GetServerName(void)

+{

+    return xf86ServerName;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86ServerIsExiting(void)

+{

+    return (dispatchException & DE_TERMINATE) == DE_TERMINATE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86ServerIsResetting(void)

+{

+    return xf86Resetting;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86ServerIsInitialising(void)

+{

+    return xf86Initialising;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86ServerIsOnlyDetecting(void)

+{

+    return xf86DoConfigure;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86CaughtSignal(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.caughtSignal;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetVidModeAllowNonLocal(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.vidModeAllowNonLocal;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetVidModeEnabled(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.vidModeEnabled;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86GetModInDevAllowNonLocal(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.miscModInDevAllowNonLocal;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetModInDevEnabled(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.miscModInDevEnabled;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetAllowMouseOpenFail(void)

+{

+    return xf86Info.allowMouseOpenFail;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86IsPc98(void)

+{

+#if SUPPORT_PC98

+    return xf86Info.pc98;

+#else

+    return FALSE;

+#endif

+}

+

+void

+xf86DisableRandR(void)

+{

+    xf86Info.disableRandR = TRUE;

+    xf86Info.randRFrom = X_PROBED;

+}

+

+CARD32

+xf86GetModuleVersion(pointer module)

+{

+    return (CARD32)LoaderGetModuleVersion(module);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name)

+{

+    pointer ret;

+    int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;

+

+    ret = LoadSubModule(drv->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+			&errmaj, &errmin);

+    if (!ret)

+	LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, name, errmaj, errmin);

+    return ret;

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name)

+{

+    pointer ret;

+    int errmaj = 0, errmin = 0;

+

+    ret = LoadSubModule(pScrn->module, name, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL,

+			&errmaj, &errmin);

+    if (!ret)

+	LoaderErrorMsg(pScrn->name, name, errmaj, errmin);

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86LoadOneModule loads a single module.

+ */

+pointer

+xf86LoadOneModule(char *name, pointer opt)

+{

+    int errmaj, errmin;

+    char *Name;

+    pointer mod;

+

+    if (!name)

+	return NULL;

+

+    /* Normalise the module name */

+    Name = xf86NormalizeName(name);

+

+    /* Skip empty names */

+    if (Name == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+    if (*Name == '\0') {

+	free(Name);

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    mod = LoadModule(Name, NULL, NULL, NULL, opt, NULL, &errmaj, &errmin);

+    if (!mod)

+	LoaderErrorMsg(NULL, Name, errmaj, errmin);

+    free(Name);

+    return mod;

+}

+

+void

+xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer mod)

+{

+    /*

+     * This is disabled for now.  The loader isn't smart enough yet to undo

+     * relocations.

+     */

+#if 0

+    UnloadSubModule(mod);

+#endif

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86LoaderCheckSymbol(const char *name)

+{

+    return LoaderSymbol(name) != NULL;

+}

+

+typedef enum {

+   OPTION_BACKING_STORE

+} BSOpts;

+

+static const OptionInfoRec BSOptions[] = {

+   { OPTION_BACKING_STORE, "BackingStore", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },

+   { -1,                   NULL,           OPTV_NONE,    {0}, FALSE }

+};

+

+void

+xf86SetBackingStore(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    Bool useBS = FALSE;

+    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    OptionInfoPtr options;

+

+    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(BSOptions));

+    (void)memcpy(options, BSOptions, sizeof(BSOptions));

+    xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);

+

+    /* check for commandline option here */

+    if (xf86bsEnableFlag) {

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+	useBS = TRUE;

+    } else if (xf86bsDisableFlag) {

+	from = X_CMDLINE;

+	useBS = FALSE;

+    } else {

+	if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_BACKING_STORE, &useBS))

+	    from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    free(options);

+    pScreen->backingStoreSupport = useBS ? Always : NotUseful;

+    if (serverGeneration == 1)

+	xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Backing store %s\n",

+		   useBS ? "enabled" : "disabled");

+}

+

+

+typedef enum {

+   OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE

+} SMOpts;

+

+static const OptionInfoRec SMOptions[] = {

+   { OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, "SilkenMouse",   OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },

+   { -1,                   NULL,           OPTV_NONE,    {0}, FALSE }

+};

+

+void

+xf86SetSilkenMouse (ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    Bool useSM = TRUE;

+    MessageType from = X_DEFAULT;

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    OptionInfoPtr options;

+

+    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(SMOptions));

+    (void)memcpy(options, SMOptions, sizeof(SMOptions));

+    xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, options);

+

+    /* check for commandline option here */

+    /* disable if screen shares resources */

+	/* TODO VGA arb disable silken mouse */

+    if (xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag) {

+        from = X_CMDLINE;

+	useSM = FALSE;

+    } else {

+	if (xf86GetOptValBool(options, OPTION_SILKEN_MOUSE, &useSM))

+	    from = X_CONFIG;

+    }

+    free(options);

+    /*

+     * XXX quick hack to report correctly for OSs that can't do SilkenMouse

+     * yet.  Should handle this differently so that alternate async methods

+     * work correctly with this too.

+     */

+    pScrn->silkenMouse = useSM && xf86Info.useSIGIO && xf86SIGIOSupported();

+    if (serverGeneration == 1)

+	xf86DrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, from, "Silken mouse %s\n",

+		   pScrn->silkenMouse ? "enabled" : "disabled");

+}

+

+/* Wrote this function for the PM2 Xv driver, preliminary. */

+

+pointer

+xf86FindXvOptions(int scrnIndex, int adaptor_index, char *port_name,

+		  char **adaptor_name, pointer *adaptor_options)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];

+    confXvAdaptorPtr adaptor;

+    int i;

+

+    if (adaptor_index >= pScrn->confScreen->numxvadaptors) {

+	if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = NULL;

+	if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = NULL;

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    adaptor = &pScrn->confScreen->xvadaptors[adaptor_index];

+    if (adaptor_name) *adaptor_name = adaptor->identifier;

+    if (adaptor_options) *adaptor_options = adaptor->options;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < adaptor->numports; i++)

+	if (!xf86NameCmp(adaptor->ports[i].identifier, port_name))

+	    return adaptor->ports[i].options;

+

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+/* Rather than duplicate loader's get OS function, just include it directly */

+#define LoaderGetOS xf86GetOS

+#include "loader/os.c"

+

+static void

+xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(EntityInfoPtr pEnt, EntityProc init,

+			   EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer private)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn;

+

+    if ((pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(pEnt->index)))

+	xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(pScrn,pEnt->index);

+    xf86SetEntityFuncs(pEnt->index,init,enter,leave,private);

+}

+

+ScrnInfoPtr

+xf86ConfigFbEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int scrnFlag, int entityIndex,

+		   EntityProc init, EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave,

+		   pointer private)

+{

+    EntityInfoPtr pEnt = xf86GetEntityInfo(entityIndex);

+    if (!pEnt) return pScrn;

+

+    if (!(pEnt->location.type == BUS_NONE)) {

+	free(pEnt);

+	return pScrn;

+    }

+

+    if (!pEnt->active) {

+	xf86ConfigFbEntityInactive(pEnt, init,  enter, leave,  private);

+	free(pEnt);

+	return pScrn;

+    }

+

+    if (!pScrn)

+	pScrn = xf86AllocateScreen(pEnt->driver,scrnFlag);

+    xf86AddEntityToScreen(pScrn,entityIndex);

+

+    xf86SetEntityFuncs(entityIndex,init,enter,leave,private);

+

+    return pScrn;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];

+    int i;

+

+    for (i=0 ; i < pScrn->numEntities; i++) {

+	if (xf86IsEntityPrimary(i))

+	    return TRUE;

+    }

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+int

+xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(int ScrnIndex, Atom property, Atom type,

+			       int format, unsigned long len, pointer value )

+{

+    RootWinPropPtr pNewProp = NULL, pRegProp;

+    int i;

+    Bool existing = FALSE;

+

+    DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty(%d, %ld, %ld, %d, %ld, %p)\n",

+	   ScrnIndex, property, type, format, len, value);

+

+    if (ScrnIndex<0 || ScrnIndex>=xf86NumScreens) {

+      return BadMatch;

+    }

+

+    if (xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable &&

+	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]) {

+      for (pNewProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];

+	   pNewProp; pNewProp = pNewProp->next) {

+	if (strcmp(pNewProp->name, NameForAtom(property)) == 0)

+	  break;

+      }

+    }

+

+    if (!pNewProp) {

+      if ((pNewProp = (RootWinPropPtr)malloc(sizeof(RootWinProp))) == NULL) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+      }

+      /*

+       * We will put this property at the end of the list so that

+       * the changes are made in the order they were requested.

+       */

+      pNewProp->next = NULL;

+    } else {

+      free(pNewProp->name);

+      existing = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    pNewProp->name = xnfstrdup(NameForAtom(property));

+    pNewProp->type = type;

+    pNewProp->format = format;

+    pNewProp->size = len;

+    pNewProp->data = value;

+

+    DebugF("new property filled\n");

+

+    if (NULL==xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable) {

+      DebugF("creating xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[] size %d\n",

+	     xf86NumScreens);

+      if ( NULL==(xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable=(RootWinPropPtr*)xnfcalloc(sizeof(RootWinProp),xf86NumScreens) )) {

+	return BadAlloc;

+      }

+      for (i=0; i<xf86NumScreens; i++) {

+	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[i] = NULL;

+      }

+    }

+

+    DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable %p\n",

+	   (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable);

+    DebugF("xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[%d] %p\n",

+	   ScrnIndex, (void *)xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex]);

+

+    if (!existing) {

+      if ( xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] == NULL) {

+	xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex] = pNewProp;

+      } else {

+	pRegProp = xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable[ScrnIndex];

+	while (pRegProp->next != NULL) {

+	  DebugF("- next %p\n", (void *)pRegProp);

+	  pRegProp = pRegProp->next;

+        }

+	pRegProp->next = pNewProp;

+      }

+    }

+    DebugF("xf86RegisterRootWindowProperty succeeded\n");

+    return Success;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86IsUnblank(int mode)

+{

+    switch(mode) {

+    case SCREEN_SAVER_OFF:

+    case SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER:

+	return TRUE;

+    case SCREEN_SAVER_ON:

+    case SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE:

+	return FALSE;

+    default:

+	xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "Unexpected save screen mode: %d\n", mode);

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+}

+

+void

+xf86MotionHistoryAllocate(InputInfoPtr pInfo)

+{

+    AllocateMotionHistory(pInfo->dev);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h
index 581047dcf..1322b8046 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Module.h
@@ -1,212 +1,212 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-/*
- * This file contains the parts of the loader interface that are visible
- * to modules.  This is the only loader-related header that modules should
- * include.
- *
- * It should include a bare minimum of other headers.
- *
- * Longer term, the module/loader code should probably live directly under
- * Xserver/.
- *
- * XXX This file arguably belongs in xfree86/loader/.
- */
-
-#ifndef _XF86MODULE_H
-#define _XF86MODULE_H
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#ifndef NULL
-#define NULL ((void *)0)
-#endif
-
-typedef enum {
-    LD_RESOLV_IFDONE		= 0,	/* only check if no more
-					   delays pending */
-    LD_RESOLV_NOW		= 1,	/* finish one delay step */
-    LD_RESOLV_FORCE		= 2	/* force checking... */
-} LoaderResolveOptions;
-
-#define DEFAULT_LIST ((char *)-1)
-
-/* This indicates a special module that doesn't have the usual entry point */
-#define EXTERN_MODULE ((pointer)-1)
-
-/* Built-in ABI classes.  These definitions must not be changed. */
-#define ABI_CLASS_NONE		NULL
-#define ABI_CLASS_ANSIC		"X.Org ANSI C Emulation"
-#define ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV	"X.Org Video Driver"
-#define ABI_CLASS_XINPUT	"X.Org XInput driver"
-#define ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION	"X.Org Server Extension"
-#define ABI_CLASS_FONT		"X.Org Font Renderer"
-
-#define ABI_MINOR_MASK		0x0000FFFF
-#define ABI_MAJOR_MASK		0xFFFF0000
-#define GET_ABI_MINOR(v)	((v) & ABI_MINOR_MASK)
-#define GET_ABI_MAJOR(v)	(((v) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) >> 16)
-#define SET_ABI_VERSION(maj, min) \
-		((((maj) << 16) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) | ((min) & ABI_MINOR_MASK))
-
-/*
- * ABI versions.  Each version has a major and minor revision.  Modules
- * using lower minor revisions must work with servers of a higher minor
- * revision.  There is no compatibility between different major revisions.
- * Whenever the ABI_ANSIC_VERSION is changed, the others must also be
- * changed.  The minor revision mask is 0x0000FFFF and the major revision
- * mask is 0xFFFF0000.
- */
-#define ABI_ANSIC_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 4)
-#define ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(10, 0)
-#define ABI_XINPUT_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(12, 2)
-#define ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(5, 0)
-#define ABI_FONT_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 6)
-
-#define MODINFOSTRING1	0xef23fdc5
-#define MODINFOSTRING2	0x10dc023a
-
-#ifndef MODULEVENDORSTRING
-#define MODULEVENDORSTRING	"X.Org Foundation"
-#endif
-
-/* Error return codes for errmaj.  New codes must only be added at the end. */
-typedef enum {
-    LDR_NOERROR = 0,
-    LDR_NOMEM,		/* memory allocation failed */
-    LDR_NOENT,		/* Module file does not exist */
-    LDR_NOSUBENT,	/* pre-requsite file to be sub-loaded does not exist */
-    LDR_NOSPACE,	/* internal module array full */
-    LDR_NOMODOPEN,	/* module file could not be opened (check errmin) */
-    LDR_UNKTYPE,	/* file is not a recognized module type */
-    LDR_NOLOAD,		/* type specific loader failed */
-    LDR_ONCEONLY,	/* Module should only be loaded once (not an error) */
-    LDR_NOPORTOPEN,	/* could not open port (check errmin) */
-    LDR_NOHARDWARE,	/* could not query/initialize the hardware device */
-    LDR_MISMATCH,	/* the module didn't match the spec'd requirments */
-    LDR_BADUSAGE,	/* LoadModule is called with bad arguments */
-    LDR_INVALID,	/* The module doesn't have a valid ModuleData object */
-    LDR_BADOS,		/* The module doesn't support the OS */
-    LDR_MODSPECIFIC	/* A module-specific error in the SetupProc */
-} LoaderErrorCode;
-
-/*
- * Some common module classes.  The moduleclass can be used to identify
- * that modules loaded are of the correct type.  This is a finer
- * classification than the ABI classes even though the default set of
- * classes have the same names.  For example, not all modules that require
- * the video driver ABI are themselves video drivers.
- */
-#define MOD_CLASS_NONE		NULL
-#define MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV	"X.Org Video Driver"
-#define MOD_CLASS_XINPUT	"X.Org XInput Driver"
-#define MOD_CLASS_FONT		"X.Org Font Renderer"
-#define MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION	"X.Org Server Extension"
-
-/* This structure is expected to be returned by the initfunc */
-typedef struct {
-    const char * modname;	/* name of module, e.g. "foo" */
-    const char * vendor;	/* vendor specific string */
-    CARD32	 _modinfo1_;	/* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */
-    CARD32	 _modinfo2_;	/* infoarea with a binary editor or sign tool */
-    CARD32	 xf86version;	/* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */
-    CARD8	 majorversion;	/* module-specific major version */
-    CARD8	 minorversion;	/* module-specific minor version */
-    CARD16	 patchlevel;	/* module-specific patch level */
-    const char * abiclass;	/* ABI class that the module uses */
-    CARD32	 abiversion;	/* ABI version */
-    const char * moduleclass;	/* module class description */
-    CARD32	 checksum[4];	/* contains a digital signature of the */
-				/* version info structure */
-} XF86ModuleVersionInfo;
-
-/*
- * This structure can be used to callers of LoadModule and LoadSubModule to
- * specify version and/or ABI requirements.
- */
-typedef struct {
-    CARD8	 majorversion;	/* module-specific major version */
-    CARD8	 minorversion;	/* moudle-specific minor version */
-    CARD16	 patchlevel;	/* module-specific patch level */
-    const char * abiclass;	/* ABI class that the module uses */
-    CARD32	 abiversion;	/* ABI version */
-    const char * moduleclass;	/* module class */
-} XF86ModReqInfo;
-
-/* values to indicate unspecified fields in XF86ModReqInfo. */
-#define MAJOR_UNSPEC		0xFF
-#define MINOR_UNSPEC		0xFF
-#define PATCH_UNSPEC		0xFFFF
-#define ABI_VERS_UNSPEC		0xFFFFFFFF
-
-#define MODULE_VERSION_NUMERIC(maj, min, patch) \
-	((((maj) & 0xFF) << 24) | (((min) & 0xFF) << 16) | (patch & 0xFFFF))
-#define GET_MODULE_MAJOR_VERSION(vers)	(((vers) >> 24) & 0xFF)
-#define GET_MODULE_MINOR_VERSION(vers)	(((vers) >> 16) & 0xFF)
-#define GET_MODULE_PATCHLEVEL(vers)	((vers) & 0xFFFF)
-
-#define INITARGS void
-
-typedef void (*InitExtension)(INITARGS);
-
-typedef struct {
-    InitExtension	initFunc;
-    const char *	name;
-    Bool		*disablePtr;
-    InitExtension	setupFunc;	
-    const char **	initDependencies;
-} ExtensionModule;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT ExtensionModule *ExtensionModuleList;
-
-/* Prototypes for Loader functions that are exported to modules */
-extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoadSubModule(pointer, const char *, const char **,
-		      const char **, pointer, const XF86ModReqInfo *,
-		      int *, int *);
-extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadSubModule(pointer);
-extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadModule (pointer);
-extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *);
-extern _X_EXPORT char **LoaderListDirs(const char **, const char **);
-extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderFreeDirList(char **);
-extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderErrorMsg(const char *, const char *, int, int);
-extern _X_EXPORT void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *, Bool);
-extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderGetOS(const char **name, int *major, int *minor, int *teeny);
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool LoaderShouldIgnoreABI(void);
-extern _X_EXPORT int LoaderGetABIVersion(const char *abiclass);
-
-typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *);
-typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer);
-#define MODULESETUPPROTO(func) pointer func(pointer, pointer, int*, int*)
-#define MODULETEARDOWNPROTO(func) void func(pointer)
-
-typedef struct {
-    XF86ModuleVersionInfo *	vers;
-    ModuleSetupProc		setup;
-    ModuleTearDownProc		teardown;
-} XF86ModuleData;
-
-#endif /* _XF86STR_H */
+/*

+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)

+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote

+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written

+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).

+ */

+

+/*

+ * This file contains the parts of the loader interface that are visible

+ * to modules.  This is the only loader-related header that modules should

+ * include.

+ *

+ * It should include a bare minimum of other headers.

+ *

+ * Longer term, the module/loader code should probably live directly under

+ * Xserver/.

+ *

+ * XXX This file arguably belongs in xfree86/loader/.

+ */

+

+#ifndef _XF86MODULE_H

+#define _XF86MODULE_H

+

+#include "misc.h"

+#ifndef NULL

+#define NULL ((void *)0)

+#endif

+

+typedef enum {

+    LD_RESOLV_IFDONE		= 0,	/* only check if no more

+					   delays pending */

+    LD_RESOLV_NOW		= 1,	/* finish one delay step */

+    LD_RESOLV_FORCE		= 2	/* force checking... */

+} LoaderResolveOptions;

+

+#define DEFAULT_LIST ((char *)-1)

+

+/* This indicates a special module that doesn't have the usual entry point */

+#define EXTERN_MODULE ((pointer)-1)

+

+/* Built-in ABI classes.  These definitions must not be changed. */

+#define ABI_CLASS_NONE		NULL

+#define ABI_CLASS_ANSIC		"X.Org ANSI C Emulation"

+#define ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV	"X.Org Video Driver"

+#define ABI_CLASS_XINPUT	"X.Org XInput driver"

+#define ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION	"X.Org Server Extension"

+#define ABI_CLASS_FONT		"X.Org Font Renderer"

+

+#define ABI_MINOR_MASK		0x0000FFFF

+#define ABI_MAJOR_MASK		0xFFFF0000

+#define GET_ABI_MINOR(v)	((v) & ABI_MINOR_MASK)

+#define GET_ABI_MAJOR(v)	(((v) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) >> 16)

+#define SET_ABI_VERSION(maj, min) \

+		((((maj) << 16) & ABI_MAJOR_MASK) | ((min) & ABI_MINOR_MASK))

+

+/*

+ * ABI versions.  Each version has a major and minor revision.  Modules

+ * using lower minor revisions must work with servers of a higher minor

+ * revision.  There is no compatibility between different major revisions.

+ * Whenever the ABI_ANSIC_VERSION is changed, the others must also be

+ * changed.  The minor revision mask is 0x0000FFFF and the major revision

+ * mask is 0xFFFF0000.

+ */

+#define ABI_ANSIC_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 4)

+#define ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(10, 0)

+#define ABI_XINPUT_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(12, 2)

+#define ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(5, 0)

+#define ABI_FONT_VERSION	SET_ABI_VERSION(0, 6)

+

+#define MODINFOSTRING1	0xef23fdc5

+#define MODINFOSTRING2	0x10dc023a

+

+#ifndef MODULEVENDORSTRING

+#define MODULEVENDORSTRING	"X.Org Foundation"

+#endif

+

+/* Error return codes for errmaj.  New codes must only be added at the end. */

+typedef enum {

+    LDR_NOERROR = 0,

+    LDR_NOMEM,		/* memory allocation failed */

+    LDR_NOENT,		/* Module file does not exist */

+    LDR_NOSUBENT,	/* pre-requsite file to be sub-loaded does not exist */

+    LDR_NOSPACE,	/* internal module array full */

+    LDR_NOMODOPEN,	/* module file could not be opened (check errmin) */

+    LDR_UNKTYPE,	/* file is not a recognized module type */

+    LDR_NOLOAD,		/* type specific loader failed */

+    LDR_ONCEONLY,	/* Module should only be loaded once (not an error) */

+    LDR_NOPORTOPEN,	/* could not open port (check errmin) */

+    LDR_NOHARDWARE,	/* could not query/initialize the hardware device */

+    LDR_MISMATCH,	/* the module didn't match the spec'd requirments */

+    LDR_BADUSAGE,	/* LoadModule is called with bad arguments */

+    LDR_INVALID,	/* The module doesn't have a valid ModuleData object */

+    LDR_BADOS,		/* The module doesn't support the OS */

+    LDR_MODSPECIFIC	/* A module-specific error in the SetupProc */

+} LoaderErrorCode;

+

+/*

+ * Some common module classes.  The moduleclass can be used to identify

+ * that modules loaded are of the correct type.  This is a finer

+ * classification than the ABI classes even though the default set of

+ * classes have the same names.  For example, not all modules that require

+ * the video driver ABI are themselves video drivers.

+ */

+#define MOD_CLASS_NONE		NULL

+#define MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV	"X.Org Video Driver"

+#define MOD_CLASS_XINPUT	"X.Org XInput Driver"

+#define MOD_CLASS_FONT		"X.Org Font Renderer"

+#define MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION	"X.Org Server Extension"

+

+/* This structure is expected to be returned by the initfunc */

+typedef struct {

+    const char * modname;	/* name of module, e.g. "foo" */

+    const char * vendor;	/* vendor specific string */

+    CARD32	 _modinfo1_;	/* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */

+    CARD32	 _modinfo2_;	/* infoarea with a binary editor or sign tool */

+    CARD32	 xf86version;	/* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */

+    CARD8	 majorversion;	/* module-specific major version */

+    CARD8	 minorversion;	/* module-specific minor version */

+    CARD16	 patchlevel;	/* module-specific patch level */

+    const char * abiclass;	/* ABI class that the module uses */

+    CARD32	 abiversion;	/* ABI version */

+    const char * moduleclass;	/* module class description */

+    CARD32	 checksum[4];	/* contains a digital signature of the */

+				/* version info structure */

+} XF86ModuleVersionInfo;

+

+/*

+ * This structure can be used to callers of LoadModule and LoadSubModule to

+ * specify version and/or ABI requirements.

+ */

+typedef struct {

+    CARD8	 majorversion;	/* module-specific major version */

+    CARD8	 minorversion;	/* moudle-specific minor version */

+    CARD16	 patchlevel;	/* module-specific patch level */

+    const char * abiclass;	/* ABI class that the module uses */

+    CARD32	 abiversion;	/* ABI version */

+    const char * moduleclass;	/* module class */

+} XF86ModReqInfo;

+

+/* values to indicate unspecified fields in XF86ModReqInfo. */

+#define MAJOR_UNSPEC		0xFF

+#define MINOR_UNSPEC		0xFF

+#define PATCH_UNSPEC		0xFFFF

+#define ABI_VERS_UNSPEC		0xFFFFFFFF

+

+#define MODULE_VERSION_NUMERIC(maj, min, patch) \

+	((((maj) & 0xFF) << 24) | (((min) & 0xFF) << 16) | (patch & 0xFFFF))

+#define GET_MODULE_MAJOR_VERSION(vers)	(((vers) >> 24) & 0xFF)

+#define GET_MODULE_MINOR_VERSION(vers)	(((vers) >> 16) & 0xFF)

+#define GET_MODULE_PATCHLEVEL(vers)	((vers) & 0xFFFF)

+

+#define INITARGS void

+

+typedef void (*InitExtension)(INITARGS);

+

+typedef struct {

+    InitExtension	initFunc;

+    const char *	name;

+    Bool		*disablePtr;

+    InitExtension	setupFunc;	

+    const char **	initDependencies;

+} ExtensionModule;

+

+extern _X_EXPORT ExtensionModule *ExtensionModuleList;

+

+/* Prototypes for Loader functions that are exported to modules */

+extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoadSubModule(pointer, const char *, const char **,

+		      const char **, pointer, const XF86ModReqInfo *,

+		      int *, int *);

+extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadSubModule(pointer);

+extern _X_EXPORT void UnloadModule (pointer);

+extern _X_EXPORT pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *);

+extern _X_EXPORT char **LoaderListDirs(const char **, const char **);

+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderFreeDirList(char **);

+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderErrorMsg(const char *, const char *, int, int);

+extern _X_EXPORT void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *, Bool);

+extern _X_EXPORT void LoaderGetOS(const char **name, int *major, int *minor, int *teeny);

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool LoaderShouldIgnoreABI(void);

+extern _X_EXPORT int LoaderGetABIVersion(const char *abiclass);

+

+typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *);

+typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer);

+#define MODULESETUPPROTO(func) pointer func(pointer, pointer, int*, int*)

+#define MODULETEARDOWNPROTO(func) void func(pointer)

+

+typedef struct {

+    XF86ModuleVersionInfo *	vers;

+    ModuleSetupProc		setup;

+    ModuleTearDownProc		teardown;

+} XF86ModuleData;

+

+#endif /* _XF86STR_H */

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c
index 480f38694..08f143347 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c
@@ -1,916 +1,916 @@
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-/*
- * Author: David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>
- *
- * This file includes public option handling functions.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "os.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-#include "xf86Optrec.h"
-#include "xf86Parser.h"
-
-static Bool ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,
-			     Bool markUsed);
-
-/*
- * xf86CollectOptions collects the options from each of the config file
- * sections used by the screen and puts the combined list in pScrn->options.
- * This function requires that the following have been initialised:
- *
- *	pScrn->confScreen
- *	pScrn->Entities[i]->device
- *	pScrn->display
- *	pScrn->monitor
- *
- * The extraOpts parameter may optionally contain a list of additional options
- * to include.
- *
- * The order of precedence for options is:
- *
- *   extraOpts, display, confScreen, monitor, device
- */
-
-void
-xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr tmp;
-    XF86OptionPtr extras = (XF86OptionPtr)extraOpts;
-    GDevPtr device;
-    
-    int i;
-
-    pScrn->options = NULL;
-
-    for (i=pScrn->numEntities - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
-	device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(pScrn->entityList[i],
-					pScrn->entityInstanceList[i]);
-	if (device && device->options) {
-	    tmp = xf86optionListDup(device->options);
-	    if (pScrn->options)
-		xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options,tmp);
-	    else
-		pScrn->options = tmp;
-	}
-    }
-    if (pScrn->monitor->options) {
-	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->monitor->options);
-	if (pScrn->options)
-	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
-	else
-	    pScrn->options = tmp;
-    }
-    if (pScrn->confScreen->options) {
-	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->confScreen->options);
-	if (pScrn->options)
-	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
-	else
-	    pScrn->options = tmp;
-    }
-    if (pScrn->display->options) {
-	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->display->options);
-	if (pScrn->options)
-	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
-	else
-	    pScrn->options = tmp;
-    }
-    if (extras) {
-	tmp = xf86optionListDup(extras);
-	if (pScrn->options)
-	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);
-	else
-	    pScrn->options = tmp;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86CollectInputOptions collects extra options for an InputDevice (other
- * than those added by the config backend).
- * The options are merged into the existing ones and thus take precedence
- * over the others.
- */
-
-void
-xf86CollectInputOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo, const char **defaultOpts)
-{
-    if (defaultOpts) {
-	XF86OptionPtr tmp =xf86optionListCreate(defaultOpts, -1, 0);
-	if (pInfo->options)
-	    pInfo->options = xf86optionListMerge(tmp, pInfo->options);
-	else
-	    pInfo->options = tmp;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Duplicate the option list passed in. The returned pointer will be a newly
- * allocated option list and must be freed by the caller.
- */
-pointer
-xf86OptionListDuplicate(pointer options)
-{
-    pointer o = NULL;
-
-    while (options)
-    {
-        o = xf86AddNewOption(o, xf86OptionName(options), xf86OptionValue(options));
-        options = xf86nextOption(options);
-    }
-
-    return o;
-}
-
-
-/* Created for new XInput stuff -- essentially extensions to the parser	*/
-
-static int
-LookupIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)
-{
-    OptionInfoRec o;
-
-    o.name = name;
-    o.type = OPTV_INTEGER;
-    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
-	deflt = o.value.num;
-    return deflt;
-}
-
-
-static double
-LookupRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt,
-		 Bool markUsed)
-{
-    OptionInfoRec o;
-
-    o.name = name;
-    o.type = OPTV_REAL;
-    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
-	deflt = o.value.realnum;
-    return deflt;
-}
-
-
-static char *
-LookupStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt, Bool markUsed)
-{
-    OptionInfoRec o;
-
-    o.name = name;
-    o.type = OPTV_STRING;
-    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
-        deflt = o.value.str;
-    if (deflt)
-	return strdup(deflt);
-    else
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-
-static int
-LookupBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)
-{
-    OptionInfoRec o;
-
-    o.name = name;
-    o.type = OPTV_BOOLEAN;
-    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
-	deflt = o.value.bool;
-    return deflt;
-}
-
-static double
-LookupPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, Bool markUsed)
-{
-    OptionInfoRec o;
-
-    o.name = name;
-    o.type = OPTV_PERCENT;
-    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
-	deflt = o.value.realnum;
-    return deflt;
-}
-
-/* These xf86Set* functions are intended for use by non-screen specific code */
-
-int
-xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
-{
-    return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
-}
-
-
-double
-xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
-{
-    return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
-}
-
-
-char *
-xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)
-{
-    return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86SetBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
-{
-    return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
-}
-
-double
-xf86SetPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
-{
-    return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
-}
-
-/*
- * These are like the Set*Option functions, but they don't mark the options
- * as used.
- */
-int
-xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
-{
-    return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
-}
-
-
-double
-xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
-{
-    return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
-}
-
-
-char *
-xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)
-{
-    return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)
-{
-    return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
-}
-
-
-double
-xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
-{
-    return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
-}
-/*
- * addNewOption() has the required property of replacing the option value
- * if the option is already present.
- */
-pointer
-xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val)
-{
-    char tmp[16];
-    sprintf(tmp,"%i",val);
-    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)
-{
-    char tmp[32];
-    snprintf(tmp,32,"%f",val);
-    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val)
-{
-    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val?"True":"False");
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)
-{
-    char tmp[16];
-    sprintf(tmp, "%lf%%", val);
-    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val)
-{
-      return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val)
-{
-    /* XXX These should actually be allocated in the parser library. */
-    char *tmp = strdup(val);
-    char *tmp_name = strdup(name);
-
-    return xf86addNewOption(head, tmp_name, tmp);
-}
-
-
-pointer
-xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value)
-{
-    return xf86newOption(name, value);
-}
-
-
-pointer
-xf86NextOption(pointer list)
-{
-    return xf86nextOption(list);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used)
-{
-	return xf86optionListCreate(options, count, used);
-}
-
-pointer
-xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail)
-{
-	return xf86optionListMerge(head, tail);
-}
-
-void
-xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt)
-{
-	xf86optionListFree(opt);
-}
-
-char *
-xf86OptionName(pointer opt)
-{
-	return xf86optionName(opt);
-}
-
-char *
-xf86OptionValue(pointer opt)
-{
-	return xf86optionValue(opt);
-}
-
-void
-xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr opts = parm;
-
-    while(opts) {
-	if (xf86optionValue(opts))
-	    xf86ErrorFVerb(5, "\tOption \"%s\" \"%s\"\n",
-			    xf86optionName(opts), xf86optionValue(opts));
-	else
-	    xf86ErrorFVerb( 5, "\tOption \"%s\"\n", xf86optionName(opts));
-	opts = xf86nextOption(opts);
-    }
-}
-
-/* End of XInput-caused section	*/
-
-pointer
-xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name)
-{
-    return xf86findOption(options, name);
-}
-
-
-char *
-xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name)
-{
-    return xf86findOptionValue(options, name);
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option)
-{
-    if (option != NULL)
-	((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used = TRUE;
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr opt;
-
-    opt = xf86findOption(options, name);
-    if (opt != NULL)
-	opt->opt_used = TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option)
-{
-    if (option != NULL)
-	return ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used;
-    else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr opt;
-
-    opt = xf86findOption(options, name);
-    if (opt != NULL)
-	return opt->opt_used;
-    else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-void
-xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options)
-{
-    XF86OptionPtr opt = options;
-
-    while (opt) {
-	if (opt->opt_name && !opt->opt_used) {
-	    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Option \"%s\" is not used\n",
-			opt->opt_name);
-	}
-	opt = opt->list.next;
-    }
-}
-
-
-static Bool
-GetBoolValue(OptionInfoPtr p, const char *s)
-{
-    return xf86getBoolValue(&p->value.bool, s);
-}
-
-static Bool
-ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,
-		 Bool markUsed)
-{
-    char *s, *end;
-    Bool wasUsed = FALSE;
-
-    if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, p->name)) != NULL) {
-	if (markUsed) {
-	    wasUsed = xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);
-	    xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);
-	}
-	switch (p->type) {
-	case OPTV_INTEGER:
-	    if (*s == '\0') {
-		if (markUsed) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",
-			       p->name);
-		}
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    } else {
-		p->value.num = strtoul(s, &end, 0);
-		if (*end == '\0') {
-		    p->found = TRUE;
-		} else {
-		    if (markUsed) {
-			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-				   "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",
-				    p->name);
-		    }
-		    p->found = FALSE;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_STRING:
-	    if (*s == '\0') {
-		if (markUsed) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires an string value\n",
-			       p->name);
-		}
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    } else {
-		p->value.str = s;
-		p->found = TRUE;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_ANYSTR:
-	    p->value.str = s;
-	    p->found = TRUE;
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_REAL:	
-	    if (*s == '\0') {
-		if (markUsed) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "
-			       "value\n", p->name);
-		}
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    } else {
-		p->value.realnum = strtod(s, &end);
-		if (*end == '\0') {
-		    p->found = TRUE;
-		} else {
-		    if (markUsed) {
-			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-				"Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "
-				"value\n", p->name);
-		    }
-		    p->found = FALSE;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_BOOLEAN:
-	    if (GetBoolValue(p, s)) {
-		p->found = TRUE;
-	    } else {
-		if (markUsed) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n",
-			       p->name);
-		}
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_PERCENT:
-	    {
-		char tmp = 0;
-		/* awkward match, but %% doesn't increase the match counter,
-		 * hence 100 looks the same as 100% to the caller of sccanf
-		 */
-		if (sscanf(s, "%lf%c", &p->value.realnum, &tmp) != 2 || tmp != '%') {
-		    if (markUsed) {
-			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n", p->name);
-		    }
-		    p->found = FALSE;
-		} else {
-		    p->found = TRUE;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_FREQ:	
-	    if (*s == '\0') {
-		if (markUsed) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			       "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
-			       p->name);
-		}
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    } else {
-		double freq = strtod(s, &end);
-		int    units = 0;
-
-		if (end != s) {
-		    p->found = TRUE;
-		    if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "Hz"))
-			units = 1;
-		    else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "kHz") ||
-			     !xf86NameCmp(end, "k"))
-			units = 1000;
-		    else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "MHz") ||
-			     !xf86NameCmp(end, "M"))
-			units = 1000000;
-		    else {
-			if (markUsed) {
-			    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-				"Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
-				p->name);
-			}
-			p->found = FALSE;
-		    }
-		    if (p->found)
-			freq *= (double)units;
-		} else {
-		    if (markUsed) {
-			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-				"Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
-				p->name);
-		    }
-		    p->found = FALSE;
-		}
-		if (p->found) {
-		    p->value.freq.freq = freq;
-		    p->value.freq.units = units;
-		}
-	    }
-	    break;
-	case OPTV_NONE:
-	    /* Should never get here */
-	    p->found = FALSE;
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (p->found && markUsed) {
-	    int verb = 2;
-	    if (wasUsed)
-		verb = 4;
-	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, verb, "Option \"%s\"", p->name);
-	    if (!(p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN && *s == 0)) {
-		xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, " \"%s\"", s);
-	    }
-	    xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, "\n");
-	}
-    } else if (p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN) {
-	/* Look for matches with options with or without a "No" prefix. */
-	char *n, *newn;
-	OptionInfoRec opt;
-
-	n = xf86NormalizeName(p->name);
-	if (!n) {
-	    p->found = FALSE;
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {
-	    newn = n + 2;
-	} else {
-	    free(n);
-	    if (asprintf(&n, "No%s", p->name) == -1) {
-		p->found = FALSE;
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-	    newn = n;
-	}
-	if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, newn)) != NULL) {
-	    if (markUsed)
-		xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, newn);
-	    if (GetBoolValue(&opt, s)) {
-		p->value.bool = !opt.value.bool;
-		p->found = TRUE;
-	    } else {
-		xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
-			   "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n", newn);
-		p->found = FALSE;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    p->found = FALSE;
-	}
-	if (p->found && markUsed) {
-	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, 2, "Option \"%s\"", newn);
-	    if (*s != 0) {
-		xf86ErrorFVerb(2, " \"%s\"", s);
-	    }
-	    xf86ErrorFVerb(2, "\n");
-	}
-	free(n);
-    } else {
-	p->found = FALSE;
-    }
-    return p->found;
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    for (p = optinfo; p->name != NULL; p++) {
-	ParseOptionValue(scrnIndex, options, p, TRUE);
-    }
-}
-
-
-OptionInfoPtr
-xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
-{
-    const OptionInfoRec *p, *match = NULL, *set = NULL;
-
-    if (!table) {
-	ErrorF("xf86TokenToOptinfo: table is NULL\n");
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    for (p = table; p->token >= 0; p++) {
-	if (p->token == token) {
-	    match = p;
-	    if (p->found)
-		set = p;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (set)
-	return (OptionInfoPtr)set;
-    else if (match)
-	return (OptionInfoPtr)match;
-    else
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-
-const char *
-xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
-{
-    const OptionInfoRec *p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    return p->name;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    return p && p->found;
-}
-
-
-char *
-xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found)
-	return p->value.str;
-    else
-	return NULL;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	*value = p->value.num;
-	return TRUE;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	*value = p->value.num;
-	return TRUE;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	*value = p->value.realnum;
-	return TRUE;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
-		  OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	if (p->value.freq.units > 0) {
-	    /* Units give, so the scaling is known. */
-	    switch (expectedUnits) {
-	    case OPTUNITS_HZ:
-		*value = p->value.freq.freq;
-		break;
-	    case OPTUNITS_KHZ:
-		*value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
-		break;
-	    case OPTUNITS_MHZ:
-		*value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;
-		break;
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    /* No units given, so try to guess the scaling. */
-	    switch (expectedUnits) {
-	    case OPTUNITS_HZ:
-		*value = p->value.freq.freq;
-		break;
-	    case OPTUNITS_KHZ:
-		if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)
-		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
-		else
-		    *value = p->value.freq.freq;
-		break;
-	    case OPTUNITS_MHZ:
-		if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000000.0)
-		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;
-		else if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)
-		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;
-		else
-		    *value = p->value.freq.freq;
-	    }
-	}
-	return TRUE;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	*value = p->value.bool;
-	return TRUE;
-    } else
-	return FALSE;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def)
-{
-    OptionInfoPtr p;
-
-    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);
-    if (p && p->found) {
-	return p->value.bool;
-    } else
-	return def;
-}
-
-
-int
-xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)
-{
-    return xf86nameCompare(s1, s2);
-}
-
-char *
-xf86NormalizeName(const char *s)
-{
-    char *ret, *q;
-    const char *p;
-
-    if (s == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    ret = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);
-    for (p = s, q = ret; *p != 0; p++) {
-	switch (*p) {
-	case '_':
-	case ' ':
-	case '\t':
-	    continue;
-	default:
-	    if (isupper(*p))
-		*q++ = tolower(*p);
-	    else
-		*q++ = *p;
-	}
-    }
-    *q = '\0';
-    return ret;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR

+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)

+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote

+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written

+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).

+ */

+

+/*

+ * Author: David Dawes <dawes@xfree86.org>

+ *

+ * This file includes public option handling functions.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <stdlib.h>

+#include <ctype.h>

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include "os.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Xinput.h"

+#include "xf86Optrec.h"

+#include "xf86Parser.h"

+

+static Bool ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,

+			     Bool markUsed);

+

+/*

+ * xf86CollectOptions collects the options from each of the config file

+ * sections used by the screen and puts the combined list in pScrn->options.

+ * This function requires that the following have been initialised:

+ *

+ *	pScrn->confScreen

+ *	pScrn->Entities[i]->device

+ *	pScrn->display

+ *	pScrn->monitor

+ *

+ * The extraOpts parameter may optionally contain a list of additional options

+ * to include.

+ *

+ * The order of precedence for options is:

+ *

+ *   extraOpts, display, confScreen, monitor, device

+ */

+

+void

+xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr tmp;

+    XF86OptionPtr extras = (XF86OptionPtr)extraOpts;

+    GDevPtr device;

+    

+    int i;

+

+    pScrn->options = NULL;

+

+    for (i=pScrn->numEntities - 1; i >= 0; i--) {

+	device = xf86GetDevFromEntity(pScrn->entityList[i],

+					pScrn->entityInstanceList[i]);

+	if (device && device->options) {

+	    tmp = xf86optionListDup(device->options);

+	    if (pScrn->options)

+		xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options,tmp);

+	    else

+		pScrn->options = tmp;

+	}

+    }

+    if (pScrn->monitor->options) {

+	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->monitor->options);

+	if (pScrn->options)

+	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);

+	else

+	    pScrn->options = tmp;

+    }

+    if (pScrn->confScreen->options) {

+	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->confScreen->options);

+	if (pScrn->options)

+	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);

+	else

+	    pScrn->options = tmp;

+    }

+    if (pScrn->display->options) {

+	tmp = xf86optionListDup(pScrn->display->options);

+	if (pScrn->options)

+	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);

+	else

+	    pScrn->options = tmp;

+    }

+    if (extras) {

+	tmp = xf86optionListDup(extras);

+	if (pScrn->options)

+	    pScrn->options = xf86optionListMerge(pScrn->options, tmp);

+	else

+	    pScrn->options = tmp;

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86CollectInputOptions collects extra options for an InputDevice (other

+ * than those added by the config backend).

+ * The options are merged into the existing ones and thus take precedence

+ * over the others.

+ */

+

+void

+xf86CollectInputOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo, const char **defaultOpts)

+{

+    if (defaultOpts) {

+	XF86OptionPtr tmp =xf86optionListCreate(defaultOpts, -1, 0);

+	if (pInfo->options)

+	    pInfo->options = xf86optionListMerge(tmp, pInfo->options);

+	else

+	    pInfo->options = tmp;

+    }

+}

+

+/**

+ * Duplicate the option list passed in. The returned pointer will be a newly

+ * allocated option list and must be freed by the caller.

+ */

+pointer

+xf86OptionListDuplicate(pointer options)

+{

+    pointer o = NULL;

+

+    while (options)

+    {

+        o = xf86AddNewOption(o, xf86OptionName(options), xf86OptionValue(options));

+        options = xf86nextOption(options);

+    }

+

+    return o;

+}

+

+

+/* Created for new XInput stuff -- essentially extensions to the parser	*/

+

+static int

+LookupIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)

+{

+    OptionInfoRec o;

+

+    o.name = name;

+    o.type = OPTV_INTEGER;

+    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))

+	deflt = o.value.num;

+    return deflt;

+}

+

+

+static double

+LookupRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt,

+		 Bool markUsed)

+{

+    OptionInfoRec o;

+

+    o.name = name;

+    o.type = OPTV_REAL;

+    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))

+	deflt = o.value.realnum;

+    return deflt;

+}

+

+

+static char *

+LookupStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt, Bool markUsed)

+{

+    OptionInfoRec o;

+

+    o.name = name;

+    o.type = OPTV_STRING;

+    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))

+        deflt = o.value.str;

+    if (deflt)

+	return strdup(deflt);

+    else

+	return NULL;

+}

+

+

+static int

+LookupBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed)

+{

+    OptionInfoRec o;

+

+    o.name = name;

+    o.type = OPTV_BOOLEAN;

+    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))

+	deflt = o.value.bool;

+    return deflt;

+}

+

+static double

+LookupPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, Bool markUsed)

+{

+    OptionInfoRec o;

+

+    o.name = name;

+    o.type = OPTV_PERCENT;

+    if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))

+	deflt = o.value.realnum;

+    return deflt;

+}

+

+/* These xf86Set* functions are intended for use by non-screen specific code */

+

+int

+xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)

+{

+    return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);

+}

+

+

+double

+xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)

+{

+    return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);

+}

+

+

+char *

+xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)

+{

+    return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86SetBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)

+{

+    return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);

+}

+

+double

+xf86SetPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)

+{

+    return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);

+}

+

+/*

+ * These are like the Set*Option functions, but they don't mark the options

+ * as used.

+ */

+int

+xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)

+{

+    return LookupIntOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);

+}

+

+

+double

+xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)

+{

+    return LookupRealOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);

+}

+

+

+char *

+xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt)

+{

+    return LookupStrOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt)

+{

+    return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);

+}

+

+

+double

+xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)

+{

+    return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);

+}

+/*

+ * addNewOption() has the required property of replacing the option value

+ * if the option is already present.

+ */

+pointer

+xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val)

+{

+    char tmp[16];

+    sprintf(tmp,"%i",val);

+    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)

+{

+    char tmp[32];

+    snprintf(tmp,32,"%f",val);

+    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val)

+{

+    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val?"True":"False");

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)

+{

+    char tmp[16];

+    sprintf(tmp, "%lf%%", val);

+    return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val)

+{

+      return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val)

+{

+    /* XXX These should actually be allocated in the parser library. */

+    char *tmp = strdup(val);

+    char *tmp_name = strdup(name);

+

+    return xf86addNewOption(head, tmp_name, tmp);

+}

+

+

+pointer

+xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value)

+{

+    return xf86newOption(name, value);

+}

+

+

+pointer

+xf86NextOption(pointer list)

+{

+    return xf86nextOption(list);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used)

+{

+	return xf86optionListCreate(options, count, used);

+}

+

+pointer

+xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail)

+{

+	return xf86optionListMerge(head, tail);

+}

+

+void

+xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt)

+{

+	xf86optionListFree(opt);

+}

+

+char *

+xf86OptionName(pointer opt)

+{

+	return xf86optionName(opt);

+}

+

+char *

+xf86OptionValue(pointer opt)

+{

+	return xf86optionValue(opt);

+}

+

+void

+xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr opts = parm;

+

+    while(opts) {

+	if (xf86optionValue(opts))

+	    xf86ErrorFVerb(5, "\tOption \"%s\" \"%s\"\n",

+			    xf86optionName(opts), xf86optionValue(opts));

+	else

+	    xf86ErrorFVerb( 5, "\tOption \"%s\"\n", xf86optionName(opts));

+	opts = xf86nextOption(opts);

+    }

+}

+

+/* End of XInput-caused section	*/

+

+pointer

+xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name)

+{

+    return xf86findOption(options, name);

+}

+

+

+char *

+xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name)

+{

+    return xf86findOptionValue(options, name);

+}

+

+

+void

+xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option)

+{

+    if (option != NULL)

+	((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used = TRUE;

+}

+

+

+void

+xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr opt;

+

+    opt = xf86findOption(options, name);

+    if (opt != NULL)

+	opt->opt_used = TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option)

+{

+    if (option != NULL)

+	return ((XF86OptionPtr)option)->opt_used;

+    else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr opt;

+

+    opt = xf86findOption(options, name);

+    if (opt != NULL)

+	return opt->opt_used;

+    else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+void

+xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options)

+{

+    XF86OptionPtr opt = options;

+

+    while (opt) {

+	if (opt->opt_name && !opt->opt_used) {

+	    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING, "Option \"%s\" is not used\n",

+			opt->opt_name);

+	}

+	opt = opt->list.next;

+    }

+}

+

+

+static Bool

+GetBoolValue(OptionInfoPtr p, const char *s)

+{

+    return xf86getBoolValue(&p->value.bool, s);

+}

+

+static Bool

+ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p,

+		 Bool markUsed)

+{

+    char *s, *end;

+    Bool wasUsed = FALSE;

+

+    if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, p->name)) != NULL) {

+	if (markUsed) {

+	    wasUsed = xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);

+	    xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, p->name);

+	}

+	switch (p->type) {

+	case OPTV_INTEGER:

+	    if (*s == '\0') {

+		if (markUsed) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",

+			       p->name);

+		}

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    } else {

+		p->value.num = strtoul(s, &end, 0);

+		if (*end == '\0') {

+		    p->found = TRUE;

+		} else {

+		    if (markUsed) {

+			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+				   "Option \"%s\" requires an integer value\n",

+				    p->name);

+		    }

+		    p->found = FALSE;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_STRING:

+	    if (*s == '\0') {

+		if (markUsed) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires an string value\n",

+			       p->name);

+		}

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    } else {

+		p->value.str = s;

+		p->found = TRUE;

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_ANYSTR:

+	    p->value.str = s;

+	    p->found = TRUE;

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_REAL:	

+	    if (*s == '\0') {

+		if (markUsed) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "

+			       "value\n", p->name);

+		}

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    } else {

+		p->value.realnum = strtod(s, &end);

+		if (*end == '\0') {

+		    p->found = TRUE;

+		} else {

+		    if (markUsed) {

+			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+				"Option \"%s\" requires a floating point "

+				"value\n", p->name);

+		    }

+		    p->found = FALSE;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_BOOLEAN:

+	    if (GetBoolValue(p, s)) {

+		p->found = TRUE;

+	    } else {

+		if (markUsed) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n",

+			       p->name);

+		}

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_PERCENT:

+	    {

+		char tmp = 0;

+		/* awkward match, but %% doesn't increase the match counter,

+		 * hence 100 looks the same as 100% to the caller of sccanf

+		 */

+		if (sscanf(s, "%lf%c", &p->value.realnum, &tmp) != 2 || tmp != '%') {

+		    if (markUsed) {

+			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n", p->name);

+		    }

+		    p->found = FALSE;

+		} else {

+		    p->found = TRUE;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_FREQ:	

+	    if (*s == '\0') {

+		if (markUsed) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			       "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",

+			       p->name);

+		}

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    } else {

+		double freq = strtod(s, &end);

+		int    units = 0;

+

+		if (end != s) {

+		    p->found = TRUE;

+		    if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "Hz"))

+			units = 1;

+		    else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "kHz") ||

+			     !xf86NameCmp(end, "k"))

+			units = 1000;

+		    else if (!xf86NameCmp(end, "MHz") ||

+			     !xf86NameCmp(end, "M"))

+			units = 1000000;

+		    else {

+			if (markUsed) {

+			    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+				"Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",

+				p->name);

+			}

+			p->found = FALSE;

+		    }

+		    if (p->found)

+			freq *= (double)units;

+		} else {

+		    if (markUsed) {

+			xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+				"Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",

+				p->name);

+		    }

+		    p->found = FALSE;

+		}

+		if (p->found) {

+		    p->value.freq.freq = freq;

+		    p->value.freq.units = units;

+		}

+	    }

+	    break;

+	case OPTV_NONE:

+	    /* Should never get here */

+	    p->found = FALSE;

+	    break;

+	}

+	if (p->found && markUsed) {

+	    int verb = 2;

+	    if (wasUsed)

+		verb = 4;

+	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, verb, "Option \"%s\"", p->name);

+	    if (!(p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN && *s == 0)) {

+		xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, " \"%s\"", s);

+	    }

+	    xf86ErrorFVerb(verb, "\n");

+	}

+    } else if (p->type == OPTV_BOOLEAN) {

+	/* Look for matches with options with or without a "No" prefix. */

+	char *n, *newn;

+	OptionInfoRec opt;

+

+	n = xf86NormalizeName(p->name);

+	if (!n) {

+	    p->found = FALSE;

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	if (strncmp(n, "no", 2) == 0) {

+	    newn = n + 2;

+	} else {

+	    free(n);

+	    if (asprintf(&n, "No%s", p->name) == -1) {

+		p->found = FALSE;

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+	    newn = n;

+	}

+	if ((s = xf86findOptionValue(options, newn)) != NULL) {

+	    if (markUsed)

+		xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(options, newn);

+	    if (GetBoolValue(&opt, s)) {

+		p->value.bool = !opt.value.bool;

+		p->found = TRUE;

+	    } else {

+		xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,

+			   "Option \"%s\" requires a boolean value\n", newn);

+		p->found = FALSE;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    p->found = FALSE;

+	}

+	if (p->found && markUsed) {

+	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, 2, "Option \"%s\"", newn);

+	    if (*s != 0) {

+		xf86ErrorFVerb(2, " \"%s\"", s);

+	    }

+	    xf86ErrorFVerb(2, "\n");

+	}

+	free(n);

+    } else {

+	p->found = FALSE;

+    }

+    return p->found;

+}

+

+

+void

+xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    for (p = optinfo; p->name != NULL; p++) {

+	ParseOptionValue(scrnIndex, options, p, TRUE);

+    }

+}

+

+

+OptionInfoPtr

+xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)

+{

+    const OptionInfoRec *p, *match = NULL, *set = NULL;

+

+    if (!table) {

+	ErrorF("xf86TokenToOptinfo: table is NULL\n");

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    for (p = table; p->token >= 0; p++) {

+	if (p->token == token) {

+	    match = p;

+	    if (p->found)

+		set = p;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (set)

+	return (OptionInfoPtr)set;

+    else if (match)

+	return (OptionInfoPtr)match;

+    else

+	return NULL;

+}

+

+

+const char *

+xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)

+{

+    const OptionInfoRec *p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    return p->name;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    return p && p->found;

+}

+

+

+char *

+xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found)

+	return p->value.str;

+    else

+	return NULL;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	*value = p->value.num;

+	return TRUE;

+    } else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	*value = p->value.num;

+	return TRUE;

+    } else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	*value = p->value.realnum;

+	return TRUE;

+    } else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,

+		  OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	if (p->value.freq.units > 0) {

+	    /* Units give, so the scaling is known. */

+	    switch (expectedUnits) {

+	    case OPTUNITS_HZ:

+		*value = p->value.freq.freq;

+		break;

+	    case OPTUNITS_KHZ:

+		*value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;

+		break;

+	    case OPTUNITS_MHZ:

+		*value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;

+		break;

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    /* No units given, so try to guess the scaling. */

+	    switch (expectedUnits) {

+	    case OPTUNITS_HZ:

+		*value = p->value.freq.freq;

+		break;

+	    case OPTUNITS_KHZ:

+		if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)

+		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;

+		else

+		    *value = p->value.freq.freq;

+		break;

+	    case OPTUNITS_MHZ:

+		if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000000.0)

+		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000000.0;

+		else if (p->value.freq.freq > 1000.0)

+		    *value = p->value.freq.freq / 1000.0;

+		else

+		    *value = p->value.freq.freq;

+	    }

+	}

+	return TRUE;

+    } else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	*value = p->value.bool;

+	return TRUE;

+    } else

+	return FALSE;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def)

+{

+    OptionInfoPtr p;

+

+    p = xf86TokenToOptinfo(table, token);

+    if (p && p->found) {

+	return p->value.bool;

+    } else

+	return def;

+}

+

+

+int

+xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)

+{

+    return xf86nameCompare(s1, s2);

+}

+

+char *

+xf86NormalizeName(const char *s)

+{

+    char *ret, *q;

+    const char *p;

+

+    if (s == NULL)

+	return NULL;

+

+    ret = malloc(strlen(s) + 1);

+    for (p = s, q = ret; *p != 0; p++) {

+	switch (*p) {

+	case '_':

+	case ' ':

+	case '\t':

+	    continue;

+	default:

+	    if (isupper(*p))

+		*q++ = tolower(*p);

+	    else

+		*q++ = *p;

+	}

+    }

+    *q = '\0';

+    return ret;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c
index 4663d0366..e8e5a3696 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86RandR.c
@@ -1,485 +1,485 @@
-/*
- *
- * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
- * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "os.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86str.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include <randrstr.h>
-#include "inputstr.h"
-
-typedef struct _xf86RandRInfo {
-    CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr    CreateScreenResources;
-    CloseScreenProcPtr		    CloseScreen;
-    int				    virtualX;
-    int				    virtualY;
-    int				    mmWidth;
-    int				    mmHeight;
-    Rotation			    rotation;
-} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr;
-
-static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandRKeyRec;
-static DevPrivateKey xf86RandRKey;
-
-#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey))
-
-static int
-xf86RandRModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode)
-{
-    if (mode->VRefresh)
-	return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5);
-    else if (mode->Clock == 0)
-	return 0;
-    else
-	return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5);
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86RandRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations)
-{
-    RRScreenSizePtr	    pSize;
-    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-    DisplayModePtr	    mode;
-    int			    refresh0 = 60;
-    xorgRRModeMM	    RRModeMM;
-
-    *rotations = RR_Rotate_0;
-
-    for (mode = scrp->modes; mode != NULL ; mode = mode->next)
-    {
-	int refresh = xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode);
-
-	if (mode == scrp->modes)
-	    refresh0 = refresh;
-
-	RRModeMM.mode = mode;
-	RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;
-	RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;
-	RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;
-	RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;
-
-	if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	   (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
-	}
-
-	pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,
-				mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay,
-				RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);
-	if (!pSize)
-	    return FALSE;
-	RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh);
-	if (mode == scrp->currentMode &&
-	    mode->HDisplay == scrp->virtualX && mode->VDisplay == scrp->virtualY)
-	    RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize);
-	if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
-	    break;
-    }
-    if (scrp->currentMode->HDisplay != randrp->virtualX ||
-	scrp->currentMode->VDisplay != randrp->virtualY)
-    {
-	mode = scrp->modes;
-
-	RRModeMM.mode = NULL;
-	RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;
-	RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;
-	RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;
-	RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;
-
-	if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	   (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
-	}
-
-	pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,
-				randrp->virtualX, randrp->virtualY,
-				RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);
-	if (!pSize)
-	    return FALSE;
-	RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh0);
-	if (scrp->virtualX == randrp->virtualX &&
-	    scrp->virtualY == randrp->virtualY)
-	{
-	    RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh0, pSize);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* If there is driver support for randr, let it set our supported rotations */
-    if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
-
-	RRRotation.RRRotations = *rotations;
-	if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_INFO, &RRRotation))
-	    return TRUE;
-	*rotations = RRRotation.RRRotations;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86RandRSetMode (ScreenPtr	    pScreen,
-		  DisplayModePtr    mode,
-		  Bool		    useVirtual,
-		  int		    mmWidth,
-		  int		    mmHeight)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-    int			oldWidth = pScreen->width;
-    int			oldHeight = pScreen->height;
-    int			oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
-    int			oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
-    int			oldVirtualX = scrp->virtualX;
-    int			oldVirtualY = scrp->virtualY;
-    WindowPtr		pRoot = pScreen->root;
-    Bool		ret = TRUE;
-
-    if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)
-	(*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE);
-    if (useVirtual)
-    {
-	scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX;
-	scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay;
-	scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * The DIX forgets the physical dimensions we passed into RRRegisterSize, so
-     * reconstruct them if possible.
-     */
-    if(scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM;
-
-	RRModeMM.mode = mode;
-	RRModeMM.virtX = scrp->virtualX;
-	RRModeMM.virtY = scrp->virtualY;
-	RRModeMM.mmWidth = mmWidth;
-	RRModeMM.mmHeight = mmHeight;
-
-	(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);
-
-	mmWidth = RRModeMM.mmWidth;
-	mmHeight = RRModeMM.mmHeight;
-    }
-    if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270))
-    {
-	/* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */
-	pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY;
-	pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX;
-	pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight;
-	pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX;
-	pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY;
-	pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth;
-	pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight;
-    }
-    if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode))
-    {
-	pScreen->width = oldWidth;
-	pScreen->height = oldHeight;
-	pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth;
-	pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight;
-	scrp->virtualX = oldVirtualX;
-	scrp->virtualY = oldVirtualY;
-	ret = FALSE;
-    }
-    /*
-     * Make sure the layout is correct
-     */
-    xf86ReconfigureLayout();
-
-    /*
-     * Make sure the whole screen is visible
-     */
-    xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height);
-    xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0);
-    if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)
-	(*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86RandRSetConfig (ScreenPtr		pScreen,
-		    Rotation		rotation,
-		    int			rate,
-		    RRScreenSizePtr	pSize)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-    DisplayModePtr	    mode;
-    int			    pos[MAXDEVICES][2];
-    Bool		    useVirtual = FALSE;
-    Rotation		    oldRotation = randrp->rotation;
-    DeviceIntPtr	    dev;
-    Bool		    view_adjusted = FALSE;
-
-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
-    {
-	if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
-		continue;
-
-	miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]);
-    }
-
-    for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next)
-    {
-	if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width &&
-	    mode->VDisplay == pSize->height &&
-	    (rate == 0 || xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode) == rate))
-	    break;
-	if (mode->next == scrp->modes)
-	{
-	    if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX &&
-		pSize->height == randrp->virtualY)
-	    {
-		mode = scrp->modes;
-		useVirtual = TRUE;
-		break;
-	    }
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (randrp->rotation != rotation) {
-
-        /* Have the driver do its thing. */
-	if (scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	    xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
-	    RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = rotation;
-	    RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = rate;
-	    RRRotation.RRConfig.width = pSize->width;
-	    RRRotation.RRConfig.height = pSize->height;
-
-	    /*
-	     * Currently we need to rely on HW support for rotation.
-	     */
-	    if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation))
-		return FALSE;
-	} else
-	    return FALSE;
-
-	randrp->rotation = rotation;
-    }
-
-    if (!xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth, pSize->mmHeight)) {
-	if(randrp->rotation != oldRotation) {
-	   /* Have the driver undo its thing. */
-	   if (scrp->DriverFunc) {
-	       xorgRRRotation RRRotation;
-	       RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = oldRotation;
-	       RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = xf86RandRModeRefresh (scrp->currentMode);
-	       RRRotation.RRConfig.width = scrp->virtualX;
-	       RRRotation.RRConfig.height = scrp->virtualY;
-	       (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation);
-	   }
-
-	   randrp->rotation = oldRotation;
-	}
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it
-     * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c
-     */
-    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
-    {
-	if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))
-		continue;
-
-	if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) {
-	    int px = pos[dev->id][0];
-	    int py = pos[dev->id][1];
-
-	    px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px);
-	    py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py);
-
-	    /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */
-	    if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) {
-		xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py);
-		view_adjusted = TRUE;
-	    }
-
-	    (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Wait until the screen is initialized before whacking the
- * sizes around; otherwise the screen pixmap will be allocated
- * at the current mode size rather than the maximum size
- */
-static Bool
-xf86RandRCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-#if 0
-    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-    DisplayModePtr	    mode;
-#endif
-
-    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = randrp->CreateScreenResources;
-    if (!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources) (pScreen))
-	return FALSE;
-
-#if 0
-    mode = scrp->currentMode;
-    if (mode)
-	xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, TRUE);
-#endif
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Reset size back to original
- */
-static Bool
-xf86RandRCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-
-    scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = randrp->virtualX;
-    scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = randrp->virtualY;
-    scrp->currentMode = scrp->modes;
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = randrp->CloseScreen;
-    free(randrp);
-    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, NULL);
-    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);
-}
-
-Rotation
-xf86GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)
-       return RR_Rotate_0;
-
-    return XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->rotation;
-}
-
-/* Function to change RandR's idea of the virtual screen size */
-Bool
-xf86RandRSetNewVirtualAndDimensions(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-	int newvirtX, int newvirtY, int newmmWidth, int newmmHeight,
-	Bool resetMode)
-{
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;
-
-    if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);
-    if (randrp == NULL)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (newvirtX > 0)
-	randrp->virtualX = newvirtX;
-
-    if (newvirtY > 0)
-	randrp->virtualY = newvirtY;
-
-    if (newmmWidth > 0)
-	randrp->mmWidth = newmmWidth;
-
-    if (newmmHeight > 0)
-	randrp->mmHeight = newmmHeight;
-
-    /* This is only for during server start */
-    if (resetMode) {
-	return (xf86RandRSetMode(pScreen,
-		  XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen)->currentMode,
-		  TRUE,
-		  pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight));
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86RandRInit (ScreenPtr    pScreen)
-{
-    rrScrPrivPtr	rp;
-    XF86RandRInfoPtr	randrp;
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */
-    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)
-	return TRUE;
-#endif
-
-    xf86RandRKey = &xf86RandRKeyRec;
-
-    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandRKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec));
-    if (!randrp)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (!RRScreenInit (pScreen))
-    {
-	free(randrp);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);
-    rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandRGetInfo;
-    rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandRSetConfig;
-
-    randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX;
-    randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY;
-    randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;
-    randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;
-
-    randrp->CreateScreenResources = pScreen->CreateScreenResources;
-    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = xf86RandRCreateScreenResources;
-
-    randrp->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86RandRCloseScreen;
-
-    randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;
-
-    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, randrp);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-
+/*

+ *

+ * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard, member of The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in

+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without

+ * specific, written prior permission.  Keith Packard makes no

+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It

+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR

+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include "os.h"

+#include "globals.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86str.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86DDC.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include <randrstr.h>

+#include "inputstr.h"

+

+typedef struct _xf86RandRInfo {

+    CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr    CreateScreenResources;

+    CloseScreenProcPtr		    CloseScreen;

+    int				    virtualX;

+    int				    virtualY;

+    int				    mmWidth;

+    int				    mmHeight;

+    Rotation			    rotation;

+} XF86RandRInfoRec, *XF86RandRInfoPtr;

+

+static DevPrivateKeyRec xf86RandRKeyRec;

+static DevPrivateKey xf86RandRKey;

+

+#define XF86RANDRINFO(p) ((XF86RandRInfoPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(p)->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey))

+

+static int

+xf86RandRModeRefresh (DisplayModePtr mode)

+{

+    if (mode->VRefresh)

+	return (int) (mode->VRefresh + 0.5);

+    else if (mode->Clock == 0)

+	return 0;

+    else

+	return (int) (mode->Clock * 1000.0 / mode->HTotal / mode->VTotal + 0.5);

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86RandRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations)

+{

+    RRScreenSizePtr	    pSize;

+    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+    DisplayModePtr	    mode;

+    int			    refresh0 = 60;

+    xorgRRModeMM	    RRModeMM;

+

+    *rotations = RR_Rotate_0;

+

+    for (mode = scrp->modes; mode != NULL ; mode = mode->next)

+    {

+	int refresh = xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode);

+

+	if (mode == scrp->modes)

+	    refresh0 = refresh;

+

+	RRModeMM.mode = mode;

+	RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;

+	RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;

+	RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;

+	RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;

+

+	if(scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	   (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);

+	}

+

+	pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,

+				mode->HDisplay, mode->VDisplay,

+				RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);

+	if (!pSize)

+	    return FALSE;

+	RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh);

+	if (mode == scrp->currentMode &&

+	    mode->HDisplay == scrp->virtualX && mode->VDisplay == scrp->virtualY)

+	    RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh, pSize);

+	if (mode->next == scrp->modes)

+	    break;

+    }

+    if (scrp->currentMode->HDisplay != randrp->virtualX ||

+	scrp->currentMode->VDisplay != randrp->virtualY)

+    {

+	mode = scrp->modes;

+

+	RRModeMM.mode = NULL;

+	RRModeMM.virtX = randrp->virtualX;

+	RRModeMM.virtY = randrp->virtualY;

+	RRModeMM.mmWidth = randrp->mmWidth;

+	RRModeMM.mmHeight = randrp->mmHeight;

+

+	if(scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	   (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);

+	}

+

+	pSize = RRRegisterSize (pScreen,

+				randrp->virtualX, randrp->virtualY,

+				RRModeMM.mmWidth, RRModeMM.mmHeight);

+	if (!pSize)

+	    return FALSE;

+	RRRegisterRate (pScreen, pSize, refresh0);

+	if (scrp->virtualX == randrp->virtualX &&

+	    scrp->virtualY == randrp->virtualY)

+	{

+	    RRSetCurrentConfig (pScreen, randrp->rotation, refresh0, pSize);

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* If there is driver support for randr, let it set our supported rotations */

+    if(scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	xorgRRRotation RRRotation;

+

+	RRRotation.RRRotations = *rotations;

+	if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_INFO, &RRRotation))

+	    return TRUE;

+	*rotations = RRRotation.RRRotations;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86RandRSetMode (ScreenPtr	    pScreen,

+		  DisplayModePtr    mode,

+		  Bool		    useVirtual,

+		  int		    mmWidth,

+		  int		    mmHeight)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+    int			oldWidth = pScreen->width;

+    int			oldHeight = pScreen->height;

+    int			oldmmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

+    int			oldmmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

+    int			oldVirtualX = scrp->virtualX;

+    int			oldVirtualY = scrp->virtualY;

+    WindowPtr		pRoot = pScreen->root;

+    Bool		ret = TRUE;

+

+    if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)

+	(*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, FALSE);

+    if (useVirtual)

+    {

+	scrp->virtualX = randrp->virtualX;

+	scrp->virtualY = randrp->virtualY;

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	scrp->virtualX = mode->HDisplay;

+	scrp->virtualY = mode->VDisplay;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * The DIX forgets the physical dimensions we passed into RRRegisterSize, so

+     * reconstruct them if possible.

+     */

+    if(scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	xorgRRModeMM RRModeMM;

+

+	RRModeMM.mode = mode;

+	RRModeMM.virtX = scrp->virtualX;

+	RRModeMM.virtY = scrp->virtualY;

+	RRModeMM.mmWidth = mmWidth;

+	RRModeMM.mmHeight = mmHeight;

+

+	(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_GET_MODE_MM, &RRModeMM);

+

+	mmWidth = RRModeMM.mmWidth;

+	mmHeight = RRModeMM.mmHeight;

+    }

+    if(randrp->rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270))

+    {

+	/* If the screen is rotated 90 or 270 degrees, swap the sizes. */

+	pScreen->width = scrp->virtualY;

+	pScreen->height = scrp->virtualX;

+	pScreen->mmWidth = mmHeight;

+	pScreen->mmHeight = mmWidth;

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	pScreen->width = scrp->virtualX;

+	pScreen->height = scrp->virtualY;

+	pScreen->mmWidth = mmWidth;

+	pScreen->mmHeight = mmHeight;

+    }

+    if (!xf86SwitchMode (pScreen, mode))

+    {

+	pScreen->width = oldWidth;

+	pScreen->height = oldHeight;

+	pScreen->mmWidth = oldmmWidth;

+	pScreen->mmHeight = oldmmHeight;

+	scrp->virtualX = oldVirtualX;

+	scrp->virtualY = oldVirtualY;

+	ret = FALSE;

+    }

+    /*

+     * Make sure the layout is correct

+     */

+    xf86ReconfigureLayout();

+

+    /*

+     * Make sure the whole screen is visible

+     */

+    xf86SetViewport (pScreen, pScreen->width, pScreen->height);

+    xf86SetViewport (pScreen, 0, 0);

+    if (pRoot && scrp->vtSema)

+	(*scrp->EnableDisableFBAccess) (pScreen->myNum, TRUE);

+    return ret;

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86RandRSetConfig (ScreenPtr		pScreen,

+		    Rotation		rotation,

+		    int			rate,

+		    RRScreenSizePtr	pSize)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+    DisplayModePtr	    mode;

+    int			    pos[MAXDEVICES][2];

+    Bool		    useVirtual = FALSE;

+    Rotation		    oldRotation = randrp->rotation;

+    DeviceIntPtr	    dev;

+    Bool		    view_adjusted = FALSE;

+

+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

+    {

+	if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))

+		continue;

+

+	miPointerGetPosition(dev, &pos[dev->id][0], &pos[dev->id][1]);

+    }

+

+    for (mode = scrp->modes; ; mode = mode->next)

+    {

+	if (mode->HDisplay == pSize->width &&

+	    mode->VDisplay == pSize->height &&

+	    (rate == 0 || xf86RandRModeRefresh (mode) == rate))

+	    break;

+	if (mode->next == scrp->modes)

+	{

+	    if (pSize->width == randrp->virtualX &&

+		pSize->height == randrp->virtualY)

+	    {

+		mode = scrp->modes;

+		useVirtual = TRUE;

+		break;

+	    }

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (randrp->rotation != rotation) {

+

+        /* Have the driver do its thing. */

+	if (scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	    xorgRRRotation RRRotation;

+	    RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = rotation;

+	    RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = rate;

+	    RRRotation.RRConfig.width = pSize->width;

+	    RRRotation.RRConfig.height = pSize->height;

+

+	    /*

+	     * Currently we need to rely on HW support for rotation.

+	     */

+	    if (!(*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation))

+		return FALSE;

+	} else

+	    return FALSE;

+

+	randrp->rotation = rotation;

+    }

+

+    if (!xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, useVirtual, pSize->mmWidth, pSize->mmHeight)) {

+	if(randrp->rotation != oldRotation) {

+	   /* Have the driver undo its thing. */

+	   if (scrp->DriverFunc) {

+	       xorgRRRotation RRRotation;

+	       RRRotation.RRConfig.rotation = oldRotation;

+	       RRRotation.RRConfig.rate = xf86RandRModeRefresh (scrp->currentMode);

+	       RRRotation.RRConfig.width = scrp->virtualX;

+	       RRRotation.RRConfig.height = scrp->virtualY;

+	       (*scrp->DriverFunc)(scrp, RR_SET_CONFIG, &RRRotation);

+	   }

+

+	   randrp->rotation = oldRotation;

+	}

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Move the cursor back where it belongs; SwitchMode repositions it

+     * FIXME: duplicated code, see modes/xf86RandR12.c

+     */

+    for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)

+    {

+	if (!IsMaster(dev) && !IsFloating(dev))

+		continue;

+

+	if (pScreen == miPointerGetScreen(dev)) {

+	    int px = pos[dev->id][0];

+	    int py = pos[dev->id][1];

+

+	    px = (px >= pScreen->width ? (pScreen->width - 1) : px);

+	    py = (py >= pScreen->height ? (pScreen->height - 1) : py);

+

+	    /* Setting the viewpoint makes only sense on one device */

+	    if (!view_adjusted && IsMaster(dev)) {

+		xf86SetViewport(pScreen, px, py);

+		view_adjusted = TRUE;

+	    }

+

+	    (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (dev, pScreen, px, py, FALSE);

+	}

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Wait until the screen is initialized before whacking the

+ * sizes around; otherwise the screen pixmap will be allocated

+ * at the current mode size rather than the maximum size

+ */

+static Bool

+xf86RandRCreateScreenResources (ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+#if 0

+    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+    DisplayModePtr	    mode;

+#endif

+

+    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = randrp->CreateScreenResources;

+    if (!(*pScreen->CreateScreenResources) (pScreen))

+	return FALSE;

+

+#if 0

+    mode = scrp->currentMode;

+    if (mode)

+	xf86RandRSetMode (pScreen, mode, TRUE);

+#endif

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Reset size back to original

+ */

+static Bool

+xf86RandRCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		    scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+

+    scrp->virtualX = pScreen->width = randrp->virtualX;

+    scrp->virtualY = pScreen->height = randrp->virtualY;

+    scrp->currentMode = scrp->modes;

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = randrp->CloseScreen;

+    free(randrp);

+    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, NULL);

+    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);

+}

+

+Rotation

+xf86GetRotation(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)

+       return RR_Rotate_0;

+

+    return XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen)->rotation;

+}

+

+/* Function to change RandR's idea of the virtual screen size */

+Bool

+xf86RandRSetNewVirtualAndDimensions(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+	int newvirtX, int newvirtY, int newmmWidth, int newmmHeight,

+	Bool resetMode)

+{

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr randrp;

+

+    if (xf86RandRKey == NULL)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    randrp = XF86RANDRINFO(pScreen);

+    if (randrp == NULL)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (newvirtX > 0)

+	randrp->virtualX = newvirtX;

+

+    if (newvirtY > 0)

+	randrp->virtualY = newvirtY;

+

+    if (newmmWidth > 0)

+	randrp->mmWidth = newmmWidth;

+

+    if (newmmHeight > 0)

+	randrp->mmHeight = newmmHeight;

+

+    /* This is only for during server start */

+    if (resetMode) {

+	return (xf86RandRSetMode(pScreen,

+		  XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen)->currentMode,

+		  TRUE,

+		  pScreen->mmWidth, pScreen->mmHeight));

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86RandRInit (ScreenPtr    pScreen)

+{

+    rrScrPrivPtr	rp;

+    XF86RandRInfoPtr	randrp;

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrp = XF86SCRNINFO(pScreen);

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    /* XXX disable RandR when using Xinerama */

+    if (!noPanoramiXExtension)

+	return TRUE;

+#endif

+

+    xf86RandRKey = &xf86RandRKeyRec;

+

+    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86RandRKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    randrp = malloc(sizeof (XF86RandRInfoRec));

+    if (!randrp)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (!RRScreenInit (pScreen))

+    {

+	free(randrp);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    rp = rrGetScrPriv(pScreen);

+    rp->rrGetInfo = xf86RandRGetInfo;

+    rp->rrSetConfig = xf86RandRSetConfig;

+

+    randrp->virtualX = scrp->virtualX;

+    randrp->virtualY = scrp->virtualY;

+    randrp->mmWidth = pScreen->mmWidth;

+    randrp->mmHeight = pScreen->mmHeight;

+

+    randrp->CreateScreenResources = pScreen->CreateScreenResources;

+    pScreen->CreateScreenResources = xf86RandRCreateScreenResources;

+

+    randrp->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86RandRCloseScreen;

+

+    randrp->rotation = RR_Rotate_0;

+

+    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86RandRKey, randrp);

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
index ae22ef268..d3af0c0c2 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Xinput.c
@@ -1,1411 +1,1411 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org>
- *                                                                            
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is  hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the  above copyright   notice appear  in   all  copies and  that both  that
- * copyright  notice   and   this  permission   notice  appear  in  supporting
- * documentation, and that   the  name of  Frederic   Lepied not  be  used  in
- * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
- * specific,  written      prior  permission.     Frederic  Lepied   makes  no
- * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It
- * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.                   
- *                                                                            
- * FREDERIC  LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL   WARRANTIES WITH REGARD  TO  THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY  AND   FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT  SHALL FREDERIC  LEPIED BE   LIABLE   FOR ANY  SPECIAL, INDIRECT   OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA  OR PROFITS, WHETHER  IN  AN ACTION OF  CONTRACT,  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS  ACTION, ARISING    OUT OF OR   IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE USE    OR
- * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-/*
- * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
- * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
- * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
- * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
- * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
- * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
- * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
- * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- *
- * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
- * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
- * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
- * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xmd.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
-#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>
-#include <X11/Xatom.h>
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86Config.h"
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-#include "xf86Optrec.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "extinit.h"
-#include "loaderProcs.h"
-
-#include "exevents.h"	/* AddInputDevice */
-#include "exglobals.h"
-#include "eventstr.h"
-#include "inpututils.h"
-
-#include <string.h>     /* InputClassMatches */
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#endif
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdint.h>          /* for int64_t */
-
-#include "mi.h"
-
-#include <ptrveloc.h>          /* dix pointer acceleration */
-#include <xserver-properties.h>
-
-#ifdef XFreeXDGA
-#include "dgaproc.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-
-/* Valuator verification macro */
-#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators)					\
-	if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) {					\
-		xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than"		\
-			" MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators);	\
-		return;								\
-	}
-
-EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL;
-
-static int
-xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev);
-
-/**
- * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly
- */
-static void
-ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list,
-                             DeviceVelocityPtr s)
-{
-    int tempi;
-    float tempf;
-    Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT);
-    Atom prop;
-
-    if(!s)
-        return;
-
-    /* common settings (available via device properties) */
-    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0);
-    if (tempf > 1.0) {
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n",
-                devname, tempf);
-        prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);
-        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
-                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0);
-    if (tempf > 1.0) {
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n",
-                devname, tempf);
-        prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);
-        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
-                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    /* select profile by number */
-    tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile",
-            s->statistics.profile_number);
-
-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);
-    if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32,
-                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) {
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname,
-                tempi);
-    } else {
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n",
-                devname, tempi);
-    }
-
-    /* set scaling */
-    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0);
-    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);
-    if (tempf > 0) {
-        tempf = 1000.0 / tempf;
-        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
-                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
-    } else {
-        tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul);
-        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,
-                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);
-    }
-
-    tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1);
-    if (tempi > 1)
-	InitTrackers(s, tempi);
-
-    s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange",
-                                        s->initial_range);
-
-    s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff);
-
-    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1);
-    if (tempf >= 0) {
-	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n",
-	        devname, tempf*100.0);
-	s->max_rel_diff = tempf;
-    }
-
-    /*  Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected
-     *  to provide better subpixel information so we enable
-     *  softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used
-     */
-    s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening",
-                                         s->const_acceleration == 1.0);
-
-    s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging",
-                                         s->average_accel);
-
-    s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time);
-}
-
-static void
-ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){
-    int scheme, i;
-    DeviceVelocityPtr pVel;
-    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
-    char* schemeStr;
-
-    if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) {
-	schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", "");
-
-	scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
-
-	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable"))
-	    scheme = PtrAccelPredictable;
-
-	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight"))
-	    scheme = PtrAccelLightweight;
-
-	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none"))
-	    scheme = PtrAccelNoOp;
-
-        /* reinit scheme if needed */
-        if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) {
-            if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) {
-                dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);
-            }
-
-            if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) {
-		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n",
-		        pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme);
-	    } else {
-        	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n",
-		        pInfo->name, schemeStr);
-        	scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;
-            }
-        } else {
-            xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n",
-                    pInfo->name, scheme);
-        }
-
-        free(schemeStr);
-
-        /* process special configuration */
-        switch (scheme) {
-            case PtrAccelPredictable:
-                pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);
-                ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options,
-                                              pVel);
-                break;
-        }
-
-        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator",
-                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num);
-        if (i >= 0)
-            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i;
-
-        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator",
-                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);
-        if (i > 0)
-            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i;
-
-        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold",
-                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
-        if (i >= 0)
-            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i;
-
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n",
-                            pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/
-                                         ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den));
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n",
-                pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);
-    }
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * xf86ProcessCommonOptions --
- * 
- *	Process global options.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-void
-xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo,
-                         pointer	list)
-{
-    if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) ||
-        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) ||
-        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) ||
-        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) ||
-        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) {
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name);
-    } else {
-        pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name);
-    }
-}
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * xf86ActivateDevice --
- *
- *	Initialize an input device.
- *
- * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise.
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-static DeviceIntPtr
-xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo)
-{
-    DeviceIntPtr	dev;
-    Atom		atom;
-
-    dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE);
-
-    if (dev == NULL)
-    {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n",
-                pInfo->name);
-        pInfo->dev = NULL;
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE);
-    AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name);
-    dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo;
-    pInfo->dev = dev;
-
-    dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;
-    dev->type = SLAVE;
-    dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;
-
-    dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL);
-
-    if (serverGeneration == 1)
-        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n",
-                pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name);
-
-    return dev;
-}
-
-/****************************************************************************
- *
- * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceMode
- *
- * Change the mode of an extension device.
- * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting
- * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and
- * vice versa.
- * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)
-{
-  InputInfoPtr        pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
-  if (pInfo->switch_mode) {
-    return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode);
-  }
-  else
-    return BadMatch;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceValuators
- *
- * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.
- * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on
- * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative
- * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.
- * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators,
-                    int first_valuator, int num_valuators)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
-    if (pInfo->set_device_valuators)
-	return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator,
-					      num_valuators);
-
-    return BadMatch;
-}
-
-
-/***********************************************************************
- *
- * Caller:	ProcXChangeDeviceControl
- *
- * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.
- *
- ***********************************************************************
- */
-
-int
-ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)
-{
-  InputInfoPtr        pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;
-
-  if (!pInfo->control_proc) {
-      switch (control->control) {
-      case DEVICE_CORE:
-      case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB:
-      case DEVICE_ABS_AREA:
-          return BadMatch;
-      case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:
-      case DEVICE_ENABLE:
-        return Success;
-      default:
-        return BadMatch;
-      }
-  }
-  else {
-      return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
- * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid
- * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked.
- */
-static const char *
-HostOS(void)
-{
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H
-    struct utsname name;
-    static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = "";
-
-    if (*host_os == '\0') {
-        if (uname(&name) >= 0)
-            strcpy(host_os, name.sysname);
-        else {
-            strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os));
-            host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0';
-        }
-    }
-    return host_os;
-#else
-    return "";
-#endif
-}
-
-static int
-match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
-    return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1;
-}
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-static int
-match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
-    return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0);
-}
-#else
-#define match_pattern match_substring
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H
-static int
-match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)
-{
-    return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME);
-}
-#else
-#define match_path_pattern match_substring
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns.
- * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE.
- */
-static Bool
-MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns,
-               int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern))
-{
-    const xf86MatchGroup *group;
-
-    /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */
-    if (list_is_empty(patterns))
-        return TRUE;
-
-    /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */
-    if (!attr)
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /*
-     * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a
-     * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type.
-     */
-    list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) {
-        char * const *cur;
-        Bool match = FALSE;
-
-        for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++)
-            if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) {
-                match = TRUE;
-                break;
-            }
-        if (!match)
-            return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all
- * statements must match.
- */
-static Bool
-InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev,
-                  const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
-    /* MatchProduct substring */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchVendor substring */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchDevicePath pattern */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchPnPID pattern */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchUSBID pattern */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /* MatchDriver string */
-    if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    /*
-     * MatchTag string
-     * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens.
-     */
-    if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) {
-        char * const *tag;
-        Bool match;
-
-        if (!attrs->tags)
-            return FALSE;
-        for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) {
-            if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) {
-                match = TRUE;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-        if (!match)
-            return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    /* MatchIs* booleans */
-    if (iclass->is_keyboard.set &&
-        iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD))
-        return FALSE;
-    if (iclass->is_pointer.set &&
-        iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER))
-        return FALSE;
-    if (iclass->is_joystick.set &&
-        iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK))
-        return FALSE;
-    if (iclass->is_tablet.set &&
-        iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET))
-        return FALSE;
-    if (iclass->is_touchpad.set &&
-        iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD))
-        return FALSE;
-    if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set &&
-        iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN))
-        return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass
- * section have more priority than the original device configuration as
- * well as any previous InputClass sections.
- */
-static int
-MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
-    XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
-    XF86OptionPtr classopts;
-
-    for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
-        if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
-            continue;
-
-        /* Collect class options and driver settings */
-        classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst);
-        if (cl->driver) {
-            free(idev->driver);
-            idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver);
-            if (!idev->driver) {
-                xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging "
-                        "InputClass configuration");
-                return BadAlloc;
-            }
-            classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver",
-                                             idev->driver);
-        }
-
-        /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n",
-                idev->name, cl->identifier);
-        idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts);
-    }
-
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/*
- * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the
- * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE.
- */
-static Bool
-IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)
-{
-    XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;
-    Bool ignore = FALSE;
-    const char *ignore_class;
-
-    for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {
-        if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))
-            continue;
-        if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) {
-            ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE);
-            ignore_class = cl->identifier;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (ignore)
-        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n",
-                idev->name, ignore_class);
-    return ignore;
-}
-
-InputInfoPtr
-xf86AllocateInput(void)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr pInfo;
-
-    pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1);
-    if (!pInfo)
-        return NULL;
-
-    pInfo->fd = -1;
-    pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN";
-
-    return pInfo;
-}
-
-/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */
-static void
-xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL;
-
-    pInfo->drv = drv;
-    pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);
-
-    for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)
-        ;
-
-    *prev = pInfo;
-    pInfo->next = NULL;
-
-    xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options);
-    xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options);
-    xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options);
-}
-
-/*
- * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information.
- */
-void
-xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags)
-{
-    /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */
-    if (pInp == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (pInp->module)
-	UnloadModule(pInp->module);
-
-    /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but
-     * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash
-     * with flying colors */
-    free(pInp->private);
-
-    FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs);
-
-    /* Remove the entry from the list. */
-    if (pInp == xf86InputDevs)
-	xf86InputDevs = pInp->next;
-    else {
-	InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs;
-	while (p && p->next != pInp)
-	    p = p->next;
-	if (p)
-	    p->next = pInp->next;
-	/* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */
-    }
-
-    free(pInp->driver);
-    free(pInp->name);
-    xf86optionListFree(pInp->options);
-    free(pInp);
-}
-
-/*
- * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(),
- * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device
- * is advertised.
- * @param dev the device
- * @return Success or an error code
- */
-static int
-xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) {
-    ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev);
-    return Success;
-}
-
-/**
- * Create a new input device, activate and enable it.
- *
- * Possible return codes:
- *    BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied.
- *    BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This
- *                          is a driver bug.
- *    BadMatch .. device initialization failed.
- *    BadAlloc .. too many input devices
- *
- * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the
- * options.
- * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported.
- * @param enable Enable the device after activating it.
- *
- * @return Success or an error code
- */
-_X_INTERNAL int
-xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable)
-{
-    InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
-    DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;
-    int rval;
-
-    /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't
-     * test if the module is already loaded first */
-    drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
-    if (!drv)
-        if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL))
-            drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);
-    if (!drv) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver);
-        rval = BadName;
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "Using input driver '%s' for '%s'\n", drv->driverName, pInfo->name);
-
-    if (!drv->PreInit) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
-                "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n",
-                drv->driverName);
-        rval = BadImplementation;
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo);
-
-    rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
-
-    if (rval != Success) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name);
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo)))
-    {
-        rval = BadAlloc;
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);
-    if (rval != Success)
-    {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
-        RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev);
-    if (rval != Success)
-    {
-	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
-	RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);
-	goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */
-    if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema)
-    {
-        OsBlockSignals();
-        EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
-        if (!dev->enabled)
-        {
-            OsReleaseSignals();
-            xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);
-            rval = BadMatch;
-            goto unwind;
-        }
-        /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */
-        CheckMotion(NULL, dev);
-        OsReleaseSignals();
-    }
-
-    *pdev = dev;
-    return Success;
-
-unwind:
-    if(pInfo) {
-        if(drv && drv->UnInit)
-            drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
-        else
-            xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
-    }
-    return rval;
-}
-
-int
-NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs,
-                       DeviceIntPtr *pdev)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL;
-    InputOption *option = NULL;
-    int rval = Success;
-    int is_auto = 0;
-
-    pInfo = xf86AllocateInput();
-    if (!pInfo)
-        return BadAlloc;
-
-    for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
-        if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) {
-            if (pInfo->driver) {
-                rval = BadRequest;
-                goto unwind;
-            }
-            pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value);
-            if (!pInfo->driver) {
-                rval = BadAlloc;
-                goto unwind;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 ||
-            strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) {
-            if (pInfo->name) {
-                rval = BadRequest;
-                goto unwind;
-            }
-            pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value);
-            if (!pInfo->name) {
-                rval = BadAlloc;
-                goto unwind;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 &&
-            (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 ||
-             strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) {
-            is_auto = 1;
-            if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) {
-                rval = BadMatch;
-                goto unwind;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {
-        /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list.
-         * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */
-        pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options,
-                                               option->key, option->value);
-        option->key = NULL;
-        option->value = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Apply InputClass settings */
-    if (attrs) {
-        if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) {
-            rval = BadIDChoice;
-            goto unwind;
-        }
-
-        rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs);
-        if (rval != Success)
-            goto unwind;
-
-        pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs);
-    }
-
-    if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) {
-        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
-        rval = BadRequest;
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    if (!pInfo->name) {
-        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n");
-        rval = BadMatch;
-        goto unwind;
-    }
-
-    rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev,
-                (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices)));
-
-    return rval;
-
-unwind:
-    if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices)
-        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n");
-    xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
-    return rval;
-}
-
-void
-DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev)
-{
-    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate;
-    InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;
-    Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev);
-
-    if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */
-        drv = pInfo->drv;
-
-    OsBlockSignals();
-    RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE);
-
-    if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL)
-    {
-        if(drv->UnInit)
-            drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);
-        else
-            xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);
-    }
-    OsReleaseSignals();
-}
-
-/* 
- * convenient functions to post events
- */
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                    int			is_absolute,
-                    int			first_valuator,
-                    int			num_valuators,
-                    ...)
-{
-    va_list var;
-    int i = 0;
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-    va_start(var, num_valuators);
-    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
-    va_end(var);
-
-    xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                    int			is_absolute,
-                    int			first_valuator,
-                    int			num_valuators,
-                    const int		*valuators)
-{
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
-    xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                     int		is_absolute,
-                     const ValuatorMask	*mask)
-{
-    int i = 0, nevents = 0;
-    DeviceEvent *event;
-    int flags = 0;
-
-    if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
-    {
-        if (is_absolute)
-            flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
-        else
-            flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
-    }
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
-    /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */
-    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ||
-        valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
-        if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
-            int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
-            int dx = 0, dy = 0;
-
-            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))
-            {
-                dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);
-                if (is_absolute)
-                    dx -= device->last.valuators[0];
-            }
-
-            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))
-            {
-                dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);
-                if (is_absolute)
-                    dy -= device->last.valuators[1];
-            }
-
-            if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy))
-                return;
-        }
-#endif
-
-    nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) {
-        event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event);
-        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-    }
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                       int		is_in,
-                       int		first_valuator,
-                       int		num_valuators,
-                       ...)
-{
-    va_list var;
-    int i;
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-    va_start(var, num_valuators);
-    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
-    va_end(var);
-
-    xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                        int		is_in,
-                        int		first_valuator,
-                        int		num_valuators,
-                        const int	*valuators)
-{
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
-    xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                        int		is_in,
-                        const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
-    int i, nevents;
-
-    nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device,
-                                 is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask);
-    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
-        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                    int			is_absolute,
-                    int			button,
-                    int			is_down,
-                    int			first_valuator,
-                    int			num_valuators,
-                    ...)
-{
-    va_list var;
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-    int i = 0;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-
-    va_start(var, num_valuators);
-    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
-    va_end(var);
-
-    xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                     int		is_absolute,
-                     int		button,
-                     int		is_down,
-                     int		first_valuator,
-                     int		num_valuators,
-                     const int		*valuators)
-{
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
-    xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                     int		is_absolute,
-                     int		button,
-                     int		is_down,
-                     const ValuatorMask	*mask)
-{
-    int i = 0, nevents = 0;
-    int flags = 0;
-
-    if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)
-    {
-        if (is_absolute)
-            flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;
-        else
-            flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;
-    }
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
-    if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {
-        int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;
-
-        if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down))
-            return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device,
-                               is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button,
-                               flags, mask);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
-        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                 unsigned int	key_code,
-                 int		is_down,
-                 int		is_absolute,
-                 int		first_valuator,
-                 int		num_valuators,
-                 ...)
-{
-    va_list var;
-    int i = 0;
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-
-    va_start(var, num_valuators);
-    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)
-        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));
-    va_end(var);
-
-    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                  unsigned int	key_code,
-                  int		is_down,
-                  int		is_absolute,
-                  int		first_valuator,
-                  int		num_valuators,
-                  const int	*valuators)
-{
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);
-
-    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);
-    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,
-                  unsigned int	key_code,
-                  int		is_down,
-                  int		is_absolute,
-                  const ValuatorMask *mask)
-{
-    int i = 0, nevents = 0;
-
-#if XFreeXDGA
-    DeviceIntPtr pointer;
-
-    /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */
-    pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device);
-    if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) {
-        int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum;
-
-        if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down))
-            return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-    if (is_absolute) {
-        nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device,
-                                            is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
-                                            key_code, mask);
-    }
-    else {
-        nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device,
-                                    is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,
-                                    key_code);
-    }
-
-    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)
-        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));
-}
-
-void
-xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr      device,
-                      unsigned int      key_code,
-                      int               is_down)
-{
-    ValuatorMask mask;
-
-    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);
-    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask);
-}
-
-InputInfoPtr
-xf86FirstLocalDevice(void)
-{
-    return xf86InputDevs;
-}
-
-/* 
- * Cx     - raw data from touch screen
- * to_max - scaled highest dimension
- *          (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin)
- * to_min  - scaled lowest dimension
- * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration
- * from_min  - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration
- *
- * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates.
- * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for
- * different orgins on the touch screen vs X.
- *
- * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call
- * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max);
- */
-
-int
-xf86ScaleAxis(int	Cx,
-              int	to_max,
-              int	to_min,
-              int	from_max,
-              int	from_min )
-{
-    int X;
-    int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min;
-    int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min;
-
-    if (from_width) {
-	X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min);
-    }
-    else {
-	X = 0;
-	ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n");
-    }
-    
-    if (X > to_max)
-	X = to_max;
-    if (X < to_min)
-	X = to_min;
-    
-    return X;
-}
-
-/*
- * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and
- * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's
- * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen
- * specific like a touch screen.
- */
-void
-xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr	pInfo,
-		    int			screen_number,
-		    int			x,
-		    int			y)
-{
-    if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) !=
-          screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) {
-	miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y);
-    }
-}
-
-
-void
-xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval,
-			   int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode)
-{
-    if (!dev || !dev->valuator)
-        return;
-
-    InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res,
-			   max_res, mode);
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c
- * DefineInitialRootWindow().
- */
-void
-xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum)
-{
-    if (axnum == 0) {
-	dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;
-        dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0];
-    }
-    else if (axnum == 1) {
-	dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;
-        dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1];
-    }
-}
-
-
-/**
- * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a
- * read error or something else that spoils your day.
- * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there
- * until you really clean up after it.
- * Notifies the client about an inactive device.
- * 
- * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed.
- */
-void
-xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic)
-{
-    if(!panic)
-    {
-        DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);
-    } else
-    {
-        SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable);
-        DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found
- * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all.
- * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client. 
- */
-void
-xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)
-{
-    EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);
-}
-
-/* end of xf86Xinput.c */
+/*

+ * Copyright 1995-1999 by Frederic Lepied, France. <Lepied@XFree86.org>

+ *                                                                            

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is  hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the  above copyright   notice appear  in   all  copies and  that both  that

+ * copyright  notice   and   this  permission   notice  appear  in  supporting

+ * documentation, and that   the  name of  Frederic   Lepied not  be  used  in

+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without

+ * specific,  written      prior  permission.     Frederic  Lepied   makes  no

+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It

+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.                   

+ *                                                                            

+ * FREDERIC  LEPIED DISCLAIMS ALL   WARRANTIES WITH REGARD  TO  THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED   WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY  AND   FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT  SHALL FREDERIC  LEPIED BE   LIABLE   FOR ANY  SPECIAL, INDIRECT   OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA  OR PROFITS, WHETHER  IN  AN ACTION OF  CONTRACT,  NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS  ACTION, ARISING    OUT OF OR   IN  CONNECTION  WITH THE USE    OR

+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ */

+/*

+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),

+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation

+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,

+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the

+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR

+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,

+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)

+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote

+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written

+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>

+#include <X11/Xmd.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>

+#include <X11/extensions/XIproto.h>

+#include <X11/Xatom.h>

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86Config.h"

+#include "xf86Xinput.h"

+#include "xf86Optrec.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "extinit.h"

+#include "loaderProcs.h"

+

+#include "exevents.h"	/* AddInputDevice */

+#include "exglobals.h"

+#include "eventstr.h"

+#include "inpututils.h"

+

+#include <string.h>     /* InputClassMatches */

+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H

+#include <fnmatch.h>

+#endif

+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H

+#include <sys/utsname.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <stdarg.h>

+#include <stdint.h>          /* for int64_t */

+

+#include "mi.h"

+

+#include <ptrveloc.h>          /* dix pointer acceleration */

+#include <xserver-properties.h>

+

+#ifdef XFreeXDGA

+#include "dgaproc.h"

+#endif

+

+#include "xkbsrv.h"

+

+/* Valuator verification macro */

+#define XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators)					\

+	if (num_valuators > MAX_VALUATORS) {					\

+		xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "%s: num_valuator %d is greater than"		\

+			" MAX_VALUATORS\n", __FUNCTION__, num_valuators);	\

+		return;								\

+	}

+

+EventListPtr xf86Events = NULL;

+

+static int

+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev);

+

+/**

+ * Eval config and modify DeviceVelocityRec accordingly

+ */

+static void

+ProcessVelocityConfiguration(DeviceIntPtr pDev, char* devname, pointer list,

+                             DeviceVelocityPtr s)

+{

+    int tempi;

+    float tempf;

+    Atom float_prop = XIGetKnownProperty(XATOM_FLOAT);

+    Atom prop;

+

+    if(!s)

+        return;

+

+    /* common settings (available via device properties) */

+    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ConstantDeceleration", 1.0);

+    if (tempf > 1.0) {

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) constant deceleration by %.1f\n",

+                devname, tempf);

+        prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_CONSTANT_DECELERATION);

+        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,

+                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "AdaptiveDeceleration", 1.0);

+    if (tempf > 1.0) {

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) adaptive deceleration by %.1f\n",

+                devname, tempf);

+        prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_ADAPTIVE_DECELERATION);

+        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,

+                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    /* select profile by number */

+    tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "AccelerationProfile",

+            s->statistics.profile_number);

+

+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_PROFILE_NUMBER);

+    if (XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, XA_INTEGER, 32,

+                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempi, FALSE) == Success) {

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i\n", devname,

+                tempi);

+    } else {

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration profile %i is unknown\n",

+                devname, tempi);

+    }

+

+    /* set scaling */

+    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "ExpectedRate", 0);

+    prop = XIGetKnownProperty(ACCEL_PROP_VELOCITY_SCALING);

+    if (tempf > 0) {

+        tempf = 1000.0 / tempf;

+        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,

+                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);

+    } else {

+        tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityScale", s->corr_mul);

+        XIChangeDeviceProperty(pDev, prop, float_prop, 32,

+                               PropModeReplace, 1, &tempf, FALSE);

+    }

+

+    tempi = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityTrackerCount", -1);

+    if (tempi > 1)

+	InitTrackers(s, tempi);

+

+    s->initial_range = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityInitialRange",

+                                        s->initial_range);

+

+    s->max_diff = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityAbsDiff", s->max_diff);

+

+    tempf = xf86SetRealOption(list, "VelocityRelDiff", -1);

+    if (tempf >= 0) {

+	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) max rel. velocity difference: %.1f%%\n",

+	        devname, tempf*100.0);

+	s->max_rel_diff = tempf;

+    }

+

+    /*  Configure softening. If const deceleration is used, this is expected

+     *  to provide better subpixel information so we enable

+     *  softening by default only if ConstantDeceleration is not used

+     */

+    s->use_softening = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Softening",

+                                         s->const_acceleration == 1.0);

+

+    s->average_accel = xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AccelerationProfileAveraging",

+                                         s->average_accel);

+

+    s->reset_time = xf86SetIntOption(list, "VelocityReset", s->reset_time);

+}

+

+static void

+ApplyAccelerationSettings(DeviceIntPtr dev){

+    int scheme, i;

+    DeviceVelocityPtr pVel;

+    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;

+    char* schemeStr;

+

+    if (dev->valuator && dev->ptrfeed) {

+	schemeStr = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationScheme", "");

+

+	scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;

+

+	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "predictable"))

+	    scheme = PtrAccelPredictable;

+

+	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "lightweight"))

+	    scheme = PtrAccelLightweight;

+

+	if (!xf86NameCmp(schemeStr, "none"))

+	    scheme = PtrAccelNoOp;

+

+        /* reinit scheme if needed */

+        if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.number != scheme) {

+            if (dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc) {

+                dev->valuator->accelScheme.AccelCleanupProc(dev);

+            }

+

+            if (InitPointerAccelerationScheme(dev, scheme)) {

+		xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) selected scheme %s/%i\n",

+		        pInfo->name, schemeStr, scheme);

+	    } else {

+        	xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) could not init scheme %s\n",

+		        pInfo->name, schemeStr);

+        	scheme = dev->valuator->accelScheme.number;

+            }

+        } else {

+            xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) keeping acceleration scheme %i\n",

+                    pInfo->name, scheme);

+        }

+

+        free(schemeStr);

+

+        /* process special configuration */

+        switch (scheme) {

+            case PtrAccelPredictable:

+                pVel = GetDevicePredictableAccelData(dev);

+                ProcessVelocityConfiguration (dev, pInfo->name, pInfo->options,

+                                              pVel);

+                break;

+        }

+

+        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationNumerator",

+                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num);

+        if (i >= 0)

+            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num = i;

+

+        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationDenominator",

+                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den);

+        if (i > 0)

+            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den = i;

+

+        i = xf86SetIntOption(pInfo->options, "AccelerationThreshold",

+                             dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);

+        if (i >= 0)

+            dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold = i;

+

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration factor: %.3f\n",

+                            pInfo->name, ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.num)/

+                                         ((float)dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.den));

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: (accel) acceleration threshold: %i\n",

+                pInfo->name, dev->ptrfeed->ctrl.threshold);

+    }

+}

+

+/***********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xf86ProcessCommonOptions --

+ * 

+ *	Process global options.

+ *

+ ***********************************************************************

+ */

+void

+xf86ProcessCommonOptions(InputInfoPtr pInfo,

+                         pointer	list)

+{

+    if (xf86SetBoolOption(list, "Floating", 0) ||

+        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "AlwaysCore", 1) ||

+        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "SendCoreEvents", 1) ||

+        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CorePointer", 1) ||

+        !xf86SetBoolOption(list, "CoreKeyboard", 1)) {

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: doesn't report core events\n", pInfo->name);

+    } else {

+        pInfo->flags |= XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: always reports core events\n", pInfo->name);

+    }

+}

+

+/***********************************************************************

+ *

+ * xf86ActivateDevice --

+ *

+ *	Initialize an input device.

+ *

+ * Returns TRUE on success, or FALSE otherwise.

+ ***********************************************************************

+ */

+static DeviceIntPtr

+xf86ActivateDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo)

+{

+    DeviceIntPtr	dev;

+    Atom		atom;

+

+    dev = AddInputDevice(serverClient, pInfo->device_control, TRUE);

+

+    if (dev == NULL)

+    {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Too many input devices. Ignoring %s\n",

+                pInfo->name);

+        pInfo->dev = NULL;

+        return NULL;

+    }

+

+    atom = MakeAtom(pInfo->type_name, strlen(pInfo->type_name), TRUE);

+    AssignTypeAndName(dev, atom, pInfo->name);

+    dev->public.devicePrivate = pInfo;

+    pInfo->dev = dev;

+

+    dev->coreEvents = pInfo->flags & XI86_ALWAYS_CORE;

+    dev->type = SLAVE;

+    dev->spriteInfo->spriteOwner = FALSE;

+

+    dev->config_info = xf86SetStrOption(pInfo->options, "config_info", NULL);

+

+    if (serverGeneration == 1)

+        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "XINPUT: Adding extended input device \"%s\" (type: %s)\n",

+                pInfo->name, pInfo->type_name);

+

+    return dev;

+}

+

+/****************************************************************************

+ *

+ * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceMode

+ *

+ * Change the mode of an extension device.

+ * This function is used to change the mode of a device from reporting

+ * relative motion to reporting absolute positional information, and

+ * vice versa.

+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.

+ *

+ ***********************************************************************

+ */

+

+int

+SetDeviceMode (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int mode)

+{

+  InputInfoPtr        pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;

+

+  if (pInfo->switch_mode) {

+    return (*pInfo->switch_mode)(client, dev, mode);

+  }

+  else

+    return BadMatch;

+}

+

+

+/***********************************************************************

+ *

+ * Caller:	ProcXSetDeviceValuators

+ *

+ * Set the value of valuators on an extension input device.

+ * This function is used to set the initial value of valuators on

+ * those input devices that are capable of reporting either relative

+ * motion or an absolute position, and allow an initial position to be set.

+ * The default implementation below is that no such devices are supported.

+ *

+ ***********************************************************************

+ */

+

+int

+SetDeviceValuators (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int *valuators,

+                    int first_valuator, int num_valuators)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) dev->public.devicePrivate;

+

+    if (pInfo->set_device_valuators)

+	return (*pInfo->set_device_valuators)(pInfo, valuators, first_valuator,

+					      num_valuators);

+

+    return BadMatch;

+}

+

+

+/***********************************************************************

+ *

+ * Caller:	ProcXChangeDeviceControl

+ *

+ * Change the specified device controls on an extension input device.

+ *

+ ***********************************************************************

+ */

+

+int

+ChangeDeviceControl (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xDeviceCtl *control)

+{

+  InputInfoPtr        pInfo = (InputInfoPtr)dev->public.devicePrivate;

+

+  if (!pInfo->control_proc) {

+      switch (control->control) {

+      case DEVICE_CORE:

+      case DEVICE_ABS_CALIB:

+      case DEVICE_ABS_AREA:

+          return BadMatch;

+      case DEVICE_RESOLUTION:

+      case DEVICE_ENABLE:

+        return Success;

+      default:

+        return BadMatch;

+      }

+  }

+  else {

+      return (*pInfo->control_proc)(pInfo, control);

+  }

+}

+

+/*

+ * Get the operating system name from uname and store it statically to avoid

+ * repeating the system call each time MatchOS is checked.

+ */

+static const char *

+HostOS(void)

+{

+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_UTSNAME_H

+    struct utsname name;

+    static char host_os[sizeof(name.sysname)] = "";

+

+    if (*host_os == '\0') {

+        if (uname(&name) >= 0)

+            strcpy(host_os, name.sysname);

+        else {

+            strncpy(host_os, "unknown", sizeof(host_os));

+            host_os[sizeof(host_os)-1] = '\0';

+        }

+    }

+    return host_os;

+#else

+    return "";

+#endif

+}

+

+static int

+match_substring(const char *attr, const char *pattern)

+{

+    return (strstr(attr, pattern)) ? 0 : -1;

+}

+

+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H

+static int

+match_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)

+{

+    return fnmatch(pattern, attr, 0);

+}

+#else

+#define match_pattern match_substring

+#endif

+

+#ifdef HAVE_FNMATCH_H

+static int

+match_path_pattern(const char *attr, const char *pattern)

+{

+    return fnmatch(pattern, attr, FNM_PATHNAME);

+}

+#else

+#define match_path_pattern match_substring

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * Match an attribute against a list of NULL terminated arrays of patterns.

+ * If a pattern in each list entry is matched, return TRUE.

+ */

+static Bool

+MatchAttrToken(const char *attr, struct list *patterns,

+               int (*compare)(const char *attr, const char *pattern))

+{

+    const xf86MatchGroup *group;

+

+    /* If there are no patterns, accept the match */

+    if (list_is_empty(patterns))

+        return TRUE;

+

+    /* If there are patterns but no attribute, reject the match */

+    if (!attr)

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /*

+     * Otherwise, iterate the list of patterns ensuring each entry has a

+     * match. Each list entry is a separate Match line of the same type.

+     */

+    list_for_each_entry(group, patterns, entry) {

+        char * const *cur;

+        Bool match = FALSE;

+

+        for (cur = group->values; *cur; cur++)

+            if ((*compare)(attr, *cur) == 0) {

+                match = TRUE;

+                break;

+            }

+        if (!match)

+            return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* All the entries in the list matched the attribute */

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Classes without any Match statements match all devices. Otherwise, all

+ * statements must match.

+ */

+static Bool

+InputClassMatches(const XF86ConfInputClassPtr iclass, const InputInfoPtr idev,

+                  const InputAttributes *attrs)

+{

+    /* MatchProduct substring */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->product, &iclass->match_product, match_substring))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchVendor substring */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->vendor, &iclass->match_vendor, match_substring))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchDevicePath pattern */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->device, &iclass->match_device, match_path_pattern))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchOS case-insensitive string */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(HostOS(), &iclass->match_os, strcasecmp))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchPnPID pattern */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->pnp_id, &iclass->match_pnpid, match_pattern))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchUSBID pattern */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(attrs->usb_id, &iclass->match_usbid, match_pattern))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /* MatchDriver string */

+    if (!MatchAttrToken(idev->driver, &iclass->match_driver, strcmp))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    /*

+     * MatchTag string

+     * See if any of the device's tags match any of the MatchTag tokens.

+     */

+    if (!list_is_empty(&iclass->match_tag)) {

+        char * const *tag;

+        Bool match;

+

+        if (!attrs->tags)

+            return FALSE;

+        for (tag = attrs->tags, match = FALSE; *tag; tag++) {

+            if (MatchAttrToken(*tag, &iclass->match_tag, strcmp)) {

+                match = TRUE;

+                break;

+            }

+        }

+        if (!match)

+            return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    /* MatchIs* booleans */

+    if (iclass->is_keyboard.set &&

+        iclass->is_keyboard.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_KEYBOARD))

+        return FALSE;

+    if (iclass->is_pointer.set &&

+        iclass->is_pointer.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_POINTER))

+        return FALSE;

+    if (iclass->is_joystick.set &&

+        iclass->is_joystick.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_JOYSTICK))

+        return FALSE;

+    if (iclass->is_tablet.set &&

+        iclass->is_tablet.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TABLET))

+        return FALSE;

+    if (iclass->is_touchpad.set &&

+        iclass->is_touchpad.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHPAD))

+        return FALSE;

+    if (iclass->is_touchscreen.set &&

+        iclass->is_touchscreen.val != !!(attrs->flags & ATTR_TOUCHSCREEN))

+        return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Merge in any InputClass configurations. Options in each InputClass

+ * section have more priority than the original device configuration as

+ * well as any previous InputClass sections.

+ */

+static int

+MergeInputClasses(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)

+{

+    XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;

+    XF86OptionPtr classopts;

+

+    for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {

+        if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))

+            continue;

+

+        /* Collect class options and driver settings */

+        classopts = xf86optionListDup(cl->option_lst);

+        if (cl->driver) {

+            free(idev->driver);

+            idev->driver = xstrdup(cl->driver);

+            if (!idev->driver) {

+                xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Failed to allocate memory while merging "

+                        "InputClass configuration");

+                return BadAlloc;

+            }

+            classopts = xf86ReplaceStrOption(classopts, "driver",

+                                             idev->driver);

+        }

+

+        /* Apply options to device with InputClass settings preferred. */

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Applying InputClass \"%s\"\n",

+                idev->name, cl->identifier);

+        idev->options = xf86optionListMerge(idev->options, classopts);

+    }

+

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Iterate the list of classes and look for Option "Ignore". Return the

+ * value of the last matching class and holler when returning TRUE.

+ */

+static Bool

+IgnoreInputClass(const InputInfoPtr idev, const InputAttributes *attrs)

+{

+    XF86ConfInputClassPtr cl;

+    Bool ignore = FALSE;

+    const char *ignore_class;

+

+    for (cl = xf86configptr->conf_inputclass_lst; cl; cl = cl->list.next) {

+        if (!InputClassMatches(cl, idev, attrs))

+            continue;

+        if (xf86findOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore")) {

+            ignore = xf86CheckBoolOption(cl->option_lst, "Ignore", FALSE);

+            ignore_class = cl->identifier;

+        }

+    }

+

+    if (ignore)

+        xf86Msg(X_CONFIG, "%s: Ignoring device from InputClass \"%s\"\n",

+                idev->name, ignore_class);

+    return ignore;

+}

+

+InputInfoPtr

+xf86AllocateInput(void)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr pInfo;

+

+    pInfo = calloc(sizeof(*pInfo), 1);

+    if (!pInfo)

+        return NULL;

+

+    pInfo->fd = -1;

+    pInfo->type_name = "UNKNOWN";

+

+    return pInfo;

+}

+

+/* Append InputInfoRec to the tail of xf86InputDevs. */

+static void

+xf86AddInput(InputDriverPtr drv, InputInfoPtr pInfo)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr *prev = NULL;

+

+    pInfo->drv = drv;

+    pInfo->module = DuplicateModule(drv->module, NULL);

+

+    for (prev = &xf86InputDevs; *prev; prev = &(*prev)->next)

+        ;

+

+    *prev = pInfo;

+    pInfo->next = NULL;

+

+    xf86CollectInputOptions(pInfo, (const char**)drv->default_options);

+    xf86OptionListReport(pInfo->options);

+    xf86ProcessCommonOptions(pInfo, pInfo->options);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Remove an entry from xf86InputDevs and free all the device's information.

+ */

+void

+xf86DeleteInput(InputInfoPtr pInp, int flags)

+{

+    /* First check if the inputdev is valid. */

+    if (pInp == NULL)

+	return;

+

+    if (pInp->module)

+	UnloadModule(pInp->module);

+

+    /* This should *really* be handled in drv->UnInit(dev) call instead, but

+     * if the driver forgets about it make sure we free it or at least crash

+     * with flying colors */

+    free(pInp->private);

+

+    FreeInputAttributes(pInp->attrs);

+

+    /* Remove the entry from the list. */

+    if (pInp == xf86InputDevs)

+	xf86InputDevs = pInp->next;

+    else {

+	InputInfoPtr p = xf86InputDevs;

+	while (p && p->next != pInp)

+	    p = p->next;

+	if (p)

+	    p->next = pInp->next;

+	/* Else the entry wasn't in the xf86InputDevs list (ignore this). */

+    }

+

+    free(pInp->driver);

+    free(pInp->name);

+    xf86optionListFree(pInp->options);

+    free(pInp);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Apply backend-specific initialization. Invoked after ActiveteDevice(),

+ * i.e. after the driver successfully completed DEVICE_INIT and the device

+ * is advertised.

+ * @param dev the device

+ * @return Success or an error code

+ */

+static int

+xf86InputDevicePostInit(DeviceIntPtr dev) {

+    ApplyAccelerationSettings(dev);

+    return Success;

+}

+

+/**

+ * Create a new input device, activate and enable it.

+ *

+ * Possible return codes:

+ *    BadName .. a bad driver name was supplied.

+ *    BadImplementation ... The driver does not have a PreInit function. This

+ *                          is a driver bug.

+ *    BadMatch .. device initialization failed.

+ *    BadAlloc .. too many input devices

+ *

+ * @param idev The device, already set up with identifier, driver, and the

+ * options.

+ * @param pdev Pointer to the new device, if Success was reported.

+ * @param enable Enable the device after activating it.

+ *

+ * @return Success or an error code

+ */

+_X_INTERNAL int

+xf86NewInputDevice(InputInfoPtr pInfo, DeviceIntPtr *pdev, BOOL enable)

+{

+    InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;

+    DeviceIntPtr dev = NULL;

+    int rval;

+

+    /* Memory leak for every attached device if we don't

+     * test if the module is already loaded first */

+    drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);

+    if (!drv)

+        if (xf86LoadOneModule(pInfo->driver, NULL))

+            drv = xf86LookupInputDriver(pInfo->driver);

+    if (!drv) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No input driver matching `%s'\n", pInfo->driver);

+        rval = BadName;

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    xf86Msg(X_INFO, "Using input driver '%s' for '%s'\n", drv->driverName, pInfo->name);

+

+    if (!drv->PreInit) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR,

+                "Input driver `%s' has no PreInit function (ignoring)\n",

+                drv->driverName);

+        rval = BadImplementation;

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    xf86AddInput(drv, pInfo);

+

+    rval = drv->PreInit(drv, pInfo, 0);

+

+    if (rval != Success) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "PreInit returned %d for \"%s\"\n", rval, pInfo->name);

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    if (!(dev = xf86ActivateDevice(pInfo)))

+    {

+        rval = BadAlloc;

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    rval = ActivateDevice(dev, TRUE);

+    if (rval != Success)

+    {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);

+        RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    rval = xf86InputDevicePostInit(dev);

+    if (rval != Success)

+    {

+	xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't post-init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);

+	RemoveDevice(dev, TRUE);

+	goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    /* Enable it if it's properly initialised and we're currently in the VT */

+    if (enable && dev->inited && dev->startup && xf86Screens[0]->vtSema)

+    {

+        OsBlockSignals();

+        EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);

+        if (!dev->enabled)

+        {

+            OsReleaseSignals();

+            xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "Couldn't init device \"%s\"\n", pInfo->name);

+            rval = BadMatch;

+            goto unwind;

+        }

+        /* send enter/leave event, update sprite window */

+        CheckMotion(NULL, dev);

+        OsReleaseSignals();

+    }

+

+    *pdev = dev;

+    return Success;

+

+unwind:

+    if(pInfo) {

+        if(drv && drv->UnInit)

+            drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);

+        else

+            xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);

+    }

+    return rval;

+}

+

+int

+NewInputDeviceRequest (InputOption *options, InputAttributes *attrs,

+                       DeviceIntPtr *pdev)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr pInfo = NULL;

+    InputOption *option = NULL;

+    int rval = Success;

+    int is_auto = 0;

+

+    pInfo = xf86AllocateInput();

+    if (!pInfo)

+        return BadAlloc;

+

+    for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {

+        if (strcasecmp(option->key, "driver") == 0) {

+            if (pInfo->driver) {

+                rval = BadRequest;

+                goto unwind;

+            }

+            pInfo->driver = xstrdup(option->value);

+            if (!pInfo->driver) {

+                rval = BadAlloc;

+                goto unwind;

+            }

+        }

+

+        if (strcasecmp(option->key, "name") == 0 ||

+            strcasecmp(option->key, "identifier") == 0) {

+            if (pInfo->name) {

+                rval = BadRequest;

+                goto unwind;

+            }

+            pInfo->name = xstrdup(option->value);

+            if (!pInfo->name) {

+                rval = BadAlloc;

+                goto unwind;

+            }

+        }

+

+        if (strcmp(option->key, "_source") == 0 &&

+            (strcmp(option->value, "server/hal") == 0 ||

+             strcmp(option->value, "server/udev") == 0)) {

+            is_auto = 1;

+            if (!xf86Info.autoAddDevices) {

+                rval = BadMatch;

+                goto unwind;

+            }

+        }

+    }

+

+    for (option = options; option; option = option->next) {

+        /* Steal option key/value strings from the provided list.

+         * We need those strings, the InputOption list doesn't. */

+        pInfo->options = xf86addNewOption(pInfo->options,

+                                               option->key, option->value);

+        option->key = NULL;

+        option->value = NULL;

+    }

+

+    /* Apply InputClass settings */

+    if (attrs) {

+        if (IgnoreInputClass(pInfo, attrs)) {

+            rval = BadIDChoice;

+            goto unwind;

+        }

+

+        rval = MergeInputClasses(pInfo, attrs);

+        if (rval != Success)

+            goto unwind;

+

+        pInfo->attrs = DuplicateInputAttributes(attrs);

+    }

+

+    if (!pInfo->driver || !pInfo->name) {

+        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "No input driver/identifier specified (ignoring)\n");

+        rval = BadRequest;

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    if (!pInfo->name) {

+        xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No device identifier specified (ignoring)\n");

+        rval = BadMatch;

+        goto unwind;

+    }

+

+    rval = xf86NewInputDevice(pInfo, pdev,

+                (!is_auto || (is_auto && xf86Info.autoEnableDevices)));

+

+    return rval;

+

+unwind:

+    if (is_auto && !xf86Info.autoAddDevices)

+        xf86Msg(X_INFO, "AutoAddDevices is off - not adding device.\n");

+    xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);

+    return rval;

+}

+

+void

+DeleteInputDeviceRequest(DeviceIntPtr pDev)

+{

+    InputInfoPtr pInfo = (InputInfoPtr) pDev->public.devicePrivate;

+    InputDriverPtr drv = NULL;

+    Bool isMaster = IsMaster(pDev);

+

+    if (pInfo) /* need to get these before RemoveDevice */

+        drv = pInfo->drv;

+

+    OsBlockSignals();

+    RemoveDevice(pDev, TRUE);

+

+    if (!isMaster && pInfo != NULL)

+    {

+        if(drv->UnInit)

+            drv->UnInit(drv, pInfo, 0);

+        else

+            xf86DeleteInput(pInfo, 0);

+    }

+    OsReleaseSignals();

+}

+

+/* 

+ * convenient functions to post events

+ */

+

+void

+xf86PostMotionEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                    int			is_absolute,

+                    int			first_valuator,

+                    int			num_valuators,

+                    ...)

+{

+    va_list var;

+    int i = 0;

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);

+    va_start(var, num_valuators);

+    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)

+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));

+    va_end(var);

+

+    xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostMotionEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                    int			is_absolute,

+                    int			first_valuator,

+                    int			num_valuators,

+                    const int		*valuators)

+{

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);

+    xf86PostMotionEventM(device, is_absolute, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostMotionEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                     int		is_absolute,

+                     const ValuatorMask	*mask)

+{

+    int i = 0, nevents = 0;

+    DeviceEvent *event;

+    int flags = 0;

+

+    if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)

+    {

+        if (is_absolute)

+            flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;

+        else

+            flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;

+    }

+

+#if XFreeXDGA

+    /* The evdev driver may not always send all axes across. */

+    if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0) ||

+        valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))

+        if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {

+            int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;

+            int dx = 0, dy = 0;

+

+            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 0))

+            {

+                dx = valuator_mask_get(mask, 0);

+                if (is_absolute)

+                    dx -= device->last.valuators[0];

+            }

+

+            if (valuator_mask_isset(mask, 1))

+            {

+                dy = valuator_mask_get(mask, 1);

+                if (is_absolute)

+                    dy -= device->last.valuators[1];

+            }

+

+            if (DGAStealMotionEvent(device, index, dx, dy))

+                return;

+        }

+#endif

+

+    nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device, MotionNotify, 0, flags, mask);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++) {

+        event = (DeviceEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event);

+        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));

+    }

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostProximityEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                       int		is_in,

+                       int		first_valuator,

+                       int		num_valuators,

+                       ...)

+{

+    va_list var;

+    int i;

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);

+    va_start(var, num_valuators);

+    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)

+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));

+    va_end(var);

+

+    xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostProximityEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                        int		is_in,

+                        int		first_valuator,

+                        int		num_valuators,

+                        const int	*valuators)

+{

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);

+    xf86PostProximityEventM(device, is_in, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostProximityEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                        int		is_in,

+                        const ValuatorMask *mask)

+{

+    int i, nevents;

+

+    nevents = GetProximityEvents(xf86Events, device,

+                                 is_in ? ProximityIn : ProximityOut, mask);

+    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)

+        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));

+

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostButtonEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                    int			is_absolute,

+                    int			button,

+                    int			is_down,

+                    int			first_valuator,

+                    int			num_valuators,

+                    ...)

+{

+    va_list var;

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+    int i = 0;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);

+

+    va_start(var, num_valuators);

+    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)

+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));

+    va_end(var);

+

+    xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostButtonEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                     int		is_absolute,

+                     int		button,

+                     int		is_down,

+                     int		first_valuator,

+                     int		num_valuators,

+                     const int		*valuators)

+{

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);

+    xf86PostButtonEventM(device, is_absolute, button, is_down, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostButtonEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                     int		is_absolute,

+                     int		button,

+                     int		is_down,

+                     const ValuatorMask	*mask)

+{

+    int i = 0, nevents = 0;

+    int flags = 0;

+

+    if (valuator_mask_num_valuators(mask) > 0)

+    {

+        if (is_absolute)

+            flags = POINTER_ABSOLUTE;

+        else

+            flags = POINTER_RELATIVE | POINTER_ACCELERATE;

+    }

+

+#if XFreeXDGA

+    if (miPointerGetScreen(device)) {

+        int index = miPointerGetScreen(device)->myNum;

+

+        if (DGAStealButtonEvent(device, index, button, is_down))

+            return;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    nevents = GetPointerEvents(xf86Events, device,

+                               is_down ? ButtonPress : ButtonRelease, button,

+                               flags, mask);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)

+        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));

+

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostKeyEvent(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                 unsigned int	key_code,

+                 int		is_down,

+                 int		is_absolute,

+                 int		first_valuator,

+                 int		num_valuators,

+                 ...)

+{

+    va_list var;

+    int i = 0;

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);

+

+    va_start(var, num_valuators);

+    for (i = 0; i < num_valuators; i++)

+        valuator_mask_set(&mask, first_valuator + i, va_arg(var, int));

+    va_end(var);

+

+    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostKeyEventP(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                  unsigned int	key_code,

+                  int		is_down,

+                  int		is_absolute,

+                  int		first_valuator,

+                  int		num_valuators,

+                  const int	*valuators)

+{

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    XI_VERIFY_VALUATORS(num_valuators);

+

+    valuator_mask_set_range(&mask, first_valuator, num_valuators, valuators);

+    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, is_absolute, &mask);

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostKeyEventM(DeviceIntPtr	device,

+                  unsigned int	key_code,

+                  int		is_down,

+                  int		is_absolute,

+                  const ValuatorMask *mask)

+{

+    int i = 0, nevents = 0;

+

+#if XFreeXDGA

+    DeviceIntPtr pointer;

+

+    /* Some pointers send key events, paired device is wrong then. */

+    pointer = IsPointerDevice(device) ? device : GetPairedDevice(device);

+    if (miPointerGetScreen(pointer)) {

+        int index = miPointerGetScreen(pointer)->myNum;

+

+        if (DGAStealKeyEvent(device, index, key_code, is_down))

+            return;

+    }

+#endif

+

+    if (is_absolute) {

+        nevents = GetKeyboardValuatorEvents(xf86Events, device,

+                                            is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,

+                                            key_code, mask);

+    }

+    else {

+        nevents = GetKeyboardEvents(xf86Events, device,

+                                    is_down ? KeyPress : KeyRelease,

+                                    key_code);

+    }

+

+    for (i = 0; i < nevents; i++)

+        mieqEnqueue(device, (InternalEvent*)((xf86Events + i)->event));

+}

+

+void

+xf86PostKeyboardEvent(DeviceIntPtr      device,

+                      unsigned int      key_code,

+                      int               is_down)

+{

+    ValuatorMask mask;

+

+    valuator_mask_zero(&mask);

+    xf86PostKeyEventM(device, key_code, is_down, 0, &mask);

+}

+

+InputInfoPtr

+xf86FirstLocalDevice(void)

+{

+    return xf86InputDevs;

+}

+

+/* 

+ * Cx     - raw data from touch screen

+ * to_max - scaled highest dimension

+ *          (remember, this is of rows - 1 because of 0 origin)

+ * to_min  - scaled lowest dimension

+ * from_max - highest raw value from touch screen calibration

+ * from_min  - lowest raw value from touch screen calibration

+ *

+ * This function is the same for X or Y coordinates.

+ * You may have to reverse the high and low values to compensate for

+ * different orgins on the touch screen vs X.

+ *

+ * e.g. to scale from device coordinates into screen coordinates, call

+ * xf86ScaleAxis(x, 0, screen_width, dev_min, dev_max);

+ */

+

+int

+xf86ScaleAxis(int	Cx,

+              int	to_max,

+              int	to_min,

+              int	from_max,

+              int	from_min )

+{

+    int X;

+    int64_t to_width = to_max - to_min;

+    int64_t from_width = from_max - from_min;

+

+    if (from_width) {

+	X = (int)(((to_width * (Cx - from_min)) / from_width) + to_min);

+    }

+    else {

+	X = 0;

+	ErrorF ("Divide by Zero in xf86ScaleAxis\n");

+    }

+    

+    if (X > to_max)

+	X = to_max;

+    if (X < to_min)

+	X = to_min;

+    

+    return X;

+}

+

+/*

+ * This function checks the given screen against the current screen and

+ * makes changes if appropriate. It should be called from an XInput driver's

+ * ReadInput function before any events are posted, if the device is screen

+ * specific like a touch screen.

+ */

+void

+xf86XInputSetScreen(InputInfoPtr	pInfo,

+		    int			screen_number,

+		    int			x,

+		    int			y)

+{

+    if (miPointerGetScreen(pInfo->dev) !=

+          screenInfo.screens[screen_number]) {

+	miPointerSetScreen(pInfo->dev, screen_number, x, y);

+    }

+}

+

+

+void

+xf86InitValuatorAxisStruct(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum, Atom label, int minval, int maxval,

+			   int resolution, int min_res, int max_res, int mode)

+{

+    if (!dev || !dev->valuator)

+        return;

+

+    InitValuatorAxisStruct(dev, axnum, label, minval, maxval, resolution, min_res,

+			   max_res, mode);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Set the valuator values to be in synch with dix/event.c

+ * DefineInitialRootWindow().

+ */

+void

+xf86InitValuatorDefaults(DeviceIntPtr dev, int axnum)

+{

+    if (axnum == 0) {

+	dev->valuator->axisVal[0] = screenInfo.screens[0]->width / 2;

+        dev->last.valuators[0] = dev->valuator->axisVal[0];

+    }

+    else if (axnum == 1) {

+	dev->valuator->axisVal[1] = screenInfo.screens[0]->height / 2;

+        dev->last.valuators[1] = dev->valuator->axisVal[1];

+    }

+}

+

+

+/**

+ * Deactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you receive a

+ * read error or something else that spoils your day.

+ * Device will be moved to the off_devices list, but it will still be there

+ * until you really clean up after it.

+ * Notifies the client about an inactive device.

+ * 

+ * @param panic True if device is unrecoverable and needs to be removed.

+ */

+void

+xf86DisableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev, Bool panic)

+{

+    if(!panic)

+    {

+        DisableDevice(dev, TRUE);

+    } else

+    {

+        SendDevicePresenceEvent(dev->id, DeviceUnrecoverable);

+        DeleteInputDeviceRequest(dev);

+    }

+}

+

+/**

+ * Reactivate a device. Call this function from the driver if you just found

+ * out that the read error wasn't quite that bad after all.

+ * Device will be re-activated, and an event sent to the client. 

+ */

+void

+xf86EnableDevice(DeviceIntPtr dev)

+{

+    EnableDevice(dev, TRUE);

+}

+

+/* end of xf86Xinput.c */

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c
index 181c6ab00..6e6ab948f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86sbusBus.c
@@ -1,714 +1,714 @@
-/*
- * SBUS bus-specific code.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2000 Jakub Jelinek (jakub@redhat.com)
- *
- * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
- * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
- * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
- * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
- * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
- * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
- *
- * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
- * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
- *
- * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
- * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
- * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL
- * JAKUB JELINEK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
- * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
- * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include "os.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-#include "xf86cmap.h"
-
-#include "xf86Bus.h"
-
-#include "xf86sbusBus.h"
-#include "xf86Sbus.h"
-
-Bool sbusSlotClaimed = FALSE;
-
-static int xf86nSbusInfo;
-
-static void
-CheckSbusDevice(const char *device, int fbNum)
-{
-    int fd, i;
-    struct fbgattr fbattr;
-    sbusDevicePtr psdp;
-
-    fd = open(device, O_RDONLY, 0);
-    if (fd < 0)
-	return;
-    memset(&fbattr, 0, sizeof(fbattr));
-    if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGATTR, &fbattr) < 0) {
-	if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGTYPE, &fbattr.fbtype) < 0) {
-	    close(fd);
-	    return;
-	}
-    }
-    close(fd);
-    for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)
-	if (sbusDeviceTable[i].fbType == fbattr.fbtype.fb_type)
-	    break;
-    if (! sbusDeviceTable[i].devId)
-	return;
-    xf86SbusInfo = xnfrealloc(xf86SbusInfo, sizeof(psdp) * (++xf86nSbusInfo + 1));
-    xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo] = NULL;
-    xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo - 1] = psdp = xnfcalloc(sizeof (sbusDevice), 1);
-    psdp->devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;
-    psdp->fbNum = fbNum;
-    psdp->device = xnfstrdup(device);
-    psdp->width = fbattr.fbtype.fb_width;
-    psdp->height = fbattr.fbtype.fb_height;
-    psdp->fd = -1;
-}
-
-void
-xf86SbusProbe(void)
-{
-    int i, useProm = 0;
-    char fbDevName[32];
-    sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;
-
-    xf86SbusInfo = malloc(sizeof(psdp));
-    *xf86SbusInfo = NULL;
-    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
-	sprintf(fbDevName, "/dev/fb%d", i);
-	CheckSbusDevice(fbDevName, i);
-    }
-    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
-	useProm = 1;
-	sparcPromAssignNodes();
-    }
-    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; (psdp = *psdpp); psdpp++) {
-	for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)
-	    if (sbusDeviceTable[i].devId == psdp->devId)
-		psdp->descr = sbusDeviceTable[i].descr;
-	/*
-	 * If we can use PROM information and found the PROM node for this
-	 * device, we can tell more about the card.
-	 */
-	if (useProm && psdp->node.node) {
-	    char *prop, *promPath;
-	    int len, chiprev, vmsize;
-
-	    switch (psdp->devId) {
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_MGX:
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "fb_size", &len);
-		if (prop && len == 4 && *(int *)prop == 0x400000)
-		    psdp->descr = "Quantum 3D MGXplus with 4M VRAM";
-		break;
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_CG6:
-		chiprev = 0;
-		vmsize = 0;
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "chiprev", &len);
-		if (prop && len == 4)
-		    chiprev = *(int *)prop;
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "vmsize", &len);
-		if (prop && len == 4)
-		    vmsize = *(int *)prop;
-		switch (chiprev) {
-		case 1:
-		case 2:
-		case 3:
-		case 4:
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun Double width GX"; break;
-		case 5:
-		case 6:
-		case 7:
-		case 8:
-		case 9:
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun Single width GX"; break;
-		case 11:
-		    switch (vmsize) {
-		    case 2:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX with 1M VSIMM"; break;
-		    case 4:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX Plus"; break;
-		    default:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX"; break;
-		    }
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_CG14:
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "reg", &len);
-		vmsize = 0;
-		if (prop && !(len % 12) && len > 0)
-		    vmsize = *(int *)(prop + len - 4);
-		switch (vmsize) {
-		case 0x400000:
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 4M VSIMM"; break;
-		case 0x800000:
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 8M VSIMM"; break;
-		}
-		break;
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_LEO:
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "model", &len);
-		if (prop && len > 0 && !strstr(prop, "501-2503"))
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo ZX";
-		break;
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_TCX:
-		if (sparcPromGetBool(&psdp->node, "tcx-8-bit"))
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (8bit)";
-		else
-		    psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (S24)";
-		break;
-	    case SBUS_DEVICE_FFB:
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "name", &len);
-		chiprev = 0;
-		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "board_type", &len);
-		if (prop && len == 4)
-		    chiprev = *(int *)prop;
-		if (strstr (prop, "afb")) {
-		    if (chiprev == 3)
-			psdp->descr = "Sun|Elite3D-M6 Horizontal";
-		} else {
-		    switch (chiprev) {
-		    case 0x08:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator"; break;
-		    case 0x0b:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator 3D"; break;
-		    case 0x1b:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 75MHz Creator 3D"; break;
-		    case 0x20:
-		    case 0x28:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator"; break;
-		    case 0x23:
-		    case 0x2b:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator 3D"; break;
-		    case 0x30:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator"; break;
-		    case 0x33:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator 3D"; break;
-		    case 0x40:
-		    case 0x48:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator"; break;
-		    case 0x43:
-		    case 0x4b:
-			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator 3D"; break;
-		    }
-		}
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS:(0x%08x) %s", psdp->node.node, psdp->descr);
-	    promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname (&psdp->node);
-	    if (promPath) {
-		xf86ErrorF(" at %s", promPath);
-		free(promPath);
-	    }
-	} else
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS: %s", psdp->descr);
-	xf86ErrorF("\n");
-    }
-    if (useProm)
-	sparcPromClose();
-}
-
-/*
- * Parse a BUS ID string, and return the SBUS bus parameters if it was
- * in the correct format for a SBUS bus id.
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86ParseSbusBusString(const char *busID, int *fbNum)
-{
-    /*
-     * The format is assumed to be one of:
-     * "fbN", e.g. "fb1", which means the device corresponding to /dev/fbN
-     * "nameN", e.g. "cgsix0", which means Nth instance of card NAME
-     * "/prompath", e.g. "/sbus@0,10001000/cgsix@3,0" which is PROM pathname
-     * to the device.
-     */
-
-    const char *id;
-    int i, len;
-
-    if (StringToBusType(busID, &id) != BUS_SBUS)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (*id != '/') {
-	if (!strncmp (id, "fb", 2)) {
-	    if (!isdigit(id[2]))
-		return FALSE;
-	    *fbNum = atoi(id + 2);
-	    return TRUE;
-	} else {
-	    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
-	    int devId;
-
-	    for (i = 0, len = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) {
-		len = strlen(sbusDeviceTable[i].promName);
-		if (!strncmp (sbusDeviceTable[i].promName, id, len)
-		    && isdigit(id[len]))
-		    break;
-	    }
-	    devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;
-	    if (!devId) return FALSE;
-	    i = atoi(id + len);
-	    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {
-		if ((*psdpp)->devId != devId)
-		    continue;
-		if (!i) {
-		    *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;
-		    return TRUE;
-		}
-		i--;
-	    }
-	}
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
-	i = sparcPromPathname2Node(id);
-	sparcPromClose();
-	if (i) {
-	    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
-	    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {
-		if ((*psdpp)->node.node == i) {
-		    *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;
-		    return TRUE;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-/*
- * Compare a BUS ID string with a SBUS bus id.  Return TRUE if they match.
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86CompareSbusBusString(const char *busID, int fbNum)
-{
-    int iFbNum;
-
-    if (xf86ParseSbusBusString(busID, &iFbNum)) {
-	return fbNum == iFbNum;
-    } else {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-/*
- * Check if the slot requested is free.  If it is already in use, return FALSE.
- */
-
-Bool
-xf86CheckSbusSlot(int fbNum)
-{
-    int i;
-    EntityPtr p;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {
-	p = xf86Entities[i];
-	/* Check if this SBUS slot is taken */
-	if (p->bus.type == BUS_SBUS && p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == fbNum)
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
- * If the slot requested is already in use, return -1.
- * Otherwise, claim the slot for the screen requesting it.
- */
-
-int
-xf86ClaimSbusSlot(sbusDevicePtr psdp, DriverPtr drvp,
-		  GDevPtr dev, Bool active)
-{
-    EntityPtr p = NULL;
-
-    int num;
-
-    if (xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum)) {
-        num = xf86AllocateEntity();
-        p = xf86Entities[num];
-        p->driver = drvp;
-        p->chipset = -1;
-        p->bus.type = BUS_SBUS;
-        xf86AddDevToEntity(num, dev);
-        p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum = psdp->fbNum;
-        p->active = active;
-        p->inUse = FALSE;
-	sbusSlotClaimed = TRUE;
-	return num;
-    } else
-	return -1;
-}
-
-int
-xf86MatchSbusInstances(const char *driverName, int sbusDevId, 
-		       GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp,
-		       int **foundEntities)
-{
-    int i,j;
-    sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;
-    int numClaimedInstances = 0;
-    int allocatedInstances = 0;
-    int numFound = 0;
-    GDevPtr devBus = NULL;
-    GDevPtr dev = NULL;
-    int *retEntities = NULL;
-    int useProm = 0;
-
-    struct Inst {
-	sbusDevicePtr	sbus;
-	GDevPtr		dev;
-	Bool		claimed;  /* BusID matches with a device section */
-    } *instances = NULL;
-
-    *foundEntities = NULL;
-    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo, psdp = *psdpp; psdp; psdp = *++psdpp) {
-	if (psdp->devId != sbusDevId)
-	    continue;
-	if (psdp->fd == -2)
-	    continue;
-	++allocatedInstances;
-	instances = xnfrealloc(instances,
-			       allocatedInstances * sizeof(struct Inst));
-	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].sbus = psdp;
-	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].dev = NULL;
-	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].claimed = FALSE;
-	numFound++;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * This may be debatable, but if no SBUS devices with a matching vendor
-     * type is found, return zero now.  It is probably not desirable to
-     * allow the config file to override this.
-     */
-    if (allocatedInstances <= 0) {
-	free(instances);
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0)
-	useProm = 1;
-
-    if (xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1) {
-	GDevPtr pGDev;
-	int actualcards = 0;
-	for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {
-	    actualcards++;
-	    pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(drvp->driverName, BUS_SBUS,
-						instances[i].sbus, -1);
-	    if (pGDev) {
-		/*
-		 * XF86Match???Instances() treat chipID and chipRev as
-		 * overrides, so clobber them here.
-		 */
-		pGDev->chipID = pGDev->chipRev = -1;
-	    }
-	}
-	free(instances);
-	if (useProm)
-	    sparcPromClose();
-	return actualcards;
-    }
-
-    DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, allocatedInstances);
-
-    for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {
-	char *promPath = NULL;
-
-	psdp = instances[i].sbus;
-	devBus = NULL;
-	dev = NULL;
-	if (useProm && psdp->node.node)
-	    promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&psdp->node);
-
-	for (j = 0; j < numDevs; j++) {
-	    if (devList[j]->busID && *devList[j]->busID) {
-		if (xf86CompareSbusBusString(devList[j]->busID, psdp->fbNum)) {
-		    if (devBus)
-			xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING,0,
-			    "%s: More than one matching Device section for "
-			    "instance (BusID: %s) found: %s\n",
-			    driverName,devList[j]->identifier,
-			    devList[j]->busID);
-		    else
-			devBus = devList[j];
-		} 
-	    } else {
-		if (!dev && !devBus) {
-		    if (promPath)
-			xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:%s\n",
-				promPath);
-		    else
-			xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:fb%d\n",
-				psdp->fbNum);
-		    dev = devList[j];
-		} else
-		    xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0,
-			    "%s: More than one matching Device section "
-			    "found: %s\n", driverName, devList[j]->identifier);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (devBus) dev = devBus;  /* busID preferred */ 
-	if (!dev && psdp->fd != -2) {
-	    if (promPath) {
-		xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "
-			    "for instance (BusID SBUS:%s) found\n",
-			    driverName, promPath);
-	    } else
-		xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "
-			    "for instance (BusID SBUS:fb%d) found\n",
-			    driverName, psdp->fbNum);
-	} else if (dev) {
-	    numClaimedInstances++;
-	    instances[i].claimed = TRUE;
-	    instances[i].dev = dev;
-	}
-	free(promPath);
-    }
-
-    DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, numClaimedInstances);
-
-    /*
-     * Of the claimed instances, check that another driver hasn't already
-     * claimed its slot.
-     */
-    numFound = 0;
-    for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances && numClaimedInstances > 0; i++) {
-	if (!instances[i].claimed)
-	    continue;
-	psdp = instances[i].sbus;
-	if (!xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum))
-	    continue;
-
-	DebugF("%s: card at fb%d %08x is claimed by a Device section\n",
-	       driverName, psdp->fbNum, psdp->node.node);
-
-	/* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */
-	numFound++;
-	retEntities = xnfrealloc(retEntities, numFound * sizeof(int));
-	retEntities[numFound - 1]
-	    = xf86ClaimSbusSlot(psdp, drvp, instances[i].dev,instances[i].dev->active ?
-				TRUE : FALSE);
-    }
-    free(instances);
-    if (numFound > 0) {
-	*foundEntities = retEntities;
-    }
-
-    if (useProm)
-	sparcPromClose();
-
-    return numFound;
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity() -- Get the sbusDevicePtr of entity.
- */
-sbusDevicePtr
-xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity(int entityIndex)
-{
-    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;
-    EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[entityIndex];
-
-    if (entityIndex >= xf86NumEntities
-	|| p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) return NULL;
-
-    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp != NULL; psdpp++) {
-	if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == (*psdpp)->fbNum)
-	    return *psdpp;
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-int
-xf86GetEntityForSbusInfo(sbusDevicePtr psdp)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {
-	EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[i];
-	if (p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) continue;
-
-	if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == psdp->fbNum)
-	    return i;
-    }
-    return -1;
-}
-
-void
-xf86SbusUseBuiltinMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, sbusDevicePtr psdp)
-{
-    DisplayModePtr mode;
-
-    mode = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DisplayModeRec), 1);
-    mode->name = "current";
-    mode->next = mode;
-    mode->prev = mode;
-    mode->type = M_T_BUILTIN;
-    mode->Clock = 100000000;
-    mode->HDisplay = psdp->width;
-    mode->HSyncStart = psdp->width;
-    mode->HSyncEnd = psdp->width;
-    mode->HTotal = psdp->width;
-    mode->VDisplay = psdp->height;
-    mode->VSyncStart = psdp->height;
-    mode->VSyncEnd = psdp->height;
-    mode->VTotal = psdp->height;
-    mode->SynthClock = mode->Clock;
-    mode->CrtcHDisplay = mode->HDisplay;
-    mode->CrtcHSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart;
-    mode->CrtcHSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd;
-    mode->CrtcHTotal = mode->HTotal;
-    mode->CrtcVDisplay = mode->VDisplay;
-    mode->CrtcVSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart;
-    mode->CrtcVSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd;
-    mode->CrtcVTotal = mode->VTotal;
-    mode->CrtcHAdjusted = FALSE;
-    mode->CrtcVAdjusted = FALSE;
-    pScrn->modes = mode;
-    pScrn->virtualX = psdp->width;
-    pScrn->virtualY = psdp->height;
-}
-
-static sbusPaletteKeyIndex;
-static DevPrivateKey sbusPaletteKey = &sbusPaletteKeyIndex;
-typedef struct _sbusCmap {
-    sbusDevicePtr psdp;
-    CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
-    Bool origCmapValid;
-    unsigned char origRed[16];
-    unsigned char origGreen[16];
-    unsigned char origBlue[16];
-} sbusCmapRec, *sbusCmapPtr;
-
-#define SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen) ((sbusCmapPtr) \
-    dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey))
-
-static void
-xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices,
-			LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual)
-{
-    int i, index;
-    sbusCmapPtr cmap;
-    struct fbcmap fbcmap;
-    unsigned char *data = malloc(numColors*3);
-                             
-    cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScrn->pScreen);
-    if (!cmap) return;
-    fbcmap.count = 0;
-    fbcmap.index = indices[0];
-    fbcmap.red = data;
-    fbcmap.green = data + numColors;
-    fbcmap.blue = fbcmap.green + numColors;
-    for (i = 0; i < numColors; i++) {
-	index = indices[i];
-	if (fbcmap.count && index != fbcmap.index + fbcmap.count) {
-	    ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
-	    fbcmap.count = 0;
-	    fbcmap.index = index;
-	}
-	fbcmap.red[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].red;
-	fbcmap.green[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].green;
-	fbcmap.blue[fbcmap.count++] = colors[index].blue;
-    }
-    ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
-    free(data);
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    sbusCmapPtr cmap;
-    struct fbcmap fbcmap;
-                         
-    cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen);
-    if (cmap->origCmapValid) {
-	fbcmap.index = 0;
-	fbcmap.count = 16;
-	fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;
-	fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;
-	fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;
-	ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
-    }
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = cmap->CloseScreen;
-    free(cmap);
-    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);
-}    
-
-Bool
-xf86SbusHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, sbusDevicePtr psdp)
-{
-    sbusCmapPtr cmap;
-    struct fbcmap fbcmap;
-    unsigned char data[2];
-
-    cmap = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(sbusCmapRec));
-    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey, cmap);
-    cmap->psdp = psdp;
-    fbcmap.index = 0;
-    fbcmap.count = 16;
-    fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;
-    fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;
-    fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;
-    if (ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOGETCMAP, &fbcmap) >= 0)
-	cmap->origCmapValid = TRUE;
-    fbcmap.index = 0;
-    fbcmap.count = 2;
-    fbcmap.red = data;
-    fbcmap.green = data;
-    fbcmap.blue = data;
-    if (pScreen->whitePixel == 0) {
-	data[0] = 255;
-	data[1] = 0;
-    } else {
-	data[0] = 0;
-	data[1] = 255;
-    }
-    ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);
-    cmap->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen;
-    return xf86HandleColormaps(pScreen, 256, 8,
-			       xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette, NULL, 0);
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86SbusConfigure(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus)
-{
-    if (sBus && sBus->fbNum == ((sbusDevicePtr) busData)->fbNum)
-        return 0;
-    return 1;
-}
-
-void
-xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus, GDevRec *GDev)
-{
-    char *promPath = NULL;
-
-    sBus = (sbusDevicePtr) busData;
-    GDev->identifier = sBus->descr;
-    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {
-        promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&sBus->node);
-        sparcPromClose();
-    }
-    if (promPath) {
-        XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:%s", promPath);
-        free(promPath);
-    } else {
-        XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:fb%d", sBus->fbNum);
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * SBUS bus-specific code.

+ *

+ * Copyright (C) 2000 Jakub Jelinek (jakub@redhat.com)

+ *

+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy

+ * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal

+ * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights

+ * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell

+ * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is

+ * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

+ *

+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in

+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

+ *

+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR

+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,

+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL

+ * JAKUB JELINEK BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER

+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <ctype.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include "os.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

+#include "xf86cmap.h"

+

+#include "xf86Bus.h"

+

+#include "xf86sbusBus.h"

+#include "xf86Sbus.h"

+

+Bool sbusSlotClaimed = FALSE;

+

+static int xf86nSbusInfo;

+

+static void

+CheckSbusDevice(const char *device, int fbNum)

+{

+    int fd, i;

+    struct fbgattr fbattr;

+    sbusDevicePtr psdp;

+

+    fd = open(device, O_RDONLY, 0);

+    if (fd < 0)

+	return;

+    memset(&fbattr, 0, sizeof(fbattr));

+    if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGATTR, &fbattr) < 0) {

+	if (ioctl(fd, FBIOGTYPE, &fbattr.fbtype) < 0) {

+	    close(fd);

+	    return;

+	}

+    }

+    close(fd);

+    for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)

+	if (sbusDeviceTable[i].fbType == fbattr.fbtype.fb_type)

+	    break;

+    if (! sbusDeviceTable[i].devId)

+	return;

+    xf86SbusInfo = xnfrealloc(xf86SbusInfo, sizeof(psdp) * (++xf86nSbusInfo + 1));

+    xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo] = NULL;

+    xf86SbusInfo[xf86nSbusInfo - 1] = psdp = xnfcalloc(sizeof (sbusDevice), 1);

+    psdp->devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;

+    psdp->fbNum = fbNum;

+    psdp->device = xnfstrdup(device);

+    psdp->width = fbattr.fbtype.fb_width;

+    psdp->height = fbattr.fbtype.fb_height;

+    psdp->fd = -1;

+}

+

+void

+xf86SbusProbe(void)

+{

+    int i, useProm = 0;

+    char fbDevName[32];

+    sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;

+

+    xf86SbusInfo = malloc(sizeof(psdp));

+    *xf86SbusInfo = NULL;

+    for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {

+	sprintf(fbDevName, "/dev/fb%d", i);

+	CheckSbusDevice(fbDevName, i);

+    }

+    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {

+	useProm = 1;

+	sparcPromAssignNodes();

+    }

+    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; (psdp = *psdpp); psdpp++) {

+	for (i = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++)

+	    if (sbusDeviceTable[i].devId == psdp->devId)

+		psdp->descr = sbusDeviceTable[i].descr;

+	/*

+	 * If we can use PROM information and found the PROM node for this

+	 * device, we can tell more about the card.

+	 */

+	if (useProm && psdp->node.node) {

+	    char *prop, *promPath;

+	    int len, chiprev, vmsize;

+

+	    switch (psdp->devId) {

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_MGX:

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "fb_size", &len);

+		if (prop && len == 4 && *(int *)prop == 0x400000)

+		    psdp->descr = "Quantum 3D MGXplus with 4M VRAM";

+		break;

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_CG6:

+		chiprev = 0;

+		vmsize = 0;

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "chiprev", &len);

+		if (prop && len == 4)

+		    chiprev = *(int *)prop;

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "vmsize", &len);

+		if (prop && len == 4)

+		    vmsize = *(int *)prop;

+		switch (chiprev) {

+		case 1:

+		case 2:

+		case 3:

+		case 4:

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun Double width GX"; break;

+		case 5:

+		case 6:

+		case 7:

+		case 8:

+		case 9:

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun Single width GX"; break;

+		case 11:

+		    switch (vmsize) {

+		    case 2:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX with 1M VSIMM"; break;

+		    case 4:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX Plus"; break;

+		    default:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo GX"; break;

+		    }

+		}

+		break;

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_CG14:

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "reg", &len);

+		vmsize = 0;

+		if (prop && !(len % 12) && len > 0)

+		    vmsize = *(int *)(prop + len - 4);

+		switch (vmsize) {

+		case 0x400000:

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 4M VSIMM"; break;

+		case 0x800000:

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun SX with 8M VSIMM"; break;

+		}

+		break;

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_LEO:

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "model", &len);

+		if (prop && len > 0 && !strstr(prop, "501-2503"))

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun Turbo ZX";

+		break;

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_TCX:

+		if (sparcPromGetBool(&psdp->node, "tcx-8-bit"))

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (8bit)";

+		else

+		    psdp->descr = "Sun TCX (S24)";

+		break;

+	    case SBUS_DEVICE_FFB:

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "name", &len);

+		chiprev = 0;

+		prop = sparcPromGetProperty(&psdp->node, "board_type", &len);

+		if (prop && len == 4)

+		    chiprev = *(int *)prop;

+		if (strstr (prop, "afb")) {

+		    if (chiprev == 3)

+			psdp->descr = "Sun|Elite3D-M6 Horizontal";

+		} else {

+		    switch (chiprev) {

+		    case 0x08:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator"; break;

+		    case 0x0b:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 67MHz Creator 3D"; break;

+		    case 0x1b:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB 75MHz Creator 3D"; break;

+		    case 0x20:

+		    case 0x28:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator"; break;

+		    case 0x23:

+		    case 0x2b:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Vertical Creator 3D"; break;

+		    case 0x30:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator"; break;

+		    case 0x33:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2+ Vertical Creator 3D"; break;

+		    case 0x40:

+		    case 0x48:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator"; break;

+		    case 0x43:

+		    case 0x4b:

+			psdp->descr = "Sun FFB2 Horizontal Creator 3D"; break;

+		    }

+		}

+		break;

+	    }

+

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS:(0x%08x) %s", psdp->node.node, psdp->descr);

+	    promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname (&psdp->node);

+	    if (promPath) {

+		xf86ErrorF(" at %s", promPath);

+		free(promPath);

+	    }

+	} else

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "SBUS: %s", psdp->descr);

+	xf86ErrorF("\n");

+    }

+    if (useProm)

+	sparcPromClose();

+}

+

+/*

+ * Parse a BUS ID string, and return the SBUS bus parameters if it was

+ * in the correct format for a SBUS bus id.

+ */

+

+Bool

+xf86ParseSbusBusString(const char *busID, int *fbNum)

+{

+    /*

+     * The format is assumed to be one of:

+     * "fbN", e.g. "fb1", which means the device corresponding to /dev/fbN

+     * "nameN", e.g. "cgsix0", which means Nth instance of card NAME

+     * "/prompath", e.g. "/sbus@0,10001000/cgsix@3,0" which is PROM pathname

+     * to the device.

+     */

+

+    const char *id;

+    int i, len;

+

+    if (StringToBusType(busID, &id) != BUS_SBUS)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (*id != '/') {

+	if (!strncmp (id, "fb", 2)) {

+	    if (!isdigit(id[2]))

+		return FALSE;

+	    *fbNum = atoi(id + 2);

+	    return TRUE;

+	} else {

+	    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;

+	    int devId;

+

+	    for (i = 0, len = 0; sbusDeviceTable[i].devId; i++) {

+		len = strlen(sbusDeviceTable[i].promName);

+		if (!strncmp (sbusDeviceTable[i].promName, id, len)

+		    && isdigit(id[len]))

+		    break;

+	    }

+	    devId = sbusDeviceTable[i].devId;

+	    if (!devId) return FALSE;

+	    i = atoi(id + len);

+	    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {

+		if ((*psdpp)->devId != devId)

+		    continue;

+		if (!i) {

+		    *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;

+		    return TRUE;

+		}

+		i--;

+	    }

+	}

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {

+	i = sparcPromPathname2Node(id);

+	sparcPromClose();

+	if (i) {

+	    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;

+	    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp; ++psdpp) {

+		if ((*psdpp)->node.node == i) {

+		    *fbNum = (*psdpp)->fbNum;

+		    return TRUE;

+		}

+	    }

+	}

+    }

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Compare a BUS ID string with a SBUS bus id.  Return TRUE if they match.

+ */

+

+Bool

+xf86CompareSbusBusString(const char *busID, int fbNum)

+{

+    int iFbNum;

+

+    if (xf86ParseSbusBusString(busID, &iFbNum)) {

+	return fbNum == iFbNum;

+    } else {

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+}

+

+/*

+ * Check if the slot requested is free.  If it is already in use, return FALSE.

+ */

+

+Bool

+xf86CheckSbusSlot(int fbNum)

+{

+    int i;

+    EntityPtr p;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {

+	p = xf86Entities[i];

+	/* Check if this SBUS slot is taken */

+	if (p->bus.type == BUS_SBUS && p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == fbNum)

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/*

+ * If the slot requested is already in use, return -1.

+ * Otherwise, claim the slot for the screen requesting it.

+ */

+

+int

+xf86ClaimSbusSlot(sbusDevicePtr psdp, DriverPtr drvp,

+		  GDevPtr dev, Bool active)

+{

+    EntityPtr p = NULL;

+

+    int num;

+

+    if (xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum)) {

+        num = xf86AllocateEntity();

+        p = xf86Entities[num];

+        p->driver = drvp;

+        p->chipset = -1;

+        p->bus.type = BUS_SBUS;

+        xf86AddDevToEntity(num, dev);

+        p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum = psdp->fbNum;

+        p->active = active;

+        p->inUse = FALSE;

+	sbusSlotClaimed = TRUE;

+	return num;

+    } else

+	return -1;

+}

+

+int

+xf86MatchSbusInstances(const char *driverName, int sbusDevId, 

+		       GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp,

+		       int **foundEntities)

+{

+    int i,j;

+    sbusDevicePtr psdp, *psdpp;

+    int numClaimedInstances = 0;

+    int allocatedInstances = 0;

+    int numFound = 0;

+    GDevPtr devBus = NULL;

+    GDevPtr dev = NULL;

+    int *retEntities = NULL;

+    int useProm = 0;

+

+    struct Inst {

+	sbusDevicePtr	sbus;

+	GDevPtr		dev;

+	Bool		claimed;  /* BusID matches with a device section */

+    } *instances = NULL;

+

+    *foundEntities = NULL;

+    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo, psdp = *psdpp; psdp; psdp = *++psdpp) {

+	if (psdp->devId != sbusDevId)

+	    continue;

+	if (psdp->fd == -2)

+	    continue;

+	++allocatedInstances;

+	instances = xnfrealloc(instances,

+			       allocatedInstances * sizeof(struct Inst));

+	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].sbus = psdp;

+	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].dev = NULL;

+	instances[allocatedInstances - 1].claimed = FALSE;

+	numFound++;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * This may be debatable, but if no SBUS devices with a matching vendor

+     * type is found, return zero now.  It is probably not desirable to

+     * allow the config file to override this.

+     */

+    if (allocatedInstances <= 0) {

+	free(instances);

+	return 0;

+    }

+

+    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0)

+	useProm = 1;

+

+    if (xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1) {

+	GDevPtr pGDev;

+	int actualcards = 0;

+	for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {

+	    actualcards++;

+	    pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(drvp->driverName, BUS_SBUS,

+						instances[i].sbus, -1);

+	    if (pGDev) {

+		/*

+		 * XF86Match???Instances() treat chipID and chipRev as

+		 * overrides, so clobber them here.

+		 */

+		pGDev->chipID = pGDev->chipRev = -1;

+	    }

+	}

+	free(instances);

+	if (useProm)

+	    sparcPromClose();

+	return actualcards;

+    }

+

+    DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, allocatedInstances);

+

+    for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances; i++) {

+	char *promPath = NULL;

+

+	psdp = instances[i].sbus;

+	devBus = NULL;

+	dev = NULL;

+	if (useProm && psdp->node.node)

+	    promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&psdp->node);

+

+	for (j = 0; j < numDevs; j++) {

+	    if (devList[j]->busID && *devList[j]->busID) {

+		if (xf86CompareSbusBusString(devList[j]->busID, psdp->fbNum)) {

+		    if (devBus)

+			xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING,0,

+			    "%s: More than one matching Device section for "

+			    "instance (BusID: %s) found: %s\n",

+			    driverName,devList[j]->identifier,

+			    devList[j]->busID);

+		    else

+			devBus = devList[j];

+		} 

+	    } else {

+		if (!dev && !devBus) {

+		    if (promPath)

+			xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:%s\n",

+				promPath);

+		    else

+			xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Assigning device section with no busID to SBUS:fb%d\n",

+				psdp->fbNum);

+		    dev = devList[j];

+		} else

+		    xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0,

+			    "%s: More than one matching Device section "

+			    "found: %s\n", driverName, devList[j]->identifier);

+	    }

+	}

+	if (devBus) dev = devBus;  /* busID preferred */ 

+	if (!dev && psdp->fd != -2) {

+	    if (promPath) {

+		xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "

+			    "for instance (BusID SBUS:%s) found\n",

+			    driverName, promPath);

+	    } else

+		xf86MsgVerb(X_WARNING, 0, "%s: No matching Device section "

+			    "for instance (BusID SBUS:fb%d) found\n",

+			    driverName, psdp->fbNum);

+	} else if (dev) {

+	    numClaimedInstances++;

+	    instances[i].claimed = TRUE;

+	    instances[i].dev = dev;

+	}

+	free(promPath);

+    }

+

+    DebugF("%s instances found: %d\n", driverName, numClaimedInstances);

+

+    /*

+     * Of the claimed instances, check that another driver hasn't already

+     * claimed its slot.

+     */

+    numFound = 0;

+    for (i = 0; i < allocatedInstances && numClaimedInstances > 0; i++) {

+	if (!instances[i].claimed)

+	    continue;

+	psdp = instances[i].sbus;

+	if (!xf86CheckSbusSlot(psdp->fbNum))

+	    continue;

+

+	DebugF("%s: card at fb%d %08x is claimed by a Device section\n",

+	       driverName, psdp->fbNum, psdp->node.node);

+

+	/* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */

+	numFound++;

+	retEntities = xnfrealloc(retEntities, numFound * sizeof(int));

+	retEntities[numFound - 1]

+	    = xf86ClaimSbusSlot(psdp, drvp, instances[i].dev,instances[i].dev->active ?

+				TRUE : FALSE);

+    }

+    free(instances);

+    if (numFound > 0) {

+	*foundEntities = retEntities;

+    }

+

+    if (useProm)

+	sparcPromClose();

+

+    return numFound;

+}

+

+/*

+ * xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity() -- Get the sbusDevicePtr of entity.

+ */

+sbusDevicePtr

+xf86GetSbusInfoForEntity(int entityIndex)

+{

+    sbusDevicePtr *psdpp;

+    EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[entityIndex];

+

+    if (entityIndex >= xf86NumEntities

+	|| p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) return NULL;

+

+    for (psdpp = xf86SbusInfo; *psdpp != NULL; psdpp++) {

+	if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == (*psdpp)->fbNum)

+	    return *psdpp;

+    }

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+int

+xf86GetEntityForSbusInfo(sbusDevicePtr psdp)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++) {

+	EntityPtr p = xf86Entities[i];

+	if (p->bus.type != BUS_SBUS) continue;

+

+	if (p->bus.id.sbus.fbNum == psdp->fbNum)

+	    return i;

+    }

+    return -1;

+}

+

+void

+xf86SbusUseBuiltinMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, sbusDevicePtr psdp)

+{

+    DisplayModePtr mode;

+

+    mode = xnfcalloc(sizeof(DisplayModeRec), 1);

+    mode->name = "current";

+    mode->next = mode;

+    mode->prev = mode;

+    mode->type = M_T_BUILTIN;

+    mode->Clock = 100000000;

+    mode->HDisplay = psdp->width;

+    mode->HSyncStart = psdp->width;

+    mode->HSyncEnd = psdp->width;

+    mode->HTotal = psdp->width;

+    mode->VDisplay = psdp->height;

+    mode->VSyncStart = psdp->height;

+    mode->VSyncEnd = psdp->height;

+    mode->VTotal = psdp->height;

+    mode->SynthClock = mode->Clock;

+    mode->CrtcHDisplay = mode->HDisplay;

+    mode->CrtcHSyncStart = mode->HSyncStart;

+    mode->CrtcHSyncEnd = mode->HSyncEnd;

+    mode->CrtcHTotal = mode->HTotal;

+    mode->CrtcVDisplay = mode->VDisplay;

+    mode->CrtcVSyncStart = mode->VSyncStart;

+    mode->CrtcVSyncEnd = mode->VSyncEnd;

+    mode->CrtcVTotal = mode->VTotal;

+    mode->CrtcHAdjusted = FALSE;

+    mode->CrtcVAdjusted = FALSE;

+    pScrn->modes = mode;

+    pScrn->virtualX = psdp->width;

+    pScrn->virtualY = psdp->height;

+}

+

+static sbusPaletteKeyIndex;

+static DevPrivateKey sbusPaletteKey = &sbusPaletteKeyIndex;

+typedef struct _sbusCmap {

+    sbusDevicePtr psdp;

+    CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;

+    Bool origCmapValid;

+    unsigned char origRed[16];

+    unsigned char origGreen[16];

+    unsigned char origBlue[16];

+} sbusCmapRec, *sbusCmapPtr;

+

+#define SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen) ((sbusCmapPtr) \

+    dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey))

+

+static void

+xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices,

+			LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual)

+{

+    int i, index;

+    sbusCmapPtr cmap;

+    struct fbcmap fbcmap;

+    unsigned char *data = malloc(numColors*3);

+                             

+    cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScrn->pScreen);

+    if (!cmap) return;

+    fbcmap.count = 0;

+    fbcmap.index = indices[0];

+    fbcmap.red = data;

+    fbcmap.green = data + numColors;

+    fbcmap.blue = fbcmap.green + numColors;

+    for (i = 0; i < numColors; i++) {

+	index = indices[i];

+	if (fbcmap.count && index != fbcmap.index + fbcmap.count) {

+	    ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);

+	    fbcmap.count = 0;

+	    fbcmap.index = index;

+	}

+	fbcmap.red[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].red;

+	fbcmap.green[fbcmap.count] = colors[index].green;

+	fbcmap.blue[fbcmap.count++] = colors[index].blue;

+    }

+    ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);

+    free(data);

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    sbusCmapPtr cmap;

+    struct fbcmap fbcmap;

+                         

+    cmap = SBUSCMAPPTR(pScreen);

+    if (cmap->origCmapValid) {

+	fbcmap.index = 0;

+	fbcmap.count = 16;

+	fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;

+	fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;

+	fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;

+	ioctl (cmap->psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);

+    }

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = cmap->CloseScreen;

+    free(cmap);

+    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (i, pScreen);

+}    

+

+Bool

+xf86SbusHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, sbusDevicePtr psdp)

+{

+    sbusCmapPtr cmap;

+    struct fbcmap fbcmap;

+    unsigned char data[2];

+

+    cmap = xnfcalloc(1, sizeof(sbusCmapRec));

+    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, sbusPaletteKey, cmap);

+    cmap->psdp = psdp;

+    fbcmap.index = 0;

+    fbcmap.count = 16;

+    fbcmap.red = cmap->origRed;

+    fbcmap.green = cmap->origGreen;

+    fbcmap.blue = cmap->origBlue;

+    if (ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOGETCMAP, &fbcmap) >= 0)

+	cmap->origCmapValid = TRUE;

+    fbcmap.index = 0;

+    fbcmap.count = 2;

+    fbcmap.red = data;

+    fbcmap.green = data;

+    fbcmap.blue = data;

+    if (pScreen->whitePixel == 0) {

+	data[0] = 255;

+	data[1] = 0;

+    } else {

+	data[0] = 0;

+	data[1] = 255;

+    }

+    ioctl (psdp->fd, FBIOPUTCMAP, &fbcmap);

+    cmap->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86SbusCmapCloseScreen;

+    return xf86HandleColormaps(pScreen, 256, 8,

+			       xf86SbusCmapLoadPalette, NULL, 0);

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86SbusConfigure(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus)

+{

+    if (sBus && sBus->fbNum == ((sbusDevicePtr) busData)->fbNum)

+        return 0;

+    return 1;

+}

+

+void

+xf86SbusConfigureNewDev(void *busData, sbusDevicePtr sBus, GDevRec *GDev)

+{

+    char *promPath = NULL;

+

+    sBus = (sbusDevicePtr) busData;

+    GDev->identifier = sBus->descr;

+    if (sparcPromInit() >= 0) {

+        promPath = sparcPromNode2Pathname(&sBus->node);

+        sparcPromClose();

+    }

+    if (promPath) {

+        XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:%s", promPath);

+        free(promPath);

+    } else {

+        XNFasprintf(&GDev->busID, "SBUS:fb%d", sBus->fbNum);

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c
index bb5482a0b..17bf51c0e 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri/dri.c
@@ -1,2498 +1,2498 @@
-/**************************************************************************
-
-Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.
-Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc.
-All Rights Reserved.
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
-copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
-"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
-distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
-permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
-the following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the
-next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.
-IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
-TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
-SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-
-**************************************************************************/
-
-/*
- * Authors:
- *   Jens Owen <jens@tungstengraphics.com>
- *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@valinux.com>
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-#include <X11/Xproto.h>
-#include "xf86drm.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#define _XF86DRI_SERVER_
-#include <X11/dri/xf86driproto.h>
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "xf86str.h"
-#include "dri.h"
-#include "sarea.h"
-#include "dristruct.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86drm.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
-
-static int DRIEntPrivIndex = -1;
-static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIScreenPrivKeyRec;
-#define DRIScreenPrivKey (&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec)
-static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIWindowPrivKeyRec;
-#define DRIWindowPrivKey (&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec)
-static unsigned long DRIGeneration = 0;
-static unsigned int DRIDrawableValidationStamp = 0;
-
-static RESTYPE DRIDrawablePrivResType;
-static RESTYPE DRIContextPrivResType;
-static void    DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv);
-
-drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo;
-
-				/* Wrapper just like xf86DrvMsg, but
-				   without the verbosity level checking.
-				   This will make it easy to turn off some
-				   messages later, based on verbosity
-				   level. */
-
-/*
- * Since we're already referencing things from the XFree86 common layer in
- * this file, we'd might as well just call xf86VDrvMsgVerb, and have
- * consistent message formatting.  The verbosity of these messages can be
- * easily changed here.
- */
-#define DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY 1
-static void
-DRIDrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)
-{
-    va_list     ap;
-
-    va_start(ap, format);
-    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);
-    va_end(ap);
-}
-
-
-static void
-DRIOpenDRMCleanup(DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv)
-{
-    if (pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA != NULL) {
-	drmUnmap(pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIEntPriv->sAreaSize);
-	pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA = NULL;
-    }
-    if (pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA != 0) {
-	drmRmMap(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD, pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA);
-    }
-    if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD >= 0) {
-	drmClose(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD);
-	pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = 0;
-    }
-}
-
-int
-DRIMasterFD(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->drmFD;
-}
-
-void *
-DRIMasterSareaPointer(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->pLSAREA;
-}
-
-drm_handle_t
-DRIMasterSareaHandle(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->hLSAREA;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-DRIOpenDRMMaster(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
-		 unsigned long sAreaSize,
-		 const char *busID,
-		 const char *drmDriverName)
-{
-    drmSetVersion saveSv, sv;
-    Bool drmWasAvailable;
-    DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv;
-    DRIEntPrivRec tmp;
-    drmVersionPtr drmlibv;
-    int drmlibmajor, drmlibminor;
-    const char *openBusID;
-    int count;
-    int err;
-
-    if (DRIEntPrivIndex == -1)
-	DRIEntPrivIndex = xf86AllocateEntityPrivateIndex();
-
-    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
-
-    if (pDRIEntPriv && pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != -1)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    drmWasAvailable = drmAvailable();
-
-    memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(tmp));
-
-    /* Check the DRM lib version.
-     * drmGetLibVersion was not supported in version 1.0, so check for
-     * symbol first to avoid possible crash or hang.
-     */
-
-    drmlibmajor = 1;
-    drmlibminor = 0;
-    if (xf86LoaderCheckSymbol("drmGetLibVersion")) {
-	drmlibv = drmGetLibVersion(-1);
-	if (drmlibv != NULL) {
-	    drmlibmajor = drmlibv->version_major;
-	    drmlibminor = drmlibv->version_minor;
-	    drmFreeVersion(drmlibv);
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* Check if the libdrm can handle falling back to loading based on name
-     * if a busid string is passed.
-     */
-    openBusID = (drmlibmajor == 1 && drmlibminor >= 2) ? busID : NULL;
-
-    tmp.drmFD = -1;
-    sv.drm_di_major = 1;
-    sv.drm_di_minor = 1;
-    sv.drm_dd_major = -1;
-
-    saveSv = sv;
-    count = 10;
-    while (count--) {
-	tmp.drmFD = drmOpen(drmDriverName, openBusID);
-
-	if (tmp.drmFD < 0) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] drmOpen failed.\n");
-	    goto out_err;
-	}
-
-	err = drmSetInterfaceVersion(tmp.drmFD, &sv);
-
-	if (err != -EPERM)
-	    break;
-
-	sv = saveSv;
-	drmClose(tmp.drmFD);
-	tmp.drmFD = -1;
-	usleep(100000);
-    }
-
-    if (tmp.drmFD <= 0) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] DRM was busy with another master.\n");
-	goto out_err;
-    }
-
-    if (!drmWasAvailable) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO,
-		  "[drm] loaded kernel module for \"%s\" driver.\n",
-		  drmDriverName);
-    }
-
-    if (err != 0) {
-	sv.drm_di_major = 1;
-	sv.drm_di_minor = 0;
-    }
-
-    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM interface version %d.%d\n",
-	      sv.drm_di_major, sv.drm_di_minor);
-
-    if (sv.drm_di_major == 1 && sv.drm_di_minor >= 1)
-	err = 0;
-    else
-	err = drmSetBusid(tmp.drmFD, busID);
-
-    if (err) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] Could not set DRM device bus ID.\n");
-	goto out_err;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Create a lock-containing sarea.
-     */
-
-    if (drmAddMap( tmp.drmFD, 0, sAreaSize, DRM_SHM,
-		   DRM_CONTAINS_LOCK, &tmp.hLSAREA) < 0) {
-        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Could not create SAREA for DRM lock.\n");
-	tmp.hLSAREA = 0;
-	goto out_err;
-    }
-
-    if (drmMap( tmp.drmFD, tmp.hLSAREA, sAreaSize,
-		(drmAddressPtr)(&tmp.pLSAREA)) < 0) {
-        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Mapping SAREA for DRM lock failed.\n");
-	tmp.pLSAREA = NULL;
-	goto out_err;
-    }
-
-    memset(tmp.pLSAREA, 0, sAreaSize);
-
-    /*
-     * Reserved contexts are handled by the first opened screen.
-     */
-
-    tmp.resOwner = NULL;
-
-    if (!pDRIEntPriv)
-	pDRIEntPriv = xnfcalloc(sizeof(*pDRIEntPriv), 1);
-
-    if (!pDRIEntPriv) {
-        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Failed to allocate memory for "
-		  "DRM device.\n");
-	goto out_err;
-    }
-    *pDRIEntPriv = tmp;
-    xf86GetEntityPrivate((pScrn)->entityList[0],DRIEntPrivIndex)->ptr =
-	pDRIEntPriv;
-
-    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM open master succeeded.\n");
-    return TRUE;
-
-  out_err:
-
-    DRIOpenDRMCleanup(&tmp);
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-static void
-DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-static void
-dri_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(pScreen);
-    xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);
-    xf86_crtc_notify(pScreen);
-    pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, dri_crtc_notify);
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo, int *pDRMFD)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr    pDRIPriv;
-    drm_context_t *       reserved;
-    int                 reserved_count;
-    int                 i;
-    DRIEntPrivPtr       pDRIEntPriv;
-    ScrnInfoPtr         pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DRIContextFlags	flags    = 0;
-    DRIContextPrivPtr	pDRIContextPriv;
-
-    /* If the DRI extension is disabled, do not initialize the DRI */
-    if (noXFree86DRIExtension) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
-		  "Direct rendering has been disabled.\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    if (!xf86VGAarbiterAllowDRI(pScreen)) {
-        DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
-                  "Direct rendering is not supported when VGA arb is necessary for the device\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-#ifdef PANORAMIX
-    /*
-     * If Xinerama is on, don't allow DRI to initialise.  It won't be usable
-     * anyway.
-     */
-	if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,
-		"Direct rendering is not supported when Xinerama is enabled\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-#endif
-
-    if (!DRIOpenDRMMaster(pScrn, pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
-			  pDRIInfo->busIdString,
-			  pDRIInfo->drmDriverName))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
-
-    if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration)
-	DRIGeneration = serverGeneration;
-
-    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
-	return FALSE;
-    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW, 0))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    pDRIPriv = (DRIScreenPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(DRIScreenPrivRec));
-    if (!pDRIPriv) {
-	dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
-        return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, pDRIPriv);
-    pDRIPriv->drmFD = pDRIEntPriv->drmFD;
-    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = TRUE;
-    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo = pDRIInfo;
-    pDRIPriv->nrWindows = 0;
-    pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible = 0;
-    pDRIPriv->fullscreen = NULL;
-
-    pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx     = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtx;
-    pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtxPriv;
-
-    pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = FALSE;
-    pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled = FALSE;
-    *pDRMFD = pDRIPriv->drmFD;
-
-    if (pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed || pDRIInfo->allocSarea) {
-
-	if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-		       0,
-		       pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,
-		       DRM_SHM,
-		       0,
-		       &pDRIPriv->hSAREA) < 0)
-	{
-	    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
-	    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
-	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		  "[drm] added %d byte SAREA at %p\n",
-		  pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, pDRIPriv->hSAREA);
-
-	/* Backwards compat. */
-	if (drmMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-		    pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
-		    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,
-		    (drmAddressPtr)(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA)) < 0)
-	{
-	    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
-	    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
-	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] drmMap failed\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] mapped SAREA %p to %p\n",
-		  pDRIPriv->hSAREA, pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
-	memset(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, 0, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);
-    } else {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] Using the DRM lock "
-		  "SAREA also for drawables.\n");
-	pDRIPriv->hSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;
-	pDRIPriv->pSAREA = (XF86DRISAREAPtr) pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;
-	pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    pDRIPriv->hLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;
-    pDRIPriv->pLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;
-
-    if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->dontMapFrameBuffer)
-    {
-	if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-		       (uintptr_t)pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferPhysicalAddress,
-		       pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize,
-		       DRM_FRAME_BUFFER,
-		       0,
-		       &pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer) < 0)
-	    {
-		pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;
-		dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
-		drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);
-		drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
-		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-			  "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] framebuffer handle = %p\n",
-		  pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer);
-    } else {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		  "[drm] framebuffer mapped by ddx driver\n");
-    }
-
-    if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == NULL) {
-	pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = pScreen;
-
-	/* Add tags for reserved contexts */
-	if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-						  &reserved_count))) {
-	    int  i;
-	    void *tag;
-
-	    for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {
-		tag = DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen,
-						     reserved[i],
-						     DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED);
-		drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, reserved[i], tag);
-	    }
-	    drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] added %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",
-		      reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* validate max drawable table entry set by driver */
-    if ((pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry <= 0) ||
-        (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry > SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES)) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "Invalid max drawable table size set by driver: %d\n",
-		      pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize drawable tables (screen private and SAREA) */
-    for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {
-	pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = NULL;
-	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = 0;
-	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].flags = 0;
-    }
-
-    pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = &pDRIEntPriv->lockRefCount;
-    pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = &pDRIEntPriv->lockingContext;
-
-    if (!pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen)
-	pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen = pDRIInfo->keepFDOpen;
-
-    pDRIEntPriv->refCount++;
-
-    /* Set up flags for DRICreateContextPriv */
-    switch (pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {
-    case DRI_KERNEL_SWAP:
-	flags = DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY;
-	break;
-    case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:
-	flags = DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED;
-	break;
-    }
-
-    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,
-						 &pDRIPriv->myContext,
-						 flags))) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		  "failed to create server context\n");
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-    pDRIPriv->myContextPriv = pDRIContextPriv;
-
-    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-	      "X context handle = %p\n", pDRIPriv->myContext);
-
-    /* Now that we have created the X server's context, we can grab the
-     * hardware lock for the X server.
-     */
-    DRILock(pScreen, 0);
-    pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = TRUE;
-
-    /* pointers so that we can prevent memory leaks later */
-    pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore    = NULL;
-    pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore = NULL;
-
-    switch(pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {
-    case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:
-	/* Server will handle 3D swaps, and hide 2D swaps from kernel.
-	 * Register server context as a preserved context.
-	 */
-
-	/* allocate memory for hidden context store */
-	pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore
-	    = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);
-	if (!pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "failed to allocate hidden context\n");
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-
-	/* allocate memory for partial 3D context store */
-	pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore
-	    = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);
-	if (!pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "[DRI] failed to allocate partial 3D context\n");
-	    free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-
-	/* save initial context store */
-	if (pDRIInfo->SwapContext) {
-	    (*pDRIInfo->SwapContext)(
-		pScreen,
-		DRI_NO_SYNC,
-		DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-		pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore,
-		DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
-		NULL);
-	}
-	/* fall through */
-
-    case DRI_SERVER_SWAP:
-        /* For swap methods of DRI_SERVER_SWAP and DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT
-         * setup signal handler for receiving swap requests from kernel
-	 */
-	if (!(pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled =
-	      drmInstallSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD, DRISwapContext))) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "[drm] failed to setup DRM signal handler\n");
-	    free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
-	    free(pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return FALSE;
-	} else {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] installed DRM signal handler\n");
-	}
-
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIFinishScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr        pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-    /* Wrap DRI support */
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree     = pScreen->ValidateTree;
-	pScreen->ValidateTree           = pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree;
-    }
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;
-	pScreen->PostValidateTree       = pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree;
-    }
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures  = pScreen->WindowExposures;
-	pScreen->WindowExposures        = pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures;
-    }
-
-    pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow             = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
-    pScreen->DestroyWindow              = DRIDestroyWindow;
-
-    pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen,
-						       dri_crtc_notify);
-						       
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow       = pScreen->CopyWindow;
-	pScreen->CopyWindow             = pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow;
-    }
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify       = pScreen->ClipNotify;
-	pScreen->ClipNotify             = pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify;
-    }
-    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
-	ScrnInfoPtr pScrn               = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame      = pScrn->AdjustFrame;
-	pScrn->AdjustFrame              = pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame;
-    }
-    pDRIPriv->wrapped = TRUE;
-
-    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[DRI] installation complete\n");
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-DRICloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr       pDRIInfo;
-    drm_context_t *    reserved;
-    int              reserved_count;
-    ScrnInfoPtr      pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    DRIEntPrivPtr    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);
-    Bool closeMaster;
-
-    if (pDRIPriv) {
-
-        pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-	if (pDRIPriv->wrapped) {
-	    /* Unwrap DRI Functions */
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {
-		pScreen->ValidateTree           = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree     = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
-		pScreen->PostValidateTree       = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {
-		pScreen->WindowExposures        = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures  = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {
-		pScreen->DestroyWindow          = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;
-		pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow         = NULL;
-	    }
-
-	    xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);
-
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {
-		pScreen->CopyWindow             = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow       = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {
-		pScreen->ClipNotify             = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify       = NULL;
-	    }
-	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
-		ScrnInfoPtr pScrn               = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-		pScrn->AdjustFrame              = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;
-		pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame      = NULL;
-	    }
-	    
-	    pDRIPriv->wrapped = FALSE;
-	}
-
-	if (pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled) {
-	    if (!drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {
-		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-			  "[drm] failed to remove DRM signal handler\n");
-	    }
-	}
-
-        if (pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv && pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx) {
-	    DRIDestroyDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv);
-	}
-
-	if (!DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->myContextPriv)) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "failed to destroy server context\n");
-	}
-
-				/* Remove tags for reserved contexts */
-	if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == pScreen) {
-	    pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = NULL;
-
-	    if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-						  &reserved_count))) {
-		int  i;
-
-		for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {
-		    DRIDestroyContextPriv(drmGetContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-							   reserved[i]));
-		}
-		drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);
-		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-			  "[drm] removed %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",
-			  reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/* Make sure signals get unblocked etc. */
-	drmUnlock(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->myContext);
-	pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = NULL;
-	closeMaster = (--pDRIEntPriv->refCount == 0) &&
-	    !pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen;
-	if (closeMaster || pDRIPriv->hSAREA != pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] unmapping %d bytes of SAREA %p at %p\n",
-		      pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
-		      pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
-		      pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
-	    if (drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIInfo->SAREASize)) {
-		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-			  "[drm] unable to unmap %d bytes"
-			  " of SAREA %p at %p\n",
-			  pDRIInfo->SAREASize,
-			  pDRIPriv->hSAREA,
-			  pDRIPriv->pSAREA);
-	    }
-	} else {
-	    pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = FALSE;
-	}
-
-	if (closeMaster || (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {
-	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);
-	    if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD == pDRIPriv->drmFD) {
-		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-			  "[drm] Closed DRM master.\n");
-		pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = -1;
-	    }
-	}
-
-	free(pDRIPriv);
-	dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);
-    }
-}
-
-#define DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY 3
-
-static int dri_drm_debug_print(const char *format, va_list ap)
-{
-  xf86VDrvMsgVerb(-1, X_NONE, DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static void dri_drm_get_perms(gid_t *group, mode_t *mode)
-{
-  *group = xf86ConfigDRI.group;
-  *mode = xf86ConfigDRI.mode;
-}
-
-drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo =  {
-  dri_drm_debug_print,
-  xf86LoadKernelModule,
-  dri_drm_get_perms,
-};
-
-Bool
-DRIExtensionInit(void)
-{
-    if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration) {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    DRIDrawablePrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIDrawablePrivDelete,
-						   "DRIDrawable");
-    DRIContextPrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIContextPrivDelete,
-						  "DRIContext");
-
-    if (!DRIDrawablePrivResType || !DRIContextPrivResType)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(DRIBlockHandler, DRIWakeupHandler, NULL);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-void
-DRIReset(void)
-{
-    /*
-     * This stub routine is called when the X Server recycles, resources
-     * allocated by DRIExtensionInit need to be managed here.
-     *
-     * Currently this routine is a stub because all the interesting resources
-     * are managed via the screen init process.
-     */
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool* isCapable)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (pDRIPriv)
-	*isCapable = pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport;
-    else
-	*isCapable = FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIOpenConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_handle_t * hSAREA, char **busIdString)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    *hSAREA           = pDRIPriv->hSAREA;
-    *busIdString      = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->busIdString;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIAuthConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_magic_t magic)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (drmAuthMagic(pDRIPriv->drmFD, magic)) return FALSE;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRICloseConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIGetClientDriverName(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-                       int *ddxDriverMajorVersion,
-                       int *ddxDriverMinorVersion,
-                       int *ddxDriverPatchVersion,
-                       char **clientDriverName)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    *ddxDriverMajorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMajorVersion;
-    *ddxDriverMinorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMinorVersion;
-    *ddxDriverPatchVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverPatchVersion;
-    *clientDriverName      = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->clientDriverName;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* DRICreateContextPriv and DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle are helper
-   functions that layer on drmCreateContext and drmAddContextTag.
-
-   DRICreateContextPriv always creates a kernel drm_context_t and then calls
-   DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle to create a DRIContextPriv structure for
-   DRI tracking.  For the SIGIO handler, the drm_context_t is associated with
-   DRIContextPrivPtr.  Any special flags are stored in the DRIContextPriv
-   area and are passed to the kernel (if necessary).
-
-   DRICreateContextPriv returns a pointer to newly allocated
-   DRIContextPriv, and returns the kernel drm_context_t in pHWContext. */
-
-DRIContextPrivPtr
-DRICreateContextPriv(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-		     drm_context_t * pHWContext,
-		     DRIContextFlags flags)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (drmCreateContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pHWContext)) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    return DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen, *pHWContext, flags);
-}
-
-DRIContextPrivPtr
-DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-			       drm_context_t hHWContext,
-			       DRIContextFlags flags)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
-    int 	      contextPrivSize;
-
-    contextPrivSize = sizeof(DRIContextPrivRec) +
-			    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->contextSize;
-    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = calloc(1, contextPrivSize))) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    pDRIContextPriv->pContextStore = (void *)(pDRIContextPriv + 1);
-
-    drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, hHWContext, pDRIContextPriv);
-
-    pDRIContextPriv->hwContext = hHWContext;
-    pDRIContextPriv->pScreen   = pScreen;
-    pDRIContextPriv->flags     = flags;
-    pDRIContextPriv->valid3D   = FALSE;
-
-    if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
-	if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-			       hHWContext,
-			       DRM_CONTEXT_2DONLY)) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "[drm] failed to set 2D context flag\n");
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED) {
-	if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-			       hHWContext,
-			       DRM_CONTEXT_PRESERVED)) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "[drm] failed to set preserved flag\n");
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-    }
-    return pDRIContextPriv;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIDestroyContextPriv(DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
-
-    if (!pDRIContextPriv) return TRUE;
-
-    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);
-
-    if (!(pDRIContextPriv->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED)) {
-				/* Don't delete reserved contexts from
-                                   kernel area -- the kernel manages its
-                                   reserved contexts itself. */
-	if (drmDestroyContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext))
-	    return FALSE;
-    }
-
-				/* Remove the tag last to prevent a race
-                                   condition where the context has pending
-                                   buffers.  The context can't be re-used
-                                   while in this thread, but buffers can be
-                                   dispatched asynchronously. */
-    drmDelContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext);
-    free(pDRIContextPriv);
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-DRICreateDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool needCtxPriv)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
-    void *contextStore;
-
-    if (!(pDRIContextPriv =
-	  DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,
-			       &pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context, 0))) {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext && needCtxPriv) {
-	if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext(pScreen, NULL,
-						  pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context,
-						  NULL,
-						  (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore)) {
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = pDRIContextPriv;
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv;
-    void *contextStore;
-
-    if (!pDRIContextPriv) return;
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext && hasCtxPriv) {
-	contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
-	pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,
-					      pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,
-					      (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);
-    }
-
-    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv);
-    pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = NULL;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRICreateContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr visual,
-                 XID context, drm_context_t * pHWContext)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;
-    void *contextStore;
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx && !pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv) {
-        if (!DRICreateDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv)) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		      "[drm] Could not create dummy context\n");
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, pHWContext, 0))) {
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext) {
-	if (!((*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext)(pScreen, NULL,
-		*pHWContext, NULL,
-		(DRIContextType)(long)contextStore))) {
-	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* track this in case the client dies before cleanup */
-    AddResource(context, DRIContextPrivResType, (pointer)pDRIContextPriv);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIDestroyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, XID context)
-{
-    FreeResourceByType(context, DRIContextPrivResType, FALSE);
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/* DRIContextPrivDelete is called by the resource manager. */
-Bool
-DRIContextPrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)
-{
-    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = (DRIContextPrivPtr)pResource;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
-    void *contextStore;
-
-    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext) {
-      contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);
-      pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,
-					    pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,
-					    (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);
-    }
-    return DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);
-}
-
-
-/* This walks the drawable timestamp array and invalidates all of them
- * in the case of transition from private to shared backbuffers.  It's
- * not necessary for correctness, because DRIClipNotify gets called in
- * time to prevent any conflict, but the transition from
- * shared->private is sometimes missed if we don't do this.
- */
-static void
-DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-   int i;
-   DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-   for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {
-      pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-   }
-}
-
-
-static void
-DRITransitionToSharedBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
-
-    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D)
-	pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D( pScreen );
-}
-
-
-static void
-DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
-
-    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D)
-	pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D( pScreen );
-}
-
-
-static void
-DRITransitionTo3d(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
-
-    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d)
-	pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d( pScreen );
-}
-
-static void
-DRITransitionTo2d(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );
-
-    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d)
-	pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d( pScreen );
-}
-
-
-static int
-DRIDCNTreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)
-{
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-
-    if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {
-	ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-	if (RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList) > 0) {
-	    WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = (WindowPtr*)data;
-	    int i = 0;
-
-	    while (pDRIWindows[i])
-		i++;
-
-	    pDRIWindows[i] = pWin;
-
-	    pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;
-	}
-
-	if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)
-	    return WT_STOPWALKING;
-    }
-
-    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-static void
-DRIDriverClipNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ClipNotify) {
-	WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = calloc(sizeof(WindowPtr), pDRIPriv->nrWindows);
-	DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;
-
-	if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows > 0) {
-	    pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;
-	    TraverseTree(pScreen->root, DRIDCNTreeTraversal,
-			 (pointer)pDRIWindows);
-	}
-
-	pDRIInfo->ClipNotify(pScreen, pDRIWindows, pDRIPriv->nrWindows);
-
-	free(pDRIWindows);
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    switch (++pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {
-    case 1:
-	DRITransitionTo3d( pScreen );
-	break;
-    case 2:
-	DRITransitionToSharedBuffers( pScreen );
-	break;
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-
-    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
-}
-
-static void
-DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    switch (--pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {
-    case 0:
-	DRITransitionTo2d( pScreen );
-	break;
-    case 1:
-	DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers( pScreen );
-	break;
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-
-    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
-}
-
-Bool
-DRICreateDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable,
-		  drm_drawable_t * hHWDrawable)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr	pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv;
-    WindowPtr		pWin;
-
-    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;
-	if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
-	    pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount++;
-
-	    if (!pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {
-		drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);
-	    }
-	}
-	else {
-	    /* allocate a DRI Window Private record */
-	    if (!(pDRIDrawablePriv = malloc(sizeof(DRIDrawablePrivRec)))) {
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	    /* Only create a drm_drawable_t once */
-	    if (drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-				  &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable)) {
-		free(pDRIDrawablePriv);
-		return FALSE;
-	    }
-
-	    /* add it to the list of DRI drawables for this screen */
-	    pDRIDrawablePriv->pScreen = pScreen;
-	    pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount = 1;
-	    pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = -1;
-	    pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
-
-	    /* save private off of preallocated index */
-	    dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey,
-			  pDRIDrawablePriv);
-	    pDRIPriv->nrWindows++;
-
-	    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
-		DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
-	}
-
-	/* track this in case the client dies */
-	AddResource(FakeClientID(client->index), DRIDrawablePrivResType,
-		    (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);
-
-	if (pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {
-	    drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD,
-				  pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,
-				  DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,
-				  RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList),
-				  RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));
-	    *hHWDrawable = pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable;
-	}
-    }
-    else if (pDrawable->type != DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) { /* PBuffer */
-	/* NOT_DONE */
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
-
-    if (!pDRIDrawablePriv)
-	return;
-
-    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex != -1) {
-	/* bump stamp to force outstanding 3D requests to resync */
-	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp
-	    = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-
-	/* release drawable table entry */
-	pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex] = NULL;
-    }
-
-    pDRIPriv->nrWindows--;
-
-    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
-	DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
-
-    drmDestroyDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);
-
-    free(pDRIDrawablePriv);
-    dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey, NULL);
-}
-
-static Bool
-DRIDestroyDrawableCB(pointer value, XID id, pointer data)
-{
-    if (value == data) {
-	/* This calls back DRIDrawablePrivDelete which frees private area */
-	FreeResourceByType(id, DRIDrawablePrivResType, FALSE);
-
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIDestroyDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable)
-{
-    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	LookupClientResourceComplex(client, DRIDrawablePrivResType,
-				    DRIDestroyDrawableCB,
-				    (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);
-    }
-    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
-	/* NOT_DONE */
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIDrawablePrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)
-{
-    WindowPtr pWin;
-    int rc;
-
-    /* For DRIDrawablePrivResType, the XID is the client's fake ID. The
-     * important XID is the value in pResource. */
-    id = (XID)(intptr_t)pResource;
-    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, id, serverClient, DixGetAttrAccess);
-
-    if (rc == Success) {
-	DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrwPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-
-	if (!pDRIDrwPriv)
-	    return FALSE;
-
-	if (--pDRIDrwPriv->refCount == 0)
-	    DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);
-
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
-	/* NOT_DONE */
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIGetDrawableInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-                   DrawablePtr pDrawable,
-                   unsigned int* index,
-                   unsigned int* stamp,
-                   int* X,
-                   int* Y,
-                   int* W,
-                   int* H,
-                   int* numClipRects,
-                   drm_clip_rect_t ** pClipRects,
-                   int* backX,
-                   int* backY,
-                   int* numBackClipRects,
-                   drm_clip_rect_t ** pBackClipRects)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv, pOldDrawPriv;
-    WindowPtr		pWin, pOldWin;
-    int			i;
-
-#if 0
-    printf("maxDrawableTableEntry = %d\n", pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);
-#endif
-
-    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {
-	pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;
-	if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
-
-	    /* Manage drawable table */
-	    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex == -1) { /* load SAREA table */
-
-		/* Search table for empty entry */
-		i = 0;
-		while (i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {
-		    if (!(pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i])) {
-			pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = pDrawable;
-			pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = i;
-			pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =
-					    DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-			break;
-		    }
-		    i++;
-		}
-
-		/* Search table for oldest entry */
-		if (i == pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {
-                    unsigned int oldestStamp = ~0;
-                    int oldestIndex = 0;
-		    i = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;
-		    while (i--) {
-			if (pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp <
-								oldestStamp) {
-			    oldestIndex = i;
-			    oldestStamp =
-				pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp;
-			}
-		    }
-		    pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = oldestIndex;
-
-		    /* release oldest drawable table entry */
-		    pOldWin = (WindowPtr)pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex];
-		    pOldDrawPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pOldWin);
-		    pOldDrawPriv->drawableIndex = -1;
-
-		    /* claim drawable table entry */
-		    pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex] = pDrawable;
-
-		    /* validate SAREA entry */
-		    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[oldestIndex].stamp =
-					DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-
-		    /* check for stamp wrap around */
-		    if (oldestStamp > DRIDrawableValidationStamp) {
-
-			/* walk SAREA table and invalidate all drawables */
-			for( i=0;
-                             i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;
-                             i++) {
-				pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =
-					DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-			}
-		    }
-		}
-
-		/* If the driver wants to be notified when the index is
-		 * set for a drawable, let it know now.
-		 */
-		if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex)
-			pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex(pWin,
-				pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
-
-		/* reinit drawable ID if window is visible */
-		if ((pWin->viewable) &&
-		    (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->bufferRequests != DRI_NO_WINDOWS))
-		{
-		    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin,
-			    &pWin->clipList, pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    *index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;
-	    *stamp = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[*index].stamp;
-	    *X = (int)(pWin->drawable.x);
-	    *Y = (int)(pWin->drawable.y);
-	    *W = (int)(pWin->drawable.width);
-	    *H = (int)(pWin->drawable.height);
-	    *numClipRects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
-	    *pClipRects = (drm_clip_rect_t *)RegionRects(&pWin->clipList);
-
-	    if (!*numClipRects && pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {
-				/* use fake full-screen clip rect */
-		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x1 = *X;
-		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y1 = *Y;
-		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x2 = *X + *W;
-		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y2 = *Y + *H;
-
-		*numClipRects = 1;
-		*pClipRects   = &pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect;
-	    }
-
-	    *backX = *X;
-	    *backY = *Y;
-
-	    if (pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible == 1 && *numClipRects) {
-	       /* Use a single cliprect. */
-
-	       int x0 = *X;
-	       int y0 = *Y;
-	       int x1 = x0 + *W;
-	       int y1 = y0 + *H;
-
-	       if (x0 < 0) x0 = 0;
-	       if (y0 < 0) y0 = 0;
-	       if (x1 > pScreen->width) x1 = pScreen->width;
-	       if (y1 > pScreen->height) y1 = pScreen->height;
-
-	       if (y0 >= y1 || x0 >= x1) {
-		    *numBackClipRects = 0;
-		    *pBackClipRects = NULL;
-	       } else {
-		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x1 = x0;
-		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y1 = y0;
-		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x2 = x1;
-		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y2 = y1;
-
-		    *numBackClipRects = 1;
-		    *pBackClipRects = &(pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect);
-	       }
-	    } else {
-	       /* Use the frontbuffer cliprects for back buffers.  */
-	       *numBackClipRects = 0;
-	       *pBackClipRects = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-	else {
-	    /* Not a DRIDrawable */
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */
-	/* NOT_DONE */
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIGetDeviceInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-                 drm_handle_t * hFrameBuffer,
-                 int* fbOrigin,
-                 int* fbSize,
-                 int* fbStride,
-                 int* devPrivateSize,
-                 void** pDevPrivate)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    *hFrameBuffer = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer;
-    *fbOrigin = 0;
-    *fbSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize;
-    *fbStride = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferStride;
-    *devPrivateSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivateSize;
-    *pDevPrivate = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivate;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-DRIInfoPtr
-DRICreateInfoRec(void)
-{
-    DRIInfoPtr inforec = (DRIInfoPtr)calloc(1, sizeof(DRIInfoRec));
-    if (!inforec) return NULL;
-
-    /* Initialize defaults */
-    inforec->busIdString = NULL;
-
-    /* Wrapped function defaults */
-    inforec->wrap.WakeupHandler         = DRIDoWakeupHandler;
-    inforec->wrap.BlockHandler          = DRIDoBlockHandler;
-    inforec->wrap.WindowExposures       = DRIWindowExposures;
-    inforec->wrap.CopyWindow            = DRICopyWindow;
-    inforec->wrap.ValidateTree          = DRIValidateTree;
-    inforec->wrap.PostValidateTree      = DRIPostValidateTree;
-    inforec->wrap.ClipNotify            = DRIClipNotify;
-    inforec->wrap.AdjustFrame           = DRIAdjustFrame;
-
-    inforec->TransitionTo2d = 0;
-    inforec->TransitionTo3d = 0;
-    inforec->SetDrawableIndex = 0;
-
-    return inforec;
-}
-
-void
-DRIDestroyInfoRec(DRIInfoPtr DRIInfo)
-{
-    free(DRIInfo->busIdString);
-    free((char*)DRIInfo);
-}
-
-
-void
-DRIWakeupHandler(pointer wakeupData, int result, pointer pReadmask)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
-	ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[i];
-	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-	if (pDRIPriv &&
-	    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)
-	    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)(i, wakeupData,
-							 result, pReadmask);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-DRIBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {
-	ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[i];
-	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-	if (pDRIPriv &&
-	    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)
-	    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)(i, blockData,
-							pTimeout, pReadmask);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-DRIDoWakeupHandler(int screenNum, pointer wakeupData,
-                   unsigned long result, pointer pReadmask)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    DRILock(pScreen, 0);
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
-	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
-	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-					      DRI_3D_SYNC,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-DRIDoBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,
-                  pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
-	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
-	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-					      DRI_2D_SYNC,
-					      DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
-					      NULL,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
-    }
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->windowsTouched)
-        DRM_SPINUNLOCK(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1);
-    pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = FALSE;
-
-    DRIUnlock(pScreen);
-}
-
-void
-DRISwapContext(int drmFD, void *oldctx, void *newctx)
-{
-    DRIContextPrivPtr oldContext      = (DRIContextPrivPtr)oldctx;
-    DRIContextPrivPtr newContext      = (DRIContextPrivPtr)newctx;
-    ScreenPtr         pScreen         = newContext->pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv        = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    void*             oldContextStore = NULL;
-    DRIContextType    oldContextType;
-    void*             newContextStore = NULL;
-    DRIContextType    newContextType;
-    DRISyncType       syncType;
-#ifdef DEBUG
-    static int        count = 0;
-
-    if (!newContext) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		  "[DRI] Context Switch Error: oldContext=%x, newContext=%x\n",
-		  oldContext, newContext);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    /* usefull for debugging, just print out after n context switches */
-    if (!count || !(count % 1)) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		  "[DRI] Context switch %5d from %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",
-		  count,
-		  oldContext,
-		  oldContext ? oldContext->flags : 0,
-		  oldContext ? oldContext->hwContext : -1);
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,
-		  "[DRI] Context switch %5d to   %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",
-		  count,
-		  newContext,
-		  newContext ? newContext->flags : 0,
-		  newContext ? newContext->hwContext : -1);
-    }
-    ++count;
-#endif
-
-    if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		  "[DRI] DDX driver missing context swap call back\n");
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
-
-        /* only 3D contexts are swapped in this case */
-	if (oldContext) {
-	    oldContextStore     = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
-	    oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
-	    oldContextType      = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-	} else {
-	    oldContextType      = DRI_NO_CONTEXT;
-	}
-	newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
-	if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
-	  (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
-	    newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-	}
-	else {
-	    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-	}
-	syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
-    }
-    else /* default: driverSwapMethod == DRI_SERVER_SWAP */ {
-
-        /* optimize 2D context swaps */
-
-	if (newContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
-	    /* go from 3D context to 2D context and only save 2D
-             * subset of 3D state
-             */
-	    oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
-	    oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-	    newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
-	    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-	    syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
-	    pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext = oldContext;
-	}
-	else if (oldContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {
-	    if (pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext == newContext) {
-		/* go from 2D context back to previous 3D context and
-		 * only restore 2D subset of previous 3D state
-		 */
-		oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
-		oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-		newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
-		newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-		syncType = DRI_2D_SYNC;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		/* go from 2D context to a different 3D context */
-
-		/* call DDX driver to do partial restore */
-		oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);
-		newContextStore =
-			DRIGetContextStore(pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext);
-		(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-						      DRI_2D_SYNC,
-						      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-						      oldContextStore,
-						      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-						      newContextStore);
-
-		/* now setup for a complete 3D swap */
-		oldContextStore = newContextStore;
-		oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
-		oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-		newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
-		if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
-		  (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
-		    newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-		}
-		else {
-		    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-		}
-		syncType = DRI_NO_SYNC;
-	    }
-	}
-	else {
-	    /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */
-	    oldContextStore = newContextStore;
-	    oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;
-	    oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-	    newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);
-	    if ((newContext->valid3D) &&
-	      (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {
-		newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;
-	    }
-	    else {
-		newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;
-	    }
-	    syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;
-	}
-    }
-
-    /* call DDX driver to perform the swap */
-    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-					  syncType,
-					  oldContextType,
-					  oldContextStore,
-					  newContextType,
-					  newContextStore);
-}
-
-void*
-DRIGetContextStore(DRIContextPrivPtr context)
-{
-    return((void *)context->pContextStore);
-}
-
-void
-DRIWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr bsreg)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-
-    if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {
-         (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin, prgn,
-                                               pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);
-    }
-
-    /* call lower wrapped functions */
-    if (pDRIPriv && pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures) {
-
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-	(*pScreen->WindowExposures)(pWin, prgn, bsreg);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures;
-	pScreen->WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures;
-    }
-}
-
-
-static int
-DRITreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)
-{
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-
-    if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {
-        ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-        DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-	if(RegionNumRects(&(pWin->clipList)) > 0) {
-	   RegionPtr reg = (RegionPtr)data;
-
-	   RegionUnion(reg, reg, &(pWin->clipList));
-	   pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;
-	}
-
-	if(pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)
-	   return WT_STOPWALKING;
-    }
-    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;
-}
-
-Bool
-DRIDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    Bool retval = TRUE;
-
-    DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);
-
-    /* call lower wrapped functions */
-    if(pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-	retval = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
-	pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow;
-    }
-
-    return retval;
-}
-
-void
-DRICopyWindow(WindowPtr pWin, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv) return;
-
-    if(pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible > 0) {
-       RegionRec reg;
-
-       RegionNull(&reg);
-       pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;
-       TraverseTree(pWin, DRITreeTraversal, (pointer)(&reg));
-
-       if(RegionNotEmpty(&reg)) {
-           RegionTranslate(&reg, ptOldOrg.x - pWin->drawable.x,
-                                        ptOldOrg.y - pWin->drawable.y);
-           RegionIntersect(&reg, &reg, prgnSrc);
-
-           /* The MoveBuffers interface is not ideal */
-           (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->MoveBuffers)(pWin, ptOldOrg, &reg,
-				pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry);
-       }
-
-       RegionUninit(&reg);
-    }
-
-    /* call lower wrapped functions */
-    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow) {
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-	(*pScreen->CopyWindow)(pWin, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;
-	pScreen->CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow;
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-DRIGetSecs(long *secs, long *usecs)
-{
-    struct timeval tv;
-
-    gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
-
-    *secs  = tv.tv_sec;
-    *usecs = tv.tv_usec;
-}
-
-static unsigned long
-DRIComputeMilliSeconds(unsigned long s_secs, unsigned long s_usecs,
-		       unsigned long f_secs, unsigned long f_usecs)
-{
-    if (f_usecs < s_usecs) {
-	--f_secs;
-	f_usecs += 1000000;
-    }
-    return (f_secs - s_secs) * 1000 + (f_usecs - s_usecs) / 1000;
-}
-
-static void
-DRISpinLockTimeout(drmLock *lock, int val, unsigned long timeout /* in mS */)
-{
-    int  count = 10000;
-#if !defined(__alpha__) && !defined(__powerpc__)
-    char ret;
-#else
-    int ret;
-#endif
-    long s_secs, s_usecs;
-    long f_secs, f_usecs;
-    long msecs;
-    long prev  = 0;
-
-    DRIGetSecs(&s_secs, &s_usecs);
-
-    do {
-	DRM_SPINLOCK_COUNT(lock, val, count, ret);
-	if (!ret) return;	/* Got lock */
-	DRIGetSecs(&f_secs, &f_usecs);
-	msecs = DRIComputeMilliSeconds(s_secs, s_usecs, f_secs, f_usecs);
-	if (msecs - prev < 250) count *= 2; /* Not more than 0.5S */
-    } while (msecs < timeout);
-
-				/* Didn't get lock, so take it.  The worst
-                                   that can happen is that there is some
-                                   garbage written to the wrong part of the
-                                   framebuffer that a refresh will repair.
-                                   That's undesirable, but better than
-                                   locking the server.  This should be a
-                                   very rare event. */
-    DRM_SPINLOCK_TAKE(lock, val);
-}
-
-static void
-DRILockTree(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv) return;
-
-    /* Restore the last known 3D context if the X context is hidden */
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
-	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-					      DRI_2D_SYNC,
-					      DRI_NO_CONTEXT,
-					      NULL,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);
-    }
-
-    /* Call kernel to release lock */
-    DRIUnlock(pScreen);
-
-    /* Grab drawable spin lock: a time out between 10 and 30 seconds is
-       appropriate, since this should never time out except in the case of
-       client death while the lock is being held.  The timeout must be
-       greater than any reasonable rendering time. */
-    DRISpinLockTimeout(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1, 10000); /*10 secs*/
-
-    /* Call kernel flush outstanding buffers and relock */
-    DRILock(pScreen, DRM_LOCK_QUIESCENT|DRM_LOCK_FLUSH_ALL);
-
-    /* Switch back to our 2D context if the X context is hidden */
-    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {
-	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */
-	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,
-					      DRI_3D_SYNC,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,
-					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,
-					      pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);
-    }
-}
-
-int
-DRIValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    int returnValue = 1; /* always return 1, not checked by dix/window.c */
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv) return returnValue;
-
-    /* call lower wrapped functions */
-    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree) {
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-	returnValue = (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree;
-	pScreen->ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree;
-    }
-
-    return returnValue;
-}
-
-void
-DRIPostValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;
-
-    if (pParent) {
-	pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;
-    } else {
-	pScreen = pChild->drawable.pScreen;
-    }
-    if(!(pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen))) return;
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree) {
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-	(*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;
-	pScreen->PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-DRIClipNotify(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv;
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv) return;
-
-    if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {
-        int nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);
-
-        if(!pDRIPriv->windowsTouched) {
-            DRILockTree(pScreen);
-            pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = TRUE;
-        }
-
-	if (nrects && !pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
-	    DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
-	else if (!nrects && pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)
-	    DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);
-	else
-	    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);
-
-	pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = nrects;
-
-	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp
-	    = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;
-
-	drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,
-			      DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,
-			      nrects, RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));
-    }
-
-    /* call lower wrapped functions */
-    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify) {
-
-	/* unwrap */
-        pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;
-
-	/* call lower layers */
-        (*pScreen->ClipNotify)(pWin, dx, dy);
-
-	/* rewrap */
-        pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify;
-        pScreen->ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify;
-    }
-}
-
-CARD32
-DRIGetDrawableIndex(WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
-    CARD32 index;
-
-    if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {
-	index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;
-    }
-    else {
-	index = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry;
-    }
-
-    return index;
-}
-
-unsigned int
-DRIGetDrawableStamp(ScreenPtr pScreen, CARD32 drawable_index)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    return pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[drawable_index].stamp;
-}
-
-
-void
-DRIPrintDrawableLock(ScreenPtr pScreen, char *msg)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    ErrorF("%s: %d\n", msg,  pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock.lock);
-}
-
-void
-DRILock(ScreenPtr pScreen, int flags)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;
-
-    if (!*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) {
-        DRM_LOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext, flags);
-	*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = pDRIPriv->myContext;
-    } else if (*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext != pDRIPriv->myContext) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		  "[DRI] Locking deadlock.\n"
-		  "\tAlready locked with context %d,\n"
-		  "\ttrying to lock with context %d.\n",
-		  pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,
-		  pDRIPriv->myContext);
-    }
-    (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)++;
-}
-
-void
-DRIUnlock(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;
-
-    if (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount > 0) {
-	if (pDRIPriv->myContext != *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext) {
-	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		      "[DRI] Unlocking inconsistency:\n"
-		      "\tContext %d trying to unlock lock held by context %d\n",
-		      pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,
-		      pDRIPriv->myContext);
-	}
-	(*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)--;
-    } else {
-        DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,
-		  "DRIUnlock called when not locked.\n");
-        return;
-    }
-    if (! *pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)
-        DRM_UNLOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext);
-}
-
-void *
-DRIGetSAREAPrivate(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;
-
-    return (void *)(((char*)pDRIPriv->pSAREA)+sizeof(XF86DRISAREARec));
-}
-
-drm_context_t
-DRIGetContext(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;
-
-    return pDRIPriv->myContext;
-}
-
-void
-DRIGetTexOffsetFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen,
-		     DRITexOffsetStartProcPtr *texOffsetStartFunc,
-		     DRITexOffsetFinishProcPtr *texOffsetFinishFunc)
-{
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-
-    if (!pDRIPriv) return;
-
-    *texOffsetStartFunc  = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetStart;
-    *texOffsetFinishFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetFinish;
-}
-
-/* This lets get at the unwrapped functions so that they can correctly
- * call the lowerlevel functions, and choose whether they will be
- * called at every level of recursion (eg in validatetree).
- */
-DRIWrappedFuncsRec *
-DRIGetWrappedFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    return &(DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen)->wrap);
-}
-
-/* note that this returns the library version, not the protocol version */
-void
-DRIQueryVersion(int *majorVersion,
-                int *minorVersion,
-                int *patchVersion)
-{
-    *majorVersion = DRIINFO_MAJOR_VERSION;
-    *minorVersion = DRIINFO_MINOR_VERSION;
-    *patchVersion = DRIINFO_PATCH_VERSION;
-}
-
-static void
-_DRIAdjustFrame(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv, int x, int y)
-{
-    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x      = x;
-    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y      = y;
-    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width  = pScrn->frameX1 - x + 1;
-    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height = pScrn->frameY1 - y + 1;
-}
-
-void
-DRIAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags)
-{
-    ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex];
-    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
-    ScrnInfoPtr      pScrn    = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    int              px, py;
-
-    if (!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pSAREA) {
-	DRIDrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_ERROR, "[DRI] No SAREA (%p %p)\n",
-		  pDRIPriv, pDRIPriv ? pDRIPriv->pSAREA : NULL);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {
-				/* Fix up frame */
-	pScrn->frameX0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x;
-	pScrn->frameY0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y;
-	pScrn->frameX1 = pScrn->frameX0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width - 1;
-	pScrn->frameY1 = pScrn->frameY0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height - 1;
-
-				/* Fix up cursor */
-    miPointerGetPosition(inputInfo.pointer, &px, &py);
-	if (px < pScrn->frameX0) px = pScrn->frameX0;
-	if (px > pScrn->frameX1) px = pScrn->frameX1;
-	if (py < pScrn->frameY0) py = pScrn->frameY0;
-	if (py > pScrn->frameY1) py = pScrn->frameY1;
-	pScreen->SetCursorPosition(inputInfo.pointer, pScreen, px, py, TRUE);
-	return;
-    }
-
-    if (pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame) {
-	/* unwrap */
-	pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;
-	/* call lower layers */
-	(*pScrn->AdjustFrame)(scrnIndex, x, y, flags);
-	/* rewrap */
-	pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame;
-	pScrn->AdjustFrame         = DRIAdjustFrame;
-    }
-
-    _DRIAdjustFrame(pScrn, pDRIPriv, x, y);
-}
-
-/* 
- * DRIMoveBuffersHelper swaps the regions rects in place leaving you
- * a region with the rects in the order that you need to blit them,
- * but it is possibly (likely) an invalid region afterwards.  If you
- * need to use the region again for anything you have to call 
- * REGION_VALIDATE on it, or better yet, save a copy first.
- */
-
-void
-DRIMoveBuffersHelper(
-   ScreenPtr pScreen, 
-   int dx,
-   int dy,
-   int *xdir, 
-   int *ydir, 
-   RegionPtr reg
-)
-{
-   BoxPtr extents, pbox, firstBox, lastBox;
-   BoxRec tmpBox;
-   int y, nbox;
-
-   extents = RegionExtents(reg);
-   nbox = RegionNumRects(reg);
-   pbox = RegionRects(reg);
-
-   if((dy > 0) && (dy < (extents->y2 - extents->y1))) {
-     *ydir = -1;
-     if(nbox > 1) {
-        firstBox = pbox;
-        lastBox = pbox + nbox - 1;
-        while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
-           tmpBox = *firstBox;
-           *firstBox = *lastBox;
-           *lastBox = tmpBox;
-           firstBox++;
-           lastBox--;
-        }
-     }
-   } else *ydir = 1;
-
-   if((dx > 0) && (dx < (extents->x2 - extents->x1))) {
-     *xdir = -1;
-     if(nbox > 1) {
-        firstBox = lastBox = pbox;
-        y = pbox->y1;
-        while(--nbox) {
-           pbox++;
-           if(pbox->y1 == y) lastBox++;
-           else {
-              while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
-                 tmpBox = *firstBox;
-                 *firstBox = *lastBox;
-                 *lastBox = tmpBox;
-                 firstBox++;
-                 lastBox--;
-              }
-
-              firstBox = lastBox = pbox;
-              y = pbox->y1;
-           }
-         }
-         while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {
-           tmpBox = *firstBox;
-           *firstBox = *lastBox;
-           *lastBox = tmpBox;
-           firstBox++;
-           lastBox--;
-        }
-     }
-   } else *xdir = 1;
-
-}
-
-char *
-DRICreatePCIBusID(const struct pci_device * dev)
-{
-    char *busID;
-
-    if (asprintf(&busID, "pci:%04x:%02x:%02x.%d",
-		 dev->domain, dev->bus, dev->dev, dev->func) == -1)
-	return NULL;
-
-    return busID;
-}
-
-static void drmSIGIOHandler(int interrupt, void *closure)
-{
-    unsigned long key;
-    void          *value;
-    ssize_t       count;
-    drm_ctx_t     ctx;
-    typedef void  (*_drmCallback)(int, void *, void *);
-    char          buf[256];
-    drm_context_t    old;
-    drm_context_t    new;
-    void          *oldctx;
-    void          *newctx;
-    char          *pt;
-    drmHashEntry  *entry;
-    void *hash_table;
-
-    hash_table = drmGetHashTable();
-
-    if (!hash_table) return;
-    if (drmHashFirst(hash_table, &key, &value)) {
-	entry = value;
-	do {
-#if 0
-	    fprintf(stderr, "Trying %d\n", entry->fd);
-#endif
-	    if ((count = read(entry->fd, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1)) > 0) {
-		buf[count] = '\0';
-#if 0
-		fprintf(stderr, "Got %s\n", buf);
-#endif
-
-		for (pt = buf; *pt != ' '; ++pt); /* Find first space */
-		++pt;
-		old    = strtol(pt, &pt, 0);
-		new    = strtol(pt, NULL, 0);
-		oldctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, old);
-		newctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, new);
-#if 0
-		fprintf(stderr, "%d %d %p %p\n", old, new, oldctx, newctx);
-#endif
-		((_drmCallback)entry->f)(entry->fd, oldctx, newctx);
-		ctx.handle = new;
-		ioctl(entry->fd, DRM_IOCTL_NEW_CTX, &ctx);
-	    }
-	} while (drmHashNext(hash_table, &key, &value));
-    }
-}
-
-
-int drmInstallSIGIOHandler(int fd, void (*f)(int, void *, void *))
-{
-    drmHashEntry     *entry;
-
-    entry     = drmGetEntry(fd);
-    entry->f  = f;
-
-    return xf86InstallSIGIOHandler(fd, drmSIGIOHandler, 0);
-}
-
-int drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(int fd)
-{
-    drmHashEntry     *entry = drmGetEntry(fd);
-
-    entry->f = NULL;
-
-    return xf86RemoveSIGIOHandler(fd);
-}
+/**************************************************************************

+

+Copyright 1998-1999 Precision Insight, Inc., Cedar Park, Texas.

+Copyright 2000 VA Linux Systems, Inc.

+All Rights Reserved.

+

+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a

+copy of this software and associated documentation files (the

+"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including

+without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,

+distribute, sub license, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to

+permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to

+the following conditions:

+

+The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the

+next paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions

+of the Software.

+

+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS

+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF

+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT.

+IN NO EVENT SHALL PRECISION INSIGHT AND/OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR

+ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,

+TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE

+SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

+

+**************************************************************************/

+

+/*

+ * Authors:

+ *   Jens Owen <jens@tungstengraphics.com>

+ *   Rickard E. (Rik) Faith <faith@valinux.com>

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include <sys/time.h>

+#include <unistd.h>

+#include <string.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+#include <sys/ioctl.h>

+#include <errno.h>

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+#include <X11/Xproto.h>

+#include "xf86drm.h"

+#include "misc.h"

+#include "dixstruct.h"

+#include "extnsionst.h"

+#include "colormapst.h"

+#include "cursorstr.h"

+#include "scrnintstr.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "servermd.h"

+#define _XF86DRI_SERVER_

+#include <X11/dri/xf86driproto.h>

+#include "swaprep.h"

+#include "xf86str.h"

+#include "dri.h"

+#include "sarea.h"

+#include "dristruct.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86drm.h"

+#include "mi.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"

+#include "inputstr.h"

+#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"

+

+static int DRIEntPrivIndex = -1;

+static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIScreenPrivKeyRec;

+#define DRIScreenPrivKey (&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec)

+static DevPrivateKeyRec DRIWindowPrivKeyRec;

+#define DRIWindowPrivKey (&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec)

+static unsigned long DRIGeneration = 0;

+static unsigned int DRIDrawableValidationStamp = 0;

+

+static RESTYPE DRIDrawablePrivResType;

+static RESTYPE DRIContextPrivResType;

+static void    DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv);

+

+drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo;

+

+				/* Wrapper just like xf86DrvMsg, but

+				   without the verbosity level checking.

+				   This will make it easy to turn off some

+				   messages later, based on verbosity

+				   level. */

+

+/*

+ * Since we're already referencing things from the XFree86 common layer in

+ * this file, we'd might as well just call xf86VDrvMsgVerb, and have

+ * consistent message formatting.  The verbosity of these messages can be

+ * easily changed here.

+ */

+#define DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY 1

+static void

+DRIDrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)

+{

+    va_list     ap;

+

+    va_start(ap, format);

+    xf86VDrvMsgVerb(scrnIndex, type, DRI_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);

+    va_end(ap);

+}

+

+

+static void

+DRIOpenDRMCleanup(DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv)

+{

+    if (pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA != NULL) {

+	drmUnmap(pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIEntPriv->sAreaSize);

+	pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA = NULL;

+    }

+    if (pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA != 0) {

+	drmRmMap(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD, pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA);

+    }

+    if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD >= 0) {

+	drmClose(pDRIEntPriv->drmFD);

+	pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = 0;

+    }

+}

+

+int

+DRIMasterFD(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->drmFD;

+}

+

+void *

+DRIMasterSareaPointer(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->pLSAREA;

+}

+

+drm_handle_t

+DRIMasterSareaHandle(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    return DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn)->hLSAREA;

+}

+

+

+Bool

+DRIOpenDRMMaster(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,

+		 unsigned long sAreaSize,

+		 const char *busID,

+		 const char *drmDriverName)

+{

+    drmSetVersion saveSv, sv;

+    Bool drmWasAvailable;

+    DRIEntPrivPtr pDRIEntPriv;

+    DRIEntPrivRec tmp;

+    drmVersionPtr drmlibv;

+    int drmlibmajor, drmlibminor;

+    const char *openBusID;

+    int count;

+    int err;

+

+    if (DRIEntPrivIndex == -1)

+	DRIEntPrivIndex = xf86AllocateEntityPrivateIndex();

+

+    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);

+

+    if (pDRIEntPriv && pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != -1)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    drmWasAvailable = drmAvailable();

+

+    memset(&tmp, 0, sizeof(tmp));

+

+    /* Check the DRM lib version.

+     * drmGetLibVersion was not supported in version 1.0, so check for

+     * symbol first to avoid possible crash or hang.

+     */

+

+    drmlibmajor = 1;

+    drmlibminor = 0;

+    if (xf86LoaderCheckSymbol("drmGetLibVersion")) {

+	drmlibv = drmGetLibVersion(-1);

+	if (drmlibv != NULL) {

+	    drmlibmajor = drmlibv->version_major;

+	    drmlibminor = drmlibv->version_minor;

+	    drmFreeVersion(drmlibv);

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* Check if the libdrm can handle falling back to loading based on name

+     * if a busid string is passed.

+     */

+    openBusID = (drmlibmajor == 1 && drmlibminor >= 2) ? busID : NULL;

+

+    tmp.drmFD = -1;

+    sv.drm_di_major = 1;

+    sv.drm_di_minor = 1;

+    sv.drm_dd_major = -1;

+

+    saveSv = sv;

+    count = 10;

+    while (count--) {

+	tmp.drmFD = drmOpen(drmDriverName, openBusID);

+

+	if (tmp.drmFD < 0) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] drmOpen failed.\n");

+	    goto out_err;

+	}

+

+	err = drmSetInterfaceVersion(tmp.drmFD, &sv);

+

+	if (err != -EPERM)

+	    break;

+

+	sv = saveSv;

+	drmClose(tmp.drmFD);

+	tmp.drmFD = -1;

+	usleep(100000);

+    }

+

+    if (tmp.drmFD <= 0) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] DRM was busy with another master.\n");

+	goto out_err;

+    }

+

+    if (!drmWasAvailable) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO,

+		  "[drm] loaded kernel module for \"%s\" driver.\n",

+		  drmDriverName);

+    }

+

+    if (err != 0) {

+	sv.drm_di_major = 1;

+	sv.drm_di_minor = 0;

+    }

+

+    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM interface version %d.%d\n",

+	      sv.drm_di_major, sv.drm_di_minor);

+

+    if (sv.drm_di_major == 1 && sv.drm_di_minor >= 1)

+	err = 0;

+    else

+	err = drmSetBusid(tmp.drmFD, busID);

+

+    if (err) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_ERROR, "[drm] Could not set DRM device bus ID.\n");

+	goto out_err;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Create a lock-containing sarea.

+     */

+

+    if (drmAddMap( tmp.drmFD, 0, sAreaSize, DRM_SHM,

+		   DRM_CONTAINS_LOCK, &tmp.hLSAREA) < 0) {

+        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Could not create SAREA for DRM lock.\n");

+	tmp.hLSAREA = 0;

+	goto out_err;

+    }

+

+    if (drmMap( tmp.drmFD, tmp.hLSAREA, sAreaSize,

+		(drmAddressPtr)(&tmp.pLSAREA)) < 0) {

+        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Mapping SAREA for DRM lock failed.\n");

+	tmp.pLSAREA = NULL;

+	goto out_err;

+    }

+

+    memset(tmp.pLSAREA, 0, sAreaSize);

+

+    /*

+     * Reserved contexts are handled by the first opened screen.

+     */

+

+    tmp.resOwner = NULL;

+

+    if (!pDRIEntPriv)

+	pDRIEntPriv = xnfcalloc(sizeof(*pDRIEntPriv), 1);

+

+    if (!pDRIEntPriv) {

+        DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] Failed to allocate memory for "

+		  "DRM device.\n");

+	goto out_err;

+    }

+    *pDRIEntPriv = tmp;

+    xf86GetEntityPrivate((pScrn)->entityList[0],DRIEntPrivIndex)->ptr =

+	pDRIEntPriv;

+

+    DRIDrvMsg(-1, X_INFO, "[drm] DRM open master succeeded.\n");

+    return TRUE;

+

+  out_err:

+

+    DRIOpenDRMCleanup(&tmp);

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+static void

+DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+static void

+dri_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(pScreen);

+    xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);

+    xf86_crtc_notify(pScreen);

+    pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, dri_crtc_notify);

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo, int *pDRMFD)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr    pDRIPriv;

+    drm_context_t *       reserved;

+    int                 reserved_count;

+    int                 i;

+    DRIEntPrivPtr       pDRIEntPriv;

+    ScrnInfoPtr         pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DRIContextFlags	flags    = 0;

+    DRIContextPrivPtr	pDRIContextPriv;

+

+    /* If the DRI extension is disabled, do not initialize the DRI */

+    if (noXFree86DRIExtension) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,

+		  "Direct rendering has been disabled.\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    if (!xf86VGAarbiterAllowDRI(pScreen)) {

+        DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,

+                  "Direct rendering is not supported when VGA arb is necessary for the device\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+#ifdef PANORAMIX

+    /*

+     * If Xinerama is on, don't allow DRI to initialise.  It won't be usable

+     * anyway.

+     */

+	if (!noPanoramiXExtension) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_WARNING,

+		"Direct rendering is not supported when Xinerama is enabled\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+#endif

+

+    if (!DRIOpenDRMMaster(pScrn, pDRIInfo->SAREASize,

+			  pDRIInfo->busIdString,

+			  pDRIInfo->drmDriverName))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);

+

+    if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration)

+	DRIGeneration = serverGeneration;

+

+    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIScreenPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))

+	return FALSE;

+    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&DRIWindowPrivKeyRec, PRIVATE_WINDOW, 0))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    pDRIPriv = (DRIScreenPrivPtr) calloc(1, sizeof(DRIScreenPrivRec));

+    if (!pDRIPriv) {

+	dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);

+        return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, pDRIPriv);

+    pDRIPriv->drmFD = pDRIEntPriv->drmFD;

+    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = TRUE;

+    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo = pDRIInfo;

+    pDRIPriv->nrWindows = 0;

+    pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible = 0;

+    pDRIPriv->fullscreen = NULL;

+

+    pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx     = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtx;

+    pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv = pDRIInfo->createDummyCtxPriv;

+

+    pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = FALSE;

+    pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled = FALSE;

+    *pDRMFD = pDRIPriv->drmFD;

+

+    if (pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed || pDRIInfo->allocSarea) {

+

+	if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+		       0,

+		       pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,

+		       DRM_SHM,

+		       0,

+		       &pDRIPriv->hSAREA) < 0)

+	{

+	    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;

+	    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);

+	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		  "[drm] added %d byte SAREA at %p\n",

+		  pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize, pDRIPriv->hSAREA);

+

+	/* Backwards compat. */

+	if (drmMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+		    pDRIPriv->hSAREA,

+		    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize,

+		    (drmAddressPtr)(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA)) < 0)

+	{

+	    pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;

+	    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);

+	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] drmMap failed\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] mapped SAREA %p to %p\n",

+		  pDRIPriv->hSAREA, pDRIPriv->pSAREA);

+	memset(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, 0, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);

+    } else {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] Using the DRM lock "

+		  "SAREA also for drawables.\n");

+	pDRIPriv->hSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;

+	pDRIPriv->pSAREA = (XF86DRISAREAPtr) pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;

+	pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    pDRIPriv->hLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA;

+    pDRIPriv->pLSAREA = pDRIEntPriv->pLSAREA;

+

+    if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->dontMapFrameBuffer)

+    {

+	if (drmAddMap( pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+		       (uintptr_t)pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferPhysicalAddress,

+		       pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize,

+		       DRM_FRAME_BUFFER,

+		       0,

+		       &pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer) < 0)

+	    {

+		pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport = FALSE;

+		dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);

+		drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SAREASize);

+		drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);

+		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+			  "[drm] drmAddMap failed\n");

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[drm] framebuffer handle = %p\n",

+		  pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer);

+    } else {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		  "[drm] framebuffer mapped by ddx driver\n");

+    }

+

+    if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == NULL) {

+	pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = pScreen;

+

+	/* Add tags for reserved contexts */

+	if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+						  &reserved_count))) {

+	    int  i;

+	    void *tag;

+

+	    for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {

+		tag = DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen,

+						     reserved[i],

+						     DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED);

+		drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, reserved[i], tag);

+	    }

+	    drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] added %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",

+		      reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* validate max drawable table entry set by driver */

+    if ((pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry <= 0) ||

+        (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry > SAREA_MAX_DRAWABLES)) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "Invalid max drawable table size set by driver: %d\n",

+		      pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);

+    }

+

+    /* Initialize drawable tables (screen private and SAREA) */

+    for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {

+	pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = NULL;

+	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = 0;

+	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].flags = 0;

+    }

+

+    pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = &pDRIEntPriv->lockRefCount;

+    pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = &pDRIEntPriv->lockingContext;

+

+    if (!pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen)

+	pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen = pDRIInfo->keepFDOpen;

+

+    pDRIEntPriv->refCount++;

+

+    /* Set up flags for DRICreateContextPriv */

+    switch (pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {

+    case DRI_KERNEL_SWAP:

+	flags = DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY;

+	break;

+    case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:

+	flags = DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED;

+	break;

+    }

+

+    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,

+						 &pDRIPriv->myContext,

+						 flags))) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		  "failed to create server context\n");

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+    pDRIPriv->myContextPriv = pDRIContextPriv;

+

+    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+	      "X context handle = %p\n", pDRIPriv->myContext);

+

+    /* Now that we have created the X server's context, we can grab the

+     * hardware lock for the X server.

+     */

+    DRILock(pScreen, 0);

+    pDRIPriv->grabbedDRILock = TRUE;

+

+    /* pointers so that we can prevent memory leaks later */

+    pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore    = NULL;

+    pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore = NULL;

+

+    switch(pDRIInfo->driverSwapMethod) {

+    case DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT:

+	/* Server will handle 3D swaps, and hide 2D swaps from kernel.

+	 * Register server context as a preserved context.

+	 */

+

+	/* allocate memory for hidden context store */

+	pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore

+	    = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);

+	if (!pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "failed to allocate hidden context\n");

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+

+	/* allocate memory for partial 3D context store */

+	pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore

+	    = (void *)calloc(1, pDRIInfo->contextSize);

+	if (!pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "[DRI] failed to allocate partial 3D context\n");

+	    free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+

+	/* save initial context store */

+	if (pDRIInfo->SwapContext) {

+	    (*pDRIInfo->SwapContext)(

+		pScreen,

+		DRI_NO_SYNC,

+		DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+		pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore,

+		DRI_NO_CONTEXT,

+		NULL);

+	}

+	/* fall through */

+

+    case DRI_SERVER_SWAP:

+        /* For swap methods of DRI_SERVER_SWAP and DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT

+         * setup signal handler for receiving swap requests from kernel

+	 */

+	if (!(pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled =

+	      drmInstallSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD, DRISwapContext))) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "[drm] failed to setup DRM signal handler\n");

+	    free(pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);

+	    free(pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return FALSE;

+	} else {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] installed DRM signal handler\n");

+	}

+

+    default:

+	break;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIFinishScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr        pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+    /* Wrap DRI support */

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree     = pScreen->ValidateTree;

+	pScreen->ValidateTree           = pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree;

+    }

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;

+	pScreen->PostValidateTree       = pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree;

+    }

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures  = pScreen->WindowExposures;

+	pScreen->WindowExposures        = pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures;

+    }

+

+    pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow             = pScreen->DestroyWindow;

+    pScreen->DestroyWindow              = DRIDestroyWindow;

+

+    pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify = xf86_wrap_crtc_notify(pScreen,

+						       dri_crtc_notify);

+						       

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow       = pScreen->CopyWindow;

+	pScreen->CopyWindow             = pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow;

+    }

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify       = pScreen->ClipNotify;

+	pScreen->ClipNotify             = pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify;

+    }

+    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {

+	ScrnInfoPtr pScrn               = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame      = pScrn->AdjustFrame;

+	pScrn->AdjustFrame              = pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame;

+    }

+    pDRIPriv->wrapped = TRUE;

+

+    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO, "[DRI] installation complete\n");

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+void

+DRICloseScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr       pDRIInfo;

+    drm_context_t *    reserved;

+    int              reserved_count;

+    ScrnInfoPtr      pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    DRIEntPrivPtr    pDRIEntPriv = DRI_ENT_PRIV(pScrn);

+    Bool closeMaster;

+

+    if (pDRIPriv) {

+

+        pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+	if (pDRIPriv->wrapped) {

+	    /* Unwrap DRI Functions */

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ValidateTree) {

+		pScreen->ValidateTree           = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree     = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.PostValidateTree) {

+		pScreen->PostValidateTree       = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.WindowExposures) {

+		pScreen->WindowExposures        = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures  = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if (pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {

+		pScreen->DestroyWindow          = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;

+		pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow         = NULL;

+	    }

+

+	    xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(pScreen, pDRIPriv->xf86_crtc_notify);

+

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.CopyWindow) {

+		pScreen->CopyWindow             = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow       = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.ClipNotify) {

+		pScreen->ClipNotify             = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify       = NULL;

+	    }

+	    if (pDRIInfo->wrap.AdjustFrame) {

+		ScrnInfoPtr pScrn               = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+		pScrn->AdjustFrame              = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;

+		pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame      = NULL;

+	    }

+	    

+	    pDRIPriv->wrapped = FALSE;

+	}

+

+	if (pDRIPriv->drmSIGIOHandlerInstalled) {

+	    if (!drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {

+		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+			  "[drm] failed to remove DRM signal handler\n");

+	    }

+	}

+

+        if (pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv && pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx) {

+	    DRIDestroyDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv);

+	}

+

+	if (!DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->myContextPriv)) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "failed to destroy server context\n");

+	}

+

+				/* Remove tags for reserved contexts */

+	if (pDRIEntPriv->resOwner == pScreen) {

+	    pDRIEntPriv->resOwner = NULL;

+

+	    if ((reserved = drmGetReservedContextList(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+						  &reserved_count))) {

+		int  i;

+

+		for (i = 0; i < reserved_count; i++) {

+		    DRIDestroyContextPriv(drmGetContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+							   reserved[i]));

+		}

+		drmFreeReservedContextList(reserved);

+		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+			  "[drm] removed %d reserved context%s for kernel\n",

+			  reserved_count, reserved_count > 1 ? "s" : "");

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/* Make sure signals get unblocked etc. */

+	drmUnlock(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->myContext);

+	pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount = NULL;

+	closeMaster = (--pDRIEntPriv->refCount == 0) &&

+	    !pDRIEntPriv->keepFDOpen;

+	if (closeMaster || pDRIPriv->hSAREA != pDRIEntPriv->hLSAREA) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] unmapping %d bytes of SAREA %p at %p\n",

+		      pDRIInfo->SAREASize,

+		      pDRIPriv->hSAREA,

+		      pDRIPriv->pSAREA);

+	    if (drmUnmap(pDRIPriv->pSAREA, pDRIInfo->SAREASize)) {

+		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+			  "[drm] unable to unmap %d bytes"

+			  " of SAREA %p at %p\n",

+			  pDRIInfo->SAREASize,

+			  pDRIPriv->hSAREA,

+			  pDRIPriv->pSAREA);

+	    }

+	} else {

+	    pDRIEntPriv->sAreaGrabbed = FALSE;

+	}

+

+	if (closeMaster || (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD != pDRIPriv->drmFD)) {

+	    drmClose(pDRIPriv->drmFD);

+	    if (pDRIEntPriv->drmFD == pDRIPriv->drmFD) {

+		DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+			  "[drm] Closed DRM master.\n");

+		pDRIEntPriv->drmFD = -1;

+	    }

+	}

+

+	free(pDRIPriv);

+	dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, DRIScreenPrivKey, NULL);

+    }

+}

+

+#define DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY 3

+

+static int dri_drm_debug_print(const char *format, va_list ap)

+{

+  xf86VDrvMsgVerb(-1, X_NONE, DRM_MSG_VERBOSITY, format, ap);

+  return 0;

+}

+

+static void dri_drm_get_perms(gid_t *group, mode_t *mode)

+{

+  *group = xf86ConfigDRI.group;

+  *mode = xf86ConfigDRI.mode;

+}

+

+drmServerInfo DRIDRMServerInfo =  {

+  dri_drm_debug_print,

+  xf86LoadKernelModule,

+  dri_drm_get_perms,

+};

+

+Bool

+DRIExtensionInit(void)

+{

+    if (DRIGeneration != serverGeneration) {

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    DRIDrawablePrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIDrawablePrivDelete,

+						   "DRIDrawable");

+    DRIContextPrivResType = CreateNewResourceType(DRIContextPrivDelete,

+						  "DRIContext");

+

+    if (!DRIDrawablePrivResType || !DRIContextPrivResType)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(DRIBlockHandler, DRIWakeupHandler, NULL);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+void

+DRIReset(void)

+{

+    /*

+     * This stub routine is called when the X Server recycles, resources

+     * allocated by DRIExtensionInit need to be managed here.

+     *

+     * Currently this routine is a stub because all the interesting resources

+     * are managed via the screen init process.

+     */

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIQueryDirectRenderingCapable(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool* isCapable)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (pDRIPriv)

+	*isCapable = pDRIPriv->directRenderingSupport;

+    else

+	*isCapable = FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIOpenConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_handle_t * hSAREA, char **busIdString)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    *hSAREA           = pDRIPriv->hSAREA;

+    *busIdString      = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->busIdString;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIAuthConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen, drm_magic_t magic)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (drmAuthMagic(pDRIPriv->drmFD, magic)) return FALSE;

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRICloseConnection(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIGetClientDriverName(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+                       int *ddxDriverMajorVersion,

+                       int *ddxDriverMinorVersion,

+                       int *ddxDriverPatchVersion,

+                       char **clientDriverName)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    *ddxDriverMajorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMajorVersion;

+    *ddxDriverMinorVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverMinorVersion;

+    *ddxDriverPatchVersion = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDriverPatchVersion;

+    *clientDriverName      = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->clientDriverName;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/* DRICreateContextPriv and DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle are helper

+   functions that layer on drmCreateContext and drmAddContextTag.

+

+   DRICreateContextPriv always creates a kernel drm_context_t and then calls

+   DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle to create a DRIContextPriv structure for

+   DRI tracking.  For the SIGIO handler, the drm_context_t is associated with

+   DRIContextPrivPtr.  Any special flags are stored in the DRIContextPriv

+   area and are passed to the kernel (if necessary).

+

+   DRICreateContextPriv returns a pointer to newly allocated

+   DRIContextPriv, and returns the kernel drm_context_t in pHWContext. */

+

+DRIContextPrivPtr

+DRICreateContextPriv(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+		     drm_context_t * pHWContext,

+		     DRIContextFlags flags)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (drmCreateContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pHWContext)) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+

+    return DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(pScreen, *pHWContext, flags);

+}

+

+DRIContextPrivPtr

+DRICreateContextPrivFromHandle(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+			       drm_context_t hHWContext,

+			       DRIContextFlags flags)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;

+    int 	      contextPrivSize;

+

+    contextPrivSize = sizeof(DRIContextPrivRec) +

+			    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->contextSize;

+    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = calloc(1, contextPrivSize))) {

+	return NULL;

+    }

+    pDRIContextPriv->pContextStore = (void *)(pDRIContextPriv + 1);

+

+    drmAddContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, hHWContext, pDRIContextPriv);

+

+    pDRIContextPriv->hwContext = hHWContext;

+    pDRIContextPriv->pScreen   = pScreen;

+    pDRIContextPriv->flags     = flags;

+    pDRIContextPriv->valid3D   = FALSE;

+

+    if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {

+	if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+			       hHWContext,

+			       DRM_CONTEXT_2DONLY)) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "[drm] failed to set 2D context flag\n");

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    if (flags & DRI_CONTEXT_PRESERVED) {

+	if (drmSetContextFlags(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+			       hHWContext,

+			       DRM_CONTEXT_PRESERVED)) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "[drm] failed to set preserved flag\n");

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return NULL;

+	}

+    }

+    return pDRIContextPriv;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIDestroyContextPriv(DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;

+

+    if (!pDRIContextPriv) return TRUE;

+

+    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);

+

+    if (!(pDRIContextPriv->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_RESERVED)) {

+				/* Don't delete reserved contexts from

+                                   kernel area -- the kernel manages its

+                                   reserved contexts itself. */

+	if (drmDestroyContext(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext))

+	    return FALSE;

+    }

+

+				/* Remove the tag last to prevent a race

+                                   condition where the context has pending

+                                   buffers.  The context can't be re-used

+                                   while in this thread, but buffers can be

+                                   dispatched asynchronously. */

+    drmDelContextTag(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIContextPriv->hwContext);

+    free(pDRIContextPriv);

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+DRICreateDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool needCtxPriv)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;

+    void *contextStore;

+

+    if (!(pDRIContextPriv =

+	  DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen,

+			       &pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context, 0))) {

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext && needCtxPriv) {

+	if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext(pScreen, NULL,

+						  pDRIPriv->pSAREA->dummy_context,

+						  NULL,

+						  (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore)) {

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = pDRIContextPriv;

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+DRIDestroyDummyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool hasCtxPriv)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv;

+    void *contextStore;

+

+    if (!pDRIContextPriv) return;

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext && hasCtxPriv) {

+	contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);

+	pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,

+					      pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,

+					      (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);

+    }

+

+    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv);

+    pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv = NULL;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRICreateContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualPtr visual,

+                 XID context, drm_context_t * pHWContext)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv;

+    void *contextStore;

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->createDummyCtx && !pDRIPriv->dummyCtxPriv) {

+        if (!DRICreateDummyContext(pScreen, pDRIPriv->createDummyCtxPriv)) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		      "[drm] Could not create dummy context\n");

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    if (!(pDRIContextPriv = DRICreateContextPriv(pScreen, pHWContext, 0))) {

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext) {

+	if (!((*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->CreateContext)(pScreen, NULL,

+		*pHWContext, NULL,

+		(DRIContextType)(long)contextStore))) {

+	    DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* track this in case the client dies before cleanup */

+    AddResource(context, DRIContextPrivResType, (pointer)pDRIContextPriv);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIDestroyContext(ScreenPtr pScreen, XID context)

+{

+    FreeResourceByType(context, DRIContextPrivResType, FALSE);

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/* DRIContextPrivDelete is called by the resource manager. */

+Bool

+DRIContextPrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)

+{

+    DRIContextPrivPtr pDRIContextPriv = (DRIContextPrivPtr)pResource;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;

+    void *contextStore;

+

+    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen);

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext) {

+      contextStore = DRIGetContextStore(pDRIContextPriv);

+      pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->DestroyContext(pDRIContextPriv->pScreen,

+					    pDRIContextPriv->hwContext,

+					    (DRIContextType)(long)contextStore);

+    }

+    return DRIDestroyContextPriv(pDRIContextPriv);

+}

+

+

+/* This walks the drawable timestamp array and invalidates all of them

+ * in the case of transition from private to shared backbuffers.  It's

+ * not necessary for correctness, because DRIClipNotify gets called in

+ * time to prevent any conflict, but the transition from

+ * shared->private is sometimes missed if we don't do this.

+ */

+static void

+DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+   int i;

+   DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+   for( i=0; i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry; i++) {

+      pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+   }

+}

+

+

+static void

+DRITransitionToSharedBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );

+

+    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D)

+	pDRIInfo->TransitionSingleToMulti3D( pScreen );

+}

+

+

+static void

+DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );

+

+    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D)

+	pDRIInfo->TransitionMultiToSingle3D( pScreen );

+}

+

+

+static void

+DRITransitionTo3d(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );

+

+    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d)

+	pDRIInfo->TransitionTo3d( pScreen );

+}

+

+static void

+DRITransitionTo2d(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+    DRIClipNotifyAllDrawables( pScreen );

+

+    if (pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d)

+	pDRIInfo->TransitionTo2d( pScreen );

+}

+

+

+static int

+DRIDCNTreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)

+{

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+

+    if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {

+	ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+	if (RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList) > 0) {

+	    WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = (WindowPtr*)data;

+	    int i = 0;

+

+	    while (pDRIWindows[i])

+		i++;

+

+	    pDRIWindows[i] = pWin;

+

+	    pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;

+	}

+

+	if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)

+	    return WT_STOPWALKING;

+    }

+

+    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

+}

+

+static void

+DRIDriverClipNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ClipNotify) {

+	WindowPtr *pDRIWindows = calloc(sizeof(WindowPtr), pDRIPriv->nrWindows);

+	DRIInfoPtr pDRIInfo = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo;

+

+	if (pDRIPriv->nrWindows > 0) {

+	    pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;

+	    TraverseTree(pScreen->root, DRIDCNTreeTraversal,

+			 (pointer)pDRIWindows);

+	}

+

+	pDRIInfo->ClipNotify(pScreen, pDRIWindows, pDRIPriv->nrWindows);

+

+	free(pDRIWindows);

+    }

+}

+

+static void

+DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    switch (++pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {

+    case 1:

+	DRITransitionTo3d( pScreen );

+	break;

+    case 2:

+	DRITransitionToSharedBuffers( pScreen );

+	break;

+    default:

+	break;

+    }

+

+    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);

+}

+

+static void

+DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    switch (--pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible) {

+    case 0:

+	DRITransitionTo2d( pScreen );

+	break;

+    case 1:

+	DRITransitionToPrivateBuffers( pScreen );

+	break;

+    default:

+	break;

+    }

+

+    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);

+}

+

+Bool

+DRICreateDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable,

+		  drm_drawable_t * hHWDrawable)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr	pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv;

+    WindowPtr		pWin;

+

+    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;

+	if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {

+	    pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount++;

+

+	    if (!pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {

+		drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);

+	    }

+	}

+	else {

+	    /* allocate a DRI Window Private record */

+	    if (!(pDRIDrawablePriv = malloc(sizeof(DRIDrawablePrivRec)))) {

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+

+	    /* Only create a drm_drawable_t once */

+	    if (drmCreateDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+				  &pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable)) {

+		free(pDRIDrawablePriv);

+		return FALSE;

+	    }

+

+	    /* add it to the list of DRI drawables for this screen */

+	    pDRIDrawablePriv->pScreen = pScreen;

+	    pDRIDrawablePriv->refCount = 1;

+	    pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = -1;

+	    pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);

+

+	    /* save private off of preallocated index */

+	    dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey,

+			  pDRIDrawablePriv);

+	    pDRIPriv->nrWindows++;

+

+	    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)

+		DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);

+	}

+

+	/* track this in case the client dies */

+	AddResource(FakeClientID(client->index), DRIDrawablePrivResType,

+		    (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);

+

+	if (pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable) {

+	    drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD,

+				  pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,

+				  DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,

+				  RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList),

+				  RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));

+	    *hHWDrawable = pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable;

+	}

+    }

+    else if (pDrawable->type != DRAWABLE_PIXMAP) { /* PBuffer */

+	/* NOT_DONE */

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;

+

+    if (!pDRIDrawablePriv)

+	return;

+

+    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex != -1) {

+	/* bump stamp to force outstanding 3D requests to resync */

+	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp

+	    = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+

+	/* release drawable table entry */

+	pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex] = NULL;

+    }

+

+    pDRIPriv->nrWindows--;

+

+    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)

+	DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);

+

+    drmDestroyDrawable(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable);

+

+    free(pDRIDrawablePriv);

+    dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, DRIWindowPrivKey, NULL);

+}

+

+static Bool

+DRIDestroyDrawableCB(pointer value, XID id, pointer data)

+{

+    if (value == data) {

+	/* This calls back DRIDrawablePrivDelete which frees private area */

+	FreeResourceByType(id, DRIDrawablePrivResType, FALSE);

+

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIDestroyDrawable(ScreenPtr pScreen, ClientPtr client, DrawablePtr pDrawable)

+{

+    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	LookupClientResourceComplex(client, DRIDrawablePrivResType,

+				    DRIDestroyDrawableCB,

+				    (pointer)(intptr_t)pDrawable->id);

+    }

+    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */

+	/* NOT_DONE */

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIDrawablePrivDelete(pointer pResource, XID id)

+{

+    WindowPtr pWin;

+    int rc;

+

+    /* For DRIDrawablePrivResType, the XID is the client's fake ID. The

+     * important XID is the value in pResource. */

+    id = (XID)(intptr_t)pResource;

+    rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, id, serverClient, DixGetAttrAccess);

+

+    if (rc == Success) {

+	DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrwPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+

+	if (!pDRIDrwPriv)

+	    return FALSE;

+

+	if (--pDRIDrwPriv->refCount == 0)

+	    DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);

+

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */

+	/* NOT_DONE */

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIGetDrawableInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+                   DrawablePtr pDrawable,

+                   unsigned int* index,

+                   unsigned int* stamp,

+                   int* X,

+                   int* Y,

+                   int* W,

+                   int* H,

+                   int* numClipRects,

+                   drm_clip_rect_t ** pClipRects,

+                   int* backX,

+                   int* backY,

+                   int* numBackClipRects,

+                   drm_clip_rect_t ** pBackClipRects)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr    pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv, pOldDrawPriv;

+    WindowPtr		pWin, pOldWin;

+    int			i;

+

+#if 0

+    printf("maxDrawableTableEntry = %d\n", pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry);

+#endif

+

+    if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW) {

+	pWin = (WindowPtr)pDrawable;

+	if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {

+

+	    /* Manage drawable table */

+	    if (pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex == -1) { /* load SAREA table */

+

+		/* Search table for empty entry */

+		i = 0;

+		while (i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {

+		    if (!(pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i])) {

+			pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[i] = pDrawable;

+			pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = i;

+			pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =

+					    DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+			break;

+		    }

+		    i++;

+		}

+

+		/* Search table for oldest entry */

+		if (i == pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry) {

+                    unsigned int oldestStamp = ~0;

+                    int oldestIndex = 0;

+		    i = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;

+		    while (i--) {

+			if (pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp <

+								oldestStamp) {

+			    oldestIndex = i;

+			    oldestStamp =

+				pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp;

+			}

+		    }

+		    pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex = oldestIndex;

+

+		    /* release oldest drawable table entry */

+		    pOldWin = (WindowPtr)pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex];

+		    pOldDrawPriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pOldWin);

+		    pOldDrawPriv->drawableIndex = -1;

+

+		    /* claim drawable table entry */

+		    pDRIPriv->DRIDrawables[oldestIndex] = pDrawable;

+

+		    /* validate SAREA entry */

+		    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[oldestIndex].stamp =

+					DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+

+		    /* check for stamp wrap around */

+		    if (oldestStamp > DRIDrawableValidationStamp) {

+

+			/* walk SAREA table and invalidate all drawables */

+			for( i=0;

+                             i < pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->maxDrawableTableEntry;

+                             i++) {

+				pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[i].stamp =

+					DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+			}

+		    }

+		}

+

+		/* If the driver wants to be notified when the index is

+		 * set for a drawable, let it know now.

+		 */

+		if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex)

+			pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SetDrawableIndex(pWin,

+				pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);

+

+		/* reinit drawable ID if window is visible */

+		if ((pWin->viewable) &&

+		    (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->bufferRequests != DRI_NO_WINDOWS))

+		{

+		    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin,

+			    &pWin->clipList, pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    *index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;

+	    *stamp = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[*index].stamp;

+	    *X = (int)(pWin->drawable.x);

+	    *Y = (int)(pWin->drawable.y);

+	    *W = (int)(pWin->drawable.width);

+	    *H = (int)(pWin->drawable.height);

+	    *numClipRects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);

+	    *pClipRects = (drm_clip_rect_t *)RegionRects(&pWin->clipList);

+

+	    if (!*numClipRects && pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {

+				/* use fake full-screen clip rect */

+		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x1 = *X;

+		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y1 = *Y;

+		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.x2 = *X + *W;

+		pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect.y2 = *Y + *H;

+

+		*numClipRects = 1;

+		*pClipRects   = &pDRIPriv->fullscreen_rect;

+	    }

+

+	    *backX = *X;

+	    *backY = *Y;

+

+	    if (pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible == 1 && *numClipRects) {

+	       /* Use a single cliprect. */

+

+	       int x0 = *X;

+	       int y0 = *Y;

+	       int x1 = x0 + *W;

+	       int y1 = y0 + *H;

+

+	       if (x0 < 0) x0 = 0;

+	       if (y0 < 0) y0 = 0;

+	       if (x1 > pScreen->width) x1 = pScreen->width;

+	       if (y1 > pScreen->height) y1 = pScreen->height;

+

+	       if (y0 >= y1 || x0 >= x1) {

+		    *numBackClipRects = 0;

+		    *pBackClipRects = NULL;

+	       } else {

+		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x1 = x0;

+		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y1 = y0;

+		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.x2 = x1;

+		    pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect.y2 = y1;

+

+		    *numBackClipRects = 1;

+		    *pBackClipRects = &(pDRIPriv->private_buffer_rect);

+	       }

+	    } else {

+	       /* Use the frontbuffer cliprects for back buffers.  */

+	       *numBackClipRects = 0;

+	       *pBackClipRects = 0;

+	    }

+	}

+	else {

+	    /* Not a DRIDrawable */

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+    else { /* pixmap (or for GLX 1.3, a PBuffer) */

+	/* NOT_DONE */

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIGetDeviceInfo(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+                 drm_handle_t * hFrameBuffer,

+                 int* fbOrigin,

+                 int* fbSize,

+                 int* fbStride,

+                 int* devPrivateSize,

+                 void** pDevPrivate)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    *hFrameBuffer = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->hFrameBuffer;

+    *fbOrigin = 0;

+    *fbSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferSize;

+    *fbStride = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->frameBufferStride;

+    *devPrivateSize = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivateSize;

+    *pDevPrivate = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->devPrivate;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+DRIInfoPtr

+DRICreateInfoRec(void)

+{

+    DRIInfoPtr inforec = (DRIInfoPtr)calloc(1, sizeof(DRIInfoRec));

+    if (!inforec) return NULL;

+

+    /* Initialize defaults */

+    inforec->busIdString = NULL;

+

+    /* Wrapped function defaults */

+    inforec->wrap.WakeupHandler         = DRIDoWakeupHandler;

+    inforec->wrap.BlockHandler          = DRIDoBlockHandler;

+    inforec->wrap.WindowExposures       = DRIWindowExposures;

+    inforec->wrap.CopyWindow            = DRICopyWindow;

+    inforec->wrap.ValidateTree          = DRIValidateTree;

+    inforec->wrap.PostValidateTree      = DRIPostValidateTree;

+    inforec->wrap.ClipNotify            = DRIClipNotify;

+    inforec->wrap.AdjustFrame           = DRIAdjustFrame;

+

+    inforec->TransitionTo2d = 0;

+    inforec->TransitionTo3d = 0;

+    inforec->SetDrawableIndex = 0;

+

+    return inforec;

+}

+

+void

+DRIDestroyInfoRec(DRIInfoPtr DRIInfo)

+{

+    free(DRIInfo->busIdString);

+    free((char*)DRIInfo);

+}

+

+

+void

+DRIWakeupHandler(pointer wakeupData, int result, pointer pReadmask)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

+	ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[i];

+	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+	if (pDRIPriv &&

+	    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)

+	    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.WakeupHandler)(i, wakeupData,

+							 result, pReadmask);

+    }

+}

+

+void

+DRIBlockHandler(pointer blockData, OSTimePtr pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)

+{

+    int i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) {

+	ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[i];

+	DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+	if (pDRIPriv &&

+	    pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)

+	    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->wrap.BlockHandler)(i, blockData,

+							pTimeout, pReadmask);

+    }

+}

+

+void

+DRIDoWakeupHandler(int screenNum, pointer wakeupData,

+                   unsigned long result, pointer pReadmask)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    DRILock(pScreen, 0);

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {

+	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */

+	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+					      DRI_3D_SYNC,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);

+    }

+}

+

+void

+DRIDoBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,

+                  pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {

+	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */

+	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+					      DRI_2D_SYNC,

+					      DRI_NO_CONTEXT,

+					      NULL,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);

+    }

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->windowsTouched)

+        DRM_SPINUNLOCK(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1);

+    pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = FALSE;

+

+    DRIUnlock(pScreen);

+}

+

+void

+DRISwapContext(int drmFD, void *oldctx, void *newctx)

+{

+    DRIContextPrivPtr oldContext      = (DRIContextPrivPtr)oldctx;

+    DRIContextPrivPtr newContext      = (DRIContextPrivPtr)newctx;

+    ScreenPtr         pScreen         = newContext->pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr  pDRIPriv        = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    void*             oldContextStore = NULL;

+    DRIContextType    oldContextType;

+    void*             newContextStore = NULL;

+    DRIContextType    newContextType;

+    DRISyncType       syncType;

+#ifdef DEBUG

+    static int        count = 0;

+

+    if (!newContext) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		  "[DRI] Context Switch Error: oldContext=%x, newContext=%x\n",

+		  oldContext, newContext);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    /* usefull for debugging, just print out after n context switches */

+    if (!count || !(count % 1)) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		  "[DRI] Context switch %5d from %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",

+		  count,

+		  oldContext,

+		  oldContext ? oldContext->flags : 0,

+		  oldContext ? oldContext->hwContext : -1);

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_INFO,

+		  "[DRI] Context switch %5d to   %p/0x%08x (%d)\n",

+		  count,

+		  newContext,

+		  newContext ? newContext->flags : 0,

+		  newContext ? newContext->hwContext : -1);

+    }

+    ++count;

+#endif

+

+    if (!pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		  "[DRI] DDX driver missing context swap call back\n");

+	return;

+    }

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {

+

+        /* only 3D contexts are swapped in this case */

+	if (oldContext) {

+	    oldContextStore     = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);

+	    oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;

+	    oldContextType      = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+	} else {

+	    oldContextType      = DRI_NO_CONTEXT;

+	}

+	newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);

+	if ((newContext->valid3D) &&

+	  (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {

+	    newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+	}

+	else {

+	    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+	}

+	syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;

+    }

+    else /* default: driverSwapMethod == DRI_SERVER_SWAP */ {

+

+        /* optimize 2D context swaps */

+

+	if (newContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {

+	    /* go from 3D context to 2D context and only save 2D

+             * subset of 3D state

+             */

+	    oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);

+	    oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+	    newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);

+	    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+	    syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;

+	    pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext = oldContext;

+	}

+	else if (oldContext->flags & DRI_CONTEXT_2DONLY) {

+	    if (pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext == newContext) {

+		/* go from 2D context back to previous 3D context and

+		 * only restore 2D subset of previous 3D state

+		 */

+		oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);

+		oldContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+		newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);

+		newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+		syncType = DRI_2D_SYNC;

+	    }

+	    else {

+		/* go from 2D context to a different 3D context */

+

+		/* call DDX driver to do partial restore */

+		oldContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(oldContext);

+		newContextStore =

+			DRIGetContextStore(pDRIPriv->lastPartial3DContext);

+		(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+						      DRI_2D_SYNC,

+						      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+						      oldContextStore,

+						      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+						      newContextStore);

+

+		/* now setup for a complete 3D swap */

+		oldContextStore = newContextStore;

+		oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;

+		oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+		newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);

+		if ((newContext->valid3D) &&

+		  (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {

+		    newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+		}

+		else {

+		    newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+		}

+		syncType = DRI_NO_SYNC;

+	    }

+	}

+	else {

+	    /* now setup for a complete 3D swap */

+	    oldContextStore = newContextStore;

+	    oldContext->valid3D = TRUE;

+	    oldContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+	    newContextStore = DRIGetContextStore(newContext);

+	    if ((newContext->valid3D) &&

+	      (newContext->hwContext != pDRIPriv->myContext)) {

+		newContextType = DRI_3D_CONTEXT;

+	    }

+	    else {

+		newContextType = DRI_2D_CONTEXT;

+	    }

+	    syncType = DRI_3D_SYNC;

+	}

+    }

+

+    /* call DDX driver to perform the swap */

+    (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+					  syncType,

+					  oldContextType,

+					  oldContextStore,

+					  newContextType,

+					  newContextStore);

+}

+

+void*

+DRIGetContextStore(DRIContextPrivPtr context)

+{

+    return((void *)context->pContextStore);

+}

+

+void

+DRIWindowExposures(WindowPtr pWin, RegionPtr prgn, RegionPtr bsreg)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+

+    if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {

+         (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->InitBuffers)(pWin, prgn,

+                                               pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex);

+    }

+

+    /* call lower wrapped functions */

+    if (pDRIPriv && pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures) {

+

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScreen->WindowExposures = pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+	(*pScreen->WindowExposures)(pWin, prgn, bsreg);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.WindowExposures = pScreen->WindowExposures;

+	pScreen->WindowExposures = DRIWindowExposures;

+    }

+}

+

+

+static int

+DRITreeTraversal(WindowPtr pWin, pointer data)

+{

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+

+    if(pDRIDrawablePriv) {

+        ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+        DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+	if(RegionNumRects(&(pWin->clipList)) > 0) {

+	   RegionPtr reg = (RegionPtr)data;

+

+	   RegionUnion(reg, reg, &(pWin->clipList));

+	   pDRIPriv->nrWalked++;

+	}

+

+	if(pDRIPriv->nrWindows == pDRIPriv->nrWalked)

+	   return WT_STOPWALKING;

+    }

+    return WT_WALKCHILDREN;

+}

+

+Bool

+DRIDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    Bool retval = TRUE;

+

+    DRIDrawablePrivDestroy(pWin);

+

+    /* call lower wrapped functions */

+    if(pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow) {

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+	retval = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;

+	pScreen->DestroyWindow = DRIDestroyWindow;

+    }

+

+    return retval;

+}

+

+void

+DRICopyWindow(WindowPtr pWin, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv) return;

+

+    if(pDRIPriv->nrWindowsVisible > 0) {

+       RegionRec reg;

+

+       RegionNull(&reg);

+       pDRIPriv->nrWalked = 0;

+       TraverseTree(pWin, DRITreeTraversal, (pointer)(&reg));

+

+       if(RegionNotEmpty(&reg)) {

+           RegionTranslate(&reg, ptOldOrg.x - pWin->drawable.x,

+                                        ptOldOrg.y - pWin->drawable.y);

+           RegionIntersect(&reg, &reg, prgnSrc);

+

+           /* The MoveBuffers interface is not ideal */

+           (*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->MoveBuffers)(pWin, ptOldOrg, &reg,

+				pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry);

+       }

+

+       RegionUninit(&reg);

+    }

+

+    /* call lower wrapped functions */

+    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow) {

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScreen->CopyWindow = pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+	(*pScreen->CopyWindow)(pWin, ptOldOrg, prgnSrc);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.CopyWindow = pScreen->CopyWindow;

+	pScreen->CopyWindow = DRICopyWindow;

+    }

+}

+

+static void

+DRIGetSecs(long *secs, long *usecs)

+{

+    struct timeval tv;

+

+    gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);

+

+    *secs  = tv.tv_sec;

+    *usecs = tv.tv_usec;

+}

+

+static unsigned long

+DRIComputeMilliSeconds(unsigned long s_secs, unsigned long s_usecs,

+		       unsigned long f_secs, unsigned long f_usecs)

+{

+    if (f_usecs < s_usecs) {

+	--f_secs;

+	f_usecs += 1000000;

+    }

+    return (f_secs - s_secs) * 1000 + (f_usecs - s_usecs) / 1000;

+}

+

+static void

+DRISpinLockTimeout(drmLock *lock, int val, unsigned long timeout /* in mS */)

+{

+    int  count = 10000;

+#if !defined(__alpha__) && !defined(__powerpc__)

+    char ret;

+#else

+    int ret;

+#endif

+    long s_secs, s_usecs;

+    long f_secs, f_usecs;

+    long msecs;

+    long prev  = 0;

+

+    DRIGetSecs(&s_secs, &s_usecs);

+

+    do {

+	DRM_SPINLOCK_COUNT(lock, val, count, ret);

+	if (!ret) return;	/* Got lock */

+	DRIGetSecs(&f_secs, &f_usecs);

+	msecs = DRIComputeMilliSeconds(s_secs, s_usecs, f_secs, f_usecs);

+	if (msecs - prev < 250) count *= 2; /* Not more than 0.5S */

+    } while (msecs < timeout);

+

+				/* Didn't get lock, so take it.  The worst

+                                   that can happen is that there is some

+                                   garbage written to the wrong part of the

+                                   framebuffer that a refresh will repair.

+                                   That's undesirable, but better than

+                                   locking the server.  This should be a

+                                   very rare event. */

+    DRM_SPINLOCK_TAKE(lock, val);

+}

+

+static void

+DRILockTree(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv) return;

+

+    /* Restore the last known 3D context if the X context is hidden */

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {

+	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+					      DRI_2D_SYNC,

+					      DRI_NO_CONTEXT,

+					      NULL,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore);

+    }

+

+    /* Call kernel to release lock */

+    DRIUnlock(pScreen);

+

+    /* Grab drawable spin lock: a time out between 10 and 30 seconds is

+       appropriate, since this should never time out except in the case of

+       client death while the lock is being held.  The timeout must be

+       greater than any reasonable rendering time. */

+    DRISpinLockTimeout(&pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock, 1, 10000); /*10 secs*/

+

+    /* Call kernel flush outstanding buffers and relock */

+    DRILock(pScreen, DRM_LOCK_QUIESCENT|DRM_LOCK_FLUSH_ALL);

+

+    /* Switch back to our 2D context if the X context is hidden */

+    if (pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->driverSwapMethod == DRI_HIDE_X_CONTEXT) {

+	/* hide X context by swapping 2D component here */

+	(*pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->SwapContext)(pScreen,

+					      DRI_3D_SYNC,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->partial3DContextStore,

+					      DRI_2D_CONTEXT,

+					      pDRIPriv->hiddenContextStore);

+    }

+}

+

+int

+DRIValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    int returnValue = 1; /* always return 1, not checked by dix/window.c */

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv) return returnValue;

+

+    /* call lower wrapped functions */

+    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree) {

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScreen->ValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+	returnValue = (*pScreen->ValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.ValidateTree = pScreen->ValidateTree;

+	pScreen->ValidateTree = DRIValidateTree;

+    }

+

+    return returnValue;

+}

+

+void

+DRIPostValidateTree(WindowPtr pParent, WindowPtr pChild, VTKind kind)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv;

+

+    if (pParent) {

+	pScreen = pParent->drawable.pScreen;

+    } else {

+	pScreen = pChild->drawable.pScreen;

+    }

+    if(!(pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen))) return;

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree) {

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScreen->PostValidateTree = pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+	(*pScreen->PostValidateTree)(pParent, pChild, kind);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.PostValidateTree = pScreen->PostValidateTree;

+	pScreen->PostValidateTree = DRIPostValidateTree;

+    }

+}

+

+void

+DRIClipNotify(WindowPtr pWin, int dx, int dy)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr	pDRIDrawablePriv;

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv) return;

+

+    if ((pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin))) {

+        int nrects = RegionNumRects(&pWin->clipList);

+

+        if(!pDRIPriv->windowsTouched) {

+            DRILockTree(pScreen);

+            pDRIPriv->windowsTouched = TRUE;

+        }

+

+	if (nrects && !pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)

+	    DRIIncreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);

+	else if (!nrects && pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects)

+	    DRIDecreaseNumberVisible(pScreen);

+	else

+	    DRIDriverClipNotify(pScreen);

+

+	pDRIDrawablePriv->nrects = nrects;

+

+	pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex].stamp

+	    = DRIDrawableValidationStamp++;

+

+	drmUpdateDrawableInfo(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIDrawablePriv->hwDrawable,

+			      DRM_DRAWABLE_CLIPRECTS,

+			      nrects, RegionRects(&pWin->clipList));

+    }

+

+    /* call lower wrapped functions */

+    if(pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify) {

+

+	/* unwrap */

+        pScreen->ClipNotify = pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify;

+

+	/* call lower layers */

+        (*pScreen->ClipNotify)(pWin, dx, dy);

+

+	/* rewrap */

+        pDRIPriv->wrap.ClipNotify = pScreen->ClipNotify;

+        pScreen->ClipNotify = DRIClipNotify;

+    }

+}

+

+CARD32

+DRIGetDrawableIndex(WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    DRIDrawablePrivPtr pDRIDrawablePriv = DRI_DRAWABLE_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);

+    CARD32 index;

+

+    if (pDRIDrawablePriv) {

+	index = pDRIDrawablePriv->drawableIndex;

+    }

+    else {

+	index = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->ddxDrawableTableEntry;

+    }

+

+    return index;

+}

+

+unsigned int

+DRIGetDrawableStamp(ScreenPtr pScreen, CARD32 drawable_index)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    return pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawableTable[drawable_index].stamp;

+}

+

+

+void

+DRIPrintDrawableLock(ScreenPtr pScreen, char *msg)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    ErrorF("%s: %d\n", msg,  pDRIPriv->pSAREA->drawable_lock.lock);

+}

+

+void

+DRILock(ScreenPtr pScreen, int flags)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;

+

+    if (!*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) {

+        DRM_LOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext, flags);

+	*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext = pDRIPriv->myContext;

+    } else if (*pDRIPriv->pLockingContext != pDRIPriv->myContext) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		  "[DRI] Locking deadlock.\n"

+		  "\tAlready locked with context %d,\n"

+		  "\ttrying to lock with context %d.\n",

+		  pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,

+		  pDRIPriv->myContext);

+    }

+    (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)++;

+}

+

+void

+DRIUnlock(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if(!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount) return;

+

+    if (*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount > 0) {

+	if (pDRIPriv->myContext != *pDRIPriv->pLockingContext) {

+	    DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		      "[DRI] Unlocking inconsistency:\n"

+		      "\tContext %d trying to unlock lock held by context %d\n",

+		      pDRIPriv->pLockingContext,

+		      pDRIPriv->myContext);

+	}

+	(*pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)--;

+    } else {

+        DRIDrvMsg(pScreen->myNum, X_ERROR,

+		  "DRIUnlock called when not locked.\n");

+        return;

+    }

+    if (! *pDRIPriv->pLockRefCount)

+        DRM_UNLOCK(pDRIPriv->drmFD, pDRIPriv->pLSAREA, pDRIPriv->myContext);

+}

+

+void *

+DRIGetSAREAPrivate(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;

+

+    return (void *)(((char*)pDRIPriv->pSAREA)+sizeof(XF86DRISAREARec));

+}

+

+drm_context_t

+DRIGetContext(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    if (!pDRIPriv) return 0;

+

+    return pDRIPriv->myContext;

+}

+

+void

+DRIGetTexOffsetFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen,

+		     DRITexOffsetStartProcPtr *texOffsetStartFunc,

+		     DRITexOffsetFinishProcPtr *texOffsetFinishFunc)

+{

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+

+    if (!pDRIPriv) return;

+

+    *texOffsetStartFunc  = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetStart;

+    *texOffsetFinishFunc = pDRIPriv->pDriverInfo->texOffsetFinish;

+}

+

+/* This lets get at the unwrapped functions so that they can correctly

+ * call the lowerlevel functions, and choose whether they will be

+ * called at every level of recursion (eg in validatetree).

+ */

+DRIWrappedFuncsRec *

+DRIGetWrappedFuncs(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    return &(DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen)->wrap);

+}

+

+/* note that this returns the library version, not the protocol version */

+void

+DRIQueryVersion(int *majorVersion,

+                int *minorVersion,

+                int *patchVersion)

+{

+    *majorVersion = DRIINFO_MAJOR_VERSION;

+    *minorVersion = DRIINFO_MINOR_VERSION;

+    *patchVersion = DRIINFO_PATCH_VERSION;

+}

+

+static void

+_DRIAdjustFrame(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv, int x, int y)

+{

+    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x      = x;

+    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y      = y;

+    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width  = pScrn->frameX1 - x + 1;

+    pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height = pScrn->frameY1 - y + 1;

+}

+

+void

+DRIAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags)

+{

+    ScreenPtr        pScreen  = screenInfo.screens[scrnIndex];

+    DRIScreenPrivPtr pDRIPriv = DRI_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);

+    ScrnInfoPtr      pScrn    = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    int              px, py;

+

+    if (!pDRIPriv || !pDRIPriv->pSAREA) {

+	DRIDrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_ERROR, "[DRI] No SAREA (%p %p)\n",

+		  pDRIPriv, pDRIPriv ? pDRIPriv->pSAREA : NULL);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->fullscreen) {

+				/* Fix up frame */

+	pScrn->frameX0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.x;

+	pScrn->frameY0 = pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.y;

+	pScrn->frameX1 = pScrn->frameX0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.width - 1;

+	pScrn->frameY1 = pScrn->frameY0 + pDRIPriv->pSAREA->frame.height - 1;

+

+				/* Fix up cursor */

+    miPointerGetPosition(inputInfo.pointer, &px, &py);

+	if (px < pScrn->frameX0) px = pScrn->frameX0;

+	if (px > pScrn->frameX1) px = pScrn->frameX1;

+	if (py < pScrn->frameY0) py = pScrn->frameY0;

+	if (py > pScrn->frameY1) py = pScrn->frameY1;

+	pScreen->SetCursorPosition(inputInfo.pointer, pScreen, px, py, TRUE);

+	return;

+    }

+

+    if (pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame) {

+	/* unwrap */

+	pScrn->AdjustFrame = pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame;

+	/* call lower layers */

+	(*pScrn->AdjustFrame)(scrnIndex, x, y, flags);

+	/* rewrap */

+	pDRIPriv->wrap.AdjustFrame = pScrn->AdjustFrame;

+	pScrn->AdjustFrame         = DRIAdjustFrame;

+    }

+

+    _DRIAdjustFrame(pScrn, pDRIPriv, x, y);

+}

+

+/* 

+ * DRIMoveBuffersHelper swaps the regions rects in place leaving you

+ * a region with the rects in the order that you need to blit them,

+ * but it is possibly (likely) an invalid region afterwards.  If you

+ * need to use the region again for anything you have to call 

+ * REGION_VALIDATE on it, or better yet, save a copy first.

+ */

+

+void

+DRIMoveBuffersHelper(

+   ScreenPtr pScreen, 

+   int dx,

+   int dy,

+   int *xdir, 

+   int *ydir, 

+   RegionPtr reg

+)

+{

+   BoxPtr extents, pbox, firstBox, lastBox;

+   BoxRec tmpBox;

+   int y, nbox;

+

+   extents = RegionExtents(reg);

+   nbox = RegionNumRects(reg);

+   pbox = RegionRects(reg);

+

+   if((dy > 0) && (dy < (extents->y2 - extents->y1))) {

+     *ydir = -1;

+     if(nbox > 1) {

+        firstBox = pbox;

+        lastBox = pbox + nbox - 1;

+        while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {

+           tmpBox = *firstBox;

+           *firstBox = *lastBox;

+           *lastBox = tmpBox;

+           firstBox++;

+           lastBox--;

+        }

+     }

+   } else *ydir = 1;

+

+   if((dx > 0) && (dx < (extents->x2 - extents->x1))) {

+     *xdir = -1;

+     if(nbox > 1) {

+        firstBox = lastBox = pbox;

+        y = pbox->y1;

+        while(--nbox) {

+           pbox++;

+           if(pbox->y1 == y) lastBox++;

+           else {

+              while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {

+                 tmpBox = *firstBox;

+                 *firstBox = *lastBox;

+                 *lastBox = tmpBox;

+                 firstBox++;

+                 lastBox--;

+              }

+

+              firstBox = lastBox = pbox;

+              y = pbox->y1;

+           }

+         }

+         while((unsigned long)firstBox < (unsigned long)lastBox) {

+           tmpBox = *firstBox;

+           *firstBox = *lastBox;

+           *lastBox = tmpBox;

+           firstBox++;

+           lastBox--;

+        }

+     }

+   } else *xdir = 1;

+

+}

+

+char *

+DRICreatePCIBusID(const struct pci_device * dev)

+{

+    char *busID;

+

+    if (asprintf(&busID, "pci:%04x:%02x:%02x.%d",

+		 dev->domain, dev->bus, dev->dev, dev->func) == -1)

+	return NULL;

+

+    return busID;

+}

+

+static void drmSIGIOHandler(int interrupt, void *closure)

+{

+    unsigned long key;

+    void          *value;

+    ssize_t       count;

+    drm_ctx_t     ctx;

+    typedef void  (*_drmCallback)(int, void *, void *);

+    char          buf[256];

+    drm_context_t    old;

+    drm_context_t    new;

+    void          *oldctx;

+    void          *newctx;

+    char          *pt;

+    drmHashEntry  *entry;

+    void *hash_table;

+

+    hash_table = drmGetHashTable();

+

+    if (!hash_table) return;

+    if (drmHashFirst(hash_table, &key, &value)) {

+	entry = value;

+	do {

+#if 0

+	    fprintf(stderr, "Trying %d\n", entry->fd);

+#endif

+	    if ((count = read(entry->fd, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1)) > 0) {

+		buf[count] = '\0';

+#if 0

+		fprintf(stderr, "Got %s\n", buf);

+#endif

+

+		for (pt = buf; *pt != ' '; ++pt); /* Find first space */

+		++pt;

+		old    = strtol(pt, &pt, 0);

+		new    = strtol(pt, NULL, 0);

+		oldctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, old);

+		newctx = drmGetContextTag(entry->fd, new);

+#if 0

+		fprintf(stderr, "%d %d %p %p\n", old, new, oldctx, newctx);

+#endif

+		((_drmCallback)entry->f)(entry->fd, oldctx, newctx);

+		ctx.handle = new;

+		ioctl(entry->fd, DRM_IOCTL_NEW_CTX, &ctx);

+	    }

+	} while (drmHashNext(hash_table, &key, &value));

+    }

+}

+

+

+int drmInstallSIGIOHandler(int fd, void (*f)(int, void *, void *))

+{

+    drmHashEntry     *entry;

+

+    entry     = drmGetEntry(fd);

+    entry->f  = f;

+

+    return xf86InstallSIGIOHandler(fd, drmSIGIOHandler, 0);

+}

+

+int drmRemoveSIGIOHandler(int fd)

+{

+    drmHashEntry     *entry = drmGetEntry(fd);

+

+    entry->f = NULL;

+

+    return xf86RemoveSIGIOHandler(fd);

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am
index 0e5b304a4..9cb27a2bd 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/Makefile.am
@@ -1,33 +1,33 @@
-noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libloader.la
-
-INCLUDES = $(XORG_INCS) -I$(srcdir)/../parser -I$(top_srcdir)/miext/cw \
-	   -I$(srcdir)/../ddc -I$(srcdir)/../i2c -I$(srcdir)/../modes \
-	   -I$(srcdir)/../ramdac
-
-#AM_LDFLAGS = -r
-AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	loader.h \
-	loaderProcs.h \
-	sdksyms.sh
-
-nodist_libloader_la_SOURCES = \
-	sdksyms.c
-
-libloader_la_SOURCES = \
-	loader.c \
-	loaderProcs.h \
-	loadext.c \
-        loadmod.c \
-	os.c
-
-libloader_la_LIBADD = $(DLOPEN_LIBS)
-
-CLEANFILES = sdksyms.c sdksyms.dep
-
-sdksyms.dep sdksyms.c: sdksyms.sh $(top_builddir)/include/do-not-use-config.h
-	CPP='$(CPP)' AWK='$(AWK)' $(srcdir)/sdksyms.sh $(top_srcdir) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES)
-
-SDKSYMS_DEP = sdksyms.dep
-include $(SDKSYMS_DEP)
+noinst_LTLIBRARIES = libloader.la

+

+INCLUDES = $(XORG_INCS) -I$(srcdir)/../parser -I$(top_srcdir)/miext/cw \

+	   -I$(srcdir)/../ddc -I$(srcdir)/../i2c -I$(srcdir)/../modes \

+	   -I$(srcdir)/../ramdac

+

+#AM_LDFLAGS = -r

+AM_CFLAGS = $(DIX_CFLAGS) $(XORG_CFLAGS)

+

+EXTRA_DIST = \

+	loader.h \

+	loaderProcs.h \

+	sdksyms.sh

+

+nodist_libloader_la_SOURCES = \

+	sdksyms.c

+

+libloader_la_SOURCES = \

+	loader.c \

+	loaderProcs.h \

+	loadext.c \

+        loadmod.c \

+	os.c

+

+libloader_la_LIBADD = $(DLOPEN_LIBS)

+

+CLEANFILES = sdksyms.c sdksyms.dep

+

+sdksyms.dep sdksyms.c: sdksyms.sh $(top_builddir)/include/do-not-use-config.h

+	CPP='$(CPP)' AWK='$(AWK)' $(srcdir)/sdksyms.sh $(top_srcdir) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(INCLUDES)

+

+SDKSYMS_DEP = sdksyms.dep

+include $(SDKSYMS_DEP)

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
index 18bb73523..6f5082ae5 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/loader/sdksyms.sh
@@ -1,425 +1,425 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-cat > sdksyms.c << EOF
-/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */
-#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-
-/* These must be included first */
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "miscstruct.h"
-
-
-/* render/Makefile.am */
-#include "picture.h"
-#include "mipict.h"
-#include "glyphstr.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-
-
-/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "fb.h"
-#include "fbrop.h"
-#include "fboverlay.h"
-#include "wfbrename.h"
-#include "fbpict.h"
- */
-
-
-/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "shadow.h"
- */
-
-
-/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */
-#include "damage.h"
-#include "damagestr.h"
-
-/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */
-#include "misync.h"
-#include "misyncstr.h"
-
-/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */
-/*
-#include "xvdix.h"
-#include "xvmcext.h"
- */
-#include "geext.h"
-#include "geint.h"
-#include "shmint.h"
-#include "syncsdk.h"
-#if XINERAMA
-# include "panoramiXsrv.h"
-# include "panoramiX.h"
-#endif
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "xf86int10.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */
-#include "xf86i2c.h"
-/*
-#include "bt829.h"
-#include "fi1236.h"
-#include "msp3430.h"
-#include "tda8425.h"
-#include "tda9850.h"
-#include "tda9885.h"
-#include "uda1380.h"
-#include "i2c_def.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */
-#include "xf86Crtc.h"
-#include "xf86Modes.h"
-#include "xf86RandR12.h"
-/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */
-#include "edid.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#if DRI2
-# include "dri2.h"
-#endif
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "vgaHW.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "fbdevhw.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */
-#include "compiler.h"
-#include "fourcc.h"
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Module.h"
-#include "xf86Opt.h"
-#include "xf86PciInfo.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86Privstr.h"
-#include "xf86cmap.h"
-#include "xf86fbman.h"
-#include "xf86str.h"
-#include "xf86Xinput.h"
-#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
-#include "xisb.h"
-#if XV
-# include "xf86xv.h"
-# include "xf86xvmc.h"
-# include "xf86xvpriv.h"
-#endif
-/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */
-/*
-#if XF86VIDMODE
-# include "vidmodeproc.h"
-#endif
- */
-#include "xorgVersion.h"
-#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
-# include "xf86sbusBus.h"
-#endif
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */
-#include "BT.h"
-#include "IBM.h"
-#include "TI.h"
-#include "xf86Cursor.h"
-#include "xf86RamDac.h"
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "shadowfb.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */
-#if defined(sun386)
-# include "agpgart.h"
-#endif
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */
-#include "xf86_OSproc.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */
-#include "xf86Pci.h"
-#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
-# include "xf86Sbus.h"
-#endif
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "xaa.h"
-#include "xaalocal.h"
-#include "xaarop.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "dgaproc.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */
-#include "xf86Parser.h"
-#include "xf86Optrec.h"
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "vbe.h"
-#include "vbeModes.h"
- */
-
-
-/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#if XF86DRI
-# include "dri.h"
-# include "sarea.h"
-# include "dristruct.h"
-#endif
- */
-
-
-/* mi/Makefile.am */
-#include "micmap.h"
-#include "miline.h"
-#include "mipointer.h"
-#include "mi.h"
-#include "mibstore.h"
-#include "migc.h"
-#include "mipointrst.h"
-#include "mizerarc.h"
-#include "micoord.h"
-#include "mifillarc.h"
-#include "mispans.h"
-#include "miwideline.h"
-#include "mistruct.h"
-#include "mifpoly.h"
-#include "mioverlay.h"
-
-
-/* randr/Makefile.am */
-#include "randrstr.h"
-#include "rrtransform.h"
-
-
-/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "dbestruct.h"
- */
-
-
-/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */
-/*
-#include "exa.h"
- */
-
-
-/* xfixes/Makefile.am */
-#include "xfixes.h"
-
-
-/* include/Makefile.am */
-#include "XIstubs.h"
-#include "Xprintf.h"
-#include "closestr.h"
-#include "closure.h"
-#include "colormap.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "hotplug.h"
-#include "client.h"
-#include "cursor.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "dix.h"
-#include "dixaccess.h"
-#include "dixevents.h"
-#include "dixfont.h"
-#include "dixfontstr.h"
-#include "dixgrabs.h"
-#include "dixstruct.h"
-#include "exevents.h"
-#include "extension.h"
-#include "extinit.h"
-#include "extnsionst.h"
-#include "gc.h"
-#include "gcstruct.h"
-#include "globals.h"
-#include "input.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-/* already included */
-/*
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "miscstruct.h"
- */
-#include "opaque.h"
-#include "os.h"
-#include "pixmap.h"
-#include "pixmapstr.h"
-#include "privates.h"
-#include "property.h"
-#include "propertyst.h"
-#include "ptrveloc.h"
-#include "region.h"
-#include "regionstr.h"
-#include "registry.h"
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "rgb.h"
-#include "screenint.h"
-#include "scrnintstr.h"
-#include "selection.h"
-#include "servermd.h"
-#include "site.h"
-#include "swaprep.h"
-#include "swapreq.h"
-#include "validate.h"
-#include "window.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "xace.h"
-#include "xkbfile.h"
-#include "xkbsrv.h"
-#include "xkbstr.h"
-#include "xkbrules.h"
-#include "xserver-properties.h"
-
-EOF
-
-topdir=$1
-shift
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir '
-BEGIN {
-    sdk = 0;
-    print("/*");
-    print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they");
-    print(" * will be available in the X Server binary.");
-    print(" */");
-    printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir);
-    print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {");
-
-    printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep";
-}
-/^# [0-9]+ "/ {
-    #   Process text after a include in a relative path or when the
-    # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir.
-    #   Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there
-    # is a starting ".
-    sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2;
-
-    if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) {
-	# remove quotes
-	gsub(/"/, "", $3);
-	line = $2;
-	header = $3;
-	if (! headers[$3]) {
-	    printf(" \\\n  %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep";
-	    headers[$3] = 1;
-	}
-    }
-    next;
-}
-
-/^extern[ 	]/  {
-    if (sdk) {
-	n = 3;
-
-	# skip attribute, if any
-	while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ ||
-	    # skip modifiers, if any
-	    $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ ||
-	    # skip pointer
-	    $n ~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\*$/)
-	    n++;
-
-	# type specifier may not be set, as in
-	#   extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...)
-	if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)
-	    n++;
-
-	# go back if we are at the parameter list already
-	if ($n ~ /^[(]([^*].*)?$/)
-	    n--;
-
-	# match
-	#    extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...)
-	if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/)
-	    n++;
-
-	# match
-	#	extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ...
-	if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/)
-	    n++;
-
-	# actual name may be in the next line, as in
-	#   extern _X_EXPORT type
-	# possibly ending with a *
-	#   name(...)
-	if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) {
-	    getline;
-	    n = 1;
-	}
-
-	# dont modify $0 or $n
-	symbol = $n;
-
-	# remove starting non word chars
-	sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol);
-
-	# remove from first non word to end of line
-	sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol);
-
-	#print;
-	printf("    (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line);
-    }
-}
-
-{
-    line++;
-}
-
-END {
-    print("};");
-
-    print("") >> "sdksyms.dep";
-}' > _sdksyms.c
-
-STATUS=$?
-
-cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c
-rm _sdksyms.c
-
-[ $? != 0 ] && exit $?
-
-exit $STATUS
+#!/bin/sh

+

+cat > sdksyms.c << EOF

+/* This file is automatically generated by sdksyms.sh. */

+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+

+/* These must be included first */

+#include "misc.h"

+#include "miscstruct.h"

+

+

+/* render/Makefile.am */

+#include "picture.h"

+#include "mipict.h"

+#include "glyphstr.h"

+#include "picturestr.h"

+

+

+/* fb/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "fb.h"

+#include "fbrop.h"

+#include "fboverlay.h"

+#include "wfbrename.h"

+#include "fbpict.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* miext/shadow/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "shadow.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* miext/damage/Makefile.am */

+#include "damage.h"

+#include "damagestr.h"

+

+/* miext/sync/Makefile.am */

+#include "misync.h"

+#include "misyncstr.h"

+

+/* Xext/Makefile.am -- half is module, half is builtin */

+/*

+#include "xvdix.h"

+#include "xvmcext.h"

+ */

+#include "geext.h"

+#include "geint.h"

+#include "shmint.h"

+#include "syncsdk.h"

+#if XINERAMA

+# include "panoramiXsrv.h"

+# include "panoramiX.h"

+#endif

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/int10/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "xf86int10.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/i2c/Makefile.am -- "mostly" modules */

+#include "xf86i2c.h"

+/*

+#include "bt829.h"

+#include "fi1236.h"

+#include "msp3430.h"

+#include "tda8425.h"

+#include "tda9850.h"

+#include "tda9885.h"

+#include "uda1380.h"

+#include "i2c_def.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/modes/Makefile.am */

+#include "xf86Crtc.h"

+#include "xf86Modes.h"

+#include "xf86RandR12.h"

+/* #include "xf86Rename.h" */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/ddc/Makefile.am */

+#include "edid.h"

+#include "xf86DDC.h"

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/dri2/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#if DRI2

+# include "dri2.h"

+#endif

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/vgahw/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "vgaHW.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/fbdevhw/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "fbdevhw.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/common/Makefile.am */

+#include "compiler.h"

+#include "fourcc.h"

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Module.h"

+#include "xf86Opt.h"

+#include "xf86PciInfo.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86Privstr.h"

+#include "xf86cmap.h"

+#include "xf86fbman.h"

+#include "xf86str.h"

+#include "xf86Xinput.h"

+#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"

+#include "xisb.h"

+#if XV

+# include "xf86xv.h"

+# include "xf86xvmc.h"

+# include "xf86xvpriv.h"

+#endif

+/* XF86VidMode code is in libextmod module */

+/*

+#if XF86VIDMODE

+# include "vidmodeproc.h"

+#endif

+ */

+#include "xorgVersion.h"

+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)

+# include "xf86sbusBus.h"

+#endif

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/ramdac/Makefile.am */

+#include "BT.h"

+#include "IBM.h"

+#include "TI.h"

+#include "xf86Cursor.h"

+#include "xf86RamDac.h"

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/shadowfb/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "shadowfb.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/solaris/Makefile.am */

+#if defined(sun386)

+# include "agpgart.h"

+#endif

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/Makefile.am */

+#include "xf86_OSproc.h"

+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/os-support/bus/Makefile.am */

+#include "xf86Pci.h"

+#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)

+# include "xf86Sbus.h"

+#endif

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/xaa/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "xaa.h"

+#include "xaalocal.h"

+#include "xaarop.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "dgaproc.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/parser/Makefile.am */

+#include "xf86Parser.h"

+#include "xf86Optrec.h"

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/vbe/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "vbe.h"

+#include "vbeModes.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* hw/xfree86/dri/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#if XF86DRI

+# include "dri.h"

+# include "sarea.h"

+# include "dristruct.h"

+#endif

+ */

+

+

+/* mi/Makefile.am */

+#include "micmap.h"

+#include "miline.h"

+#include "mipointer.h"

+#include "mi.h"

+#include "mibstore.h"

+#include "migc.h"

+#include "mipointrst.h"

+#include "mizerarc.h"

+#include "micoord.h"

+#include "mifillarc.h"

+#include "mispans.h"

+#include "miwideline.h"

+#include "mistruct.h"

+#include "mifpoly.h"

+#include "mioverlay.h"

+

+

+/* randr/Makefile.am */

+#include "randrstr.h"

+#include "rrtransform.h"

+

+

+/* dbe/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "dbestruct.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* exa/Makefile.am -- module */

+/*

+#include "exa.h"

+ */

+

+

+/* xfixes/Makefile.am */

+#include "xfixes.h"

+

+

+/* include/Makefile.am */

+#include "XIstubs.h"

+#include "Xprintf.h"

+#include "closestr.h"

+#include "closure.h"

+#include "colormap.h"

+#include "colormapst.h"

+#include "hotplug.h"

+#include "client.h"

+#include "cursor.h"

+#include "cursorstr.h"

+#include "dix.h"

+#include "dixaccess.h"

+#include "dixevents.h"

+#include "dixfont.h"

+#include "dixfontstr.h"

+#include "dixgrabs.h"

+#include "dixstruct.h"

+#include "exevents.h"

+#include "extension.h"

+#include "extinit.h"

+#include "extnsionst.h"

+#include "gc.h"

+#include "gcstruct.h"

+#include "globals.h"

+#include "input.h"

+#include "inputstr.h"

+/* already included */

+/*

+#include "misc.h"

+#include "miscstruct.h"

+ */

+#include "opaque.h"

+#include "os.h"

+#include "pixmap.h"

+#include "pixmapstr.h"

+#include "privates.h"

+#include "property.h"

+#include "propertyst.h"

+#include "ptrveloc.h"

+#include "region.h"

+#include "regionstr.h"

+#include "registry.h"

+#include "resource.h"

+#include "rgb.h"

+#include "screenint.h"

+#include "scrnintstr.h"

+#include "selection.h"

+#include "servermd.h"

+#include "site.h"

+#include "swaprep.h"

+#include "swapreq.h"

+#include "validate.h"

+#include "window.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "xace.h"

+#include "xkbfile.h"

+#include "xkbsrv.h"

+#include "xkbstr.h"

+#include "xkbrules.h"

+#include "xserver-properties.h"

+

+EOF

+

+topdir=$1

+shift

+LC_ALL=C

+export LC_ALL

+${CPP:-cpp} "$@" -DXorgLoader sdksyms.c | ${AWK:-awk} -v topdir=$topdir '

+BEGIN {

+    sdk = 0;

+    print("/*");

+    print(" * These symbols are referenced to ensure they");

+    print(" * will be available in the X Server binary.");

+    print(" */");

+    printf("/* topdir=%s */\n", topdir);

+    print("_X_HIDDEN void *xorg_symbols[] = {");

+

+    printf("sdksyms.c:") > "sdksyms.dep";

+}

+/^# [0-9]+ "/ {

+    #   Process text after a include in a relative path or when the

+    # processed file has a basename matching $top_srcdir.

+    #   Note that indexing starts at 1; 0 means no match, and there

+    # is a starting ".

+    sdk = $3 !~ /^"\// || index($3, topdir) == 2;

+

+    if (sdk && $3 ~ /\.h"$/) {

+	# remove quotes

+	gsub(/"/, "", $3);

+	line = $2;

+	header = $3;

+	if (! headers[$3]) {

+	    printf(" \\\n  %s", $3) >> "sdksyms.dep";

+	    headers[$3] = 1;

+	}

+    }

+    next;

+}

+

+/^extern[ 	]/  {

+    if (sdk) {

+	n = 3;

+

+	# skip attribute, if any

+	while ($n ~ /^(__attribute__|__global)/ ||

+	    # skip modifiers, if any

+	    $n ~ /^\*?(unsigned|const|volatile|struct)$/ ||

+	    # skip pointer

+	    $n ~ /^[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\*$/)

+	    n++;

+

+	# type specifier may not be set, as in

+	#   extern _X_EXPORT unsigned name(...)

+	if ($n !~ /[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/)

+	    n++;

+

+	# go back if we are at the parameter list already

+	if ($n ~ /^[(]([^*].*)?$/)

+	    n--;

+

+	# match

+	#    extern _X_EXPORT type (* name[])(...)

+	if ($n ~ /^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/)

+	    n++;

+

+	# match

+	#	extern _X_EXPORT const name *const ...

+	if ($n ~ /^([^a-zA-Z0-9_]+)?const$/)

+	    n++;

+

+	# actual name may be in the next line, as in

+	#   extern _X_EXPORT type

+	# possibly ending with a *

+	#   name(...)

+	if ($n == "" || $n ~ /^\*+$/) {

+	    getline;

+	    n = 1;

+	}

+

+	# dont modify $0 or $n

+	symbol = $n;

+

+	# remove starting non word chars

+	sub(/^[^a-zA-Z0-9_]+/, "",symbol);

+

+	# remove from first non word to end of line

+	sub(/[^a-zA-Z0-9_].*/, "", symbol);

+

+	#print;

+	printf("    (void *) &%-50s /* %s:%s */\n", symbol ",", header, line);

+    }

+}

+

+{

+    line++;

+}

+

+END {

+    print("};");

+

+    print("") >> "sdksyms.dep";

+}' > _sdksyms.c

+

+STATUS=$?

+

+cat _sdksyms.c >> sdksyms.c

+rm _sdksyms.c

+

+[ $? != 0 ] && exit $?

+

+exit $STATUS

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
index 4bec31695..ce0c177bc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/man/xorg.conf.man
@@ -1,2485 +1,2485 @@
-.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.
-.ds q \N'34'
-.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__
-.SH NAME
-__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for
-__xservername__ X server
-.SH INTRODUCTION
-.B __xservername__
-supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and
-run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the
-__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection,
-and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more
-than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of
-mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not
-all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command
-line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are
-described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and
-__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file
-parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module
-specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver
-or module manual page.
-.SH DESCRIPTION
-.B __xservername__
-uses a configuration file called
-.I __xconfigfile__
-and files ending in the suffix
-.I .conf
-from the directory
-.I __xconfigdir__
-for its initial setup.
-The
-.I __xconfigfile__
-configuration file is searched for in the following places when the
-server is started as a normal user:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
-.B \-config
-command line option,
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that
-environment variable, and
-.I <hostname>
-is the machine's hostname as reported by
-.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
-.PP
-When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file
-search locations are as follows:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-<cmdline>
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.I /etc/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>
-.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is the path specified with the
-.B \-config
-command line option (which may be absolute or relative),
-.B $XORGCONFIG
-is the path specified by that
-environment variable (absolute or relative),
-.B $HOME
-is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home
-directory), and
-.I <hostname>
-is the machine's hostname as reported by
-.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).
-.PP
-Additional configuration files are searched for in the following
-directories when the server is started as a normal user:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the
-.B \-configdir
-command line option.
-.PP
-When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the
-config directory search locations are as follows:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-<cmdline>
-.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>
-.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>
-.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <cmdline>
-is the path specified with the
-.B \-configdir
-command line option (which may be absolute or relative).
-.PP
-Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories
-reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from
-the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration.
-These files are found in the following directories:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.I __xconfigfile__
-and
-.I __xconfigdir__
-files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order,
-or omitted to use default configuration values.
-Each section has the form:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BI "Section  \*q" SectionName \*q
-.RI "    " SectionEntry
-    ...
-.B EndSection
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The section names are:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Files          " "File pathnames"
-.BR "ServerFlags    " "Server flags"
-.BR "Module         " "Dynamic module loading"
-.BR "Extensions     " "Extension enabling"
-.BR "InputDevice    " "Input device description"
-.BR "InputClass     " "Input class description"
-.BR "Device         " "Graphics device description"
-.BR "VideoAdaptor   " "Xv video adaptor description"
-.BR "Monitor        " "Monitor description"
-.BR "Modes          " "Video modes descriptions"
-.BR "Screen         " "Screen configuration"
-.BR "ServerLayout   " "Overall layout"
-.BR "DRI            " "DRI\-specific configuration"
-.BR "Vendor         " "Vendor\-specific configuration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility
-purposes.
-In new config files, the
-.B InputDevice
-section should be used instead.
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Keyboard       " "Keyboard configuration"
-.BR "Pointer        " "Pointer/mouse configuration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The old
-.B XInput
-section is no longer recognised.
-.PP
-The
-.B ServerLayout
-sections are at the highest level.
-They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session.
-The input devices are described in the
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g.,
-a graphics board and a monitor).
-These multiple components are bound together in the
-.B Screen
-sections, and it is these that are referenced by the
-.B ServerLayout
-section.
-Each
-.B Screen
-section binds together a graphics board and a monitor.
-The graphics boards are described in the
-.B Device
-sections, and the monitors are described in the
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-.PP
-Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are
-ignored.
-Most strings (including
-.B Option
-names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and
-\(lq_\(rq characters.
-.PP
-Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file.  They
-consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments,
-with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword.
-The argument types are:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Integer     " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
-.BR "Real        " "a floating point number"
-.BR "String      " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values
-with \(lq0\(rq.
-.PP
-A special keyword called
-.B Option
-may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server.
-The
-.B Option
-keyword takes either one or two string arguments.
-The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the
-option value.
-Some commonly used option value types include:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.BR "Integer     " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"
-.BR "Real        " "a floating point number"
-.BR "String      " "a sequence of characters"
-.BR "Boolean     " "a boolean value (see below)"
-.BR "Frequency   " "a frequency value (see below)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Note that
-.I all
-.B Option
-values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes.
-.PP
-Boolean options may optionally have a value specified.
-When no value is specified, the option's value is
-.BR TRUE .
-The following boolean option values are recognised as
-.BR TRUE :
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR 1 ,
-.BR on ,
-.BR true ,
-.B yes
-.RE
-.PP
-and the following boolean option values are recognised as
-.BR FALSE :
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR 0 ,
-.BR off ,
-.BR false ,
-.B no
-.RE
-.PP
-If an option name is prefixed with
-.RB \*q No \*q,
-then the option value is negated.
-.PP
-Example: the following option entries are equivalent:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qOff\*q"
-.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q"
-.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q"
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qfalse\*q"
-.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qno\*q"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally
-followed by one of the following frequency units:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.BR Hz ,
-.BR k ,
-.BR kHz ,
-.BR M ,
-.B MHz
-.RE
-.PP
-When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from
-the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value.
-It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency
-option values to avoid any errors in determining the value.
-.SH "FILES SECTION"
-The
-.B Files
-section is used to specify some path names required by the server.
-Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see
-.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__)
-and
-.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)).
-The command line settings override the values specified in the config
-file.
-The
-.B Files
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it.
-.PP
-The entries that can appear in this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q
-sets the search path for fonts.
-This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__
-server searches for font databases.
-Multiple
-.B FontPath
-entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the
-fontpath used by the server.  Font path elements can be absolute
-directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The
-formats of the later two are explained below:
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Catalogue directories:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR
-before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with
-symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following
-syntax in the symlink name:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority>
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <identifier>
-is an alphanumeric identifier,
-.I [attribute]
-is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and
-.I <priority>
-is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20  -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi
-.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript
-.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc
-.fi
-.PP
-.RE .RE .RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Font server identifiers:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-Font server identifiers have the form:
-.RS 4
-.PP
-.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number>
-.RE
-.PP
-where
-.I <trans>
-is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g.,
-.B unix
-for UNIX\-domain sockets or
-.B tcp
-for a TCP/IP connection),
-.I <hostname>
-is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and
-.I <port\-number>
-is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100).
-.RE
-.PP
-When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back
-to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following
-font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/
-.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the
-font path when the server starts up.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q
-sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules.
-This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server
-searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified.
-Multiple
-.B ModulePath
-entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the
-module search path used by the server.  The default module path is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-__modulepath__
-.RE
-.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented
-.ig
-.TP 7
-.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q
-sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file.
-The default log file name is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-where
-.I <n>
-is the display number for the __xservername__ server.
-..
-.TP 7
-.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q
-sets the base directory for keyboard layout files.  The
-.B \-xkbdir
-command line option can be used to override this.  The default directory is
-.PP
-.RS 11
-__xkbdir__
-.RE
-.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION"
-In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the
-.B ServerFlags
-section is used to specify some global
-__xservername__ server options.
-All of the entries in this section are
-.BR Options ,
-although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are
-still recognised.
-Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is
-discouraged.
-The
-.B ServerFlags
-section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it.
-.PP
-.B Options
-specified in this section (with the exception of the
-.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q
-.BR Option )
-may be overridden by
-.B Options
-specified in the active
-.B ServerLayout
-section.
-Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command
-line equivalent is used.
-The options recognised by this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q  \*q" layout\-id \*q
-This specifies the default
-.B ServerLayout
-section to use in the absence of the
-.B \-layout
-command line option.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal
-signals and exiting cleanly.
-Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred.
-The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a
-core file.
-In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__
-server problem and know how to deal with the consequences.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from
-input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL
-on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop.
-The default behaviour is platform specific.   In general you do not want to
-use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or
-working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the
-consequences.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n
-sequence (where
-.RI F n
-refers to one of the numbered function keys).
-That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q
-on operating systems that have this feature.
-When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and
-is passed to clients.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.B Terminate_Server
-XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options).
-This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server.
-When this option is enabled, the action has no effect.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This disallows the use of the
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
-and
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus
-sequences.
-These sequences allows you to switch between video modes.
-When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning
-and are passed to clients.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client
-that can be used to change the video modes.
-Default: the VidMode extension is enabled.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode
-extension) to connect from another host.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__)
-drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised.
-It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems
-which support VT switching.
-This sequence is
-.B Alt\-SysRq
-followed by a function key
-.RB ( Fn ).
-This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the
-keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can
-access them.
-Default: off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q  \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B blank
-phase of the screensaver.
-.I time
-is in minutes.
-This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's
-.B \-s
-flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q  \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B standby
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q  \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B suspend
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q  \*q" time \*q
-sets the inactivity timeout for the
-.B off
-phase of DPMS mode.
-.I time
-is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with
-.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).
-Default: 10 minutes.
-This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be
-supported by all video drivers.
-It is only enabled for screens that have the
-.B \*qDPMS\*q
-option set (see the MONITOR section below).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q  \*q" bpp \*q
-This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24.
-Allowed values for
-.I bpp
-are 24 and 32.
-Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare).
-Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine.
-This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific
-PC\-98 architecture.
-Default: auto\-detected.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-Disables something to do with power management events.
-Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable XINERAMA extension.
-Default is disabled.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q
-This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up.
-The default value is
-.BR "typical" ,
-which will setup up a typical subset of
-the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals.  Other options are
-.BR "minimal" ,
-which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and
-.BR "all"
-which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in
-xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by
-default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of
-the X server to load. Disabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events.
-Enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the
-DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up
-to the client.
-Enabled by default.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q
-This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after
-each message.
-Possible values are
-.B flush
-or
-.BR sync .
-Unset by default.
-.SH "MODULE SECTION"
-The
-.B Module
-section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded.
-This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form.
-The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server
-extension modules.
-Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via
-other mechanisms.
-The
-.B Module
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
-it.
-.PP
-Entries in this section may be in two forms.
-The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the
-.B Load
-keyword, as described here:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Load  \*q" modulename \*q
-This instructs the server to load the module called
-.IR modulename .
-The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the
-module file name.
-The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq
-prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.B "Load \*qdri\*q"
-.RE
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Disable  \*q" modulename \*q
-This instructs the server to not load the module called
-.IR modulename .
-Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that
-default. If a
-.B Load
-instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the
-.B Disable
-instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the
-module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the
-.B Load
-instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the
-"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes.
-.PP
-The second form of entry is a
-.BR SubSection,
-with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the
-.B SubSection
-being
-.B Options
-that are passed to the module when it is loaded.
-.PP
-Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of
-server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension
-disabled by using the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q"
-.B "   Option  \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q"
-.B EndSubSection
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the
-.B ModulePath
-search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and
-multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories.
-In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all
-the above are searched first if they exist.
-.PP
-To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions
-subdirectory under:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-__modulepath__
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq,
-and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they
-are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries.
-It is recommended
-that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded.
-If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE
-extension) will not be available.
-.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION"
-The
-.B Extensions
-section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled
-or disabled.
-The
-.B Extensions
-section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in
-it.
-.PP
-Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of
-the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second.
-The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output
-of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q"
-.B "    Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q"
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.RE
-.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Recent X servers employ HAL or udev backends for input device enumeration
-and input hotplugging. It is usually not
-necessary to provide
-.B InputDevice
-sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is in use. If hotplugging is
-enabled,
-.B InputDevice
-sections using the
-.B mouse, kbd
-and
-.B vmmouse
-driver will be ignored.
-.PP
-If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally
-be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard
-and one for the core pointer.
-If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing
-ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input
-device, the first
-.B InputDevice
-marked as
-.B CorePointer
-(or
-.BR CoreKeyboard )
-is used.
-If there is no match there, the first
-.B InputDevice
-that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used.
-The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations.
-Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms.
-.PP
-.B InputDevice
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qInputDevice\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI "    Driver     \*q" inputdriver \*q
-.I  "    options"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Driver
-entries are required in all
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this input device.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
-When using the loadable server, the input driver module
-.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
-will be loaded for each active
-.B InputDevice
-section.
-An
-.B InputDevice
-section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
-.B ServerLayout
-section, if it is referenced by the
-.B \-keyboard
-or
-.B \-pointer
-command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer
-or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references.
-The most commonly used input drivers are
-.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__)
-on Linux systems, and
-.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__)
-and
-.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__)
-on other platforms.
-.PP
-.PP
-.B InputDevice
-sections recognise some driver\-independent
-.BR Options ,
-which are described here.
-See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the
-device\-specific options.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of
-the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts
-specified in the configuration and/or on the command line.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q"
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-Deprecated, see
-.B Floating
-
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not
-report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is
-only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is
-disabled by default.
-The options
-.B CorePointer,
-.B CoreKeyboard,
-.B AlwaysCore,
-and
-.B SendCoreEvents,
-are the inverse of option
-.B Floating
-(i.e.
-.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q
-is equivalent to
-.B Floating \*qoff\*q
-).
-
-This option controls the startup behavior only, a device
-may be reattached or set floating at runtime.
-.PP
-For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer
-is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of
-these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only
-the most important acceleration options are discussed here.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q  \*q" integer \*q
-Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of
-the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual
-acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls)
-is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference.
-.PP
-.RS 6
-.nf
-.B  " 0      classic (mostly compatible)"
-.B  "-1      none (only constant deceleration is applied)"
-.B  " 1      device-dependent"
-.B  " 2      polynomial (polynomial function)"
-.B  " 3      smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)"
-.B  " 4      simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)"
-.B  " 5      power (power function)"
-.B  " 6      linear (more speed, more acceleration)"
-.B  " 7      limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q  \*q" real \*q
-Makes the pointer go
-.B deceleration
-times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q  \*q" real \*q
-Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be
-.B adaptive deceleration
-times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q  \*q" string \*q
-Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-.nf
-.B  "predictable   default algorithm (behaving more predictable)"
-.B  "lightweight   old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)"
-.B  "none          no acceleration or deceleration"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q  \*q" integer \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q  \*q" integer \*q
-Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration
-factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak
-profiles to suit the users needs. The
-.B simple
-and
-.B limited
-profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other
-profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster
-pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q  \*q" integer \*q
-Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10
-ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies
-with the profile however.
-
-.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B InputClass
-sections.
-These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a
-class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can
-match more than one
-.B InputClass
-section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is
-best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first.
-.PP
-.B InputClass
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier  \*q" name \*q
-.I  "    entries"
-.I  "    ..."
-.I  "    options"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry is required in all
-.B InputClass
-sections.
-All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this input class.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.
-After all classes have been examined, the
-.RI \*q inputdriver \*q
-module from the first
-.B Driver
-entry will be enabled when using the loadable server.
-.PP
-When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are
-checked against all
-.B InputClass
-sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match
-of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the
-.B InputClass
-section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of
-these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply.
-.PP
-There are two types of match entries used in
-.B InputClass
-sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes
-of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different
-devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the
-same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same
-attribute. For example:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qInputClass\*q"
-.B  "    Identifier   \*qMy Class\*q"
-.B  "    # product string must contain example and
-.B  "    # either gizmo or gadget
-.B  "    MatchProduct \*qexample\*q
-.B  "    MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchProduct  \*q" matchproduct \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the substring
-.RI \*q matchproduct \*q
-occurs in the device's product name.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchVendor  \*q" matchvendor \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the substring
-.RI \*q matchvendor \*q
-occurs in the device's vendor name.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the
-.RI \*q matchdevice \*q
-pathname pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q
-This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the
-case-insensitive
-.RI \*q matchos \*q
-string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the
-.BR uname (2)
-system call.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q
-The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the
-.RI \*q matchpnp \*q
-shell wildcard pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q
-The device's USB ID can be checked against the
-.RI \*q matchusb \*q
-shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers
-separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the
-.BR lsusb (8)
-program.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q
-Check the case-sensitive string
-.RI \*q matchdriver \*q
-against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections
-using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has
-been set by the config backend or a previous
-.B InputClass
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q
-This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend
-matches the
-.RI \*q matchtag \*q
-pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in
-.RI \*q matchtag \*q
-matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend.
-.PP
-The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a
-boolean argument similar to
-.B Option
-entries.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsKeyboard     \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsPointer      \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsJoystick     \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTablet       \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTouchpad     \*q" bool \*q
-.TP 7
-.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen  \*q" bool \*q
-.PP
-When an input device has been matched to the
-.B InputClass
-section, any
-.B Option
-entries are applied to the device. One
-.B InputClass
-specific
-.B Option
-is recognized. See the
-.B InputDevice
-section above for a description of the remaining
-.B Option
-entries.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely,
-and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled
-by another program and no X events should be generated.
-.SH "DEVICE SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Device
-sections.
-There must be at least one, for the video card being used.
-.PP
-.B Device
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qDevice\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI "    Driver     \*q" driver \*q
-.I  "    entries"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Driver
-entries are required in all
-.B Device
-sections.  All other entries are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device.
-The
-.B Driver
-entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device.
-When using the loadable server, the driver module
-.RI \*q driver \*q
-will be loaded for each active
-.B Device
-section.
-A
-.B Device
-section is considered active if it is referenced by an active
-.B Screen
-section.
-.PP
-.B Device
-sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and
-.BR Options ,
-which are described here.
-Not all drivers make use of these
-driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them
-to be specified because the information is auto\-detected.
-See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information
-about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options.
-Note that most of the
-.B Options
-listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the
-.B Screen
-section instead of here in the
-.B Device
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "BusID  \*q" bus\-id \*q
-This specifies the bus location of the graphics card.
-For PCI/AGP cards,
-the
-.I bus\-id
-string has the form
-.BI PCI: bus : device : function
-(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card).
-This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using
-the primary graphics card.
-In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a
-single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory.
-Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device
-section and the hardware it is representing.
-This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool
-scanpci.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Screen  " number
-This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more
-than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator
-and video memory).
-One
-.B Device
-section is required for each head, and this
-parameter determines which head each of the
-.B Device
-sections applies to.
-The legal values of
-.I number
-range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity.
-Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Chipset  \*q" chipset \*q
-This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics
-board.
-In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the
-hardware to determine the chipset type.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Ramdac  \*q" ramdac\-type \*q
-This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics
-board.
-This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not
-required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the
-RAMDAC type where possible.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DacSpeed  " speed
-.TP 7
-.BI "DacSpeed  " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32"
-This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually
-printed on the RAMDAC chip).
-The speed is in MHz.
-When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes.
-When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes
-8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively.
-This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the
-speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to
-driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults.
-Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you
-do.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Clocks  " "clock ..."
-specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board.
-The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number.
-The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz.
-The ordering of the clocks is important.
-It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board.
-Multiple
-.B Clocks
-lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list.
-Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older
-boards with non-programmable clocks.
-Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly
-recommends that you do.
-.TP
-.BI "ClockChip  \*q" clockchip\-type \*q
-This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics
-boards which have a programmable clock generator.
-Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips.
-For details, see the appropriate driver manual page.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VideoRam  " "mem"
-This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed
-on the graphics board.
-This is measured in kBytes.
-In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes
-the graphics board to determine this quantity.
-The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed.
-.TP 7
-.BI "BiosBase  " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for
-the VGA board.
-This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the
-driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "MemBase  " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics
-board's linear frame buffer.
-This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
-the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "IOBase  " "baseaddress"
-This optional entry specifies the IO base address.
-This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if
-the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ChipID  " "id"
-This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type.
-For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID.
-This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
-when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ChipRev  " "rev"
-This optional entry specifies the chip revision number.
-This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done
-when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.
-.TP 7
-.BI "TextClockFreq  " "freq"
-This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used
-for the regular text mode.
-The frequency is specified in MHz.
-This is rarely used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to
-the server log.
-.ig
-.TP 7
-This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified.
-..
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Option flags may be specified in the
-.B Device
-sections.
-These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
-The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
-Some of the latter are described below in the section about the
-.B Screen
-section, and they may also be included here.
-
-.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION"
-Nobody wants to say how this works.
-Maybe nobody knows ...
-
-.SH "MONITOR SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used,
-but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified.
-.PP
-.B Monitor
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qMonitor\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.I  "    entries"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The only mandatory entry in a
-.B Monitor
-section is the
-.B Identifier
-entry.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this monitor.
-The
-.B Monitor
-section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the
-monitor, monitor-specific
-.BR Options ,
-and information about the video modes to use with the monitor.
-.PP
-With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific
-outputs of the video card.  Using the name of the output defined by the video
-driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor
-section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the
-following format:
-
-.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q
-
-(for example,
-.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q
-for a VGA output)
-.PP
-In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a
-monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to
-preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations.
-.PP
-Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other
-information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of
-modes available.
-When modes are specified explicitly in the
-.B Monitor
-section (with the
-.BR Modes ,
-.BR ModeLine ,
-or
-.B UseModes
-keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included.
-Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included,
-when they meet the requirements of the monitor.
-.PP
-The entries that may be used in
-.B Monitor
-sections are described below.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VendorName  \*q" vendor \*q
-This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModelName  \*q" model \*q
-This optional entry specifies the monitor's model.
-.TP 7
-.BI "HorizSync  " "horizsync\-range"
-gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the
-monitor.
-.I horizsync\-range
-may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
-values.
-A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
-By default the values are in units of kHz.
-They may be specified in MHz or Hz
-if
-.B MHz
-or
-.B Hz
-is added to the end of the line.
-The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
-modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
-This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
-If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VertRefresh  " "vertrefresh\-range"
-gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the
-monitor.
-.I vertrefresh\-range
-may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of
-values.
-A range of values is two values separated by a dash.
-By default the values are in units of Hz.
-They may be specified in MHz or kHz
-if
-.B MHz
-or
-.B kHz
-is added to the end of the line.
-The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video
-modes are within the specifications of the monitor.
-This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.
-If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DisplaySize  " "width height"
-This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the
-picture area of the monitor.
-If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of
-the screen.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Gamma  " "gamma\-value"
-.TP 7
-.BI "Gamma  " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma"
-This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction
-for the monitor.
-It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values.
-The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0.
-Not all drivers are capable of using this information.
-.TP 7
-.BI "UseModes  \*q" modesection\-id \*q
-Include the set of modes listed in the
-.B Modes
-section called
-.IR modesection\-id.
-This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by
-this monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Mode  \*q" name \*q
-This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide
-definitions for video modes for the monitor.
-In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard
-modes will be sufficient.
-The
-.B Mode
-keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description.
-The mode description is terminated with the
-.B EndMode
-keyword.
-The mode description consists of the following entries:
-.RS 7
-.TP 4
-.BI "DotClock  " clock
-is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "HTimings  " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal"
-specifies the horizontal timings for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "VTimings  " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal"
-specifies the vertical timings for the mode.
-.TP 4
-.BI "Flags  \*q" flag \*q " ..."
-specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate
-string in double quotes.
-.B \*qInterlace\*q
-indicates that the mode is interlaced.
-.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
-indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
-.B \*q+HSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-HSync\*q
-can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
-.B \*q+VSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-VSync\*q
-can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
-.B \*qComposite\*q
-can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
-Additionally, on some hardware,
-.B \*q+CSync\*q
-and
-.B \*q\-CSync\*q
-may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
-.TP 4
-.BI "HSkew  " hskew
-specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by
-which the display enable signal is to be skewed.
-Not all drivers use this information.
-This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied
-by the server (if any).
-\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased.
-If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen,
-this value should be decreased.
-.TP 4
-.BI "VScan  " vscan
-specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen.
-Not all drivers use this information.
-Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default.
-Generally, the
-.B \*qDoubleScan\*q
-.B Flag
-mentioned above doubles this value.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "ModeLine  \*q" name \*q " mode\-description"
-This entry is a more compact version of the
-.B Mode
-entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor.
-is a single line format for specifying video modes.
-In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA
-standard modes will be sufficient.
-.PP
-.RS 7
-The
-.I mode\-description
-is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory.
-The first is the dot (pixel) clock.
-This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in
-MHz.
-The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal
-timings.
-These numbers are the
-.IR hdisp ,
-.IR hsyncstart ,
-.IR hsyncend ,
-and
-.I htotal
-values.
-The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical
-timings.
-These numbers are the
-.IR vdisp ,
-.IR vsyncstart ,
-.IR vsyncend ,
-and
-.I vtotal
-values.
-The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of
-the mode.
-.B Interlace
-indicates that the mode is interlaced.
-.B DoubleScan
-indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.
-.B +HSync
-and
-.B \-HSync
-can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.
-.B +VSync
-and
-.B \-VSync
-can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.
-.B Composite
-can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.
-Additionally, on some hardware,
-.B +CSync
-and
-.B \-CSync
-may be used to select the composite sync polarity.
-The
-.B HSkew
-and
-.B VScan
-options mentioned above in the
-.B Modes
-entry description can also be used here.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension
-for power management for this screen.  The default is to enable the
-extension.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal
-on the green color pin.  Not all cards support this option, and most
-monitors do not require it.  The default is off.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary
-monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q  " \*qstring\*q
-This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode
-of the monitor.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q  " "\*qx y\*q"
-This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X
-screen.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q  " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
-left of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q  " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the
-right of the output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q  " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the
-output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q  " \*qoutput\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the
-output (not monitor) of the given name.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on
-at startup.  By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected
-monitors.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default
-modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server
-will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee
-that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines
-which the server can use.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q  " \*qfrequency\*q
-This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
-by the monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q  " \*qfrequency\*q
-This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported
-by the monitor.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q  " \*qbool\*q
-This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely,
-and not reported through RandR.  This is useful if the hardware reports the
-presence of outputs that don't exist.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q  " \*qrotation\*q
-This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor.
-Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and
-\*qinverted\*q.
-(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)
-
-.SH "MODES SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Modes
-sections, or none.
-These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently
-of the
-.B Monitor
-sections.
-.B Monitor
-sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by
-using the
-.B UseModes
-keyword.
-In most cases the
-.B Modes
-sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes
-will be sufficient.
-.PP
-.B Modes
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qModes\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.I  "    entries"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions.
-The other entries permitted in
-.B Modes
-sections are the
-.B Mode
-and
-.B ModeLine
-entries that are described above in the
-.B Monitor
-section.
-.SH "SCREEN SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B Screen
-sections.
-There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used.
-A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device
-.RB ( Device
-section) and a monitor
-.RB ( Monitor
-section).
-A
-.B Screen
-section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active
-.B ServerLayout
-section or by the
-.B \-screen
-command line option.
-If neither of those is present, the first
-.B Screen
-section found in the config file is considered the active one.
-.PP
-.B Screen
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qScreen\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q
-.BI "    Device     \*q" devid \*q
-.BI "    Monitor    \*q" monid \*q
-.I  "    entries"
-.I  "    ..."
-.BI "    SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
-.I  "       entries"
-.I  "       ...
-.B  "    EndSubSection"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-and
-.B Device
-entries are mandatory.
-All others are optional.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this screen.
-The
-.B Screen
-section provides information specific to the whole screen, including
-screen\-specific
-.BR Options .
-In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active
-.B Screen
-sections, one for each head.
-The entries available
-for this section are:
-.TP 7
-.BI "Device  \*q" device\-id \*q
-This mandatory entry specifies the
-.B Device
-section to be used for this screen.
-This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen.
-The
-.I device\-id
-must match the
-.B Identifier
-of a
-.B Device
-section in the config file.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Monitor  \*q" monitor\-id \*q
-specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen.
-If a
-.B Monitor
-name is not specified, a default configuration is used.
-Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all
-platforms.
-.TP 7
-.BI "VideoAdaptor  \*q" xv\-id \*q
-specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this
-screen.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DefaultDepth  " depth
-specifies which color depth the server should use by default.
-The
-.B \-depth
-command line option can be used to override this.
-If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most
-cases is 8.
-.TP 7
-.BI "DefaultFbBpp  " bpp
-specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default.
-The
-.B \-fbbpp
-command line option can be used to override this.
-In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this.
-The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24,
-where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a
-sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout.
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Various
-.B Option
-flags may be specified in the
-.B Screen
-section.
-Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation.
-Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here.
-.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q"
-Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards'
-2D hardware acceleration available to the  __xservername__ server.
-This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if
-there are bugs in the driver.
-There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed
-below.
-Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is
-not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the
-driver).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card.
-Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the
-primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q
-Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS
-of the graphics card to initialize it.
-Default: false.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q"
-Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern
-processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5.
-Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been
-known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
-system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome
-pattern.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q"
-Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q"
-Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in system memory (one scan line at a time).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from
-system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"
-Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns
-stored in offscreen video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q"
-Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of
-video memory to another part of video memory.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q"
-Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points.
-.PP
-Each
-.B Screen
-section may optionally contain one or more
-.B Display
-subsections.
-Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information,
-and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for
-the screen.
-The
-.B Display
-subsection format is described in the section below.
-
-.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION"
-Each
-.B Screen
-section may have multiple
-.B Display
-subsections.
-The \(lqactive\(rq
-.B Display
-subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being
-used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value
-specified.
-The
-.B Display
-subsections are optional.
-When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used,
-all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults.
-.PP
-.B Display
-subsections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "    SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"
-.BI "        Depth  " depth
-.I  "        entries"
-.I  "        ..."
-.B  "    EndSubSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Depth  " depth
-This entry specifies what colour depth the
-.B Display
-subsection is to be used for.
-This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all
-.B Display
-subsection or when wishing to match only against the
-.B FbBpp
-parameter.
-The range of
-.I depth
-values that are allowed depends on the driver.
-Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24.
-Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30).
-Note:
-.I depth
-means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine
-the pixel colour.
-32 is not a valid
-.I depth
-value.
-Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the
-colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32.
-.TP 7
-.BI "FbBpp  " bpp
-This entry specifies the framebuffer format this
-.B Display
-subsection is to be used for.
-This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow
-a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse
-framebuffer format.
-In most cases this entry should not be used.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Weight  " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight"
-This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used
-for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple
-formats.
-This may also be specified from the command line with the
-.B \-weight
-option (see
-.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)).
-.TP 7
-.BI "Virtual  " "xdim ydim"
-This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used.
-.I xdim
-must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple
-of 32 when running in monochrome mode.
-The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case.
-Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be
-rejected.
-If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to
-accommodate all the valid video modes given in the
-.B Modes
-entry.
-Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens.
-Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details.
-.TP 7
-.BI "ViewPort  " "x0 y0"
-This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display.
-This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different
-from the resolution of the initial video mode.
-If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in
-the virtual display area.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Modes  \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..."
-This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use.
-Each
-.I mode\-name
-specified must be in double quotes.
-They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate
-.B Monitor
-section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes).
-The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various
-requirements.
-The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for
-startup.
-The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list.
-It is possible to switch to the next mode with
-.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus
-and to the previous mode with
-.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus .
-When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate
-.B Monitor
-section will be used.  If the
-.B Monitor
-section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the
-built-in VESA standard modes.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Visual  \*q" visual\-name \*q
-This optional entry sets the default root visual type.
-This may also be specified from the command line (see the
-.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__)
-man page).
-The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is
-.BR PseudoColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.nf
-.B StaticGray
-.B GrayScale
-.B StaticColor
-.B PseudoColor
-.B TrueColor
-.B DirectColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is
-.BR TrueColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B TrueColor
-.B DirectColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Not all drivers support
-.B DirectColor
-at these depths.
-.PP
-The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is
-.BR StaticColor ):
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B StaticGray
-.B GrayScale
-.B StaticColor
-.B PseudoColor
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is
-.BR StaticGray .
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "Black  " "red green blue"
-This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified.
-This is only supported at depth 1.
-The default is black.
-.TP 7
-.BI "White  " "red green blue"
-This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified.
-This is only supported at depth 1.
-The default is white.
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-Option flags may be specified in the
-.B Display
-subsections.
-These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.
-The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.
-Some of the latter are described above in the section about the
-.B Screen
-section, and they may also be included here.
-.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION"
-The config file may have multiple
-.B ServerLayout
-sections.
-A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens
-.RB ( Screen
-sections) and one or more input devices
-.RB ( InputDevice
-sections) to form a complete configuration.
-In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the
-heads.
-A
-.B ServerLayout
-section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the
-.B \-layout
-command line option or by an
-.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q"
-entry in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section (the former takes precedence over the latter).
-If those options are not used, the first
-.B ServerLayout
-section found in the config file is considered the active one.
-If no
-.B ServerLayout
-sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core)
-input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above.
-.PP
-.B ServerLayout
-sections have the following format:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B  "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
-.BI "    Identifier   \*q" name \*q
-.BI "    Screen       \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.I  "    ..."
-.BI "    InputDevice  \*q" idev\-id \*q
-.I  "    ..."
-.I  "    options"
-.I  "    ..."
-.B  "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-Each
-.B ServerLayout
-section must have an
-.B Identifier
-entry and at least one
-.B Screen
-entry.
-.PP
-The
-.B Identifier
-entry specifies the unique name for this server layout.
-The
-.B ServerLayout
-section provides information specific to the whole session, including
-session\-specific
-.BR Options .
-The
-.B ServerFlags
-options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here
-override those given in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section.
-.PP
-The entries that may be used in this section are described here.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Screen  " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information"
-One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in
-a session.
-The
-.I screen\-id
-field is mandatory, and specifies the
-.B Screen
-section being referenced.
-The
-.I screen\-num
-field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number
-in multi\-head configurations.
-When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that
-they are listed in.
-The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive.
-The
-.I position\-information
-field describes the way multiple screens are positioned.
-There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided:
-.RS 7
-.TP 4
-.I  "x y"
-.TP 4
-.BI "Absolute  " "x y"
-These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are
-.RI ( x , y ).
-The
-.B Absolute
-keyword is optional.
-Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the
-.B Absolute
-keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it.
-.TP 4
-.BI "RightOf   \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "LeftOf    \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Above     \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Below     \*q" screen\-id \*q
-.TP 4
-.BI "Relative  \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y"
-These give the screen's location relative to another screen.
-The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or
-below the other screen.
-When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned.
-When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned.
-The
-.B Relative
-form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner)
-relative to the origin of another screen.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.BI "InputDevice  \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..."
-One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in
-a session.
-Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and
-keyboard devices.
-If either of those is missing, suitable
-.B InputDevice
-entries are searched for using the method described above in the
-.B INPUTDEVICE
-section.  The
-.I idev\-id
-field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the
-.B InputDevice
-section being referenced.
-Multiple
-.I option
-fields may be specified, each in double quotes.
-The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the
-.B InputDevice
-sections.
-Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here.
-The most commonly used options are:
-.PP
-.RS 11
-.nf
-.B \*qCorePointer\*q
-.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q
-.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q
-.fi
-.RE
-.PP
-.RS 7
-and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer
-and core keyboard devices respectively.
-.RE
-.TP 7
-.B Options
-In addition to the following, any option permitted in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section may also be specified here.
-When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides
-the one given in the
-.B ServerFlags
-section.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q  \*q" bus\-id \*q
-Restrict device resets to the specified
-.IR bus\-id .
-See the
-.B BusID
-option (described in
-.BR "DEVICE SECTION" ,
-above) for the format of the
-.I bus\-id
-parameter.
-This option overrides
-.BR SingleCard ,
-if specified.
-At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner.
-.TP 7
-.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q  \*q" boolean \*q
-As
-.BR IsolateDevice ,
-except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used.
-.PP
-Here is an example of a
-.B ServerLayout
-section for a dual headed configuration with two mice:
-.PP
-.RS 4
-.nf
-.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"
-.B "    Identifier  \*qLayout 1\*q"
-.B "    Screen      \*qMGA 1\*q"
-.B "    Screen      \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q"
-.B "    InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"
-.B "    InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q    \*qCorePointer\*q"
-.B "    InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q    \*qSendCoreEvents\*q"
-.B "    Option      \*qBlankTime\*q  \*q5\*q"
-.B "EndSection"
-.fi
-.RE
-.SH "DRI SECTION"
-This optional section is used to provide some information for the
-Direct Rendering Infrastructure.
-Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at
-.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> .
-.SH "VENDOR SECTION"
-The optional
-.B Vendor
-section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information.
-Multiple
-.B Vendor
-sections may be present, and they may contain an
-.B Identifier
-entry and multiple
-.B Option
-flags.
-The data therein is not used in this release.
-.PP
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-General:
-.BR X (__miscmansuffix__),
-.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__),
-.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__).
-.PP
-.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms."
-.PP
-Display drivers:
-.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__),
-.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__).
-.PP
-Input drivers:
-.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR void (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__).
-.PP
-Other modules and interfaces:
-.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__),
-.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__),
-.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__).
-.br
-.SH AUTHORS
-This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes
-.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> .
+.\" shorthand for double quote that works everywhere.

+.ds q \N'34'

+.TH __xconfigfile__ __filemansuffix__ __vendorversion__

+.SH NAME

+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ \- configuration files for

+__xservername__ X server

+.SH INTRODUCTION

+.B __xservername__

+supports several mechanisms for supplying/obtaining configuration and

+run-time parameters: command line options, environment variables, the

+__xconfigfile__ and __xconfigdir__ configuration files, auto-detection,

+and fallback defaults. When the same information is supplied in more

+than one way, the highest precedence mechanism is used. The list of

+mechanisms is ordered from highest precedence to lowest. Note that not

+all parameters can be supplied via all methods. The available command

+line options and environment variables (and some defaults) are

+described in the Xserver(__appmansuffix__) and

+__xservername__(__appmansuffix__) manual pages. Most configuration file

+parameters, with their defaults, are described below. Driver and module

+specific configuration parameters are described in the relevant driver

+or module manual page.

+.SH DESCRIPTION

+.B __xservername__

+uses a configuration file called

+.I __xconfigfile__

+and files ending in the suffix

+.I .conf

+from the directory

+.I __xconfigdir__

+for its initial setup.

+The

+.I __xconfigfile__

+configuration file is searched for in the following places when the

+server is started as a normal user:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG

+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG

+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__

+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>

+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>

+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <cmdline>

+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the

+.B \-config

+command line option,

+.B $XORGCONFIG

+is the relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified by that

+environment variable, and

+.I <hostname>

+is the machine's hostname as reported by

+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).

+.PP

+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the config file

+search locations are as follows:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+<cmdline>

+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.B $XORGCONFIG

+.IB /etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG

+.IB __projectroot__/etc/X11/ $XORGCONFIG

+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.I /etc/__xconfigfile__

+.IR __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>

+.I __projectroot__/etc/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.IR __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__. <hostname>

+.I __projectroot__/lib/X11/__xconfigfile__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <cmdline>

+is the path specified with the

+.B \-config

+command line option (which may be absolute or relative),

+.B $XORGCONFIG

+is the path specified by that

+environment variable (absolute or relative),

+.B $HOME

+is the path specified by that environment variable (usually the home

+directory), and

+.I <hostname>

+is the machine's hostname as reported by

+.BR gethostname (__libmansuffix__).

+.PP

+Additional configuration files are searched for in the following

+directories when the server is started as a normal user:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>

+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <cmdline>

+is a relative path (with no \(lq..\(rq components) specified with the

+.B \-configdir

+command line option.

+.PP

+When the __xservername__ server is started by the \(lqroot\(rq user, the

+config directory search locations are as follows:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+<cmdline>

+.IR /etc/X11/ <cmdline>

+.IR __sysconfdir__/X11/ <cmdline>

+.I /etc/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.I __sysconfdir__/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <cmdline>

+is the path specified with the

+.B \-configdir

+command line option (which may be absolute or relative).

+.PP

+Finally, configuration files will also be searched for in directories

+reserved for system use. These are to separate configuration files from

+the vendor or 3rd party packages from those of local administration.

+These files are found in the following directories:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.I /usr/share/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.I __datadir__/X11/__xconfigdir__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.I __xconfigfile__

+and

+.I __xconfigdir__

+files are composed of a number of sections which may be present in any order,

+or omitted to use default configuration values.

+Each section has the form:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.BI "Section  \*q" SectionName \*q

+.RI "    " SectionEntry

+    ...

+.B EndSection

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The section names are:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.BR "Files          " "File pathnames"

+.BR "ServerFlags    " "Server flags"

+.BR "Module         " "Dynamic module loading"

+.BR "Extensions     " "Extension enabling"

+.BR "InputDevice    " "Input device description"

+.BR "InputClass     " "Input class description"

+.BR "Device         " "Graphics device description"

+.BR "VideoAdaptor   " "Xv video adaptor description"

+.BR "Monitor        " "Monitor description"

+.BR "Modes          " "Video modes descriptions"

+.BR "Screen         " "Screen configuration"

+.BR "ServerLayout   " "Overall layout"

+.BR "DRI            " "DRI\-specific configuration"

+.BR "Vendor         " "Vendor\-specific configuration"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The following obsolete section names are still recognised for compatibility

+purposes.

+In new config files, the

+.B InputDevice

+section should be used instead.

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.BR "Keyboard       " "Keyboard configuration"

+.BR "Pointer        " "Pointer/mouse configuration"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The old

+.B XInput

+section is no longer recognised.

+.PP

+The

+.B ServerLayout

+sections are at the highest level.

+They bind together the input and output devices that will be used in a session.

+The input devices are described in the

+.B InputDevice

+sections.

+Output devices usually consist of multiple independent components (e.g.,

+a graphics board and a monitor).

+These multiple components are bound together in the

+.B Screen

+sections, and it is these that are referenced by the

+.B ServerLayout

+section.

+Each

+.B Screen

+section binds together a graphics board and a monitor.

+The graphics boards are described in the

+.B Device

+sections, and the monitors are described in the

+.B Monitor

+sections.

+.PP

+Config file keywords are case\-insensitive, and \(lq_\(rq characters are

+ignored.

+Most strings (including

+.B Option

+names) are also case-insensitive, and insensitive to white space and

+\(lq_\(rq characters.

+.PP

+Each config file entry usually takes up a single line in the file.  They

+consist of a keyword, which is possibly followed by one or more arguments,

+with the number and types of the arguments depending on the keyword.

+The argument types are:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.BR "Integer     " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"

+.BR "Real        " "a floating point number"

+.BR "String      " "a string enclosed in double quote marks (\*q)"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Note: hex integer values must be prefixed with \(lq0x\(rq, and octal values

+with \(lq0\(rq.

+.PP

+A special keyword called

+.B Option

+may be used to provide free\-form data to various components of the server.

+The

+.B Option

+keyword takes either one or two string arguments.

+The first is the option name, and the optional second argument is the

+option value.

+Some commonly used option value types include:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.BR "Integer     " "an integer number in decimal, hex or octal"

+.BR "Real        " "a floating point number"

+.BR "String      " "a sequence of characters"

+.BR "Boolean     " "a boolean value (see below)"

+.BR "Frequency   " "a frequency value (see below)"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Note that

+.I all

+.B Option

+values, not just strings, must be enclosed in quotes.

+.PP

+Boolean options may optionally have a value specified.

+When no value is specified, the option's value is

+.BR TRUE .

+The following boolean option values are recognised as

+.BR TRUE :

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.BR 1 ,

+.BR on ,

+.BR true ,

+.B yes

+.RE

+.PP

+and the following boolean option values are recognised as

+.BR FALSE :

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.BR 0 ,

+.BR off ,

+.BR false ,

+.B no

+.RE

+.PP

+If an option name is prefixed with

+.RB \*q No \*q,

+then the option value is negated.

+.PP

+Example: the following option entries are equivalent:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qOff\*q"

+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q"

+.B "Option \*qNoAccel\*q \*qOn\*q"

+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qfalse\*q"

+.B "Option \*qAccel\*q   \*qno\*q"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Frequency option values consist of a real number that is optionally

+followed by one of the following frequency units:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.BR Hz ,

+.BR k ,

+.BR kHz ,

+.BR M ,

+.B MHz

+.RE

+.PP

+When the unit name is omitted, the correct units will be determined from

+the value and the expectations of the appropriate range of the value.

+It is recommended that the units always be specified when using frequency

+option values to avoid any errors in determining the value.

+.SH "FILES SECTION"

+The

+.B Files

+section is used to specify some path names required by the server.

+Some of these paths can also be set from the command line (see

+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__)

+and

+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__)).

+The command line settings override the values specified in the config

+file.

+The

+.B Files

+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may appear in it.

+.PP

+The entries that can appear in this section are:

+.TP 7

+.BI "FontPath \*q" path \*q

+sets the search path for fonts.

+This path is a comma separated list of font path elements which the __xservername__

+server searches for font databases.

+Multiple

+.B FontPath

+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build up the

+fontpath used by the server.  Font path elements can be absolute

+directory paths, catalogue directories or a font server identifier. The

+formats of the later two are explained below:

+.PP

+.RS 7

+Catalogue directories:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+Catalogue directories can be specified using the prefix \fBcatalogue:\fR

+before the directory name. The directory can then be populated with

+symlinks pointing to the real font directories, using the following

+syntax in the symlink name:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.IR <identifier> : [attribute]: pri= <priority>

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <identifier>

+is an alphanumeric identifier,

+.I [attribute]

+is an attribute which will be passed to the underlying FPE and

+.I <priority>

+is a number used to order the fontfile FPEs. Examples:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.I 75dpi:unscaled:pri=20  -> /usr/share/X11/fonts/75dpi

+.I gscript:pri=60 -> /usr/share/fonts/default/ghostscript

+.I misc:unscaled:pri=10 \-> /usr/share/X11/fonts/misc

+.fi

+.PP

+.RE .RE .RE

+.PP

+.RS 7

+Font server identifiers:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+Font server identifiers have the form:

+.RS 4

+.PP

+.IR <trans> / <hostname> : <port\-number>

+.RE

+.PP

+where

+.I <trans>

+is the transport type to use to connect to the font server (e.g.,

+.B unix

+for UNIX\-domain sockets or

+.B tcp

+for a TCP/IP connection),

+.I <hostname>

+is the hostname of the machine running the font server, and

+.I <port\-number>

+is the port number that the font server is listening on (usually 7100).

+.RE

+.PP

+When this entry is not specified in the config file, the server falls back

+to the compiled\-in default font path, which contains the following

+font path elements (which can be set inside a catalogue directory):

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/misc/

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/TTF/

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/OTF/

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/Type1/

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/100dpi/

+.I __datadir__/fonts/X11/75dpi/

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Font path elements that are found to be invalid are removed from the

+font path when the server starts up.

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "ModulePath \*q" path \*q

+sets the search path for loadable __xservername__ server modules.

+This path is a comma separated list of directories which the __xservername__ server

+searches for loadable modules loading in the order specified.

+Multiple

+.B ModulePath

+entries may be specified, and they will be concatenated to build the

+module search path used by the server.  The default module path is

+.PP

+.RS 11

+__modulepath__

+.RE

+.\" The LogFile keyword is not currently implemented

+.ig

+.TP 7

+.BI "LogFile \*q" path \*q

+sets the name of the __xservername__ server log file.

+The default log file name is

+.PP

+.RS 11

+.RI __logdir__/__xservername__. <n> .log

+.RE

+.PP

+.RS 7

+where

+.I <n>

+is the display number for the __xservername__ server.

+..

+.TP 7

+.BI "XkbDir \*q" path \*q

+sets the base directory for keyboard layout files.  The

+.B \-xkbdir

+command line option can be used to override this.  The default directory is

+.PP

+.RS 11

+__xkbdir__

+.RE

+.SH "SERVERFLAGS SECTION"

+In addition to options specific to this section (described below), the

+.B ServerFlags

+section is used to specify some global

+__xservername__ server options.

+All of the entries in this section are

+.BR Options ,

+although for compatibility purposes some of the old style entries are

+still recognised.

+Those old style entries are not documented here, and using them is

+discouraged.

+The

+.B ServerFlags

+section is optional, as are the entries that may be specified in it.

+.PP

+.B Options

+specified in this section (with the exception of the

+.B \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q

+.BR Option )

+may be overridden by

+.B Options

+specified in the active

+.B ServerLayout

+section.

+Options with command line equivalents are overridden when their command

+line equivalent is used.

+The options recognised by this section are:

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q  \*q" layout\-id \*q

+This specifies the default

+.B ServerLayout

+section to use in the absence of the

+.B \-layout

+command line option.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qNoTrapSignals\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This prevents the __xservername__ server from trapping a range of unexpected fatal

+signals and exiting cleanly.

+Instead, the __xservername__ server will die and drop core where the fault occurred.

+The default behaviour is for the __xservername__ server to exit cleanly, but still drop a

+core file.

+In general you never want to use this option unless you are debugging an __xservername__

+server problem and know how to deal with the consequences.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qUseSIGIO\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This controls whether the __xservername__ server requests that events from

+input devices be reported via a SIGIO signal handler (also known as SIGPOLL

+on some platforms), or only reported via the standard select(3) loop.

+The default behaviour is platform specific.   In general you do not want to

+use this option unless you are debugging the __xservername__ server, or

+working around a specific bug until it is fixed, and understand the

+consequences.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDontVTSwitch\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This disallows the use of the

+.BI Ctrl+Alt+F n

+sequence (where

+.RI F n

+refers to one of the numbered function keys).

+That sequence is normally used to switch to another \*qvirtual terminal\*q

+on operating systems that have this feature.

+When this option is enabled, that key sequence has no special meaning and

+is passed to clients.

+Default: off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDontZap\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This disallows the use of the

+.B Terminate_Server

+XKB action (usually on Ctrl+Alt+Backspace, depending on XKB options).

+This action is normally used to terminate the __xservername__ server.

+When this option is enabled, the action has no effect.

+Default: off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDontZoom\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This disallows the use of the

+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus

+and

+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus

+sequences.

+These sequences allows you to switch between video modes.

+When this option is enabled, those key sequences have no special meaning

+and are passed to clients.

+Default: off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDisableVidModeExtension\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This disables the parts of the VidMode extension used by the xvidtune client

+that can be used to change the video modes.

+Default: the VidMode extension is enabled.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAllowNonLocalXvidtune\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This allows the xvidtune client (and other clients that use the VidMode

+extension) to connect from another host.

+Default: off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAllowMouseOpenFail\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+This tells the mousedrv(__drivermansuffix__) and vmmouse(__drivermansuffix__)

+drivers to not report failure if the mouse device can't be opened/initialised.

+It has no effect on the evdev(__drivermansuffix__) or other drivers.

+Default: false.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qVTSysReq\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+enables the SYSV\-style VT switch sequence for non\-SYSV systems

+which support VT switching.

+This sequence is

+.B Alt\-SysRq

+followed by a function key

+.RB ( Fn ).

+This prevents the __xservername__ server trapping the

+keys used for the default VT switch sequence, which means that clients can

+access them.

+Default: off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qBlankTime\*q  \*q" time \*q

+sets the inactivity timeout for the

+.B blank

+phase of the screensaver.

+.I time

+is in minutes.

+This is equivalent to the __xservername__ server's

+.B \-s

+flag, and the value can be changed at run\-time with

+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).

+Default: 10 minutes.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qStandbyTime\*q  \*q" time \*q

+sets the inactivity timeout for the

+.B standby

+phase of DPMS mode.

+.I time

+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with

+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).

+Default: 10 minutes.

+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be

+supported by all video drivers.

+It is only enabled for screens that have the

+.B \*qDPMS\*q

+option set (see the MONITOR section below).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qSuspendTime\*q  \*q" time \*q

+sets the inactivity timeout for the

+.B suspend

+phase of DPMS mode.

+.I time

+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with

+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).

+Default: 10 minutes.

+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be

+supported by all video drivers.

+It is only enabled for screens that have the

+.B \*qDPMS\*q

+option set (see the MONITOR section below).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qOffTime\*q  \*q" time \*q

+sets the inactivity timeout for the

+.B off

+phase of DPMS mode.

+.I time

+is in minutes, and the value can be changed at run\-time with

+.BR xset(__appmansuffix__).

+Default: 10 minutes.

+This is only suitable for VESA DPMS compatible monitors, and may not be

+supported by all video drivers.

+It is only enabled for screens that have the

+.B \*qDPMS\*q

+option set (see the MONITOR section below).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qPixmap\*q  \*q" bpp \*q

+This sets the pixmap format to use for depth 24.

+Allowed values for

+.I bpp

+are 24 and 32.

+Default: 32 unless driver constraints don't allow this (which is rare).

+Note: some clients don't behave well when this value is set to 24.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qPC98\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+Specify that the machine is a Japanese PC\-98 machine.

+This should not be enabled for anything other than the Japanese\-specific

+PC\-98 architecture.

+Default: auto\-detected.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qNoPM\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+Disables something to do with power management events.

+Default: PM enabled on platforms that support it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXinerama\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+enable or disable XINERAMA extension.

+Default is disabled.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAIGLX\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+enable or disable AIGLX. AIGLX is enabled by default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qDRI2\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+enable or disable DRI2. DRI2 is disabled by default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qGlxVisuals\*q \*q" string \*q

+This option controls how many GLX visuals the GLX modules sets up.

+The default value is

+.BR "typical" ,

+which will setup up a typical subset of

+the GLXFBConfigs provided by the driver as GLX visuals.  Other options are

+.BR "minimal" ,

+which will set up the minimal set allowed by the GLX specification and

+.BR "all"

+which will setup GLX visuals for all GLXFBConfigs.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qUseDefaultFontPath\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+Include the default font path even if other paths are specified in

+xorg.conf. If enabled, other font paths are included as well. Enabled by

+default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qIgnoreABI\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+Allow modules built for a different, potentially incompatible version of

+the X server to load. Disabled by default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAutoAddDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+If this option is disabled, then no devices will be added from HAL events.

+Enabled by default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAutoEnableDevices\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+If this option is disabled, then the devices will be added (and the

+DevicePresenceNotify event sent), but not enabled, thus leaving policy up

+to the client.

+Enabled by default.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qLog\*q \*q" string \*q

+This option controls whether the log is flushed and/or synced to disk after

+each message.

+Possible values are

+.B flush

+or

+.BR sync .

+Unset by default.

+.SH "MODULE SECTION"

+The

+.B Module

+section is used to specify which __xservername__ server modules should be loaded.

+This section is ignored when the __xservername__ server is built in static form.

+The type of modules normally loaded in this section are __xservername__ server

+extension modules.

+Most other module types are loaded automatically when they are needed via

+other mechanisms.

+The

+.B Module

+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in

+it.

+.PP

+Entries in this section may be in two forms.

+The first and most commonly used form is an entry that uses the

+.B Load

+keyword, as described here:

+.TP 7

+.BI "Load  \*q" modulename \*q

+This instructs the server to load the module called

+.IR modulename .

+The module name given should be the module's standard name, not the

+module file name.

+The standard name is case\-sensitive, and does not include the \(lqlib\(rq

+prefix, or the \(lq.a\(rq, \(lq.o\(rq, or \(lq.so\(rq suffixes.

+.PP

+.RS 7

+Example: the DRI extension module can be loaded with the following entry:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.B "Load \*qdri\*q"

+.RE

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Disable  \*q" modulename \*q

+This instructs the server to not load the module called

+.IR modulename .

+Some modules are loaded by default in the server, and this overrides that

+default. If a

+.B Load

+instruction is given for the same module, it overrides the

+.B Disable

+instruction and the module is loaded. The module name given should be the

+module's standard name, not the module file name. As with the

+.B Load

+instruction, the standard name is case-sensitive, and does not include the

+"lib" prefix, or the ".a", ".o", or ".so" suffixes.

+.PP

+The second form of entry is a

+.BR SubSection,

+with the subsection name being the module name, and the contents of the

+.B SubSection

+being

+.B Options

+that are passed to the module when it is loaded.

+.PP

+Example: the extmod module (which contains a miscellaneous group of

+server extensions) can be loaded, with the XFree86\-DGA extension

+disabled by using the following entry:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B "SubSection \*qextmod\*q"

+.B "   Option  \*qomit XFree86\-DGA\*q"

+.B EndSubSection

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Modules are searched for in each directory specified in the

+.B ModulePath

+search path, and in the drivers, extensions, input, internal, and

+multimedia subdirectories of each of those directories.

+In addition to this, operating system specific subdirectories of all

+the above are searched first if they exist.

+.PP

+To see what extension modules are available, check the extensions

+subdirectory under:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+__modulepath__

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The \(lqextmod\(rq, \(lqdbe\(rq, \(lqdri\(rq, \(lqdri2\(rq, \(lqglx\(rq,

+and \(lqrecord\(rq extension modules are loaded automatically, if they

+are present, unless disabled with \*qDisable\*q entries.

+It is recommended

+that at very least the \(lqextmod\(rq extension module be loaded.

+If it isn't, some commonly used server extensions (like the SHAPE

+extension) will not be available.

+.SH "EXTENSIONS SECTION"

+The

+.B Extensions

+section is used to specify which X11 protocol extensions should be enabled

+or disabled.

+The

+.B Extensions

+section is optional, as are all of the entries that may be specified in

+it.

+.PP

+Entries in this section are listed as Option statements with the name of

+the extension as the first argument, and a boolean value as the second.

+The extension name is case\-sensitive, and matches the form shown in the output

+of \*qXorg -extension ?\*q.

+.PP

+.RS 7

+Example: the MIT-SHM extension can be disabled with the following entry:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B "Section \*qExtensions\*q"

+.B "    Option \*qMIT-SHM\*q \*qDisable\*q"

+.B "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.RE

+.SH "INPUTDEVICE SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B InputDevice

+sections.

+Recent X servers employ HAL or udev backends for input device enumeration

+and input hotplugging. It is usually not

+necessary to provide

+.B InputDevice

+sections in the xorg.conf if hotplugging is in use. If hotplugging is

+enabled,

+.B InputDevice

+sections using the

+.B mouse, kbd

+and

+.B vmmouse

+driver will be ignored.

+.PP

+If hotplugging is disabled, there will normally

+be at least two: one for the core (primary) keyboard

+and one for the core pointer.

+If either of these two is missing, a default configuration for the missing

+ones will be used. In the absence of an explicitly specified core input

+device, the first

+.B InputDevice

+marked as

+.B CorePointer

+(or

+.BR CoreKeyboard )

+is used.

+If there is no match there, the first

+.B InputDevice

+that uses the \(lqmouse\(rq (or \(lqkbd\(rq) driver is used.

+The final fallback is to use built\-in default configurations.

+Currently the default configuration may not work as expected on all platforms.

+.PP

+.B InputDevice

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qInputDevice\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q

+.BI "    Driver     \*q" inputdriver \*q

+.I  "    options"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+and

+.B Driver

+entries are required in all

+.B InputDevice

+sections.

+All other entries are optional.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this input device.

+The

+.B Driver

+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.

+When using the loadable server, the input driver module

+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q

+will be loaded for each active

+.B InputDevice

+section.

+An

+.B InputDevice

+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active

+.B ServerLayout

+section, if it is referenced by the

+.B \-keyboard

+or

+.B \-pointer

+command line options, or if it is selected implicitly as the core pointer

+or keyboard device in the absence of such explicit references.

+The most commonly used input drivers are

+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__)

+on Linux systems, and

+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__)

+and

+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__)

+on other platforms.

+.PP

+.PP

+.B InputDevice

+sections recognise some driver\-independent

+.BR Options ,

+which are described here.

+See the individual input driver manual pages for a description of the

+device\-specific options.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAutoServerLayout\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+Always add the device to the ServerLayout section used by this instance of

+the server. This affects implied layouts as well as explicit layouts

+specified in the configuration and/or on the command line.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qCorePointer\*q"

+Deprecated, see

+.B Floating

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"

+Deprecated, see

+.B Floating

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAlwaysCore\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+Deprecated, see

+.B Floating

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qSendCoreEvents\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+Deprecated, see

+.B Floating

+

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qFloating\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+When enabled, the input device is set up floating and does not

+report events through any master device or control a cursor. The device is

+only available to clients using the X Input Extension API. This option is

+disabled by default.

+The options

+.B CorePointer,

+.B CoreKeyboard,

+.B AlwaysCore,

+and

+.B SendCoreEvents,

+are the inverse of option

+.B Floating

+(i.e.

+.B SendCoreEvents \*qon\*q

+is equivalent to

+.B Floating \*qoff\*q

+).

+

+This option controls the startup behavior only, a device

+may be reattached or set floating at runtime.

+.PP

+For pointing devices, the following options control how the pointer

+is accelerated or decelerated with respect to physical device motion. Most of

+these can be adjusted at runtime, see the xinput(1) man page for details. Only

+the most important acceleration options are discussed here.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationProfile\*q  \*q" integer \*q

+Select the profile. In layman's terms, the profile constitutes the "feeling" of

+the acceleration. More formally, it defines how the transfer function (actual

+acceleration as a function of current device velocity and acceleration controls)

+is constructed. This is mainly a matter of personal preference.

+.PP

+.RS 6

+.nf

+.B  " 0      classic (mostly compatible)"

+.B  "-1      none (only constant deceleration is applied)"

+.B  " 1      device-dependent"

+.B  " 2      polynomial (polynomial function)"

+.B  " 3      smooth linear (soft knee, then linear)"

+.B  " 4      simple (normal when slow, otherwise accelerated)"

+.B  " 5      power (power function)"

+.B  " 6      linear (more speed, more acceleration)"

+.B  " 7      limited (like linear, but maxes out at threshold)"

+.fi

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qConstantDeceleration\*q  \*q" real \*q

+Makes the pointer go

+.B deceleration

+times slower than normal. Most useful for high-resolution devices.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAdaptiveDeceleration\*q  \*q" real \*q

+Allows to actually decelerate the pointer when going slow. At most, it will be

+.B adaptive deceleration

+times slower. Enables precise pointer placement without sacrificing speed.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationScheme\*q  \*q" string \*q

+Selects the scheme, which is the underlying algorithm.

+.PP

+.RS 7

+.nf

+.B  "predictable   default algorithm (behaving more predictable)"

+.B  "lightweight   old acceleration code (as specified in the X protocol spec)"

+.B  "none          no acceleration or deceleration"

+.fi

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationNumerator\*q  \*q" integer \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationDenominator\*q  \*q" integer \*q

+Set numerator and denominator of the acceleration factor. The acceleration

+factor is a rational which, together with threshold, can be used to tweak

+profiles to suit the users needs. The

+.B simple

+and

+.B limited

+profiles use it directly (i.e. they accelerate by the factor), for other

+profiles it should hold that a higher acceleration factor leads to a faster

+pointer. Typically, 1 is unaccelerated and values up to 5 are sensible.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccelerationThreshold\*q  \*q" integer \*q

+Set the threshold, which is roughly the velocity (usually device units per 10

+ms) required for acceleration to become effective. The precise effect varies

+with the profile however.

+

+.SH "INPUTCLASS SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B InputClass

+sections.

+These sections are optional and are used to provide configuration for a

+class of input devices as they are automatically added. An input device can

+match more than one

+.B InputClass

+section. Each class can override settings from a previous class, so it is

+best to arrange the sections with the most generic matches first.

+.PP

+.B InputClass

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qInputClass\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier  \*q" name \*q

+.I  "    entries"

+.I  "    ..."

+.I  "    options"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry is required in all

+.B InputClass

+sections.

+All other entries are optional.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this input class.

+The

+.B Driver

+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this input device.

+After all classes have been examined, the

+.RI \*q inputdriver \*q

+module from the first

+.B Driver

+entry will be enabled when using the loadable server.

+.PP

+When an input device is automatically added, its characteristics are

+checked against all

+.B InputClass

+sections. Each section can contain optional entries to narrow the match

+of the class. If none of the optional entries appear, the

+.B InputClass

+section is generic and will match any input device. If more than one of

+these entries appear, they all must match for the configuration to apply.

+.PP

+There are two types of match entries used in

+.B InputClass

+sections. The first allows various tokens to be matched against attributes

+of the device. An entry can be constructed to match attributes from different

+devices by separating arguments with a '|' character. Multiple entries of the

+same type may be supplied to add multiple matching conditions on the same

+attribute. For example:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qInputClass\*q"

+.B  "    Identifier   \*qMy Class\*q"

+.B  "    # product string must contain example and

+.B  "    # either gizmo or gadget

+.B  "    MatchProduct \*qexample\*q

+.B  "    MatchProduct \*qgizmo|gadget\*q

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchProduct  \*q" matchproduct \*q

+This entry can be used to check if the substring

+.RI \*q matchproduct \*q

+occurs in the device's product name.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchVendor  \*q" matchvendor \*q

+This entry can be used to check if the substring

+.RI \*q matchvendor \*q

+occurs in the device's vendor name.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchDevicePath \*q" matchdevice \*q

+This entry can be used to check if the device file matches the

+.RI \*q matchdevice \*q

+pathname pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchOS \*q" matchos \*q

+This entry can be used to check if the operating system matches the

+case-insensitive

+.RI \*q matchos \*q

+string. This entry is only supported on platforms providing the

+.BR uname (2)

+system call.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchPnPID \*q" matchpnp \*q

+The device's Plug and Play (PnP) ID can be checked against the

+.RI \*q matchpnp \*q

+shell wildcard pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchUSBID \*q" matchusb \*q

+The device's USB ID can be checked against the

+.RI \*q matchusb \*q

+shell wildcard pattern. The ID is constructed as lowercase hexadecimal numbers

+separated by a ':'. This is the same format as the

+.BR lsusb (8)

+program.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchDriver \*q" matchdriver \*q

+Check the case-sensitive string

+.RI \*q matchdriver \*q

+against the currently configured driver of the device. Ordering of sections

+using this entry is important since it will not match unless the driver has

+been set by the config backend or a previous

+.B InputClass

+section.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchTag \*q" matchtag \*q

+This entry can be used to check if tags assigned by the config backend

+matches the

+.RI \*q matchtag \*q

+pattern. A match is found if at least one of the tags given in

+.RI \*q matchtag \*q

+matches at least one of the tags assigned by the backend.

+.PP

+The second type of entry is used to match device types. These entries take a

+boolean argument similar to

+.B Option

+entries.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsKeyboard     \*q" bool \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsPointer      \*q" bool \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsJoystick     \*q" bool \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsTablet       \*q" bool \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsTouchpad     \*q" bool \*q

+.TP 7

+.BI "MatchIsTouchscreen  \*q" bool \*q

+.PP

+When an input device has been matched to the

+.B InputClass

+section, any

+.B Option

+entries are applied to the device. One

+.B InputClass

+specific

+.B Option

+is recognized. See the

+.B InputDevice

+section above for a description of the remaining

+.B Option

+entries.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qIgnore\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+This optional entry specifies that the device should be ignored entirely,

+and not added to the server. This can be useful when the device is handled

+by another program and no X events should be generated.

+.SH "DEVICE SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B Device

+sections.

+There must be at least one, for the video card being used.

+.PP

+.B Device

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qDevice\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q

+.BI "    Driver     \*q" driver \*q

+.I  "    entries"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+and

+.B Driver

+entries are required in all

+.B Device

+sections.  All other entries are optional.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this graphics device.

+The

+.B Driver

+entry specifies the name of the driver to use for this graphics device.

+When using the loadable server, the driver module

+.RI \*q driver \*q

+will be loaded for each active

+.B Device

+section.

+A

+.B Device

+section is considered active if it is referenced by an active

+.B Screen

+section.

+.PP

+.B Device

+sections recognise some driver\-independent entries and

+.BR Options ,

+which are described here.

+Not all drivers make use of these

+driver\-independent entries, and many of those that do don't require them

+to be specified because the information is auto\-detected.

+See the individual graphics driver manual pages for further information

+about this, and for a description of the device\-specific options.

+Note that most of the

+.B Options

+listed here (but not the other entries) may be specified in the

+.B Screen

+section instead of here in the

+.B Device

+section.

+.TP 7

+.BI "BusID  \*q" bus\-id \*q

+This specifies the bus location of the graphics card.

+For PCI/AGP cards,

+the

+.I bus\-id

+string has the form

+.BI PCI: bus : device : function

+(e.g., \(lqPCI:1:0:0\(rq might be appropriate for an AGP card).

+This field is usually optional in single-head configurations when using

+the primary graphics card.

+In multi-head configurations, or when using a secondary graphics card in a

+single-head configuration, this entry is mandatory.

+Its main purpose is to make an unambiguous connection between the device

+section and the hardware it is representing.

+This information can usually be found by running the pciaccess tool

+scanpci.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Screen  " number

+This option is mandatory for cards where a single PCI entity can drive more

+than one display (i.e., multiple CRTCs sharing a single graphics accelerator

+and video memory).

+One

+.B Device

+section is required for each head, and this

+parameter determines which head each of the

+.B Device

+sections applies to.

+The legal values of

+.I number

+range from 0 to one less than the total number of heads per entity.

+Most drivers require that the primary screen (0) be present.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Chipset  \*q" chipset \*q

+This usually optional entry specifies the chipset used on the graphics

+board.

+In most cases this entry is not required because the drivers will probe the

+hardware to determine the chipset type.

+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you

+do.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Ramdac  \*q" ramdac\-type \*q

+This optional entry specifies the type of RAMDAC used on the graphics

+board.

+This is only used by a few of the drivers, and in most cases it is not

+required because the drivers will probe the hardware to determine the

+RAMDAC type where possible.

+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you

+do.

+.TP 7

+.BI "DacSpeed  " speed

+.TP 7

+.BI "DacSpeed  " "speed\-8 speed\-16 speed\-24 speed\-32"

+This optional entry specifies the RAMDAC speed rating (which is usually

+printed on the RAMDAC chip).

+The speed is in MHz.

+When one value is given, it applies to all framebuffer pixel sizes.

+When multiple values are given, they apply to the framebuffer pixel sizes

+8, 16, 24 and 32 respectively.

+This is not used by many drivers, and only needs to be specified when the

+speed rating of the RAMDAC is different from the defaults built in to

+driver, or when the driver can't auto-detect the correct defaults.

+Don't specify it unless the driver-specific documentation recommends that you

+do.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Clocks  " "clock ..."

+specifies the pixel that are on your graphics board.

+The clocks are in MHz, and may be specified as a floating point number.

+The value is stored internally to the nearest kHz.

+The ordering of the clocks is important.

+It must match the order in which they are selected on the graphics board.

+Multiple

+.B Clocks

+lines may be specified, and each is concatenated to form the list.

+Most drivers do not use this entry, and it is only required for some older

+boards with non-programmable clocks.

+Don't specify this entry unless the driver-specific documentation explicitly

+recommends that you do.

+.TP

+.BI "ClockChip  \*q" clockchip\-type \*q

+This optional entry is used to specify the clock chip type on graphics

+boards which have a programmable clock generator.

+Only a few __xservername__ drivers support programmable clock chips.

+For details, see the appropriate driver manual page.

+.TP 7

+.BI "VideoRam  " "mem"

+This optional entry specifies the amount of video ram that is installed

+on the graphics board.

+This is measured in kBytes.

+In most cases this is not required because the __xservername__ server probes

+the graphics board to determine this quantity.

+The driver-specific documentation should indicate when it might be needed.

+.TP 7

+.BI "BiosBase  " "baseaddress"

+This optional entry specifies the base address of the video BIOS for

+the VGA board.

+This address is normally auto-detected, and should only be specified if the

+driver-specific documentation recommends it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "MemBase  " "baseaddress"

+This optional entry specifies the memory base address of a graphics

+board's linear frame buffer.

+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if

+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "IOBase  " "baseaddress"

+This optional entry specifies the IO base address.

+This entry is not used by many drivers, and it should only be specified if

+the driver-specific documentation recommends it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "ChipID  " "id"

+This optional entry specifies a numerical ID representing the chip type.

+For PCI cards, it is usually the device ID.

+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done

+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "ChipRev  " "rev"

+This optional entry specifies the chip revision number.

+This can be used to override the auto-detection, but that should only be done

+when the driver-specific documentation recommends it.

+.TP 7

+.BI "TextClockFreq  " "freq"

+This optional entry specifies the pixel clock frequency that is used

+for the regular text mode.

+The frequency is specified in MHz.

+This is rarely used.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qModeDebug\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+Enable printing of additional debugging information about modesetting to

+the server log.

+.ig

+.TP 7

+This optional entry allows an IRQ number to be specified.

+..

+.TP 7

+.B Options

+Option flags may be specified in the

+.B Device

+sections.

+These include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.

+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.

+Some of the latter are described below in the section about the

+.B Screen

+section, and they may also be included here.

+

+.SH "VIDEOADAPTOR SECTION"

+Nobody wants to say how this works.

+Maybe nobody knows ...

+

+.SH "MONITOR SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B Monitor

+sections.

+There should normally be at least one, for the monitor being used,

+but a default configuration will be created when one isn't specified.

+.PP

+.B Monitor

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qMonitor\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q

+.I  "    entries"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The only mandatory entry in a

+.B Monitor

+section is the

+.B Identifier

+entry.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this monitor.

+The

+.B Monitor

+section may be used to provide information about the specifications of the

+monitor, monitor-specific

+.BR Options ,

+and information about the video modes to use with the monitor.

+.PP

+With RandR 1.2-enabled drivers, monitor sections may be tied to specific

+outputs of the video card.  Using the name of the output defined by the video

+driver plus the identifier of a monitor section, one associates a monitor

+section with an output by adding an option to the Device section in the

+following format:

+

+.B Option \*qMonitor-outputname\*q \*qmonitorsection\*q

+

+(for example,

+.B Option \*qMonitor-VGA\*q \*qVGA monitor\*q

+for a VGA output)

+.PP

+In the absence of specific association of monitor sections to outputs, if a

+monitor section is present the server will associate it with an output to

+preserve compatibility for previous single-head configurations.

+.PP

+Specifying video modes is optional because the server will use the DDC or other

+information provided by the monitor to automatically configure the list of

+modes available.

+When modes are specified explicitly in the

+.B Monitor

+section (with the

+.BR Modes ,

+.BR ModeLine ,

+or

+.B UseModes

+keywords), built-in modes with the same names are not included.

+Built-in modes with different names are, however, still implicitly included,

+when they meet the requirements of the monitor.

+.PP

+The entries that may be used in

+.B Monitor

+sections are described below.

+.TP 7

+.BI "VendorName  \*q" vendor \*q

+This optional entry specifies the monitor's manufacturer.

+.TP 7

+.BI "ModelName  \*q" model \*q

+This optional entry specifies the monitor's model.

+.TP 7

+.BI "HorizSync  " "horizsync\-range"

+gives the range(s) of horizontal sync frequencies supported by the

+monitor.

+.I horizsync\-range

+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of

+values.

+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.

+By default the values are in units of kHz.

+They may be specified in MHz or Hz

+if

+.B MHz

+or

+.B Hz

+is added to the end of the line.

+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video

+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.

+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.

+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 28\-33kHz is used.

+.TP 7

+.BI "VertRefresh  " "vertrefresh\-range"

+gives the range(s) of vertical refresh frequencies supported by the

+monitor.

+.I vertrefresh\-range

+may be a comma separated list of either discrete values or ranges of

+values.

+A range of values is two values separated by a dash.

+By default the values are in units of Hz.

+They may be specified in MHz or kHz

+if

+.B MHz

+or

+.B kHz

+is added to the end of the line.

+The data given here is used by the __xservername__ server to determine if video

+modes are within the specifications of the monitor.

+This information should be available in the monitor's handbook.

+If this entry is omitted, a default range of 43\-72Hz is used.

+.TP 7

+.BI "DisplaySize  " "width height"

+This optional entry gives the width and height, in millimetres, of the

+picture area of the monitor.

+If given this is used to calculate the horizontal and vertical pitch (DPI) of

+the screen.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Gamma  " "gamma\-value"

+.TP 7

+.BI "Gamma  " "red\-gamma green\-gamma blue\-gamma"

+This is an optional entry that can be used to specify the gamma correction

+for the monitor.

+It may be specified as either a single value or as three separate RGB values.

+The values should be in the range 0.1 to 10.0, and the default is 1.0.

+Not all drivers are capable of using this information.

+.TP 7

+.BI "UseModes  \*q" modesection\-id \*q

+Include the set of modes listed in the

+.B Modes

+section called

+.IR modesection\-id.

+This makes all of the modes defined in that section available for use by

+this monitor.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Mode  \*q" name \*q

+This is an optional multi-line entry that can be used to provide

+definitions for video modes for the monitor.

+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built-in set of VESA standard

+modes will be sufficient.

+The

+.B Mode

+keyword indicates the start of a multi-line video mode description.

+The mode description is terminated with the

+.B EndMode

+keyword.

+The mode description consists of the following entries:

+.RS 7

+.TP 4

+.BI "DotClock  " clock

+is the dot (pixel) clock rate to be used for the mode.

+.TP 4

+.BI "HTimings  " "hdisp hsyncstart hsyncend htotal"

+specifies the horizontal timings for the mode.

+.TP 4

+.BI "VTimings  " "vdisp vsyncstart vsyncend vtotal"

+specifies the vertical timings for the mode.

+.TP 4

+.BI "Flags  \*q" flag \*q " ..."

+specifies an optional set of mode flags, each of which is a separate

+string in double quotes.

+.B \*qInterlace\*q

+indicates that the mode is interlaced.

+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q

+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.

+.B \*q+HSync\*q

+and

+.B \*q\-HSync\*q

+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.

+.B \*q+VSync\*q

+and

+.B \*q\-VSync\*q

+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.

+.B \*qComposite\*q

+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.

+Additionally, on some hardware,

+.B \*q+CSync\*q

+and

+.B \*q\-CSync\*q

+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.

+.TP 4

+.BI "HSkew  " hskew

+specifies the number of pixels (towards the right edge of the screen) by

+which the display enable signal is to be skewed.

+Not all drivers use this information.

+This option might become necessary to override the default value supplied

+by the server (if any).

+\(lqRoving\(rq horizontal lines indicate this value needs to be increased.

+If the last few pixels on a scan line appear on the left of the screen,

+this value should be decreased.

+.TP 4

+.BI "VScan  " vscan

+specifies the number of times each scanline is painted on the screen.

+Not all drivers use this information.

+Values less than 1 are treated as 1, which is the default.

+Generally, the

+.B \*qDoubleScan\*q

+.B Flag

+mentioned above doubles this value.

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "ModeLine  \*q" name \*q " mode\-description"

+This entry is a more compact version of the

+.B Mode

+entry, and it also can be used to specify video modes for the monitor.

+is a single line format for specifying video modes.

+In most cases this isn't necessary because the built\-in set of VESA

+standard modes will be sufficient.

+.PP

+.RS 7

+The

+.I mode\-description

+is in four sections, the first three of which are mandatory.

+The first is the dot (pixel) clock.

+This is a single number specifying the pixel clock rate for the mode in

+MHz.

+The second section is a list of four numbers specifying the horizontal

+timings.

+These numbers are the

+.IR hdisp ,

+.IR hsyncstart ,

+.IR hsyncend ,

+and

+.I htotal

+values.

+The third section is a list of four numbers specifying the vertical

+timings.

+These numbers are the

+.IR vdisp ,

+.IR vsyncstart ,

+.IR vsyncend ,

+and

+.I vtotal

+values.

+The final section is a list of flags specifying other characteristics of

+the mode.

+.B Interlace

+indicates that the mode is interlaced.

+.B DoubleScan

+indicates a mode where each scanline is doubled.

+.B +HSync

+and

+.B \-HSync

+can be used to select the polarity of the HSync signal.

+.B +VSync

+and

+.B \-VSync

+can be used to select the polarity of the VSync signal.

+.B Composite

+can be used to specify composite sync on hardware where this is supported.

+Additionally, on some hardware,

+.B +CSync

+and

+.B \-CSync

+may be used to select the composite sync polarity.

+The

+.B HSkew

+and

+.B VScan

+options mentioned above in the

+.B Modes

+entry description can also be used here.

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qDPMS\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This option controls whether the server should enable the DPMS extension

+for power management for this screen.  The default is to enable the

+extension.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qSyncOnGreen\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This option controls whether the video card should drive the sync signal

+on the green color pin.  Not all cards support this option, and most

+monitors do not require it.  The default is off.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qPrimary\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be treated as the primary

+monitor. (RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qPreferredMode\*q  " \*qstring\*q

+This optional entry specifies a mode to be marked as the preferred initial mode

+of the monitor.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qPosition\*q  " "\*qx y\*q"

+This optional entry specifies the position of the monitor within the X

+screen.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qLeftOf\*q  " \*qoutput\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the

+left of the output (not monitor) of the given name.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qRightOf\*q  " \*qoutput\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned to the

+right of the output (not monitor) of the given name.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qAbove\*q  " \*qoutput\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned above the

+output (not monitor) of the given name.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qBelow\*q  " \*qoutput\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be positioned below the

+output (not monitor) of the given name.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qEnable\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This optional entry specifies whether the monitor should be turned on

+at startup.  By default, the server will attempt to enable all connected

+monitors.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qDefaultModes\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This optional entry specifies whether the server should add supported default

+modes to the list of modes offered on this monitor. By default, the server

+will add default modes; you should only disable this if you can guarantee

+that EDID will be available at all times, or if you have added custom modelines

+which the server can use.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qMinClock\*q  " \*qfrequency\*q

+This optional entry specifies the minimum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported

+by the monitor.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qMaxClock\*q  " \*qfrequency\*q

+This optional entry specifies the maximum dot clock, in kHz, that is supported

+by the monitor.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qIgnore\*q  " \*qbool\*q

+This optional entry specifies that the monitor should be ignored entirely,

+and not reported through RandR.  This is useful if the hardware reports the

+presence of outputs that don't exist.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option " "\*qRotate\*q  " \*qrotation\*q

+This optional entry specifies the initial rotation of the given monitor.

+Valid values for rotation are \*qnormal\*q, \*qleft\*q, \*qright\*q, and

+\*qinverted\*q.

+(RandR 1.2-supporting drivers only)

+

+.SH "MODES SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B Modes

+sections, or none.

+These sections provide a way of defining sets of video modes independently

+of the

+.B Monitor

+sections.

+.B Monitor

+sections may include the definitions provided in these sections by

+using the

+.B UseModes

+keyword.

+In most cases the

+.B Modes

+sections are not necessary because the built\-in set of VESA standard modes

+will be sufficient.

+.PP

+.B Modes

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qModes\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q

+.I  "    entries"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this set of mode descriptions.

+The other entries permitted in

+.B Modes

+sections are the

+.B Mode

+and

+.B ModeLine

+entries that are described above in the

+.B Monitor

+section.

+.SH "SCREEN SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B Screen

+sections.

+There must be at least one, for the \(lqscreen\(rq being used.

+A \(lqscreen\(rq represents the binding of a graphics device

+.RB ( Device

+section) and a monitor

+.RB ( Monitor

+section).

+A

+.B Screen

+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by an active

+.B ServerLayout

+section or by the

+.B \-screen

+command line option.

+If neither of those is present, the first

+.B Screen

+section found in the config file is considered the active one.

+.PP

+.B Screen

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qScreen\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier \*q" name \*q

+.BI "    Device     \*q" devid \*q

+.BI "    Monitor    \*q" monid \*q

+.I  "    entries"

+.I  "    ..."

+.BI "    SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"

+.I  "       entries"

+.I  "       ...

+.B  "    EndSubSection"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+and

+.B Device

+entries are mandatory.

+All others are optional.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this screen.

+The

+.B Screen

+section provides information specific to the whole screen, including

+screen\-specific

+.BR Options .

+In multi\-head configurations, there will be multiple active

+.B Screen

+sections, one for each head.

+The entries available

+for this section are:

+.TP 7

+.BI "Device  \*q" device\-id \*q

+This mandatory entry specifies the

+.B Device

+section to be used for this screen.

+This is what ties a specific graphics card to a screen.

+The

+.I device\-id

+must match the

+.B Identifier

+of a

+.B Device

+section in the config file.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Monitor  \*q" monitor\-id \*q

+specifies which monitor description is to be used for this screen.

+If a

+.B Monitor

+name is not specified, a default configuration is used.

+Currently the default configuration may not function as expected on all

+platforms.

+.TP 7

+.BI "VideoAdaptor  \*q" xv\-id \*q

+specifies an optional Xv video adaptor description to be used with this

+screen.

+.TP 7

+.BI "DefaultDepth  " depth

+specifies which color depth the server should use by default.

+The

+.B \-depth

+command line option can be used to override this.

+If neither is specified, the default depth is driver\-specific, but in most

+cases is 8.

+.TP 7

+.BI "DefaultFbBpp  " bpp

+specifies which framebuffer layout to use by default.

+The

+.B \-fbbpp

+command line option can be used to override this.

+In most cases the driver will chose the best default value for this.

+The only case where there is even a choice in this value is for depth 24,

+where some hardware supports both a packed 24 bit framebuffer layout and a

+sparse 32 bit framebuffer layout.

+.TP 7

+.B Options

+Various

+.B Option

+flags may be specified in the

+.B Screen

+section.

+Some are driver\-specific and are described in the driver documentation.

+Others are driver\-independent, and will eventually be described here.

+.\" XXX These should really be in an xaa man page.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qAccel\*q"

+Enables XAA (X Acceleration Architecture), a mechanism that makes video cards'

+2D hardware acceleration available to the  __xservername__ server.

+This option is on by default, but it may be necessary to turn it off if

+there are bugs in the driver.

+There are many options to disable specific accelerated operations, listed

+below.

+Note that disabling an operation will have no effect if the operation is

+not accelerated (whether due to lack of support in the hardware or in the

+driver).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qInitPrimary\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+Use the Int10 module to initialize the primary graphics card.

+Normally, only secondary cards are soft-booted using the Int10 module, as the

+primary card has already been initialized by the BIOS at boot time.

+Default: false.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qNoInt10\*q \*q" boolean \*q

+Disables the Int10 module, a module that uses the int10 call to the BIOS

+of the graphics card to initialize it.

+Default: false.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qNoMTRR\*q"

+Disables MTRR (Memory Type Range Register) support, a feature of modern

+processors which can improve video performance by a factor of up to 2.5.

+Some hardware has buggy MTRR support, and some video drivers have been

+known to exhibit problems when MTRR's are used.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"

+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns

+stored in system memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillRect\*q"

+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a full\-color

+pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoColor8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"

+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a full\-color

+pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedBresenhamLine\*q"

+Disables accelerated dashed Bresenham line draws.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoDashedTwoPointLine\*q"

+Disables accelerated dashed line draws between two arbitrary points.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoImageWriteRect\*q"

+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from

+system memory to video memory (using a memory\-mapped aperture).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillRect\*q"

+Disables accelerated fills of a rectangular region with a monochrome

+pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoMono8x8PatternFillTrap\*q"

+Disables accelerated fills of a trapezoidal region with a monochrome

+pattern.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoOffscreenPixmaps\*q"

+Disables accelerated draws into pixmaps stored in offscreen video memory.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoPixmapCache\*q"

+Disables caching of patterns in offscreen video memory.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineCPUToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"

+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns

+stored in system memory (one scan line at a time).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScanlineImageWriteRect\*q"

+Disables accelerated transfers of full\-color rectangular patterns from

+system memory to video memory (one scan line at a time).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenColorExpandFill\*q"

+Disables accelerated rectangular expansion blits from source patterns

+stored in offscreen video memory.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoScreenToScreenCopy\*q"

+Disables accelerated copies of rectangular regions from one part of

+video memory to another part of video memory.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidBresenhamLine\*q"

+Disables accelerated solid Bresenham line draws.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillRect\*q"

+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of rectangles.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidFillTrap\*q"

+Disables accelerated solid\-color fills of Bresenham trapezoids.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidHorVertLine\*q"

+Disables accelerated solid horizontal and vertical line draws.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qXaaNoSolidTwoPointLine\*q"

+Disables accelerated solid line draws between two arbitrary points.

+.PP

+Each

+.B Screen

+section may optionally contain one or more

+.B Display

+subsections.

+Those subsections provide depth/fbbpp specific configuration information,

+and the one chosen depends on the depth and/or fbbpp that is being used for

+the screen.

+The

+.B Display

+subsection format is described in the section below.

+

+.SH "DISPLAY SUBSECTION"

+Each

+.B Screen

+section may have multiple

+.B Display

+subsections.

+The \(lqactive\(rq

+.B Display

+subsection is the first that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being

+used, or failing that, the first that has neither a depth or fbbpp value

+specified.

+The

+.B Display

+subsections are optional.

+When there isn't one that matches the depth and/or fbbpp values being used,

+all the parameters that can be specified here fall back to their defaults.

+.PP

+.B Display

+subsections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "    SubSection \*qDisplay\*q"

+.BI "        Depth  " depth

+.I  "        entries"

+.I  "        ..."

+.B  "    EndSubSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Depth  " depth

+This entry specifies what colour depth the

+.B Display

+subsection is to be used for.

+This entry is usually specified, but it may be omitted to create a match\-all

+.B Display

+subsection or when wishing to match only against the

+.B FbBpp

+parameter.

+The range of

+.I depth

+values that are allowed depends on the driver.

+Most drivers support 8, 15, 16 and 24.

+Some also support 1 and/or 4, and some may support other values (like 30).

+Note:

+.I depth

+means the number of bits in a pixel that are actually used to determine

+the pixel colour.

+32 is not a valid

+.I depth

+value.

+Most hardware that uses 32 bits per pixel only uses 24 of them to hold the

+colour information, which means that the colour depth is 24, not 32.

+.TP 7

+.BI "FbBpp  " bpp

+This entry specifies the framebuffer format this

+.B Display

+subsection is to be used for.

+This entry is only needed when providing depth 24 configurations that allow

+a choice between a 24 bpp packed framebuffer format and a 32bpp sparse

+framebuffer format.

+In most cases this entry should not be used.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Weight  " "red\-weight green\-weight blue\-weight"

+This optional entry specifies the relative RGB weighting to be used

+for a screen is being used at depth 16 for drivers that allow multiple

+formats.

+This may also be specified from the command line with the

+.B \-weight

+option (see

+.BR __xservername__(__appmansuffix__)).

+.TP 7

+.BI "Virtual  " "xdim ydim"

+This optional entry specifies the virtual screen resolution to be used.

+.I xdim

+must be a multiple of either 8 or 16 for most drivers, and a multiple

+of 32 when running in monochrome mode.

+The given value will be rounded down if this is not the case.

+Video modes which are too large for the specified virtual size will be

+rejected.

+If this entry is not present, the virtual screen resolution will be set to

+accommodate all the valid video modes given in the

+.B Modes

+entry.

+Some drivers/hardware combinations do not support virtual screens.

+Refer to the appropriate driver\-specific documentation for details.

+.TP 7

+.BI "ViewPort  " "x0 y0"

+This optional entry sets the upper left corner of the initial display.

+This is only relevant when the virtual screen resolution is different

+from the resolution of the initial video mode.

+If this entry is not given, then the initial display will be centered in

+the virtual display area.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Modes  \*q" mode\-name \*q " ..."

+This optional entry specifies the list of video modes to use.

+Each

+.I mode\-name

+specified must be in double quotes.

+They must correspond to those specified or referenced in the appropriate

+.B Monitor

+section (including implicitly referenced built\-in VESA standard modes).

+The server will delete modes from this list which don't satisfy various

+requirements.

+The first valid mode in this list will be the default display mode for

+startup.

+The list of valid modes is converted internally into a circular list.

+It is possible to switch to the next mode with

+.B Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Plus

+and to the previous mode with

+.BR Ctrl+Alt+Keypad\-Minus .

+When this entry is omitted, the valid modes referenced by the appropriate

+.B Monitor

+section will be used.  If the

+.B Monitor

+section contains no modes, then the selection will be taken from the

+built-in VESA standard modes.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Visual  \*q" visual\-name \*q

+This optional entry sets the default root visual type.

+This may also be specified from the command line (see the

+.BR Xserver(__appmansuffix__)

+man page).

+The visual types available for depth 8 are (default is

+.BR PseudoColor ):

+.PP

+.RS 11

+.nf

+.B StaticGray

+.B GrayScale

+.B StaticColor

+.B PseudoColor

+.B TrueColor

+.B DirectColor

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+.RS 7

+The visual type available for the depths 15, 16 and 24 are (default is

+.BR TrueColor ):

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B TrueColor

+.B DirectColor

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Not all drivers support

+.B DirectColor

+at these depths.

+.PP

+The visual types available for the depth 4 are (default is

+.BR StaticColor ):

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B StaticGray

+.B GrayScale

+.B StaticColor

+.B PseudoColor

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+The visual type available for the depth 1 (monochrome) is

+.BR StaticGray .

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "Black  " "red green blue"

+This optional entry allows the \(lqblack\(rq colour to be specified.

+This is only supported at depth 1.

+The default is black.

+.TP 7

+.BI "White  " "red green blue"

+This optional entry allows the \(lqwhite\(rq colour to be specified.

+This is only supported at depth 1.

+The default is white.

+.TP 7

+.B Options

+Option flags may be specified in the

+.B Display

+subsections.

+These may include driver\-specific options and driver\-independent options.

+The former are described in the driver\-specific documentation.

+Some of the latter are described above in the section about the

+.B Screen

+section, and they may also be included here.

+.SH "SERVERLAYOUT SECTION"

+The config file may have multiple

+.B ServerLayout

+sections.

+A \(lqserver layout\(rq represents the binding of one or more screens

+.RB ( Screen

+sections) and one or more input devices

+.RB ( InputDevice

+sections) to form a complete configuration.

+In multi\-head configurations, it also specifies the relative layout of the

+heads.

+A

+.B ServerLayout

+section is considered \(lqactive\(rq if it is referenced by the

+.B \-layout

+command line option or by an

+.B "Option \*qDefaultServerLayout\*q"

+entry in the

+.B ServerFlags

+section (the former takes precedence over the latter).

+If those options are not used, the first

+.B ServerLayout

+section found in the config file is considered the active one.

+If no

+.B ServerLayout

+sections are present, the single active screen and two active (core)

+input devices are selected as described in the relevant sections above.

+.PP

+.B ServerLayout

+sections have the following format:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B  "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"

+.BI "    Identifier   \*q" name \*q

+.BI "    Screen       \*q" screen\-id \*q

+.I  "    ..."

+.BI "    InputDevice  \*q" idev\-id \*q

+.I  "    ..."

+.I  "    options"

+.I  "    ..."

+.B  "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+Each

+.B ServerLayout

+section must have an

+.B Identifier

+entry and at least one

+.B Screen

+entry.

+.PP

+The

+.B Identifier

+entry specifies the unique name for this server layout.

+The

+.B ServerLayout

+section provides information specific to the whole session, including

+session\-specific

+.BR Options .

+The

+.B ServerFlags

+options (described above) may be specified here, and ones given here

+override those given in the

+.B ServerFlags

+section.

+.PP

+The entries that may be used in this section are described here.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Screen  " "screen\-num" " \*qscreen\-id\*q " "position\-information"

+One of these entries must be given for each screen being used in

+a session.

+The

+.I screen\-id

+field is mandatory, and specifies the

+.B Screen

+section being referenced.

+The

+.I screen\-num

+field is optional, and may be used to specify the screen number

+in multi\-head configurations.

+When this field is omitted, the screens will be numbered in the order that

+they are listed in.

+The numbering starts from 0, and must be consecutive.

+The

+.I position\-information

+field describes the way multiple screens are positioned.

+There are a number of different ways that this information can be provided:

+.RS 7

+.TP 4

+.I  "x y"

+.TP 4

+.BI "Absolute  " "x y"

+These both specify that the upper left corner's coordinates are

+.RI ( x , y ).

+The

+.B Absolute

+keyword is optional.

+Some older versions of XFree86 (4.2 and earlier) don't recognise the

+.B Absolute

+keyword, so it's safest to just specify the coordinates without it.

+.TP 4

+.BI "RightOf   \*q" screen\-id \*q

+.TP 4

+.BI "LeftOf    \*q" screen\-id \*q

+.TP 4

+.BI "Above     \*q" screen\-id \*q

+.TP 4

+.BI "Below     \*q" screen\-id \*q

+.TP 4

+.BI "Relative  \*q" screen\-id \*q " x y"

+These give the screen's location relative to another screen.

+The first four position the screen immediately to the right, left, above or

+below the other screen.

+When positioning to the right or left, the top edges are aligned.

+When positioning above or below, the left edges are aligned.

+The

+.B Relative

+form specifies the offset of the screen's origin (upper left corner)

+relative to the origin of another screen.

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.BI "InputDevice  \*q" idev\-id "\*q \*q" option \*q " ..."

+One of these entries should be given for each input device being used in

+a session.

+Normally at least two are required, one each for the core pointer and

+keyboard devices.

+If either of those is missing, suitable

+.B InputDevice

+entries are searched for using the method described above in the

+.B INPUTDEVICE

+section.  The

+.I idev\-id

+field is mandatory, and specifies the name of the

+.B InputDevice

+section being referenced.

+Multiple

+.I option

+fields may be specified, each in double quotes.

+The options permitted here are any that may also be given in the

+.B InputDevice

+sections.

+Normally only session\-specific input device options would be used here.

+The most commonly used options are:

+.PP

+.RS 11

+.nf

+.B \*qCorePointer\*q

+.B \*qCoreKeyboard\*q

+.B \*qSendCoreEvents\*q

+.fi

+.RE

+.PP

+.RS 7

+and the first two should normally be used to indicate the core pointer

+and core keyboard devices respectively.

+.RE

+.TP 7

+.B Options

+In addition to the following, any option permitted in the

+.B ServerFlags

+section may also be specified here.

+When the same option appears in both places, the value given here overrides

+the one given in the

+.B ServerFlags

+section.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qIsolateDevice\*q  \*q" bus\-id \*q

+Restrict device resets to the specified

+.IR bus\-id .

+See the

+.B BusID

+option (described in

+.BR "DEVICE SECTION" ,

+above) for the format of the

+.I bus\-id

+parameter.

+This option overrides

+.BR SingleCard ,

+if specified.

+At present, only PCI devices can be isolated in this manner.

+.TP 7

+.BI "Option \*qSingleCard\*q  \*q" boolean \*q

+As

+.BR IsolateDevice ,

+except that the bus ID of the first device in the layout is used.

+.PP

+Here is an example of a

+.B ServerLayout

+section for a dual headed configuration with two mice:

+.PP

+.RS 4

+.nf

+.B "Section \*qServerLayout\*q"

+.B "    Identifier  \*qLayout 1\*q"

+.B "    Screen      \*qMGA 1\*q"

+.B "    Screen      \*qMGA 2\*q RightOf \*qMGA 1\*q"

+.B "    InputDevice \*qKeyboard 1\*q \*qCoreKeyboard\*q"

+.B "    InputDevice \*qMouse 1\*q    \*qCorePointer\*q"

+.B "    InputDevice \*qMouse 2\*q    \*qSendCoreEvents\*q"

+.B "    Option      \*qBlankTime\*q  \*q5\*q"

+.B "EndSection"

+.fi

+.RE

+.SH "DRI SECTION"

+This optional section is used to provide some information for the

+Direct Rendering Infrastructure.

+Details about the format of this section can be found on-line at

+.IR <http://dri.freedesktop.org/> .

+.SH "VENDOR SECTION"

+The optional

+.B Vendor

+section may be used to provide vendor\-specific configuration information.

+Multiple

+.B Vendor

+sections may be present, and they may contain an

+.B Identifier

+entry and multiple

+.B Option

+flags.

+The data therein is not used in this release.

+.PP

+.SH "SEE ALSO"

+General:

+.BR X (__miscmansuffix__),

+.BR Xserver (__appmansuffix__),

+.BR __xservername__ (__appmansuffix__),

+.BR cvt (__appmansuffix__),

+.BR gtf (__appmansuffix__).

+.PP

+.B "Not all modules or interfaces are available on all platforms."

+.PP

+Display drivers:

+.BR apm (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR ati (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR chips (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR cirrus (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR cyrix (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR fbdev (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR glide (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR glint (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR i128 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR i740 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR imstt (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR intel (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR mga (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR neomagic (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR nv (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR openchrome (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR r128 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR radeon (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR rendition (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR savage (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR s3virge (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR siliconmotion (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR sis (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR sisusb (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR sunbw2 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR suncg14 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR suncg3 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR suncg6 (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR sunffb (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR sunleo (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR suntcx (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR tdfx (__drivermansuffix__),

+.\" .BR tga (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR trident (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR tseng (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR vesa (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR vmware (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR voodoo (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR wsfb (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR xgi (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR xgixp (__drivermansuffix__).

+.PP

+Input drivers:

+.BR acecad (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR citron (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR elographics (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR evdev (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR fpit (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR joystick (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR kbd (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR mousedrv (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR mutouch (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR penmount (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR synaptics (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR vmmouse (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR void (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR wacom (__drivermansuffix__).

+.PP

+Other modules and interfaces:

+.BR exa (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR fbdevhw (__drivermansuffix__),

+.\" .BR shadowfb (__drivermansuffix__),

+.BR v4l (__drivermansuffix__).

+.br

+.SH AUTHORS

+This manual page was largely rewritten by David Dawes

+.IR <dawes@xfree86.org> .

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h
index 68a968cc2..5dfcec280 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Crtc.h
@@ -1,972 +1,972 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-#ifndef _XF86CRTC_H_
-#define _XF86CRTC_H_
-
-#include <edid.h>
-#include "randrstr.h"
-#if XF86_MODES_RENAME
-#include "xf86Rename.h"
-#endif
-#include "xf86Modes.h"
-#include "xf86Cursor.h"
-#include "xf86i2c.h"
-#include "damage.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-
-/* Compat definitions for older X Servers. */
-#ifndef M_T_PREFERRED
-#define M_T_PREFERRED	0x08
-#endif
-#ifndef M_T_DRIVER
-#define M_T_DRIVER	0x40
-#endif
-#ifndef M_T_USERPREF
-#define M_T_USERPREF	0x80
-#endif
-#ifndef HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB
-#define HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB				0x00004000
-#endif
-
-typedef struct _xf86Crtc xf86CrtcRec, *xf86CrtcPtr;
-typedef struct _xf86Output xf86OutputRec, *xf86OutputPtr;
-
-/* define a standard for connector types */
-typedef enum _xf86ConnectorType {
-   XF86ConnectorNone,
-   XF86ConnectorVGA,
-   XF86ConnectorDVI_I,
-   XF86ConnectorDVI_D,
-   XF86ConnectorDVI_A,
-   XF86ConnectorComposite,
-   XF86ConnectorSvideo,
-   XF86ConnectorComponent,
-   XF86ConnectorLFP,
-   XF86ConnectorProprietary,
-   XF86ConnectorHDMI,
-   XF86ConnectorDisplayPort,
-} xf86ConnectorType;
-
-typedef enum _xf86OutputStatus {
-   XF86OutputStatusConnected,
-   XF86OutputStatusDisconnected,
-   XF86OutputStatusUnknown
-} xf86OutputStatus;
-
-typedef struct _xf86CrtcFuncs {
-   /**
-    * Turns the crtc on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.
-    *
-    * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting.  If the
-    * mode is DPMSModeOff, the crtc must be disabled sufficiently for it to
-    * be safe to call mode_set.
-    */
-   void
-    (*dpms)(xf86CrtcPtr		crtc,
-	    int		    	mode);
-
-   /**
-    * Saves the crtc's state for restoration on VT switch.
-    */
-   void
-    (*save)(xf86CrtcPtr		crtc);
-
-   /**
-    * Restore's the crtc's state at VT switch.
-    */
-   void
-    (*restore)(xf86CrtcPtr	crtc);
-
-    /**
-     * Lock CRTC prior to mode setting, mostly for DRI.
-     * Returns whether unlock is needed
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*lock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-    
-    /**
-     * Unlock CRTC after mode setting, mostly for DRI
-     */
-    void
-    (*unlock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-    
-    /**
-     * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.
-     *
-     * This allows a CRTC to adjust the clock or even the entire set of
-     * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for
-     * buses with clock limitations.
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*mode_fixup)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,
-		  DisplayModePtr mode,
-		  DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
-
-    /**
-     * Prepare CRTC for an upcoming mode set.
-     */
-    void
-    (*prepare)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.
-     */
-    void
-    (*mode_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,
-		DisplayModePtr mode,
-		DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode,
-		int x, int y);
-
-    /**
-     * Commit mode changes to a CRTC
-     */
-    void
-    (*commit)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-    /* Set the color ramps for the CRTC to the given values. */
-    void
-    (*gamma_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD16 *red, CARD16 *green, CARD16 *blue,
-		 int size);
-
-    /**
-     * Allocate the shadow area, delay the pixmap creation until needed
-     */
-    void *
-    (*shadow_allocate) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int width, int height);
-    
-    /**
-     * Create shadow pixmap for rotation support
-     */
-    PixmapPtr
-    (*shadow_create) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, void *data, int width, int height);
-    
-    /**
-     * Destroy shadow pixmap
-     */
-    void
-    (*shadow_destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, PixmapPtr pPixmap, void *data);
-
-    /**
-     * Set cursor colors
-     */
-    void
-    (*set_cursor_colors) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int bg, int fg);
-
-    /**
-     * Set cursor position
-     */
-    void
-    (*set_cursor_position) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
-
-    /**
-     * Show cursor
-     */
-    void
-    (*show_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-    /**
-     * Hide cursor
-     */
-    void
-    (*hide_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-    /**
-     * Load monochrome image
-     */
-    void
-    (*load_cursor_image) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *image);
-
-    /**
-     * Load ARGB image
-     */
-     void
-     (*load_cursor_argb) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD32 *image);
-     
-    /**
-     * Clean up driver-specific bits of the crtc
-     */
-    void
-    (*destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr	crtc);
-
-    /**
-     * Less fine-grained mode setting entry point for kernel modesetting
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*set_mode_major)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode,
-		      Rotation rotation, int x, int y);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for panning. Doesn't change the mode.
-     * Added in ABI version 2
-     */
-    void
-    (*set_origin)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
-
-} xf86CrtcFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcFuncsPtr;
-
-#define XF86_CRTC_VERSION 3
-
-struct _xf86Crtc {
-    /**
-     * ABI versioning
-     */
-    int version;
-
-    /**
-     * Associated ScrnInfo
-     */
-    ScrnInfoPtr	    scrn;
-    
-    /**
-     * Desired state of this CRTC
-     *
-     * Set when this CRTC should be driving one or more outputs 
-     */
-    Bool	    enabled;
-    
-    /**
-     * Active mode
-     *
-     * This reflects the mode as set in the CRTC currently
-     * It will be cleared when the VT is not active or
-     * during server startup
-     */
-    DisplayModeRec  mode;
-    Rotation	    rotation;
-    PixmapPtr	    rotatedPixmap;
-    void	    *rotatedData;
-    
-    /**
-     * Position on screen
-     *
-     * Locates this CRTC within the frame buffer
-     */
-    int		    x, y;
-    
-    /**
-     * Desired mode
-     *
-     * This is set to the requested mode, independent of
-     * whether the VT is active. In particular, it receives
-     * the startup configured mode and saves the active mode
-     * on VT switch.
-     */
-    DisplayModeRec  desiredMode;
-    Rotation	    desiredRotation;
-    int		    desiredX, desiredY;
-    
-    /** crtc-specific functions */
-    const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs;
-
-    /**
-     * Driver private
-     *
-     * Holds driver-private information
-     */
-    void	    *driver_private;
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-    /**
-     * RandR crtc
-     *
-     * When RandR 1.2 is available, this
-     * points at the associated crtc object
-     */
-    RRCrtcPtr	    randr_crtc;
-#else
-    void	    *randr_crtc;
-#endif
-
-    /**
-     * Current cursor is ARGB
-     */
-    Bool	    cursor_argb;
-    /**
-     * Track whether cursor is within CRTC range 
-     */
-    Bool	    cursor_in_range;
-    /**
-     * Track state of cursor associated with this CRTC
-     */
-    Bool	    cursor_shown;
-
-    /**
-     * Current transformation matrix
-     */
-    PictTransform   crtc_to_framebuffer;
-    /* framebuffer_to_crtc was removed in ABI 2 */
-    struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_framebuffer; /* ABI 2 */
-    struct pict_f_transform f_framebuffer_to_crtc; /* ABI 2 */
-    PictFilterPtr   filter; /* ABI 2 */
-    xFixed	    *params; /* ABI 2 */
-    int		    nparams; /* ABI 2 */
-    int		    filter_width; /* ABI 2 */
-    int		    filter_height; /* ABI 2 */
-    Bool	    transform_in_use;
-    RRTransformRec  transform; /* ABI 2 */
-    Bool	    transformPresent; /* ABI 2 */
-    RRTransformRec  desiredTransform; /* ABI 2 */
-    Bool	    desiredTransformPresent; /* ABI 2 */
-    /**
-     * Bounding box in screen space
-     */
-    BoxRec	    bounds;
-    /**
-     * Panning:
-     * TotalArea: total panning area, larger than CRTC's size
-     * TrackingArea: Area of the pointer for which the CRTC is panned
-     * border: Borders of the displayed CRTC area which induces panning if the pointer reaches them
-     * Added in ABI version 2
-     */
-    BoxRec          panningTotalArea;
-    BoxRec          panningTrackingArea;
-    INT16           panningBorder[4];
-
-    /**
-     * Current gamma, especially useful after initial config.
-     * Added in ABI version 3
-     */
-    CARD16 *gamma_red;
-    CARD16 *gamma_green;
-    CARD16 *gamma_blue;
-    int gamma_size;
-
-    /**
-     * Actual state of this CRTC
-     *
-     * Set to TRUE after modesetting, set to FALSE if no outputs are connected
-     * Added in ABI version 3
-     */
-    Bool	    active;
-    /**
-     * Clear the shadow
-     */
-    Bool	    shadowClear;
-};
-
-typedef struct _xf86OutputFuncs {
-    /**
-     * Called to allow the output a chance to create properties after the
-     * RandR objects have been created.
-     */
-    void
-    (*create_resources)(xf86OutputPtr output);
-
-    /**
-     * Turns the output on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.
-     *
-     * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting.  If the
-     * mode is DPMSModeOff, the output must be disabled, as the DPLL may be
-     * disabled afterwards.
-     */
-    void
-    (*dpms)(xf86OutputPtr	output,
-	    int			mode);
-
-    /**
-     * Saves the output's state for restoration on VT switch.
-     */
-    void
-    (*save)(xf86OutputPtr	output);
-
-    /**
-     * Restore's the output's state at VT switch.
-     */
-    void
-    (*restore)(xf86OutputPtr	output);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for testing a video mode for a given output.
-     *
-     * This function should only check for cases where a mode can't be supported
-     * on the output specifically, and not represent generic CRTC limitations.
-     *
-     * \return MODE_OK if the mode is valid, or another MODE_* otherwise.
-     */
-    int
-    (*mode_valid)(xf86OutputPtr	    output,
-		  DisplayModePtr    pMode);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.
-     *
-     * This allows an output to adjust the clock or even the entire set of
-     * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for
-     * buses with clock limitations.
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*mode_fixup)(xf86OutputPtr output,
-		  DisplayModePtr mode,
-		  DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for preparing mode changes on an output
-     */
-    void
-    (*prepare)(xf86OutputPtr output);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for committing mode changes on an output
-     */
-    void
-    (*commit)(xf86OutputPtr output);
-
-    /**
-     * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.
-     *
-     * This is only called while the output is disabled.  The dpms callback
-     * must be all that's necessary for the output, to turn the output on
-     * after this function is called.
-     */
-    void
-    (*mode_set)(xf86OutputPtr  output,
-		DisplayModePtr mode,
-		DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);
-
-    /**
-     * Probe for a connected output, and return detect_status.
-     */
-    xf86OutputStatus
-    (*detect)(xf86OutputPtr	    output);
-
-    /**
-     * Query the device for the modes it provides.
-     *
-     * This function may also update MonInfo, mm_width, and mm_height.
-     *
-     * \return singly-linked list of modes or NULL if no modes found.
-     */
-    DisplayModePtr
-    (*get_modes)(xf86OutputPtr	    output);
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-    /**
-     * Callback when an output's property has changed.
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*set_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,
-		    Atom property,
-		    RRPropertyValuePtr value);
-#endif
-#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
-    /**
-     * Callback to get an updated property value
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*get_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,
-		    Atom property);
-#endif
-#ifdef RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE
-    /**
-     * Callback to get current CRTC for a given output
-     */
-    xf86CrtcPtr
-    (*get_crtc)(xf86OutputPtr output);
-#endif
-    /**
-     * Clean up driver-specific bits of the output
-     */
-    void
-    (*destroy) (xf86OutputPtr	    output);
-} xf86OutputFuncsRec, *xf86OutputFuncsPtr;
-
-
-#define XF86_OUTPUT_VERSION 2
-
-struct _xf86Output {
-    /**
-     * ABI versioning
-     */
-    int version;
-
-    /**
-     * Associated ScrnInfo
-     */
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn;
-
-    /**
-     * Currently connected crtc (if any)
-     *
-     * If this output is not in use, this field will be NULL.
-     */
-    xf86CrtcPtr		crtc;
-
-    /**
-     * Possible CRTCs for this output as a mask of crtc indices
-     */
-    CARD32		possible_crtcs;
-
-    /**
-     * Possible outputs to share the same CRTC as a mask of output indices
-     */
-    CARD32		possible_clones;
-    
-    /**
-     * Whether this output can support interlaced modes
-     */
-    Bool		interlaceAllowed;
-
-    /**
-     * Whether this output can support double scan modes
-     */
-    Bool		doubleScanAllowed;
-
-    /**
-     * List of available modes on this output.
-     *
-     * This should be the list from get_modes(), plus perhaps additional
-     * compatible modes added later.
-     */
-    DisplayModePtr	probed_modes;
-
-    /**
-     * Options parsed from the related monitor section
-     */
-    OptionInfoPtr	options;
-    
-    /**
-     * Configured monitor section
-     */
-    XF86ConfMonitorPtr  conf_monitor;
-    
-    /**
-     * Desired initial position
-     */
-    int			initial_x, initial_y;
-
-    /**
-     * Desired initial rotation
-     */
-    Rotation		initial_rotation;
-
-    /**
-     * Current connection status
-     *
-     * This indicates whether a monitor is known to be connected
-     * to this output or not, or whether there is no way to tell
-     */
-    xf86OutputStatus	status;
-
-    /** EDID monitor information */
-    xf86MonPtr		MonInfo;
-
-    /** subpixel order */
-    int			subpixel_order;
-
-    /** Physical size of the currently attached output device. */
-    int			mm_width, mm_height;
-
-    /** Output name */
-    char		*name;
-
-    /** output-specific functions */
-    const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs;
-
-    /** driver private information */
-    void		*driver_private;
-    
-    /** Whether to use the old per-screen Monitor config section */
-    Bool		use_screen_monitor;
-
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-    /**
-     * RandR 1.2 output structure.
-     *
-     * When RandR 1.2 is available, this points at the associated
-     * RandR output structure and is created when this output is created
-     */
-    RROutputPtr		randr_output;
-#else
-    void		*randr_output;
-#endif
-    /** 
-     * Desired initial panning
-     * Added in ABI version 2
-     */
-    BoxRec          initialTotalArea;
-    BoxRec          initialTrackingArea;
-    INT16           initialBorder[4];
-};
-
-typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfigFuncs {
-    /**
-     * Requests that the driver resize the screen.
-     *
-     * The driver is responsible for updating scrn->virtualX and scrn->virtualY.
-     * If the requested size cannot be set, the driver should leave those values
-     * alone and return FALSE.
-     *
-     * A naive driver that cannot reallocate the screen may simply change
-     * virtual[XY].  A more advanced driver will want to also change the
-     * devPrivate.ptr and devKind of the screen pixmap, update any offscreen
-     * pixmaps it may have moved, and change pScrn->displayWidth.
-     */
-    Bool
-    (*resize)(ScrnInfoPtr	scrn,
-	      int		width,
-	      int		height);
-} xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcConfigFuncsPtr;
-
-typedef void (*xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr) (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfig {
-    int			num_output;
-    xf86OutputPtr	*output;
-    /**
-     * compat_output is used whenever we deal
-     * with legacy code that only understands a single
-     * output. pScrn->modes will be loaded from this output,
-     * adjust frame will whack this output, etc.
-     */
-    int			compat_output;
-
-    int			num_crtc;
-    xf86CrtcPtr		*crtc;
-
-    int			minWidth, minHeight;
-    int			maxWidth, maxHeight;
-    
-    /* For crtc-based rotation */
-    DamagePtr		rotation_damage;
-    Bool		rotation_damage_registered;
-
-    /* DGA */
-    unsigned int	dga_flags;
-    unsigned long	dga_address;
-    DGAModePtr		dga_modes;
-    int			dga_nmode;
-    int			dga_width, dga_height, dga_stride;
-    DisplayModePtr	dga_save_mode;
-
-    const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs;
-
-    CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr    CreateScreenResources;
-
-    CloseScreenProcPtr		    CloseScreen;
-
-    /* Cursor information */
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info;
-    CursorPtr		cursor;
-    CARD8		*cursor_image;
-    Bool		cursor_on;
-    CARD32		cursor_fg, cursor_bg;
-
-    /**
-     * Options parsed from the related device section
-     */
-    OptionInfoPtr	options;
-
-    Bool		debug_modes;
-
-    /* wrap screen BlockHandler for rotation */
-    ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr	BlockHandler;
-
-    /* callback when crtc configuration changes */
-    xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr  xf86_crtc_notify;
-
-} xf86CrtcConfigRec, *xf86CrtcConfigPtr;
-
-extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex;
-
-#define XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(p)	((xf86CrtcConfigPtr) ((p)->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr))
-
-static _X_INLINE xf86OutputPtr
-xf86CompatOutput(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    return config->output[config->compat_output];
-}
-
-static _X_INLINE xf86CrtcPtr
-xf86CompatCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    xf86OutputPtr compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);
-    if (!compat_output)
-	return NULL;
-    return compat_output->crtc;
-}
-
-static _X_INLINE RRCrtcPtr
-xf86CompatRRCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    xf86CrtcPtr	compat_crtc = xf86CompatCrtc(pScrn);
-    if (!compat_crtc)
-	return NULL;
-    return compat_crtc->randr_crtc;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr				scrn,
-		    const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec	*funcs);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,
-		      int minWidth, int minHeight,
-		      int maxWidth, int maxHeight);
-
-/*
- * Crtc functions
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT xf86CrtcPtr
-xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr		scrn,
-		const xf86CrtcFuncsRec	*funcs);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr		crtc);
-
-
-/**
- * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
-			  RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,
-		 int x, int y);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);
-
-/*
- * Assign crtc rotation during mode set
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Clean up any rotation data, used when a crtc is turned off
- * as well as when rotation is disabled.
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * free shadow memory allocated for all crtcs
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
-
-/*
- * Clean up rotation during CloseScreen
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/**
- * Return whether any output is assigned to the crtc
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);
-
-/*
- * Output functions
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT xf86OutputPtr
-xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr		    scrn,
-		  const xf86OutputFuncsRec  *funcs,
-		  const char		    *name);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr	output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int maxX, int maxY);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
-
-#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE
-# define ScreenInitRetType	int
-#else
-# define ScreenInitRetType	Bool
-#endif
-
-extern _X_EXPORT ScreenInitRetType
-xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool canGrow);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int PowerManagementMode, int flags);
-    
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired);
-    
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation);
-
-/**
- * Set the EDID information for the specified output
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon);
-
-/**
- * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information
- * stored in 'output'
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr
-xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT xf86MonPtr
-xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus);
-
-/**
- * Initialize dga for this screen
- */
-
-#ifdef XFreeXDGA
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86DiDGAInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned long dga_address);
-
-/* this is the real function, used only internally */
-_X_INTERNAL Bool
-_xf86_di_dga_init_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/**
- * Re-initialize dga for this screen (as when the set of modes changes)
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86DiDGAReInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-#endif
-
-/* This is the real function, used only internally */
-_X_INTERNAL Bool
-_xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/*
- * Set the subpixel order reported for the screen using
- * the information from the outputs
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/*
- * Get a standard string name for a connector type 
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT char *
-xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector);
-
-/*
- * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set
- * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup)
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
-
-/**
- * Initialize the CRTC-based cursor code. CRTC function vectors must
- * contain relevant cursor setting functions.
- *
- * Driver should call this from ScreenInit function
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags);
-
-/**
- * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.
- *
- * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions.
- * 
- * Driver should call this from crtc commit function.
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen);
-
-/**
- * Called from EnterVT to turn the cursors back on
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);
-
-/**
- * Called by the driver to turn cursors off
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);
-
-/**
- * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code. Driver must call this at CloseScreen time.
- */
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen);
-
-/*
- * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and
- * clip video to that.
- * wraps xf86XVClipVideoHelper()
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
-			    xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret,
-			    xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc,
-			    BoxPtr      dst,
-			    INT32	*xa,
-			    INT32	*xb,
-			    INT32	*ya,
-			    INT32	*yb,
-			    RegionPtr   reg,
-			    INT32	width,
-			    INT32	height);
-    
-extern _X_EXPORT xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr
-xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old);
-
-extern _X_EXPORT void
-xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-/**
- * Gamma
- */
-
-extern _X_EXPORT Bool
-xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
-
-#endif /* _XF86CRTC_H_ */
+/*

+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and

+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or

+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as

+ * is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE

+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ */

+#ifndef _XF86CRTC_H_

+#define _XF86CRTC_H_

+

+#include <edid.h>

+#include "randrstr.h"

+#if XF86_MODES_RENAME

+#include "xf86Rename.h"

+#endif

+#include "xf86Modes.h"

+#include "xf86Cursor.h"

+#include "xf86i2c.h"

+#include "damage.h"

+#include "picturestr.h"

+

+/* Compat definitions for older X Servers. */

+#ifndef M_T_PREFERRED

+#define M_T_PREFERRED	0x08

+#endif

+#ifndef M_T_DRIVER

+#define M_T_DRIVER	0x40

+#endif

+#ifndef M_T_USERPREF

+#define M_T_USERPREF	0x80

+#endif

+#ifndef HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB

+#define HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB				0x00004000

+#endif

+

+typedef struct _xf86Crtc xf86CrtcRec, *xf86CrtcPtr;

+typedef struct _xf86Output xf86OutputRec, *xf86OutputPtr;

+

+/* define a standard for connector types */

+typedef enum _xf86ConnectorType {

+   XF86ConnectorNone,

+   XF86ConnectorVGA,

+   XF86ConnectorDVI_I,

+   XF86ConnectorDVI_D,

+   XF86ConnectorDVI_A,

+   XF86ConnectorComposite,

+   XF86ConnectorSvideo,

+   XF86ConnectorComponent,

+   XF86ConnectorLFP,

+   XF86ConnectorProprietary,

+   XF86ConnectorHDMI,

+   XF86ConnectorDisplayPort,

+} xf86ConnectorType;

+

+typedef enum _xf86OutputStatus {

+   XF86OutputStatusConnected,

+   XF86OutputStatusDisconnected,

+   XF86OutputStatusUnknown

+} xf86OutputStatus;

+

+typedef struct _xf86CrtcFuncs {

+   /**

+    * Turns the crtc on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.

+    *

+    * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting.  If the

+    * mode is DPMSModeOff, the crtc must be disabled sufficiently for it to

+    * be safe to call mode_set.

+    */

+   void

+    (*dpms)(xf86CrtcPtr		crtc,

+	    int		    	mode);

+

+   /**

+    * Saves the crtc's state for restoration on VT switch.

+    */

+   void

+    (*save)(xf86CrtcPtr		crtc);

+

+   /**

+    * Restore's the crtc's state at VT switch.

+    */

+   void

+    (*restore)(xf86CrtcPtr	crtc);

+

+    /**

+     * Lock CRTC prior to mode setting, mostly for DRI.

+     * Returns whether unlock is needed

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*lock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+    

+    /**

+     * Unlock CRTC after mode setting, mostly for DRI

+     */

+    void

+    (*unlock) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+    

+    /**

+     * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.

+     *

+     * This allows a CRTC to adjust the clock or even the entire set of

+     * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for

+     * buses with clock limitations.

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*mode_fixup)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,

+		  DisplayModePtr mode,

+		  DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);

+

+    /**

+     * Prepare CRTC for an upcoming mode set.

+     */

+    void

+    (*prepare)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.

+     */

+    void

+    (*mode_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc,

+		DisplayModePtr mode,

+		DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode,

+		int x, int y);

+

+    /**

+     * Commit mode changes to a CRTC

+     */

+    void

+    (*commit)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+    /* Set the color ramps for the CRTC to the given values. */

+    void

+    (*gamma_set)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD16 *red, CARD16 *green, CARD16 *blue,

+		 int size);

+

+    /**

+     * Allocate the shadow area, delay the pixmap creation until needed

+     */

+    void *

+    (*shadow_allocate) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int width, int height);

+    

+    /**

+     * Create shadow pixmap for rotation support

+     */

+    PixmapPtr

+    (*shadow_create) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, void *data, int width, int height);

+    

+    /**

+     * Destroy shadow pixmap

+     */

+    void

+    (*shadow_destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, PixmapPtr pPixmap, void *data);

+

+    /**

+     * Set cursor colors

+     */

+    void

+    (*set_cursor_colors) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int bg, int fg);

+

+    /**

+     * Set cursor position

+     */

+    void

+    (*set_cursor_position) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);

+

+    /**

+     * Show cursor

+     */

+    void

+    (*show_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+    /**

+     * Hide cursor

+     */

+    void

+    (*hide_cursor) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+    /**

+     * Load monochrome image

+     */

+    void

+    (*load_cursor_image) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *image);

+

+    /**

+     * Load ARGB image

+     */

+     void

+     (*load_cursor_argb) (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD32 *image);

+     

+    /**

+     * Clean up driver-specific bits of the crtc

+     */

+    void

+    (*destroy) (xf86CrtcPtr	crtc);

+

+    /**

+     * Less fine-grained mode setting entry point for kernel modesetting

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*set_mode_major)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode,

+		      Rotation rotation, int x, int y);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for panning. Doesn't change the mode.

+     * Added in ABI version 2

+     */

+    void

+    (*set_origin)(xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);

+

+} xf86CrtcFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcFuncsPtr;

+

+#define XF86_CRTC_VERSION 3

+

+struct _xf86Crtc {

+    /**

+     * ABI versioning

+     */

+    int version;

+

+    /**

+     * Associated ScrnInfo

+     */

+    ScrnInfoPtr	    scrn;

+    

+    /**

+     * Desired state of this CRTC

+     *

+     * Set when this CRTC should be driving one or more outputs 

+     */

+    Bool	    enabled;

+    

+    /**

+     * Active mode

+     *

+     * This reflects the mode as set in the CRTC currently

+     * It will be cleared when the VT is not active or

+     * during server startup

+     */

+    DisplayModeRec  mode;

+    Rotation	    rotation;

+    PixmapPtr	    rotatedPixmap;

+    void	    *rotatedData;

+    

+    /**

+     * Position on screen

+     *

+     * Locates this CRTC within the frame buffer

+     */

+    int		    x, y;

+    

+    /**

+     * Desired mode

+     *

+     * This is set to the requested mode, independent of

+     * whether the VT is active. In particular, it receives

+     * the startup configured mode and saves the active mode

+     * on VT switch.

+     */

+    DisplayModeRec  desiredMode;

+    Rotation	    desiredRotation;

+    int		    desiredX, desiredY;

+    

+    /** crtc-specific functions */

+    const xf86CrtcFuncsRec *funcs;

+

+    /**

+     * Driver private

+     *

+     * Holds driver-private information

+     */

+    void	    *driver_private;

+

+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE

+    /**

+     * RandR crtc

+     *

+     * When RandR 1.2 is available, this

+     * points at the associated crtc object

+     */

+    RRCrtcPtr	    randr_crtc;

+#else

+    void	    *randr_crtc;

+#endif

+

+    /**

+     * Current cursor is ARGB

+     */

+    Bool	    cursor_argb;

+    /**

+     * Track whether cursor is within CRTC range 

+     */

+    Bool	    cursor_in_range;

+    /**

+     * Track state of cursor associated with this CRTC

+     */

+    Bool	    cursor_shown;

+

+    /**

+     * Current transformation matrix

+     */

+    PictTransform   crtc_to_framebuffer;

+    /* framebuffer_to_crtc was removed in ABI 2 */

+    struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_framebuffer; /* ABI 2 */

+    struct pict_f_transform f_framebuffer_to_crtc; /* ABI 2 */

+    PictFilterPtr   filter; /* ABI 2 */

+    xFixed	    *params; /* ABI 2 */

+    int		    nparams; /* ABI 2 */

+    int		    filter_width; /* ABI 2 */

+    int		    filter_height; /* ABI 2 */

+    Bool	    transform_in_use;

+    RRTransformRec  transform; /* ABI 2 */

+    Bool	    transformPresent; /* ABI 2 */

+    RRTransformRec  desiredTransform; /* ABI 2 */

+    Bool	    desiredTransformPresent; /* ABI 2 */

+    /**

+     * Bounding box in screen space

+     */

+    BoxRec	    bounds;

+    /**

+     * Panning:

+     * TotalArea: total panning area, larger than CRTC's size

+     * TrackingArea: Area of the pointer for which the CRTC is panned

+     * border: Borders of the displayed CRTC area which induces panning if the pointer reaches them

+     * Added in ABI version 2

+     */

+    BoxRec          panningTotalArea;

+    BoxRec          panningTrackingArea;

+    INT16           panningBorder[4];

+

+    /**

+     * Current gamma, especially useful after initial config.

+     * Added in ABI version 3

+     */

+    CARD16 *gamma_red;

+    CARD16 *gamma_green;

+    CARD16 *gamma_blue;

+    int gamma_size;

+

+    /**

+     * Actual state of this CRTC

+     *

+     * Set to TRUE after modesetting, set to FALSE if no outputs are connected

+     * Added in ABI version 3

+     */

+    Bool	    active;

+    /**

+     * Clear the shadow

+     */

+    Bool	    shadowClear;

+};

+

+typedef struct _xf86OutputFuncs {

+    /**

+     * Called to allow the output a chance to create properties after the

+     * RandR objects have been created.

+     */

+    void

+    (*create_resources)(xf86OutputPtr output);

+

+    /**

+     * Turns the output on/off, or sets intermediate power levels if available.

+     *

+     * Unsupported intermediate modes drop to the lower power setting.  If the

+     * mode is DPMSModeOff, the output must be disabled, as the DPLL may be

+     * disabled afterwards.

+     */

+    void

+    (*dpms)(xf86OutputPtr	output,

+	    int			mode);

+

+    /**

+     * Saves the output's state for restoration on VT switch.

+     */

+    void

+    (*save)(xf86OutputPtr	output);

+

+    /**

+     * Restore's the output's state at VT switch.

+     */

+    void

+    (*restore)(xf86OutputPtr	output);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for testing a video mode for a given output.

+     *

+     * This function should only check for cases where a mode can't be supported

+     * on the output specifically, and not represent generic CRTC limitations.

+     *

+     * \return MODE_OK if the mode is valid, or another MODE_* otherwise.

+     */

+    int

+    (*mode_valid)(xf86OutputPtr	    output,

+		  DisplayModePtr    pMode);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback to adjust the mode to be set in the CRTC.

+     *

+     * This allows an output to adjust the clock or even the entire set of

+     * timings, which is used for panels with fixed timings or for

+     * buses with clock limitations.

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*mode_fixup)(xf86OutputPtr output,

+		  DisplayModePtr mode,

+		  DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for preparing mode changes on an output

+     */

+    void

+    (*prepare)(xf86OutputPtr output);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for committing mode changes on an output

+     */

+    void

+    (*commit)(xf86OutputPtr output);

+

+    /**

+     * Callback for setting up a video mode after fixups have been made.

+     *

+     * This is only called while the output is disabled.  The dpms callback

+     * must be all that's necessary for the output, to turn the output on

+     * after this function is called.

+     */

+    void

+    (*mode_set)(xf86OutputPtr  output,

+		DisplayModePtr mode,

+		DisplayModePtr adjusted_mode);

+

+    /**

+     * Probe for a connected output, and return detect_status.

+     */

+    xf86OutputStatus

+    (*detect)(xf86OutputPtr	    output);

+

+    /**

+     * Query the device for the modes it provides.

+     *

+     * This function may also update MonInfo, mm_width, and mm_height.

+     *

+     * \return singly-linked list of modes or NULL if no modes found.

+     */

+    DisplayModePtr

+    (*get_modes)(xf86OutputPtr	    output);

+

+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE

+    /**

+     * Callback when an output's property has changed.

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*set_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,

+		    Atom property,

+		    RRPropertyValuePtr value);

+#endif

+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE

+    /**

+     * Callback to get an updated property value

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*get_property)(xf86OutputPtr output,

+		    Atom property);

+#endif

+#ifdef RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE

+    /**

+     * Callback to get current CRTC for a given output

+     */

+    xf86CrtcPtr

+    (*get_crtc)(xf86OutputPtr output);

+#endif

+    /**

+     * Clean up driver-specific bits of the output

+     */

+    void

+    (*destroy) (xf86OutputPtr	    output);

+} xf86OutputFuncsRec, *xf86OutputFuncsPtr;

+

+

+#define XF86_OUTPUT_VERSION 2

+

+struct _xf86Output {

+    /**

+     * ABI versioning

+     */

+    int version;

+

+    /**

+     * Associated ScrnInfo

+     */

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn;

+

+    /**

+     * Currently connected crtc (if any)

+     *

+     * If this output is not in use, this field will be NULL.

+     */

+    xf86CrtcPtr		crtc;

+

+    /**

+     * Possible CRTCs for this output as a mask of crtc indices

+     */

+    CARD32		possible_crtcs;

+

+    /**

+     * Possible outputs to share the same CRTC as a mask of output indices

+     */

+    CARD32		possible_clones;

+    

+    /**

+     * Whether this output can support interlaced modes

+     */

+    Bool		interlaceAllowed;

+

+    /**

+     * Whether this output can support double scan modes

+     */

+    Bool		doubleScanAllowed;

+

+    /**

+     * List of available modes on this output.

+     *

+     * This should be the list from get_modes(), plus perhaps additional

+     * compatible modes added later.

+     */

+    DisplayModePtr	probed_modes;

+

+    /**

+     * Options parsed from the related monitor section

+     */

+    OptionInfoPtr	options;

+    

+    /**

+     * Configured monitor section

+     */

+    XF86ConfMonitorPtr  conf_monitor;

+    

+    /**

+     * Desired initial position

+     */

+    int			initial_x, initial_y;

+

+    /**

+     * Desired initial rotation

+     */

+    Rotation		initial_rotation;

+

+    /**

+     * Current connection status

+     *

+     * This indicates whether a monitor is known to be connected

+     * to this output or not, or whether there is no way to tell

+     */

+    xf86OutputStatus	status;

+

+    /** EDID monitor information */

+    xf86MonPtr		MonInfo;

+

+    /** subpixel order */

+    int			subpixel_order;

+

+    /** Physical size of the currently attached output device. */

+    int			mm_width, mm_height;

+

+    /** Output name */

+    char		*name;

+

+    /** output-specific functions */

+    const xf86OutputFuncsRec *funcs;

+

+    /** driver private information */

+    void		*driver_private;

+    

+    /** Whether to use the old per-screen Monitor config section */

+    Bool		use_screen_monitor;

+

+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE

+    /**

+     * RandR 1.2 output structure.

+     *

+     * When RandR 1.2 is available, this points at the associated

+     * RandR output structure and is created when this output is created

+     */

+    RROutputPtr		randr_output;

+#else

+    void		*randr_output;

+#endif

+    /** 

+     * Desired initial panning

+     * Added in ABI version 2

+     */

+    BoxRec          initialTotalArea;

+    BoxRec          initialTrackingArea;

+    INT16           initialBorder[4];

+};

+

+typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfigFuncs {

+    /**

+     * Requests that the driver resize the screen.

+     *

+     * The driver is responsible for updating scrn->virtualX and scrn->virtualY.

+     * If the requested size cannot be set, the driver should leave those values

+     * alone and return FALSE.

+     *

+     * A naive driver that cannot reallocate the screen may simply change

+     * virtual[XY].  A more advanced driver will want to also change the

+     * devPrivate.ptr and devKind of the screen pixmap, update any offscreen

+     * pixmaps it may have moved, and change pScrn->displayWidth.

+     */

+    Bool

+    (*resize)(ScrnInfoPtr	scrn,

+	      int		width,

+	      int		height);

+} xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec, *xf86CrtcConfigFuncsPtr;

+

+typedef void (*xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr) (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+typedef struct _xf86CrtcConfig {

+    int			num_output;

+    xf86OutputPtr	*output;

+    /**

+     * compat_output is used whenever we deal

+     * with legacy code that only understands a single

+     * output. pScrn->modes will be loaded from this output,

+     * adjust frame will whack this output, etc.

+     */

+    int			compat_output;

+

+    int			num_crtc;

+    xf86CrtcPtr		*crtc;

+

+    int			minWidth, minHeight;

+    int			maxWidth, maxHeight;

+    

+    /* For crtc-based rotation */

+    DamagePtr		rotation_damage;

+    Bool		rotation_damage_registered;

+

+    /* DGA */

+    unsigned int	dga_flags;

+    unsigned long	dga_address;

+    DGAModePtr		dga_modes;

+    int			dga_nmode;

+    int			dga_width, dga_height, dga_stride;

+    DisplayModePtr	dga_save_mode;

+

+    const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec *funcs;

+

+    CreateScreenResourcesProcPtr    CreateScreenResources;

+

+    CloseScreenProcPtr		    CloseScreen;

+

+    /* Cursor information */

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info;

+    CursorPtr		cursor;

+    CARD8		*cursor_image;

+    Bool		cursor_on;

+    CARD32		cursor_fg, cursor_bg;

+

+    /**

+     * Options parsed from the related device section

+     */

+    OptionInfoPtr	options;

+

+    Bool		debug_modes;

+

+    /* wrap screen BlockHandler for rotation */

+    ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr	BlockHandler;

+

+    /* callback when crtc configuration changes */

+    xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr  xf86_crtc_notify;

+

+} xf86CrtcConfigRec, *xf86CrtcConfigPtr;

+

+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex;

+

+#define XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(p)	((xf86CrtcConfigPtr) ((p)->privates[xf86CrtcConfigPrivateIndex].ptr))

+

+static _X_INLINE xf86OutputPtr

+xf86CompatOutput(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    return config->output[config->compat_output];

+}

+

+static _X_INLINE xf86CrtcPtr

+xf86CompatCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    xf86OutputPtr compat_output = xf86CompatOutput(pScrn);

+    if (!compat_output)

+	return NULL;

+    return compat_output->crtc;

+}

+

+static _X_INLINE RRCrtcPtr

+xf86CompatRRCrtc(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    xf86CrtcPtr	compat_crtc = xf86CompatCrtc(pScrn);

+    if (!compat_crtc)

+	return NULL;

+    return compat_crtc->randr_crtc;

+}

+

+

+/*

+ * Initialize xf86CrtcConfig structure

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86CrtcConfigInit (ScrnInfoPtr				scrn,

+		    const xf86CrtcConfigFuncsRec	*funcs);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86CrtcSetSizeRange (ScrnInfoPtr scrn,

+		      int minWidth, int minHeight,

+		      int maxWidth, int maxHeight);

+

+/*

+ * Crtc functions

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT xf86CrtcPtr

+xf86CrtcCreate (ScrnInfoPtr		scrn,

+		const xf86CrtcFuncsRec	*funcs);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86CrtcDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr		crtc);

+

+

+/**

+ * Sets the given video mode on the given crtc

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86CrtcSetModeTransform (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,

+			  RRTransformPtr transform, int x, int y);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86CrtcSetMode (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, DisplayModePtr mode, Rotation rotation,

+		 int x, int y);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86CrtcSetOrigin (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y);

+

+/*

+ * Assign crtc rotation during mode set

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+/*

+ * Clean up any rotation data, used when a crtc is turned off

+ * as well as when rotation is disabled.

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+/*

+ * free shadow memory allocated for all crtcs

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);

+

+/*

+ * Clean up rotation during CloseScreen

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+/**

+ * Return whether any output is assigned to the crtc

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86CrtcInUse (xf86CrtcPtr crtc);

+

+/*

+ * Output functions

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT xf86OutputPtr

+xf86OutputCreate (ScrnInfoPtr		    scrn,

+		  const xf86OutputFuncsRec  *funcs,

+		  const char		    *name);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86OutputUseScreenMonitor (xf86OutputPtr output, Bool use_screen_monitor);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86OutputRename (xf86OutputPtr output, const char *name);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86OutputDestroy (xf86OutputPtr	output);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86ProbeOutputModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int maxX, int maxY);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86SetScrnInfoModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);

+

+#ifdef RANDR_13_INTERFACE

+# define ScreenInitRetType	int

+#else

+# define ScreenInitRetType	Bool

+#endif

+

+extern _X_EXPORT ScreenInitRetType

+xf86CrtcScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86InitialConfiguration (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool canGrow);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86DPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int PowerManagementMode, int flags);

+    

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86SaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86DisableUnusedFunctions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr

+xf86OutputFindClosestMode (xf86OutputPtr output, DisplayModePtr desired);

+    

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86SetSingleMode (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr desired, Rotation rotation);

+

+/**

+ * Set the EDID information for the specified output

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86OutputSetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, xf86MonPtr edid_mon);

+

+/**

+ * Return the list of modes supported by the EDID information

+ * stored in 'output'

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT DisplayModePtr

+xf86OutputGetEDIDModes (xf86OutputPtr output);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT xf86MonPtr

+xf86OutputGetEDID (xf86OutputPtr output, I2CBusPtr pDDCBus);

+

+/**

+ * Initialize dga for this screen

+ */

+

+#ifdef XFreeXDGA

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86DiDGAInit (ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned long dga_address);

+

+/* this is the real function, used only internally */

+_X_INTERNAL Bool

+_xf86_di_dga_init_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+/**

+ * Re-initialize dga for this screen (as when the set of modes changes)

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86DiDGAReInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+#endif

+

+/* This is the real function, used only internally */

+_X_INTERNAL Bool

+_xf86_di_dga_reinit_internal (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+/*

+ * Set the subpixel order reported for the screen using

+ * the information from the outputs

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86CrtcSetScreenSubpixelOrder (ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+/*

+ * Get a standard string name for a connector type 

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT char *

+xf86ConnectorGetName(xf86ConnectorType connector);

+

+/*

+ * Using the desired mode information in each crtc, set

+ * modes (used in EnterVT functions, or at server startup)

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86SetDesiredModes (ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);

+

+/**

+ * Initialize the CRTC-based cursor code. CRTC function vectors must

+ * contain relevant cursor setting functions.

+ *

+ * Driver should call this from ScreenInit function

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags);

+

+/**

+ * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.

+ *

+ * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions.

+ * 

+ * Driver should call this from crtc commit function.

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen);

+

+/**

+ * Called from EnterVT to turn the cursors back on

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);

+

+/**

+ * Called by the driver to turn cursors off

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn);

+

+/**

+ * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code. Driver must call this at CloseScreen time.

+ */

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen);

+

+/*

+ * For overlay video, compute the relevant CRTC and

+ * clip video to that.

+ * wraps xf86XVClipVideoHelper()

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86_crtc_clip_video_helper(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,

+			    xf86CrtcPtr *crtc_ret,

+			    xf86CrtcPtr desired_crtc,

+			    BoxPtr      dst,

+			    INT32	*xa,

+			    INT32	*xb,

+			    INT32	*ya,

+			    INT32	*yb,

+			    RegionPtr   reg,

+			    INT32	width,

+			    INT32	height);

+    

+extern _X_EXPORT xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr

+xf86_wrap_crtc_notify (ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr new);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_unwrap_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen, xf86_crtc_notify_proc_ptr old);

+

+extern _X_EXPORT void

+xf86_crtc_notify(ScreenPtr pScreen);

+

+/**

+ * Gamma

+ */

+

+extern _X_EXPORT Bool

+xf86_crtc_supports_gamma(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);

+

+#endif /* _XF86CRTC_H_ */

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c
index 066744744..5562f29cc 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Cursors.c
@@ -1,688 +1,688 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2007 Keith Packard
- * Copyright © 2010 Aaron Plattner
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "xf86Crtc.h"
-#include "xf86Modes.h"
-#include "xf86RandR12.h"
-#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
-#include "X11/Xatom.h"
-#include "picturestr.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-#include "inputstr.h"
-
-/*
- * Given a screen coordinate, rotate back to a cursor source coordinate
- */
-static void
-xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (Rotation    rotation,
-			int	    width,
-			int	    height,
-			int	    x_dst,
-			int	    y_dst,
-			int	    *x_src,
-			int	    *y_src)
-{
-    int t;
-    
-    switch (rotation & 0xf) {
-    case RR_Rotate_0:
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_90:
-	t = x_dst;
-	x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-	y_dst = t;
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_180:
-	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
-	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_270:
-	t = x_dst;
-	x_dst = y_dst;
-	y_dst = width - t - 1;
-	break;
-    }
-    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)
-	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
-    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)
-	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-    *x_src = x_dst;
-    *y_src = y_dst;
-}
-
-/*
- * Given a cursor source  coordinate, rotate to a screen coordinate
- */
-static void
-xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (Rotation    rotation,
-			     int	    width,
-			     int	    height,
-			     int	    x_dst,
-			     int	    y_dst,
-			     int	    *x_src,
-			     int	    *y_src)
-{
-    int t;
-    
-    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)
-	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
-    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)
-	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-
-    switch (rotation & 0xf) {
-    case RR_Rotate_0:
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_90:
-	t = x_dst;
-	x_dst = y_dst;
-	y_dst = width - t - 1;
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_180:
-	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;
-	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-	break;
-    case RR_Rotate_270:
-	t = x_dst;
-	x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;
-	y_dst = t;
-	break;
-    }
-    *x_src = x_dst;
-    *y_src = y_dst;
-}
-
-struct cursor_bit {
-    CARD8 *byte;
-    char bitpos;
-};
-
-/*
- * Convert an x coordinate to a position within the cursor bitmap
- */
-static struct cursor_bit
-cursor_bitpos (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y,
-	       Bool mask)
-{
-    const int flags = cursor_info->Flags;
-    const Bool interleaved =
-	!!(flags & (HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1 |
-		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8 |
-		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16 |
-		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32 |
-		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64));
-    const int width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;
-    const int height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;
-    const int stride = interleaved ? width / 4 : width / 8;
-
-    struct cursor_bit ret;
-
-    image += y * stride;
-
-    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SWAP_SOURCE_AND_MASK)
-	mask = !mask;
-    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_NIBBLE_SWAPPED)
-	x = (x & ~3) | (3 - (x & 3));
-    if (((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_BIT_ORDER_MSBFIRST) == 0) ==
-	(X_BYTE_ORDER == X_BIG_ENDIAN))
-	x = (x & ~7) | (7 - (x & 7));
-    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1)
-	x = (x << 1) + mask;
-    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8)
-	x = ((x & ~7) << 1) | (mask << 3) | (x & 7);
-    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16)
-	x = ((x & ~15) << 1) | (mask << 4) | (x & 15);
-    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32)
-	x = ((x & ~31) << 1) | (mask << 5) | (x & 31);
-    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64)
-	x = ((x & ~63) << 1) | (mask << 6) | (x & 63);
-    else if (mask)
-	image += stride * height;
-
-    ret.byte = image + (x / 8);
-    ret.bitpos = x & 7;
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Fetch one bit from a cursor bitmap
- */
-static CARD8
-get_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)
-{
-    struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);
-    return (*bit.byte >> bit.bitpos) & 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Set one bit in a cursor bitmap
- */
-static void
-set_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)
-{
-    struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);
-    *bit.byte |= 1 << bit.bitpos;
-}
-    
-/*
- * Load a two color cursor into a driver that supports only ARGB cursors
- */
-static void
-xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, unsigned char *src)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    CARD32		*cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;
-    int			x, y;
-    int			xin, yin;
-    int			flags = cursor_info->Flags;
-    CARD32		bits;
-
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
-    crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-    for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)
-	for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) 
-	{
-	    xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,
-				    cursor_info->MaxWidth,
-				    cursor_info->MaxHeight,
-				    x, y, &xin, &yin);
-	    if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE) ==
-		((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_INVERT_MASK) == 0))
-	    {
-		if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))
-		    bits = xf86_config->cursor_fg;
-		else
-		    bits = xf86_config->cursor_bg;
-	    }
-	    else
-		bits = 0;
-	    cursor_image[y * cursor_info->MaxWidth + x] = bits;
-	}
-    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);
-}
-
-/*
- * Set the colors for a two-color cursor (ignore for ARGB cursors)
- */
-static void
-xf86_set_cursor_colors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int bg, int fg)
-{
-    ScreenPtr		screen = scrn->pScreen;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    CursorPtr		cursor = xf86_config->cursor;
-    int			c;
-    CARD8		*bits = cursor ?
-        dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen))
-      : NULL;
-
-    /* Save ARGB versions of these colors */
-    xf86_config->cursor_fg = (CARD32) fg | 0xff000000;
-    xf86_config->cursor_bg = (CARD32) bg | 0xff000000;
-    
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled && !crtc->cursor_argb)
-	{
-	    if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)
-		crtc->funcs->set_cursor_colors (crtc, bg, fg);
-	    else if (bits)
-		xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, bits);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static void
-xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
-    if (crtc->cursor_shown)
-    {
-	crtc->funcs->hide_cursor (crtc);
-	crtc->cursor_shown = FALSE;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    xf86_config->cursor_on = FALSE;
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled)
-	    xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);
-    }
-}
-    
-static void
-xf86_crtc_show_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
-    if (!crtc->cursor_shown && crtc->cursor_in_range)
-    {
-	crtc->funcs->show_cursor (crtc);
-	crtc->cursor_shown = TRUE;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    xf86_config->cursor_on = TRUE;
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled)
-	    xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);
-    }
-}
-    
-static void
-xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    DisplayModePtr	mode = &crtc->mode;
-    Bool		in_range;
-    int			dx, dy;
-
-    /*
-     * Transform position of cursor on screen
-     */
-    if (crtc->transform_in_use)
-    {
-	ScreenPtr	screen = scrn->pScreen;
-	xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv =
-	    (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,
-						  xf86CursorScreenKey);
-	struct pict_f_vector   v;
-
-	v.v[0] = (x + ScreenPriv->HotX) + 0.5;
-	v.v[1] = (y + ScreenPriv->HotY) + 0.5;
-	v.v[2] = 1;
-	pixman_f_transform_point (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &v);
-	/* cursor will have 0.5 added to it already so floor is sufficent */
-	x = floor (v.v[0]);
-	y = floor (v.v[1]);
-	/*
-	 * Transform position of cursor upper left corner
-	 */
-	xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (crtc->rotation,
-				     cursor_info->MaxWidth,
-				     cursor_info->MaxHeight,
-				     ScreenPriv->HotX, ScreenPriv->HotY, &dx, &dy);
-	x -= dx;
-	y -= dy;
-   }
-    else
-    {
-	x -= crtc->x;
-	y -= crtc->y;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Disable the cursor when it is outside the viewport
-     */
-    in_range = TRUE;
-    if (x >= mode->HDisplay || y >= mode->VDisplay ||
-	x <= -cursor_info->MaxWidth || y <= -cursor_info->MaxHeight) 
-    {
-	in_range = FALSE;
-	x = 0;
-	y = 0;
-    }
-
-    crtc->cursor_in_range = in_range;
-    
-    if (in_range)
-    {
-	crtc->funcs->set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);
-	xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);
-    }
-    else
-	xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86_set_cursor_position (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int x, int y)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    /* undo what xf86HWCurs did to the coordinates */
-    x += scrn->frameX0;
-    y += scrn->frameY0;
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled)
-	    xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);
-    }
-}
-    
-/*
- * Load a two-color cursor into a crtc, performing rotation as needed
- */
-static void
-xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *src)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    CARD8		*cursor_image;
-
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
-    crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-    if (crtc->rotation == RR_Rotate_0)
-	cursor_image = src;
-    else
-    {
-        int x, y;
-    	int xin, yin;
-	int stride = cursor_info->MaxWidth >> 2;
-	
-	cursor_image = xf86_config->cursor_image;
-	memset(cursor_image, 0, cursor_info->MaxHeight * stride);
-	
-        for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)
-	    for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) 
-	    {
-		xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,
-					cursor_info->MaxWidth,
-					cursor_info->MaxHeight,
-					x, y, &xin, &yin);
-		if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))
-		    set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, FALSE);
-		if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE))
-		    set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, TRUE);
-	    }
-    }
-    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image (crtc, cursor_image);
-}
-    
-/*
- * Load a cursor image into all active CRTCs
- */
-static void
-xf86_load_cursor_image (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, unsigned char *src)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled)
-	{
-	    if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)
-		xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (crtc, src);
-	    else if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb)
-		xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, src);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86_use_hw_cursor (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-
-    ++cursor->refcnt;
-    if (xf86_config->cursor)
-	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
-    xf86_config->cursor = cursor;
-
-    if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||
-	cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    
-    ++cursor->refcnt;
-    if (xf86_config->cursor)
-	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
-    xf86_config->cursor = cursor;
-    
-    /* Make sure ARGB support is available */
-    if ((cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB) == 0)
-	return FALSE;
-    
-    if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||
-	cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    CARD32		*cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;
-    CARD32		*cursor_source = (CARD32 *) cursor->bits->argb;
-    int			x, y;
-    int			xin, yin;
-    CARD32		bits;
-    int			source_width = cursor->bits->width;
-    int			source_height = cursor->bits->height;
-    int			image_width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;
-    int			image_height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;
-    
-    for (y = 0; y < image_height; y++)
-	for (x = 0; x < image_width; x++)
-	{
-	    xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, image_width, image_height,
-				    x, y, &xin, &yin);
-	    if (xin < source_width && yin < source_height)
-		bits = cursor_source[yin * source_width + xin];
-	    else
-		bits = 0;
-	    cursor_image[y * image_width + x] = bits;
-	}
-    
-    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86_load_cursor_argb (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, CursorPtr cursor)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	if (crtc->enabled)
-	    xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor);
-    }
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info;
-
-    cursor_info = xf86CreateCursorInfoRec();
-    if (!cursor_info)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    xf86_config->cursor_image = malloc(max_width * max_height * 4);
-
-    if (!xf86_config->cursor_image)
-    {
-	xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (cursor_info);
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-	
-    xf86_config->cursor_info = cursor_info;
-
-    cursor_info->MaxWidth = max_width;
-    cursor_info->MaxHeight = max_height;
-    cursor_info->Flags = flags;
-
-    cursor_info->SetCursorColors = xf86_set_cursor_colors;
-    cursor_info->SetCursorPosition = xf86_set_cursor_position;
-    cursor_info->LoadCursorImage = xf86_load_cursor_image;
-    cursor_info->HideCursor = xf86_hide_cursors;
-    cursor_info->ShowCursor = xf86_show_cursors;
-    cursor_info->UseHWCursor = xf86_use_hw_cursor;
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
-    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB)
-    {
-	cursor_info->UseHWCursorARGB = xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb;
-	cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB = xf86_load_cursor_argb;
-    }
-#endif
-    
-    xf86_config->cursor = NULL;
-    xf86_hide_cursors (scrn);
-    
-    return xf86InitCursor (screen, cursor_info);
-}
-
-/**
- * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.
- *
- * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions
- */
-
-void
-xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config;
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr   cursor_info;
-    CursorPtr		cursor;
-    int			x, y;
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr cursor_screen_priv;
-    
-    /* initial mode setting will not have set a screen yet.
-       May be called before the devices are initialised.
-     */
-    if (!screen || !inputInfo.pointer)
-	return;
-    cursor_screen_priv = dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,
-					  xf86CursorScreenKey);
-    /* return if HW cursor is inactive, to avoid displaying two cursors */
-    if (!cursor_screen_priv || !cursor_screen_priv->isUp)
-	return;
-
-    scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-
-    /* make sure the cursor code has been initialized */
-    cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;
-    if (!cursor_info)
-	return;
-
-    cursor = xf86_config->cursor;
-    GetSpritePosition (inputInfo.pointer, &x, &y);
-    if (!(cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_UPDATE_UNHIDDEN))
-	(*cursor_info->HideCursor)(scrn);
-
-    if (cursor)
-    {
-	void *src = dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen));
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
-	if (cursor->bits->argb && cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB)
-	    (*cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB) (scrn, cursor);
-	else if (src)
-#endif
-	    (*cursor_info->LoadCursorImage)(scrn, src);
-
-	x += scrn->frameX0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotX;
-	y += scrn->frameY0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotY;
-	(*cursor_info->SetCursorPosition)(scrn, x, y);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code
- */
-void
-xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    
-    if (xf86_config->cursor_info)
-    {
-	xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (xf86_config->cursor_info);
-	xf86_config->cursor_info = NULL;
-    }
-    free(xf86_config->cursor_image);
-    xf86_config->cursor_image = NULL;
-    if (xf86_config->cursor)
-    {
-	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);
-	xf86_config->cursor = NULL;
-    }
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright © 2007 Keith Packard

+ * Copyright © 2010 Aaron Plattner

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and

+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or

+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as

+ * is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE

+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#else

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#include <stddef.h>

+#include <string.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86DDC.h"

+#include "xf86Crtc.h"

+#include "xf86Modes.h"

+#include "xf86RandR12.h"

+#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"

+#include "X11/extensions/render.h"

+#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"

+#include "X11/Xatom.h"

+#include "picturestr.h"

+#include "cursorstr.h"

+#include "inputstr.h"

+

+/*

+ * Given a screen coordinate, rotate back to a cursor source coordinate

+ */

+static void

+xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (Rotation    rotation,

+			int	    width,

+			int	    height,

+			int	    x_dst,

+			int	    y_dst,

+			int	    *x_src,

+			int	    *y_src)

+{

+    int t;

+    

+    switch (rotation & 0xf) {

+    case RR_Rotate_0:

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_90:

+	t = x_dst;

+	x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+	y_dst = t;

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_180:

+	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;

+	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_270:

+	t = x_dst;

+	x_dst = y_dst;

+	y_dst = width - t - 1;

+	break;

+    }

+    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)

+	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;

+    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)

+	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+    *x_src = x_dst;

+    *y_src = y_dst;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Given a cursor source  coordinate, rotate to a screen coordinate

+ */

+static void

+xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (Rotation    rotation,

+			     int	    width,

+			     int	    height,

+			     int	    x_dst,

+			     int	    y_dst,

+			     int	    *x_src,

+			     int	    *y_src)

+{

+    int t;

+    

+    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_X)

+	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;

+    if (rotation & RR_Reflect_Y)

+	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+

+    switch (rotation & 0xf) {

+    case RR_Rotate_0:

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_90:

+	t = x_dst;

+	x_dst = y_dst;

+	y_dst = width - t - 1;

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_180:

+	x_dst = width - x_dst - 1;

+	y_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+	break;

+    case RR_Rotate_270:

+	t = x_dst;

+	x_dst = height - y_dst - 1;

+	y_dst = t;

+	break;

+    }

+    *x_src = x_dst;

+    *y_src = y_dst;

+}

+

+struct cursor_bit {

+    CARD8 *byte;

+    char bitpos;

+};

+

+/*

+ * Convert an x coordinate to a position within the cursor bitmap

+ */

+static struct cursor_bit

+cursor_bitpos (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y,

+	       Bool mask)

+{

+    const int flags = cursor_info->Flags;

+    const Bool interleaved =

+	!!(flags & (HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1 |

+		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8 |

+		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16 |

+		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32 |

+		    HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64));

+    const int width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;

+    const int height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;

+    const int stride = interleaved ? width / 4 : width / 8;

+

+    struct cursor_bit ret;

+

+    image += y * stride;

+

+    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SWAP_SOURCE_AND_MASK)

+	mask = !mask;

+    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_NIBBLE_SWAPPED)

+	x = (x & ~3) | (3 - (x & 3));

+    if (((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_BIT_ORDER_MSBFIRST) == 0) ==

+	(X_BYTE_ORDER == X_BIG_ENDIAN))

+	x = (x & ~7) | (7 - (x & 7));

+    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_1)

+	x = (x << 1) + mask;

+    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_8)

+	x = ((x & ~7) << 1) | (mask << 3) | (x & 7);

+    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_16)

+	x = ((x & ~15) << 1) | (mask << 4) | (x & 15);

+    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_32)

+	x = ((x & ~31) << 1) | (mask << 5) | (x & 31);

+    else if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SOURCE_MASK_INTERLEAVE_64)

+	x = ((x & ~63) << 1) | (mask << 6) | (x & 63);

+    else if (mask)

+	image += stride * height;

+

+    ret.byte = image + (x / 8);

+    ret.bitpos = x & 7;

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Fetch one bit from a cursor bitmap

+ */

+static CARD8

+get_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)

+{

+    struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);

+    return (*bit.byte >> bit.bitpos) & 1;

+}

+

+/*

+ * Set one bit in a cursor bitmap

+ */

+static void

+set_bit (CARD8 *image, xf86CursorInfoPtr cursor_info, int x, int y, Bool mask)

+{

+    struct cursor_bit bit = cursor_bitpos(image, cursor_info, x, y, mask);

+    *bit.byte |= 1 << bit.bitpos;

+}

+    

+/*

+ * Load a two color cursor into a driver that supports only ARGB cursors

+ */

+static void

+xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, unsigned char *src)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    CARD32		*cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;

+    int			x, y;

+    int			xin, yin;

+    int			flags = cursor_info->Flags;

+    CARD32		bits;

+

+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

+    crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;

+#endif

+

+    for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)

+	for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) 

+	{

+	    xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,

+				    cursor_info->MaxWidth,

+				    cursor_info->MaxHeight,

+				    x, y, &xin, &yin);

+	    if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE) ==

+		((flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_INVERT_MASK) == 0))

+	    {

+		if (get_bit (src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))

+		    bits = xf86_config->cursor_fg;

+		else

+		    bits = xf86_config->cursor_bg;

+	    }

+	    else

+		bits = 0;

+	    cursor_image[y * cursor_info->MaxWidth + x] = bits;

+	}

+    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);

+}

+

+/*

+ * Set the colors for a two-color cursor (ignore for ARGB cursors)

+ */

+static void

+xf86_set_cursor_colors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int bg, int fg)

+{

+    ScreenPtr		screen = scrn->pScreen;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    CursorPtr		cursor = xf86_config->cursor;

+    int			c;

+    CARD8		*bits = cursor ?

+        dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen))

+      : NULL;

+

+    /* Save ARGB versions of these colors */

+    xf86_config->cursor_fg = (CARD32) fg | 0xff000000;

+    xf86_config->cursor_bg = (CARD32) bg | 0xff000000;

+    

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled && !crtc->cursor_argb)

+	{

+	    if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)

+		crtc->funcs->set_cursor_colors (crtc, bg, fg);

+	    else if (bits)

+		xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, bits);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static void

+xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)

+{

+    if (crtc->cursor_shown)

+    {

+	crtc->funcs->hide_cursor (crtc);

+	crtc->cursor_shown = FALSE;

+    }

+}

+

+void

+xf86_hide_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    xf86_config->cursor_on = FALSE;

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled)

+	    xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);

+    }

+}

+    

+static void

+xf86_crtc_show_cursor (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)

+{

+    if (!crtc->cursor_shown && crtc->cursor_in_range)

+    {

+	crtc->funcs->show_cursor (crtc);

+	crtc->cursor_shown = TRUE;

+    }

+}

+

+void

+xf86_show_cursors (ScrnInfoPtr scrn)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    xf86_config->cursor_on = TRUE;

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled)

+	    xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);

+    }

+}

+    

+static void

+xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, int x, int y)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    DisplayModePtr	mode = &crtc->mode;

+    Bool		in_range;

+    int			dx, dy;

+

+    /*

+     * Transform position of cursor on screen

+     */

+    if (crtc->transform_in_use)

+    {

+	ScreenPtr	screen = scrn->pScreen;

+	xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv =

+	    (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,

+						  xf86CursorScreenKey);

+	struct pict_f_vector   v;

+

+	v.v[0] = (x + ScreenPriv->HotX) + 0.5;

+	v.v[1] = (y + ScreenPriv->HotY) + 0.5;

+	v.v[2] = 1;

+	pixman_f_transform_point (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &v);

+	/* cursor will have 0.5 added to it already so floor is sufficent */

+	x = floor (v.v[0]);

+	y = floor (v.v[1]);

+	/*

+	 * Transform position of cursor upper left corner

+	 */

+	xf86_crtc_rotate_coord_back (crtc->rotation,

+				     cursor_info->MaxWidth,

+				     cursor_info->MaxHeight,

+				     ScreenPriv->HotX, ScreenPriv->HotY, &dx, &dy);

+	x -= dx;

+	y -= dy;

+   }

+    else

+    {

+	x -= crtc->x;

+	y -= crtc->y;

+    }

+

+    /*

+     * Disable the cursor when it is outside the viewport

+     */

+    in_range = TRUE;

+    if (x >= mode->HDisplay || y >= mode->VDisplay ||

+	x <= -cursor_info->MaxWidth || y <= -cursor_info->MaxHeight) 

+    {

+	in_range = FALSE;

+	x = 0;

+	y = 0;

+    }

+

+    crtc->cursor_in_range = in_range;

+    

+    if (in_range)

+    {

+	crtc->funcs->set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);

+	xf86_crtc_show_cursor (crtc);

+    }

+    else

+	xf86_crtc_hide_cursor (crtc);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86_set_cursor_position (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, int x, int y)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    /* undo what xf86HWCurs did to the coordinates */

+    x += scrn->frameX0;

+    y += scrn->frameY0;

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled)

+	    xf86_crtc_set_cursor_position (crtc, x, y);

+    }

+}

+    

+/*

+ * Load a two-color cursor into a crtc, performing rotation as needed

+ */

+static void

+xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CARD8 *src)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    CARD8		*cursor_image;

+

+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

+    crtc->cursor_argb = FALSE;

+#endif

+

+    if (crtc->rotation == RR_Rotate_0)

+	cursor_image = src;

+    else

+    {

+        int x, y;

+    	int xin, yin;

+	int stride = cursor_info->MaxWidth >> 2;

+	

+	cursor_image = xf86_config->cursor_image;

+	memset(cursor_image, 0, cursor_info->MaxHeight * stride);

+	

+        for (y = 0; y < cursor_info->MaxHeight; y++)

+	    for (x = 0; x < cursor_info->MaxWidth; x++) 

+	    {

+		xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation,

+					cursor_info->MaxWidth,

+					cursor_info->MaxHeight,

+					x, y, &xin, &yin);

+		if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, FALSE))

+		    set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, FALSE);

+		if (get_bit(src, cursor_info, xin, yin, TRUE))

+		    set_bit(cursor_image, cursor_info, x, y, TRUE);

+	    }

+    }

+    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image (crtc, cursor_image);

+}

+    

+/*

+ * Load a cursor image into all active CRTCs

+ */

+static void

+xf86_load_cursor_image (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, unsigned char *src)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled)

+	{

+	    if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_image)

+		xf86_crtc_load_cursor_image (crtc, src);

+	    else if (crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb)

+		xf86_crtc_convert_cursor_to_argb (crtc, src);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86_use_hw_cursor (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+

+    ++cursor->refcnt;

+    if (xf86_config->cursor)

+	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);

+    xf86_config->cursor = cursor;

+

+    if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||

+	cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb (ScreenPtr screen, CursorPtr cursor)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    

+    ++cursor->refcnt;

+    if (xf86_config->cursor)

+	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);

+    xf86_config->cursor = cursor;

+    

+    /* Make sure ARGB support is available */

+    if ((cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB) == 0)

+	return FALSE;

+    

+    if (cursor->bits->width > cursor_info->MaxWidth ||

+	cursor->bits->height> cursor_info->MaxHeight)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, CursorPtr cursor)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    CARD32		*cursor_image = (CARD32 *) xf86_config->cursor_image;

+    CARD32		*cursor_source = (CARD32 *) cursor->bits->argb;

+    int			x, y;

+    int			xin, yin;

+    CARD32		bits;

+    int			source_width = cursor->bits->width;

+    int			source_height = cursor->bits->height;

+    int			image_width = cursor_info->MaxWidth;

+    int			image_height = cursor_info->MaxHeight;

+    

+    for (y = 0; y < image_height; y++)

+	for (x = 0; x < image_width; x++)

+	{

+	    xf86_crtc_rotate_coord (crtc->rotation, image_width, image_height,

+				    x, y, &xin, &yin);

+	    if (xin < source_width && yin < source_height)

+		bits = cursor_source[yin * source_width + xin];

+	    else

+		bits = 0;

+	    cursor_image[y * image_width + x] = bits;

+	}

+    

+    crtc->funcs->load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor_image);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86_load_cursor_argb (ScrnInfoPtr scrn, CursorPtr cursor)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	if (crtc->enabled)

+	    xf86_crtc_load_cursor_argb (crtc, cursor);

+    }

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86_cursors_init (ScreenPtr screen, int max_width, int max_height, int flags)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr	cursor_info;

+

+    cursor_info = xf86CreateCursorInfoRec();

+    if (!cursor_info)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    xf86_config->cursor_image = malloc(max_width * max_height * 4);

+

+    if (!xf86_config->cursor_image)

+    {

+	xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (cursor_info);

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+	

+    xf86_config->cursor_info = cursor_info;

+

+    cursor_info->MaxWidth = max_width;

+    cursor_info->MaxHeight = max_height;

+    cursor_info->Flags = flags;

+

+    cursor_info->SetCursorColors = xf86_set_cursor_colors;

+    cursor_info->SetCursorPosition = xf86_set_cursor_position;

+    cursor_info->LoadCursorImage = xf86_load_cursor_image;

+    cursor_info->HideCursor = xf86_hide_cursors;

+    cursor_info->ShowCursor = xf86_show_cursors;

+    cursor_info->UseHWCursor = xf86_use_hw_cursor;

+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

+    if (flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_ARGB)

+    {

+	cursor_info->UseHWCursorARGB = xf86_use_hw_cursor_argb;

+	cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB = xf86_load_cursor_argb;

+    }

+#endif

+    

+    xf86_config->cursor = NULL;

+    xf86_hide_cursors (scrn);

+    

+    return xf86InitCursor (screen, cursor_info);

+}

+

+/**

+ * Called when anything on the screen is reconfigured.

+ *

+ * Reloads cursor images as needed, then adjusts cursor positions

+ */

+

+void

+xf86_reload_cursors (ScreenPtr screen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config;

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr   cursor_info;

+    CursorPtr		cursor;

+    int			x, y;

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr cursor_screen_priv;

+    

+    /* initial mode setting will not have set a screen yet.

+       May be called before the devices are initialised.

+     */

+    if (!screen || !inputInfo.pointer)

+	return;

+    cursor_screen_priv = dixLookupPrivate(&screen->devPrivates,

+					  xf86CursorScreenKey);

+    /* return if HW cursor is inactive, to avoid displaying two cursors */

+    if (!cursor_screen_priv || !cursor_screen_priv->isUp)

+	return;

+

+    scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+

+    /* make sure the cursor code has been initialized */

+    cursor_info = xf86_config->cursor_info;

+    if (!cursor_info)

+	return;

+

+    cursor = xf86_config->cursor;

+    GetSpritePosition (inputInfo.pointer, &x, &y);

+    if (!(cursor_info->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_UPDATE_UNHIDDEN))

+	(*cursor_info->HideCursor)(scrn);

+

+    if (cursor)

+    {

+	void *src = dixLookupPrivate(&cursor->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(screen));

+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

+	if (cursor->bits->argb && cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB)

+	    (*cursor_info->LoadCursorARGB) (scrn, cursor);

+	else if (src)

+#endif

+	    (*cursor_info->LoadCursorImage)(scrn, src);

+

+	x += scrn->frameX0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotX;

+	y += scrn->frameY0 + cursor_screen_priv->HotY;

+	(*cursor_info->SetCursorPosition)(scrn, x, y);

+    }

+}

+

+/**

+ * Clean up CRTC-based cursor code

+ */

+void

+xf86_cursors_fini (ScreenPtr screen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    

+    if (xf86_config->cursor_info)

+    {

+	xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec (xf86_config->cursor_info);

+	xf86_config->cursor_info = NULL;

+    }

+    free(xf86_config->cursor_image);

+    xf86_config->cursor_image = NULL;

+    if (xf86_config->cursor)

+    {

+	FreeCursor (xf86_config->cursor, None);

+	xf86_config->cursor = NULL;

+    }

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c
index 57c3499ac..655857597 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/modes/xf86Rotate.c
@@ -1,525 +1,525 @@
-/*
- * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
- * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
- * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
- * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
- * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations
- * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as
- * is" without express or implied warranty.
- *
- * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
- * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
- * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
- * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
- * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
- * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
- * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#else
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86DDC.h"
-#include "fb.h"
-#include "windowstr.h"
-#include "xf86Crtc.h"
-#include "xf86Modes.h"
-#include "xf86RandR12.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/render.h"
-#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"
-#include "X11/Xatom.h"
-
-/* borrowed from composite extension, move to Render and publish? */
-
-static VisualPtr
-compGetWindowVisual (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    ScreenPtr	    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    VisualID	    vid = wVisual (pWin);
-    int		    i;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++)
-	if (pScreen->visuals[i].vid == vid)
-	    return &pScreen->visuals[i];
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static PictFormatPtr
-compWindowFormat (WindowPtr pWin)
-{
-    ScreenPtr	pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
-    
-    return PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pWin->drawable.depth,
-			       compGetWindowVisual (pWin));
-}
-
-#define F(x)	IntToxFixed(x)
-
-#define toF(x)	((float) (x) / 65536.0f)
-
-static void
-xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, RegionPtr region)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;
-    ScreenPtr		screen = scrn->pScreen;
-    WindowPtr		root = screen->root;
-    PixmapPtr		dst_pixmap = crtc->rotatedPixmap;
-    PictFormatPtr	format = compWindowFormat (screen->root);
-    int			error;
-    PicturePtr		src, dst;
-    int			n = RegionNumRects(region);
-    BoxPtr		b = RegionRects(region);
-    XID			include_inferiors = IncludeInferiors;
-    
-    src = CreatePicture (None,
-			 &root->drawable,
-			 format,
-			 CPSubwindowMode,
-			 &include_inferiors,
-			 serverClient,
-			 &error);
-    if (!src)
-	return;
-
-    dst = CreatePicture (None,
-			 &dst_pixmap->drawable,
-			 format,
-			 0L,
-			 NULL,
-			 serverClient,
-			 &error);
-    if (!dst)
-	return;
-
-    error = SetPictureTransform (src, &crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer);
-    if (error)
-	return;
-    if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->filter)
-	SetPicturePictFilter (src, crtc->filter,
-			      crtc->params, crtc->nparams);
-
-    if (crtc->shadowClear)
-    {
-	CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
-			  src, NULL, dst,
-			  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-			  crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay);
-	crtc->shadowClear = FALSE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	while (n--)
-	{
-	    BoxRec	dst_box;
-
-	    dst_box = *b;
-	    dst_box.x1 -= crtc->filter_width >> 1;
-	    dst_box.x2 += crtc->filter_width >> 1;
-	    dst_box.y1 -= crtc->filter_height >> 1;
-	    dst_box.y2 += crtc->filter_height >> 1;
-	    pixman_f_transform_bounds (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &dst_box);
-	    CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
-			      src, NULL, dst,
-			      dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1, 0, 0, dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1,
-			      dst_box.x2 - dst_box.x1,
-			      dst_box.y2 - dst_box.y1);
-	    b++;
-	}
-    }
-    FreePicture (src, None);
-    FreePicture (dst, None);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CrtcDamageShadow (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr	pScrn = crtc->scrn;
-    BoxRec	damage_box;
-    RegionRec   damage_region;
-    ScreenPtr	pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;
-
-    damage_box.x1 = 0;
-    damage_box.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
-    damage_box.y1 = 0;
-    damage_box.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
-    if (!pixman_transform_bounds (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer, &damage_box))
-    {
-	damage_box.x1 = 0;
-	damage_box.y1 = 0;
-	damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;
-	damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;
-    }
-    if (damage_box.x1 < 0) damage_box.x1 = 0;
-    if (damage_box.y1 < 0) damage_box.y1 = 0;
-    if (damage_box.x2 > pScreen->width) damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;
-    if (damage_box.y2 > pScreen->height) damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;
-    RegionInit(&damage_region, &damage_box, 1);
-    DamageDamageRegion (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
-			&damage_region);
-    RegionUninit(&damage_region);
-    crtc->shadowClear = TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-xf86RotatePrepare (ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-    {
-	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-	
-	if (crtc->rotatedData && !crtc->rotatedPixmap)
-	{
-	    crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,
-							     crtc->rotatedData,
-							     crtc->mode.HDisplay,
-							     crtc->mode.VDisplay);
-	    if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)
-	    {
-		/* Hook damage to screen pixmap */
-		DamageRegister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
-				xf86_config->rotation_damage);
-		xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = TRUE;
-		EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency();
-	    }
-	    
-	    xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86RotateRedisplay(ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    DamagePtr		damage = xf86_config->rotation_damage;
-    RegionPtr		region;
-
-    if (!damage)
-	return FALSE;
-    xf86RotatePrepare (pScreen);
-    region = DamageRegion(damage);
-    if (RegionNotEmpty(region))
-    {
-	int			c;
-	SourceValidateProcPtr	SourceValidate;
-
-	/*
-	 * SourceValidate is used by the software cursor code
-	 * to pull the cursor off of the screen when reading
-	 * bits from the frame buffer. Bypassing this function
-	 * leaves the software cursor in place
-	 */
-	SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate;
-	pScreen->SourceValidate = NULL;
-
-	for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-	{
-	    xf86CrtcPtr	    crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];
-
-	    if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->enabled)
-	    {
-		RegionRec   crtc_damage;
-
-		/* compute portion of damage that overlaps crtc */
-		RegionInit(&crtc_damage, &crtc->bounds, 1);
-		RegionIntersect(&crtc_damage, &crtc_damage, region);
-		
-		/* update damaged region */
-		if (RegionNotEmpty(&crtc_damage))
-    		    xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (crtc, &crtc_damage);
-		
-		RegionUninit(&crtc_damage);
-	    }
-	}
-	pScreen->SourceValidate = SourceValidate;
-	DamageEmpty(damage);
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-static void
-xf86RotateBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,
-		       pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)
-{
-    ScreenPtr		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[screenNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    Bool		rotation_active;
-
-    rotation_active = xf86RotateRedisplay(pScreen);
-    pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86_config->BlockHandler;
-    (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (screenNum, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask);
-    /* cannot avoid re-wrapping until all wrapping is audited */
-    xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
-    pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;
-}
-
-void
-xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;
-    ScreenPtr		pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    int			c;
-    
-    /* Free memory from rotation */
-    if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData)
-    {
-	crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap, crtc->rotatedData);
-	crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
-	crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
-    }
-
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-	if (xf86_config->crtc[c]->transform_in_use)
-	    return;
-
-    /*
-     * Clean up damage structures when no crtcs are rotated
-     */
-    if (xf86_config->rotation_damage)
-    {
-	/* Free damage structure */
-	if (xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)
-	{
-	    DamageUnregister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,
-			      xf86_config->rotation_damage);
-	    xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = FALSE;
-	    DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency();
-	}
-	DamageDestroy (xf86_config->rotation_damage);
-	xf86_config->rotation_damage = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-void
-xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    int c;
-
-   for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {
-       xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];
-
-       if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData) {
-	   crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy(crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap,
-				crtc->rotatedData);
-	   crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
-	   crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
-       }
-   }
-}
-
-void
-xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr screen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);
-    int			c;
-
-    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)
-	xf86RotateDestroy (xf86_config->crtc[c]);
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86CrtcFitsScreen (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, struct pict_f_transform *crtc_to_fb)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;
-    BoxRec		b;
-
-    /* When called before PreInit, the driver is
-     * presumably doing load detect
-     */
-    if (pScrn->virtualX == 0 || pScrn->virtualY == 0)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    b.x1 = 0;
-    b.y1 = 0;
-    b.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
-    b.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
-    if (crtc_to_fb)
-	pixman_f_transform_bounds (crtc_to_fb, &b);
-    else {
-	b.x1 += crtc->x;
-	b.y1 += crtc->y;
-	b.x2 += crtc->x;
-	b.y2 += crtc->y;
-    }
-
-    return (0 <= b.x1 && b.x2 <= pScrn->virtualX &&
-	    0 <= b.y1 && b.y2 <= pScrn->virtualY);
-}
-
-Bool
-xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;
-    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);
-    /* if this is called during ScreenInit() we don't have pScrn->pScreen yet */
-    ScreenPtr		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex];
-    PictTransform	crtc_to_fb;
-    struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_fb, f_fb_to_crtc;
-    xFixed		*new_params = NULL;
-    int			new_nparams = 0;
-    PictFilterPtr	new_filter = NULL;
-    int			new_width = 0;
-    int			new_height = 0;
-    RRTransformPtr	transform = NULL;
-    Bool		damage = FALSE;
-
-    if (crtc->transformPresent)
-	transform = &crtc->transform;
-
-    if (!RRTransformCompute (crtc->x, crtc->y,
-			     crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay,
-			     crtc->rotation,
-			     transform,
-
-			     &crtc_to_fb,
-			     &f_crtc_to_fb,
-			     &f_fb_to_crtc) &&
-	xf86CrtcFitsScreen (crtc, &f_crtc_to_fb))
-    {
-	/*
-	 * If the untranslated transformation is the identity,
-	 * disable the shadow buffer
-	 */
-	xf86RotateDestroy (crtc);
-	crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE;
-	free(new_params);
-	new_params = NULL;
-	new_nparams = 0;
-	new_filter = NULL;
-	new_width = 0;
-	new_height = 0;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	/*
-	 * these are the size of the shadow pixmap, which
-	 * matches the mode, not the pre-rotated copy in the
-	 * frame buffer
-	 */
-	int	    width = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
-	int	    height = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
-	void	    *shadowData = crtc->rotatedData;
-	PixmapPtr   shadow = crtc->rotatedPixmap;
-	int	    old_width = shadow ? shadow->drawable.width : 0;
-	int	    old_height = shadow ? shadow->drawable.height : 0;
-
-	/* Allocate memory for rotation */
-	if (old_width != width || old_height != height)
-	{
-	    if (shadow || shadowData)
-	    {
-		crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);
-		crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
-		crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
-	    }
-	    shadowData = crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate (crtc, width, height);
-	    if (!shadowData)
-		goto bail1;
-	    crtc->rotatedData = shadowData;
-	    /* shadow will be damaged in xf86RotatePrepare */
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    /* mark shadowed area as damaged so it will be repainted */
-	    damage = TRUE;
-	}
-
-	if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)
-	{
-	    /* Create damage structure */
-	    xf86_config->rotation_damage = DamageCreate (NULL, NULL,
-						DamageReportNone,
-						TRUE, pScreen, pScreen);
-	    if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)
-		goto bail2;
-	    
-	    /* Wrap block handler */
-	    if (!xf86_config->BlockHandler) {
-		xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;
-		pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;
-	    }
-	}
-#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
-	if (transform)
-	{
-	    if (transform->nparams) {
-		new_params = malloc(transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
-		if (new_params) {
-		    memcpy (new_params, transform->params,
-			    transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));
-		    new_nparams = transform->nparams;
-		    new_filter = transform->filter;
-		}
-	    } else
-		new_filter = transform->filter;
-	    if (new_filter)
-	    {
-		new_width = new_filter->width;
-		new_height = new_filter->height;
-	    }
-	}
-#endif
-
-	if (0)
-	{
-    bail2:
-	    if (shadow || shadowData)
-	    {
-		crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);
-		crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;
-		crtc->rotatedData = NULL;
-	    }
-    bail1:
-	    if (old_width && old_height)
-		crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,
-								  NULL,
-								  old_width,
-								  old_height);
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
-	crtc->transform_in_use = TRUE;
-    }
-    crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer = crtc_to_fb;
-    crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer = f_crtc_to_fb;
-    crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc = f_fb_to_crtc;
-    free(crtc->params);
-    crtc->params = new_params;
-    crtc->nparams = new_nparams;
-    crtc->filter = new_filter;
-    crtc->filter_width = new_width;
-    crtc->filter_height = new_height;
-    crtc->bounds.x1 = 0;
-    crtc->bounds.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;
-    crtc->bounds.y1 = 0;
-    crtc->bounds.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;
-    pixman_f_transform_bounds (&f_crtc_to_fb, &crtc->bounds);
-
-    if (damage)
-        xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);
-
-    /* All done */
-    return TRUE;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright © 2006 Keith Packard

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright

+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and

+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or

+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,

+ * written prior permission.  The copyright holders make no representations

+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as

+ * is" without express or implied warranty.

+ *

+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,

+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO

+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR

+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,

+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER

+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE

+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#else

+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H

+#include <config.h>

+#endif

+#endif

+

+#include <stddef.h>

+#include <string.h>

+#include <stdio.h>

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86DDC.h"

+#include "fb.h"

+#include "windowstr.h"

+#include "xf86Crtc.h"

+#include "xf86Modes.h"

+#include "xf86RandR12.h"

+#include "X11/extensions/render.h"

+#include "X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h"

+#include "X11/Xatom.h"

+

+/* borrowed from composite extension, move to Render and publish? */

+

+static VisualPtr

+compGetWindowVisual (WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    ScreenPtr	    pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    VisualID	    vid = wVisual (pWin);

+    int		    i;

+

+    for (i = 0; i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++)

+	if (pScreen->visuals[i].vid == vid)

+	    return &pScreen->visuals[i];

+    return 0;

+}

+

+static PictFormatPtr

+compWindowFormat (WindowPtr pWin)

+{

+    ScreenPtr	pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;

+    

+    return PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pWin->drawable.depth,

+			       compGetWindowVisual (pWin));

+}

+

+#define F(x)	IntToxFixed(x)

+

+#define toF(x)	((float) (x) / 65536.0f)

+

+static void

+xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, RegionPtr region)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = crtc->scrn;

+    ScreenPtr		screen = scrn->pScreen;

+    WindowPtr		root = screen->root;

+    PixmapPtr		dst_pixmap = crtc->rotatedPixmap;

+    PictFormatPtr	format = compWindowFormat (screen->root);

+    int			error;

+    PicturePtr		src, dst;

+    int			n = RegionNumRects(region);

+    BoxPtr		b = RegionRects(region);

+    XID			include_inferiors = IncludeInferiors;

+    

+    src = CreatePicture (None,

+			 &root->drawable,

+			 format,

+			 CPSubwindowMode,

+			 &include_inferiors,

+			 serverClient,

+			 &error);

+    if (!src)

+	return;

+

+    dst = CreatePicture (None,

+			 &dst_pixmap->drawable,

+			 format,

+			 0L,

+			 NULL,

+			 serverClient,

+			 &error);

+    if (!dst)

+	return;

+

+    error = SetPictureTransform (src, &crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer);

+    if (error)

+	return;

+    if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->filter)

+	SetPicturePictFilter (src, crtc->filter,

+			      crtc->params, crtc->nparams);

+

+    if (crtc->shadowClear)

+    {

+	CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,

+			  src, NULL, dst,

+			  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,

+			  crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay);

+	crtc->shadowClear = FALSE;

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	while (n--)

+	{

+	    BoxRec	dst_box;

+

+	    dst_box = *b;

+	    dst_box.x1 -= crtc->filter_width >> 1;

+	    dst_box.x2 += crtc->filter_width >> 1;

+	    dst_box.y1 -= crtc->filter_height >> 1;

+	    dst_box.y2 += crtc->filter_height >> 1;

+	    pixman_f_transform_bounds (&crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc, &dst_box);

+	    CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,

+			      src, NULL, dst,

+			      dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1, 0, 0, dst_box.x1, dst_box.y1,

+			      dst_box.x2 - dst_box.x1,

+			      dst_box.y2 - dst_box.y1);

+	    b++;

+	}

+    }

+    FreePicture (src, None);

+    FreePicture (dst, None);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CrtcDamageShadow (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr	pScrn = crtc->scrn;

+    BoxRec	damage_box;

+    RegionRec   damage_region;

+    ScreenPtr	pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;

+

+    damage_box.x1 = 0;

+    damage_box.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;

+    damage_box.y1 = 0;

+    damage_box.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;

+    if (!pixman_transform_bounds (&crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer, &damage_box))

+    {

+	damage_box.x1 = 0;

+	damage_box.y1 = 0;

+	damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;

+	damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;

+    }

+    if (damage_box.x1 < 0) damage_box.x1 = 0;

+    if (damage_box.y1 < 0) damage_box.y1 = 0;

+    if (damage_box.x2 > pScreen->width) damage_box.x2 = pScreen->width;

+    if (damage_box.y2 > pScreen->height) damage_box.y2 = pScreen->height;

+    RegionInit(&damage_region, &damage_box, 1);

+    DamageDamageRegion (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,

+			&damage_region);

+    RegionUninit(&damage_region);

+    crtc->shadowClear = TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+xf86RotatePrepare (ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+    {

+	xf86CrtcPtr crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+	

+	if (crtc->rotatedData && !crtc->rotatedPixmap)

+	{

+	    crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,

+							     crtc->rotatedData,

+							     crtc->mode.HDisplay,

+							     crtc->mode.VDisplay);

+	    if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)

+	    {

+		/* Hook damage to screen pixmap */

+		DamageRegister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,

+				xf86_config->rotation_damage);

+		xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = TRUE;

+		EnableLimitedSchedulingLatency();

+	    }

+	    

+	    xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86RotateRedisplay(ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    DamagePtr		damage = xf86_config->rotation_damage;

+    RegionPtr		region;

+

+    if (!damage)

+	return FALSE;

+    xf86RotatePrepare (pScreen);

+    region = DamageRegion(damage);

+    if (RegionNotEmpty(region))

+    {

+	int			c;

+	SourceValidateProcPtr	SourceValidate;

+

+	/*

+	 * SourceValidate is used by the software cursor code

+	 * to pull the cursor off of the screen when reading

+	 * bits from the frame buffer. Bypassing this function

+	 * leaves the software cursor in place

+	 */

+	SourceValidate = pScreen->SourceValidate;

+	pScreen->SourceValidate = NULL;

+

+	for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+	{

+	    xf86CrtcPtr	    crtc = xf86_config->crtc[c];

+

+	    if (crtc->transform_in_use && crtc->enabled)

+	    {

+		RegionRec   crtc_damage;

+

+		/* compute portion of damage that overlaps crtc */

+		RegionInit(&crtc_damage, &crtc->bounds, 1);

+		RegionIntersect(&crtc_damage, &crtc_damage, region);

+		

+		/* update damaged region */

+		if (RegionNotEmpty(&crtc_damage))

+    		    xf86RotateCrtcRedisplay (crtc, &crtc_damage);

+		

+		RegionUninit(&crtc_damage);

+	    }

+	}

+	pScreen->SourceValidate = SourceValidate;

+	DamageEmpty(damage);

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+static void

+xf86RotateBlockHandler(int screenNum, pointer blockData,

+		       pointer pTimeout, pointer pReadmask)

+{

+    ScreenPtr		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = xf86Screens[screenNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    Bool		rotation_active;

+

+    rotation_active = xf86RotateRedisplay(pScreen);

+    pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86_config->BlockHandler;

+    (*pScreen->BlockHandler) (screenNum, blockData, pTimeout, pReadmask);

+    /* cannot avoid re-wrapping until all wrapping is audited */

+    xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;

+    pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;

+}

+

+void

+xf86RotateDestroy (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;

+    ScreenPtr		pScreen = pScrn->pScreen;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    int			c;

+    

+    /* Free memory from rotation */

+    if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData)

+    {

+	crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap, crtc->rotatedData);

+	crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;

+	crtc->rotatedData = NULL;

+    }

+

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+	if (xf86_config->crtc[c]->transform_in_use)

+	    return;

+

+    /*

+     * Clean up damage structures when no crtcs are rotated

+     */

+    if (xf86_config->rotation_damage)

+    {

+	/* Free damage structure */

+	if (xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered)

+	{

+	    DamageUnregister (&(*pScreen->GetScreenPixmap)(pScreen)->drawable,

+			      xf86_config->rotation_damage);

+	    xf86_config->rotation_damage_registered = FALSE;

+	    DisableLimitedSchedulingLatency();

+	}

+	DamageDestroy (xf86_config->rotation_damage);

+	xf86_config->rotation_damage = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+void

+xf86RotateFreeShadow(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)

+{

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    int c;

+

+   for (c = 0; c < config->num_crtc; c++) {

+       xf86CrtcPtr crtc = config->crtc[c];

+

+       if (crtc->rotatedPixmap || crtc->rotatedData) {

+	   crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy(crtc, crtc->rotatedPixmap,

+				crtc->rotatedData);

+	   crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;

+	   crtc->rotatedData = NULL;

+       }

+   }

+}

+

+void

+xf86RotateCloseScreen (ScreenPtr screen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		scrn = xf86Screens[screen->myNum];

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(scrn);

+    int			c;

+

+    for (c = 0; c < xf86_config->num_crtc; c++)

+	xf86RotateDestroy (xf86_config->crtc[c]);

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86CrtcFitsScreen (xf86CrtcPtr crtc, struct pict_f_transform *crtc_to_fb)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;

+    BoxRec		b;

+

+    /* When called before PreInit, the driver is

+     * presumably doing load detect

+     */

+    if (pScrn->virtualX == 0 || pScrn->virtualY == 0)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    b.x1 = 0;

+    b.y1 = 0;

+    b.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;

+    b.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;

+    if (crtc_to_fb)

+	pixman_f_transform_bounds (crtc_to_fb, &b);

+    else {

+	b.x1 += crtc->x;

+	b.y1 += crtc->y;

+	b.x2 += crtc->x;

+	b.y2 += crtc->y;

+    }

+

+    return (0 <= b.x1 && b.x2 <= pScrn->virtualX &&

+	    0 <= b.y1 && b.y2 <= pScrn->virtualY);

+}

+

+Bool

+xf86CrtcRotate (xf86CrtcPtr crtc)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr		pScrn = crtc->scrn;

+    xf86CrtcConfigPtr   xf86_config = XF86_CRTC_CONFIG_PTR(pScrn);

+    /* if this is called during ScreenInit() we don't have pScrn->pScreen yet */

+    ScreenPtr		pScreen = screenInfo.screens[pScrn->scrnIndex];

+    PictTransform	crtc_to_fb;

+    struct pict_f_transform f_crtc_to_fb, f_fb_to_crtc;

+    xFixed		*new_params = NULL;

+    int			new_nparams = 0;

+    PictFilterPtr	new_filter = NULL;

+    int			new_width = 0;

+    int			new_height = 0;

+    RRTransformPtr	transform = NULL;

+    Bool		damage = FALSE;

+

+    if (crtc->transformPresent)

+	transform = &crtc->transform;

+

+    if (!RRTransformCompute (crtc->x, crtc->y,

+			     crtc->mode.HDisplay, crtc->mode.VDisplay,

+			     crtc->rotation,

+			     transform,

+

+			     &crtc_to_fb,

+			     &f_crtc_to_fb,

+			     &f_fb_to_crtc) &&

+	xf86CrtcFitsScreen (crtc, &f_crtc_to_fb))

+    {

+	/*

+	 * If the untranslated transformation is the identity,

+	 * disable the shadow buffer

+	 */

+	xf86RotateDestroy (crtc);

+	crtc->transform_in_use = FALSE;

+	free(new_params);

+	new_params = NULL;

+	new_nparams = 0;

+	new_filter = NULL;

+	new_width = 0;

+	new_height = 0;

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	/*

+	 * these are the size of the shadow pixmap, which

+	 * matches the mode, not the pre-rotated copy in the

+	 * frame buffer

+	 */

+	int	    width = crtc->mode.HDisplay;

+	int	    height = crtc->mode.VDisplay;

+	void	    *shadowData = crtc->rotatedData;

+	PixmapPtr   shadow = crtc->rotatedPixmap;

+	int	    old_width = shadow ? shadow->drawable.width : 0;

+	int	    old_height = shadow ? shadow->drawable.height : 0;

+

+	/* Allocate memory for rotation */

+	if (old_width != width || old_height != height)

+	{

+	    if (shadow || shadowData)

+	    {

+		crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);

+		crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;

+		crtc->rotatedData = NULL;

+	    }

+	    shadowData = crtc->funcs->shadow_allocate (crtc, width, height);

+	    if (!shadowData)

+		goto bail1;

+	    crtc->rotatedData = shadowData;

+	    /* shadow will be damaged in xf86RotatePrepare */

+	}

+	else

+	{

+	    /* mark shadowed area as damaged so it will be repainted */

+	    damage = TRUE;

+	}

+

+	if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)

+	{

+	    /* Create damage structure */

+	    xf86_config->rotation_damage = DamageCreate (NULL, NULL,

+						DamageReportNone,

+						TRUE, pScreen, pScreen);

+	    if (!xf86_config->rotation_damage)

+		goto bail2;

+	    

+	    /* Wrap block handler */

+	    if (!xf86_config->BlockHandler) {

+		xf86_config->BlockHandler = pScreen->BlockHandler;

+		pScreen->BlockHandler = xf86RotateBlockHandler;

+	    }

+	}

+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE

+	if (transform)

+	{

+	    if (transform->nparams) {

+		new_params = malloc(transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));

+		if (new_params) {

+		    memcpy (new_params, transform->params,

+			    transform->nparams * sizeof (xFixed));

+		    new_nparams = transform->nparams;

+		    new_filter = transform->filter;

+		}

+	    } else

+		new_filter = transform->filter;

+	    if (new_filter)

+	    {

+		new_width = new_filter->width;

+		new_height = new_filter->height;

+	    }

+	}

+#endif

+

+	if (0)

+	{

+    bail2:

+	    if (shadow || shadowData)

+	    {

+		crtc->funcs->shadow_destroy (crtc, shadow, shadowData);

+		crtc->rotatedPixmap = NULL;

+		crtc->rotatedData = NULL;

+	    }

+    bail1:

+	    if (old_width && old_height)

+		crtc->rotatedPixmap = crtc->funcs->shadow_create (crtc,

+								  NULL,

+								  old_width,

+								  old_height);

+	    return FALSE;

+	}

+	crtc->transform_in_use = TRUE;

+    }

+    crtc->crtc_to_framebuffer = crtc_to_fb;

+    crtc->f_crtc_to_framebuffer = f_crtc_to_fb;

+    crtc->f_framebuffer_to_crtc = f_fb_to_crtc;

+    free(crtc->params);

+    crtc->params = new_params;

+    crtc->nparams = new_nparams;

+    crtc->filter = new_filter;

+    crtc->filter_width = new_width;

+    crtc->filter_height = new_height;

+    crtc->bounds.x1 = 0;

+    crtc->bounds.x2 = crtc->mode.HDisplay;

+    crtc->bounds.y1 = 0;

+    crtc->bounds.y2 = crtc->mode.VDisplay;

+    pixman_f_transform_bounds (&f_crtc_to_fb, &crtc->bounds);

+

+    if (damage)

+        xf86CrtcDamageShadow (crtc);

+

+    /* All done */

+    return TRUE;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c
index 123eb17d1..7775e5dff 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/os-support/bsd/bsd_init.c
@@ -1,756 +1,756 @@
-/*
- * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu>
- * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@goblin.org>
- *
- * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
- * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
- * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
- * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
- * documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat 
- * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of 
- * the software without specific, written prior permission.  Rich Murphey and
- * David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this 
- * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or 
- * implied warranty.
- *
- * RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO 
- * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND 
- * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR 
- * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER 
- * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF 
- * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN 
- * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
- *
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <X11/X.h>
-
-#include "compiler.h"
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86Priv.h"
-#include "xf86_OSlib.h"
-
-#include <sys/utsname.h>
-#include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-
-static Bool KeepTty = FALSE;
-static int devConsoleFd = -1;
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-static int VTnum = -1;
-static int initialVT = -1;
-static Bool ShareVTs = FALSE;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-/* Stock 0.1 386bsd pccons console driver interface */
-#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"
-#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"
-#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-/* The FreeBSD 1.1 version syscons driver uses /dev/ttyv0 */
-#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"
-#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"
-#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
-#endif
-
-#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
-/* Hellmuth Michaelis' pcvt driver */
-#ifndef __OpenBSD__
-#  define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyv0"
-#else
-#  define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyC0"
-#endif
-#define PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY
-#endif
-
-#if defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT) && defined(__NetBSD__)
-/* NetBSD's new console driver */
-#define WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyE0"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GLIBC__
-#define setpgrp setpgid
-#endif
-
-#define CHECK_DRIVER_MSG \
-  "Check your kernel's console driver configuration and /dev entries"
-
-static char *supported_drivers[] = {
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-	"pccons (with X support)",
-#endif
-#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-	"syscons",
-#endif
-#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
-	"pcvt",
-#endif
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-	"wscons",
-#endif
-};
-
-
-/*
- * Functions to probe for the existance of a supported console driver.
- * Any function returns either a valid file descriptor (driver probed
- * succesfully), -1 (driver not found), or uses FatalError() if the
- * driver was found but proved to not support the required mode to run
- * an X server.
- */
-
-typedef int (*xf86ConsOpen_t)(void);
-
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-static int xf86OpenPccons(void);
-#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-static int xf86OpenSyscons(void);
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
-static int xf86OpenPcvt(void);
-#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-static int xf86OpenWScons(void);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The sequence of the driver probes is important; start with the
- * driver that is best distinguishable, and end with the most generic
- * driver.  (Otherwise, pcvt would also probe as syscons, and either
- * pcvt or syscons might succesfully probe as pccons.)
- */
-static xf86ConsOpen_t xf86ConsTab[] = {
-#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
-    xf86OpenPcvt,
-#endif
-#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-    xf86OpenSyscons,
-#endif
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-    xf86OpenPccons,
-#endif
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-    xf86OpenWScons,
-#endif
-    (xf86ConsOpen_t)NULL
-};
-
-
-void
-xf86OpenConsole()
-{
-    int i, fd = -1;
-    xf86ConsOpen_t *driver;
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-    int result;
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
-    struct utsname uts;
-#endif
-    vtmode_t vtmode;
-#endif
-    
-    if (serverGeneration == 1)
-    {
-	/* check if we are run with euid==0 */
-	if (geteuid() != 0)
-	{
-	    FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: Server must be suid root");
-	}
-
-	if (!KeepTty)
-	{
-	    /*
-	     * detaching the controlling tty solves problems of kbd character
-	     * loss.  This is not interesting for CO driver, because it is 
-	     * exclusive.
-	     */
-	    setpgrp(0, getpid());
-	    if ((i = open("/dev/tty",O_RDWR)) >= 0)
-	    {
-		ioctl(i,TIOCNOTTY,(char *)0);
-		close(i);
-	    }
-	}
-
-	/* detect which driver we are running on */
-	for (driver = xf86ConsTab; *driver; driver++)
-	{
-	    if ((fd = (*driver)()) >= 0)
-		break;
-	}
-
-	/* Check that a supported console driver was found */
-	if (fd < 0)
-	{
-	    char cons_drivers[80] = {0, };
-	    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(supported_drivers) / sizeof(char *); i++)
-	    {
-		if (i)
-		{
-		    strcat(cons_drivers, ", ");
-		}
-		strcat(cons_drivers, supported_drivers[i]);
-	    }
-	    FatalError(
-		"%s: No console driver found\n\tSupported drivers: %s\n\t%s",
-		"xf86OpenConsole", cons_drivers, CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
-	}
-#if 0 /* stdin is already closed in OsInit() */
-	fclose(stdin);
-#endif
-	xf86Info.consoleFd = fd;
-	xf86Info.screenFd = fd;
-
-	switch (xf86Info.consType)
-	{
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-	case PCCONS:
-	    if (ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON, 0) < 0)
-	    {
-		FatalError("%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON failed (%s)\n%s",
-			   "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),
-			   CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
-	    }
-	    /*
-	     * Hack to prevent keyboard hanging when syslogd closes
-	     * /dev/console
-	     */
-	    if ((devConsoleFd = open("/dev/console", O_WRONLY,0)) < 0)
-	    {
-		xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
-			"xf86OpenConsole: couldn't open /dev/console (%s)\n",
-			strerror(errno));
-	    }
-	    break;
-#endif
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-	case SYSCONS:
-	    /* as of FreeBSD 2.2.8, syscons driver does not need the #1 vt
-	     * switching anymore. Here we check for FreeBSD 3.1 and up.
-	     * Add cases for other *BSD that behave the same.
-	    */
-#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)
-	    uname (&uts);
-	    i = atof(uts.release) * 100;
-	    if (i >= 310) goto acquire_vt;
-#endif
-	    /* otherwise fall through */
-	case PCVT:
-#if !(defined(__NetBSD__) && (__NetBSD_Version__ >= 200000000))
-	    /*
-	     * First activate the #1 VT.  This is a hack to allow a server
-	     * to be started while another one is active.  There should be
-	     * a better way.
-	     */
-	    if (initialVT != 1) {
-
-		if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, 1) != 0)
-		{
-		    xf86Msg(X_WARNING,
-				"xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
-		}
-		sleep(1);
-	    }
-#endif
-acquire_vt:
-	    if (!ShareVTs) {
-		    /*
-		     * now get the VT
-		     */
-		    SYSCALL(result =
-			    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno));
-		    if (result != 0)
-		    {
-			xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
-		    }
-		    SYSCALL(result =
-		    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_WAITACTIVE, xf86Info.vtno));
-		    if (result != 0)
-		    {
-			xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");
-		    }
-
-		    signal(SIGUSR1, xf86VTRequest);
-
-		    vtmode.mode = VT_PROCESS;
-		    vtmode.relsig = SIGUSR1;
-		    vtmode.acqsig = SIGUSR1;
-		    vtmode.frsig = SIGUSR1;
-		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) 
-		    {
-			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed");
-		    }
-	#if !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)
-		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDENABIO, 0) < 0)
-		    {
-			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDENABIO failed (%s)",
-				   strerror(errno));
-		    }
-	#endif
-		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS) < 0)
-		    {
-			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDSETMODE KD_GRAPHICS failed");
-		    }
-	    } else { /* ShareVTs */
-		    close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
-	    }	
-  	    break; 
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-	case WSCONS:
-	    /* Nothing to do */
-   	    break; 
-#endif
-        }
-    }
-    else 
-    {
-	/* serverGeneration != 1 */
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-    	if (!ShareVTs) if (xf86Info.consType == SYSCONS || xf86Info.consType == PCVT)
-    	{
-	    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno) != 0)
-	    {
-	        xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");
-	    }
-        }
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-
-static int
-xf86OpenPccons()
-{
-    int fd = -1;
-
-    if ((fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))
-	>= 0 ||
-	(fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))
-	>= 0)
-    {
-	if (ioctl(fd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0) < 0)
-	{
-	    FatalError(
-		"%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF failed (%s)\n%s\n%s",
-		"xf86OpenPccons",
-		strerror(errno),
-		"Was expecting pccons driver with X support",
-		CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
-	}
-	xf86Info.consType = PCCONS;
-	xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pccons driver with X support\n");
-    }
-    return fd;
-}
-
-#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT
-
-static int
-xf86OpenSyscons()
-{
-    int fd = -1;
-    vtmode_t vtmode;
-    char vtname[12];
-    struct stat status;
-    long syscons_version;
-    MessageType from;
-
-    /* Check for syscons */
-    if ((fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0
-	|| (fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0)
-    {
-	if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0)
-	{
-	    /* Get syscons version */
-	    if (ioctl(fd, CONS_GETVERS, &syscons_version) < 0)
-	    {
-		syscons_version = 0;
-	    }
-
-	    xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;
-	    from = X_CMDLINE;
-
-#ifdef VT_GETACTIVE
-	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)
-		initialVT = -1;
-#endif
-            if (ShareVTs)
-		xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
-
-	    if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
-	    {
-		/*
-		 * For old syscons versions (<0x100), VT_OPENQRY returns
-		 * the current VT rather than the next free VT.  In this
-		 * case, the server gets started on the current VT instead
-		 * of the next free VT.
-		 */
-
-#if 0
-		/* check for the fixed VT_OPENQRY */
-		if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
-		{
-#endif
-		    if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)
-		    {
-			/* No free VTs */
-			xf86Info.vtno = -1;
-		    }
-#if 0
-		}
-#endif
-
-		if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
-		{
-		    /*
-		     * All VTs are in use.  If initialVT was found, use it.
-		     * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.
-		     * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.
-		     */
-		    if (initialVT != -1)
-		    {
-			xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
-		    }
-		    else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)
-			     && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)
-			     && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))
-		    {
-			/* stdin is a VT */
-			xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;
-		    }
-		    else
-		    {
-			if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
-			{
-			    FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",
-				       "xf86OpenSyscons");
-			}
-			/* Should no longer reach here */
-			FatalError("%s: %s %s\n\t%s %s",
-				   "xf86OpenSyscons",
-				   "syscons versions prior to 1.0 require",
-				   "either the",
-				   "server's stdin be a VT",
-				   "or the use of the vtxx server option");
-		    }
-		}
-		from = X_PROBED;
-	    }
-
-	    close(fd);
-#ifndef __OpenBSD__
-	    sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyv%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);
-#else 
-	    sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyC%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);
-#endif	    
-	    if ((fd = open(vtname, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)
-	    {
-		FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: Cannot open %s (%s)",
-			   vtname, strerror(errno));
-	    }
-	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
-	    {
-		FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: VT_GETMODE failed");
-	    }
-	    xf86Info.consType = SYSCONS;
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using syscons driver with X support");
-	    if (syscons_version >= 0x100)
-	    {
-		xf86ErrorF(" (version %ld.%ld)\n", syscons_version >> 8,
-			   syscons_version & 0xFF);
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		xf86ErrorF(" (version 0.x)\n");
-	    }
-	    xf86Msg(from, "using VT number %d\n\n", xf86Info.vtno);
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    /* VT_GETMODE failed, probably not syscons */
-	    close(fd);
-	    fd = -1;
-	}
-    }
-    return fd;
-}
-
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */
-
-
-#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT
-
-static int
-xf86OpenPcvt()
-{
-    /* This looks much like syscons, since pcvt is API compatible */
-    int fd = -1;
-    vtmode_t vtmode;
-    char vtname[12], *vtprefix;
-    struct stat status;
-    struct pcvtid pcvt_version;
-
-#ifndef __OpenBSD__
-    vtprefix = "/dev/ttyv";
-#else
-    vtprefix = "/dev/ttyC";
-#endif
-
-    fd = open(PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);
-#ifdef WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV
-    if (fd < 0)
-    {
-	fd = open(WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);
-	vtprefix = "/dev/ttyE";
-    }
-#endif
-    if (fd >= 0) 
-    {
-	if (ioctl(fd, VGAPCVTID, &pcvt_version) >= 0)
-	{
-	    if(ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
-	    {
-		FatalError("%s: VT_GETMODE failed\n%s%s\n%s",
-			   "xf86OpenPcvt",
-			   "Found pcvt driver but X11 seems to be",
-			   " not supported.", CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
-	    }
-
-	    xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;
-		
-	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)
-		initialVT = -1;
-
-	    if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
-	    {
-		if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)
-		{
-		    /* No free VTs */
-		    xf86Info.vtno = -1;
-		}
-
-		if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)
-		{
-		    /*
-		     * All VTs are in use.  If initialVT was found, use it.
-		     * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.
-		     * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.
-		     */
-		    if (initialVT != -1)
-		    {
-			xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
-		    }
-		    else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)
-			     && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)
-			     && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))
-		    {
-			/* stdin is a VT */
-			xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;
-		    }
-		    else
-		    {
-			FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",
-				   "xf86OpenPcvt");
-		    }
-		}
-	    }
-
-	    close(fd);
-            sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);
-	    if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)
-	    {
-		ErrorF("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",
-			   vtname, strerror(errno));
-		xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;
-	        sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);
-		if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) {
-			FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",
-			   	vtname, strerror(errno));
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)
-	    {
-		FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: VT_GETMODE failed");
-	    }
-	    xf86Info.consType = PCVT;
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED,
-		    "Using wscons driver on %s in pcvt compatibility mode "
-		    "(version %d.%d)\n", vtname,
-		    pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);
-#else
-	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pcvt driver (version %d.%d)\n",
-		    pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);
-#endif
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    /* Not pcvt */
-	    close(fd);
-	    fd = -1;
-	}
-    }
-    return fd;
-}
-
-#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */
-
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-
-static int
-xf86OpenWScons()
-{
-    int fd = -1;
-    int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED;
-    int i;
-    char ttyname[16];
-
-    /* XXX Is this ok? */
-    for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
-#if defined(__NetBSD__)
-	sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyE%d", i);
-#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)
-	sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyC%x", i);
-#endif
-	if ((fd = open(ttyname, 2)) != -1)
-	    break;
-    }
-    if (fd != -1) {
-	if (ioctl(fd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode) < 0) {
-	    FatalError("%s: WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED failed (%s)\n%s",
-		       "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),
-		       CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);
-	}
-	xf86Info.consType = WSCONS;
-	xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using wscons driver\n");
-    }
-    return fd;
-}
-
-#endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */
-
-void
-xf86CloseConsole()
-{
-#if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT)
-    struct vt_mode   VT;
-#endif
-
-    if (ShareVTs) return;
-
-    switch (xf86Info.consType)
-    {
-#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT
-    case PCCONS:
-	ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0);
-	break;
-#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-    case SYSCONS:
-    case PCVT:
-        ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);  /* Back to text mode */
-        if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1)
-        {
-	    VT.mode = VT_AUTO;
-	    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &VT); /* dflt vt handling */
-        }
-#if !defined(OpenBSD) && !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)
-        if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDDISABIO, 0) < 0)
-        {
-            xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: KDDISABIO failed (%s)",
-	                   strerror(errno));
-        }
-#endif
-	if (initialVT != -1)
-		ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, initialVT);
-        break;
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
-#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT
-    case WSCONS:
-      {
-	int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_EMUL;
-	ioctl(xf86Info.screenFd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode);
-	break;
-      }
-#endif
-    }
-
-    if (xf86Info.screenFd != xf86Info.consoleFd)
-    {
-	close(xf86Info.screenFd);
-	close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
-	if ((xf86Info.consoleFd = open("/dev/console",O_RDONLY,0)) <0)
-	{
-	    xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: Cannot open /dev/console (%s)",
-			   strerror(errno));
-	}
-    }
-    close(xf86Info.consoleFd);
-    if (devConsoleFd >= 0)
-	close(devConsoleFd);
-    return;
-}
-
-int
-xf86ProcessArgument(int argc, char *argv[], int i)
-{
-	/*
-	 * Keep server from detaching from controlling tty.  This is useful 
-	 * when debugging (so the server can receive keyboard signals.
-	 */
-	if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-keeptty"))
-	{
-		KeepTty = TRUE;
-		return 1;
-	}
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-	if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-sharevts"))
-	{	
-		ShareVTs = TRUE;
-		return 1;
-	}
-	if ((argv[i][0] == 'v') && (argv[i][1] == 't'))
-	{
-		if (sscanf(argv[i], "vt%2d", &VTnum) == 0 ||
-		    VTnum < 1 || VTnum > 12)
-		{
-			UseMsg();
-			VTnum = -1;
-			return 0;
-		}
-		return 1;
-	}
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
-	return 0;
-}
-
-void
-xf86UseMsg()
-{
-#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)
-	ErrorF("vtXX                   use the specified VT number (1-12)\n");
-	ErrorF("-sharevts              share VTs with another X server\n");
-#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */
-	ErrorF("-keeptty               ");
-	ErrorF("don't detach controlling tty (for debugging only)\n");
-	return;
-}
+/*

+ * Copyright 1992 by Rich Murphey <Rich@Rice.edu>

+ * Copyright 1993 by David Wexelblat <dwex@goblin.org>

+ *

+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its

+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that

+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that

+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting

+ * documentation, and that the names of Rich Murphey and David Wexelblat 

+ * not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of 

+ * the software without specific, written prior permission.  Rich Murphey and

+ * David Wexelblat make no representations about the suitability of this 

+ * software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or 

+ * implied warranty.

+ *

+ * RICH MURPHEY AND DAVID WEXELBLAT DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO 

+ * THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND 

+ * FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL RICH MURPHEY OR DAVID WEXELBLAT BE LIABLE FOR 

+ * ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER 

+ * RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF 

+ * CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN 

+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

+ *

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <X11/X.h>

+

+#include "compiler.h"

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86Priv.h"

+#include "xf86_OSlib.h"

+

+#include <sys/utsname.h>

+#include <sys/ioctl.h>

+#include <stdlib.h>

+#include <errno.h>

+

+static Bool KeepTty = FALSE;

+static int devConsoleFd = -1;

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+static int VTnum = -1;

+static int initialVT = -1;

+static Bool ShareVTs = FALSE;

+#endif

+

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+/* Stock 0.1 386bsd pccons console driver interface */

+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"

+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"

+#define PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY

+#endif

+

+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT

+/* The FreeBSD 1.1 version syscons driver uses /dev/ttyv0 */

+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1 "/dev/ttyv0"

+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2 "/dev/vga"

+#define SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY

+#endif

+

+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT

+/* Hellmuth Michaelis' pcvt driver */

+#ifndef __OpenBSD__

+#  define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyv0"

+#else

+#  define PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyC0"

+#endif

+#define PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE O_RDWR|O_NDELAY

+#endif

+

+#if defined(WSCONS_SUPPORT) && defined(__NetBSD__)

+/* NetBSD's new console driver */

+#define WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV "/dev/ttyE0"

+#endif

+

+#ifdef __GLIBC__

+#define setpgrp setpgid

+#endif

+

+#define CHECK_DRIVER_MSG \

+  "Check your kernel's console driver configuration and /dev entries"

+

+static char *supported_drivers[] = {

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+	"pccons (with X support)",

+#endif

+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT

+	"syscons",

+#endif

+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT

+	"pcvt",

+#endif

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+	"wscons",

+#endif

+};

+

+

+/*

+ * Functions to probe for the existance of a supported console driver.

+ * Any function returns either a valid file descriptor (driver probed

+ * succesfully), -1 (driver not found), or uses FatalError() if the

+ * driver was found but proved to not support the required mode to run

+ * an X server.

+ */

+

+typedef int (*xf86ConsOpen_t)(void);

+

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+static int xf86OpenPccons(void);

+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */

+

+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT

+static int xf86OpenSyscons(void);

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */

+

+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT

+static int xf86OpenPcvt(void);

+#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */

+

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+static int xf86OpenWScons(void);

+#endif

+

+/*

+ * The sequence of the driver probes is important; start with the

+ * driver that is best distinguishable, and end with the most generic

+ * driver.  (Otherwise, pcvt would also probe as syscons, and either

+ * pcvt or syscons might succesfully probe as pccons.)

+ */

+static xf86ConsOpen_t xf86ConsTab[] = {

+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT

+    xf86OpenPcvt,

+#endif

+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT

+    xf86OpenSyscons,

+#endif

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+    xf86OpenPccons,

+#endif

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+    xf86OpenWScons,

+#endif

+    (xf86ConsOpen_t)NULL

+};

+

+

+void

+xf86OpenConsole()

+{

+    int i, fd = -1;

+    xf86ConsOpen_t *driver;

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+    int result;

+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)

+    struct utsname uts;

+#endif

+    vtmode_t vtmode;

+#endif

+    

+    if (serverGeneration == 1)

+    {

+	/* check if we are run with euid==0 */

+	if (geteuid() != 0)

+	{

+	    FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: Server must be suid root");

+	}

+

+	if (!KeepTty)

+	{

+	    /*

+	     * detaching the controlling tty solves problems of kbd character

+	     * loss.  This is not interesting for CO driver, because it is 

+	     * exclusive.

+	     */

+	    setpgrp(0, getpid());

+	    if ((i = open("/dev/tty",O_RDWR)) >= 0)

+	    {

+		ioctl(i,TIOCNOTTY,(char *)0);

+		close(i);

+	    }

+	}

+

+	/* detect which driver we are running on */

+	for (driver = xf86ConsTab; *driver; driver++)

+	{

+	    if ((fd = (*driver)()) >= 0)

+		break;

+	}

+

+	/* Check that a supported console driver was found */

+	if (fd < 0)

+	{

+	    char cons_drivers[80] = {0, };

+	    for (i = 0; i < sizeof(supported_drivers) / sizeof(char *); i++)

+	    {

+		if (i)

+		{

+		    strcat(cons_drivers, ", ");

+		}

+		strcat(cons_drivers, supported_drivers[i]);

+	    }

+	    FatalError(

+		"%s: No console driver found\n\tSupported drivers: %s\n\t%s",

+		"xf86OpenConsole", cons_drivers, CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);

+	}

+#if 0 /* stdin is already closed in OsInit() */

+	fclose(stdin);

+#endif

+	xf86Info.consoleFd = fd;

+	xf86Info.screenFd = fd;

+

+	switch (xf86Info.consType)

+	{

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+	case PCCONS:

+	    if (ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON, 0) < 0)

+	    {

+		FatalError("%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_ON failed (%s)\n%s",

+			   "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),

+			   CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);

+	    }

+	    /*

+	     * Hack to prevent keyboard hanging when syslogd closes

+	     * /dev/console

+	     */

+	    if ((devConsoleFd = open("/dev/console", O_WRONLY,0)) < 0)

+	    {

+		xf86Msg(X_WARNING,

+			"xf86OpenConsole: couldn't open /dev/console (%s)\n",

+			strerror(errno));

+	    }

+	    break;

+#endif

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+	case SYSCONS:

+	    /* as of FreeBSD 2.2.8, syscons driver does not need the #1 vt

+	     * switching anymore. Here we check for FreeBSD 3.1 and up.

+	     * Add cases for other *BSD that behave the same.

+	    */

+#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__)

+	    uname (&uts);

+	    i = atof(uts.release) * 100;

+	    if (i >= 310) goto acquire_vt;

+#endif

+	    /* otherwise fall through */

+	case PCVT:

+#if !(defined(__NetBSD__) && (__NetBSD_Version__ >= 200000000))

+	    /*

+	     * First activate the #1 VT.  This is a hack to allow a server

+	     * to be started while another one is active.  There should be

+	     * a better way.

+	     */

+	    if (initialVT != 1) {

+

+		if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, 1) != 0)

+		{

+		    xf86Msg(X_WARNING,

+				"xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");

+		}

+		sleep(1);

+	    }

+#endif

+acquire_vt:

+	    if (!ShareVTs) {

+		    /*

+		     * now get the VT

+		     */

+		    SYSCALL(result =

+			    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno));

+		    if (result != 0)

+		    {

+			xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");

+		    }

+		    SYSCALL(result =

+		    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_WAITACTIVE, xf86Info.vtno));

+		    if (result != 0)

+		    {

+			xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_WAITACTIVE failed\n");

+		    }

+

+		    signal(SIGUSR1, xf86VTRequest);

+

+		    vtmode.mode = VT_PROCESS;

+		    vtmode.relsig = SIGUSR1;

+		    vtmode.acqsig = SIGUSR1;

+		    vtmode.frsig = SIGUSR1;

+		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &vtmode) < 0) 

+		    {

+			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: VT_SETMODE VT_PROCESS failed");

+		    }

+	#if !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)

+		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDENABIO, 0) < 0)

+		    {

+			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDENABIO failed (%s)",

+				   strerror(errno));

+		    }

+	#endif

+		    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_GRAPHICS) < 0)

+		    {

+			FatalError("xf86OpenConsole: KDSETMODE KD_GRAPHICS failed");

+		    }

+	    } else { /* ShareVTs */

+		    close(xf86Info.consoleFd);

+	    }	

+  	    break; 

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+	case WSCONS:

+	    /* Nothing to do */

+   	    break; 

+#endif

+        }

+    }

+    else 

+    {

+	/* serverGeneration != 1 */

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+    	if (!ShareVTs) if (xf86Info.consType == SYSCONS || xf86Info.consType == PCVT)

+    	{

+	    if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, xf86Info.vtno) != 0)

+	    {

+	        xf86Msg(X_WARNING, "xf86OpenConsole: VT_ACTIVATE failed\n");

+	    }

+        }

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */

+    }

+    return;

+}

+

+

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+

+static int

+xf86OpenPccons()

+{

+    int fd = -1;

+

+    if ((fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))

+	>= 0 ||

+	(fd = open(PCCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, PCCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0))

+	>= 0)

+    {

+	if (ioctl(fd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0) < 0)

+	{

+	    FatalError(

+		"%s: CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF failed (%s)\n%s\n%s",

+		"xf86OpenPccons",

+		strerror(errno),

+		"Was expecting pccons driver with X support",

+		CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);

+	}

+	xf86Info.consType = PCCONS;

+	xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pccons driver with X support\n");

+    }

+    return fd;

+}

+

+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */

+

+#ifdef SYSCONS_SUPPORT

+

+static int

+xf86OpenSyscons()

+{

+    int fd = -1;

+    vtmode_t vtmode;

+    char vtname[12];

+    struct stat status;

+    long syscons_version;

+    MessageType from;

+

+    /* Check for syscons */

+    if ((fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV1, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0

+	|| (fd = open(SYSCONS_CONSOLE_DEV2, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) >= 0)

+    {

+	if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0)

+	{

+	    /* Get syscons version */

+	    if (ioctl(fd, CONS_GETVERS, &syscons_version) < 0)

+	    {

+		syscons_version = 0;

+	    }

+

+	    xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;

+	    from = X_CMDLINE;

+

+#ifdef VT_GETACTIVE

+	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)

+		initialVT = -1;

+#endif

+            if (ShareVTs)

+		xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;

+

+	    if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)

+	    {

+		/*

+		 * For old syscons versions (<0x100), VT_OPENQRY returns

+		 * the current VT rather than the next free VT.  In this

+		 * case, the server gets started on the current VT instead

+		 * of the next free VT.

+		 */

+

+#if 0

+		/* check for the fixed VT_OPENQRY */

+		if (syscons_version >= 0x100)

+		{

+#endif

+		    if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)

+		    {

+			/* No free VTs */

+			xf86Info.vtno = -1;

+		    }

+#if 0

+		}

+#endif

+

+		if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)

+		{

+		    /*

+		     * All VTs are in use.  If initialVT was found, use it.

+		     * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.

+		     * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.

+		     */

+		    if (initialVT != -1)

+		    {

+			xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;

+		    }

+		    else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)

+			     && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)

+			     && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))

+		    {

+			/* stdin is a VT */

+			xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;

+		    }

+		    else

+		    {

+			if (syscons_version >= 0x100)

+			{

+			    FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",

+				       "xf86OpenSyscons");

+			}

+			/* Should no longer reach here */

+			FatalError("%s: %s %s\n\t%s %s",

+				   "xf86OpenSyscons",

+				   "syscons versions prior to 1.0 require",

+				   "either the",

+				   "server's stdin be a VT",

+				   "or the use of the vtxx server option");

+		    }

+		}

+		from = X_PROBED;

+	    }

+

+	    close(fd);

+#ifndef __OpenBSD__

+	    sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyv%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);

+#else 

+	    sprintf(vtname, "/dev/ttyC%01x", xf86Info.vtno - 1);

+#endif	    

+	    if ((fd = open(vtname, SYSCONS_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)

+	    {

+		FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: Cannot open %s (%s)",

+			   vtname, strerror(errno));

+	    }

+	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)

+	    {

+		FatalError("xf86OpenSyscons: VT_GETMODE failed");

+	    }

+	    xf86Info.consType = SYSCONS;

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using syscons driver with X support");

+	    if (syscons_version >= 0x100)

+	    {

+		xf86ErrorF(" (version %ld.%ld)\n", syscons_version >> 8,

+			   syscons_version & 0xFF);

+	    }

+	    else

+	    {

+		xf86ErrorF(" (version 0.x)\n");

+	    }

+	    xf86Msg(from, "using VT number %d\n\n", xf86Info.vtno);

+	}

+	else

+	{

+	    /* VT_GETMODE failed, probably not syscons */

+	    close(fd);

+	    fd = -1;

+	}

+    }

+    return fd;

+}

+

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT */

+

+

+#ifdef PCVT_SUPPORT

+

+static int

+xf86OpenPcvt()

+{

+    /* This looks much like syscons, since pcvt is API compatible */

+    int fd = -1;

+    vtmode_t vtmode;

+    char vtname[12], *vtprefix;

+    struct stat status;

+    struct pcvtid pcvt_version;

+

+#ifndef __OpenBSD__

+    vtprefix = "/dev/ttyv";

+#else

+    vtprefix = "/dev/ttyC";

+#endif

+

+    fd = open(PCVT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);

+#ifdef WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV

+    if (fd < 0)

+    {

+	fd = open(WSCONS_PCVT_COMPAT_CONSOLE_DEV, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0);

+	vtprefix = "/dev/ttyE";

+    }

+#endif

+    if (fd >= 0) 

+    {

+	if (ioctl(fd, VGAPCVTID, &pcvt_version) >= 0)

+	{

+	    if(ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)

+	    {

+		FatalError("%s: VT_GETMODE failed\n%s%s\n%s",

+			   "xf86OpenPcvt",

+			   "Found pcvt driver but X11 seems to be",

+			   " not supported.", CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);

+	    }

+

+	    xf86Info.vtno = VTnum;

+		

+	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETACTIVE, &initialVT) < 0)

+		initialVT = -1;

+

+	    if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)

+	    {

+		if (ioctl(fd, VT_OPENQRY, &xf86Info.vtno) < 0)

+		{

+		    /* No free VTs */

+		    xf86Info.vtno = -1;

+		}

+

+		if (xf86Info.vtno == -1)

+		{

+		    /*

+		     * All VTs are in use.  If initialVT was found, use it.

+		     * Otherwise, if stdin is a VT, use that one.

+		     * XXX stdin is already closed, so this won't work.

+		     */

+		    if (initialVT != -1)

+		    {

+			xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;

+		    }

+		    else if ((fstat(0, &status) >= 0)

+			     && S_ISCHR(status.st_mode)

+			     && (ioctl(0, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) >= 0))

+		    {

+			/* stdin is a VT */

+			xf86Info.vtno = minor(status.st_rdev) + 1;

+		    }

+		    else

+		    {

+			FatalError("%s: Cannot find a free VT",

+				   "xf86OpenPcvt");

+		    }

+		}

+	    }

+

+	    close(fd);

+            sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);

+	    if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0)

+	    {

+		ErrorF("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",

+			   vtname, strerror(errno));

+		xf86Info.vtno = initialVT;

+	        sprintf(vtname, "%s%01x", vtprefix, xf86Info.vtno - 1);

+		if ((fd = open(vtname, PCVT_CONSOLE_MODE, 0)) < 0) {

+			FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: Cannot open %s (%s)",

+			   	vtname, strerror(errno));

+		}

+	    }

+	    if (ioctl(fd, VT_GETMODE, &vtmode) < 0)

+	    {

+		FatalError("xf86OpenPcvt: VT_GETMODE failed");

+	    }

+	    xf86Info.consType = PCVT;

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED,

+		    "Using wscons driver on %s in pcvt compatibility mode "

+		    "(version %d.%d)\n", vtname,

+		    pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);

+#else

+	    xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using pcvt driver (version %d.%d)\n",

+		    pcvt_version.rmajor, pcvt_version.rminor);

+#endif

+	}

+	else

+	{

+	    /* Not pcvt */

+	    close(fd);

+	    fd = -1;

+	}

+    }

+    return fd;

+}

+

+#endif /* PCVT_SUPPORT */

+

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+

+static int

+xf86OpenWScons()

+{

+    int fd = -1;

+    int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED;

+    int i;

+    char ttyname[16];

+

+    /* XXX Is this ok? */

+    for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {

+#if defined(__NetBSD__)

+	sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyE%d", i);

+#elif defined(__OpenBSD__)

+	sprintf(ttyname, "/dev/ttyC%x", i);

+#endif

+	if ((fd = open(ttyname, 2)) != -1)

+	    break;

+    }

+    if (fd != -1) {

+	if (ioctl(fd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode) < 0) {

+	    FatalError("%s: WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_MAPPED failed (%s)\n%s",

+		       "xf86OpenConsole", strerror(errno),

+		       CHECK_DRIVER_MSG);

+	}

+	xf86Info.consType = WSCONS;

+	xf86Msg(X_PROBED, "Using wscons driver\n");

+    }

+    return fd;

+}

+

+#endif /* WSCONS_SUPPORT */

+

+void

+xf86CloseConsole()

+{

+#if defined(SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined(PCVT_SUPPORT)

+    struct vt_mode   VT;

+#endif

+

+    if (ShareVTs) return;

+

+    switch (xf86Info.consType)

+    {

+#ifdef PCCONS_SUPPORT

+    case PCCONS:

+	ioctl (xf86Info.consoleFd, CONSOLE_X_MODE_OFF, 0);

+	break;

+#endif /* PCCONS_SUPPORT */

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+    case SYSCONS:

+    case PCVT:

+        ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDSETMODE, KD_TEXT);  /* Back to text mode */

+        if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_GETMODE, &VT) != -1)

+        {

+	    VT.mode = VT_AUTO;

+	    ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_SETMODE, &VT); /* dflt vt handling */

+        }

+#if !defined(OpenBSD) && !defined(USE_DEV_IO) && !defined(USE_I386_IOPL)

+        if (ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, KDDISABIO, 0) < 0)

+        {

+            xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: KDDISABIO failed (%s)",

+	                   strerror(errno));

+        }

+#endif

+	if (initialVT != -1)

+		ioctl(xf86Info.consoleFd, VT_ACTIVATE, initialVT);

+        break;

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */

+#ifdef WSCONS_SUPPORT

+    case WSCONS:

+      {

+	int mode = WSDISPLAYIO_MODE_EMUL;

+	ioctl(xf86Info.screenFd, WSDISPLAYIO_SMODE, &mode);

+	break;

+      }

+#endif

+    }

+

+    if (xf86Info.screenFd != xf86Info.consoleFd)

+    {

+	close(xf86Info.screenFd);

+	close(xf86Info.consoleFd);

+	if ((xf86Info.consoleFd = open("/dev/console",O_RDONLY,0)) <0)

+	{

+	    xf86FatalError("xf86CloseConsole: Cannot open /dev/console (%s)",

+			   strerror(errno));

+	}

+    }

+    close(xf86Info.consoleFd);

+    if (devConsoleFd >= 0)

+	close(devConsoleFd);

+    return;

+}

+

+int

+xf86ProcessArgument(int argc, char *argv[], int i)

+{

+	/*

+	 * Keep server from detaching from controlling tty.  This is useful 

+	 * when debugging (so the server can receive keyboard signals.

+	 */

+	if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-keeptty"))

+	{

+		KeepTty = TRUE;

+		return 1;

+	}

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+	if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-sharevts"))

+	{	

+		ShareVTs = TRUE;

+		return 1;

+	}

+	if ((argv[i][0] == 'v') && (argv[i][1] == 't'))

+	{

+		if (sscanf(argv[i], "vt%2d", &VTnum) == 0 ||

+		    VTnum < 1 || VTnum > 12)

+		{

+			UseMsg();

+			VTnum = -1;

+			return 0;

+		}

+		return 1;

+	}

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */

+	return 0;

+}

+

+void

+xf86UseMsg()

+{

+#if defined (SYSCONS_SUPPORT) || defined (PCVT_SUPPORT)

+	ErrorF("vtXX                   use the specified VT number (1-12)\n");

+	ErrorF("-sharevts              share VTs with another X server\n");

+#endif /* SYSCONS_SUPPORT || PCVT_SUPPORT */

+	ErrorF("-keeptty               ");

+	ErrorF("don't detach controlling tty (for debugging only)\n");

+	return;

+}

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c
index 24c91cc37..6eab1a3dd 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/ramdac/xf86Cursor.c
@@ -1,475 +1,475 @@
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"
-#include "colormapst.h"
-#include "cursorstr.h"
-
-/* FIXME: This was added with the ABI change of the miPointerSpriteFuncs for
- * MPX.
- * inputInfo is needed to pass the core pointer as the default argument into
- * the cursor functions.
- *
- * Externing inputInfo is not the nice way to do it but it works.
- */
-#include "inputstr.h"
-extern InputInfo inputInfo;
-
-DevPrivateKeyRec xf86CursorScreenKeyRec;
-
-/* sprite functions */
-
-static Bool xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);
-static Bool xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);
-static void xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, int, int);
-static void xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, int, int);
-static Bool xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);
-static void xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);
-
-static miPointerSpriteFuncRec xf86CursorSpriteFuncs = {
-   xf86CursorRealizeCursor,
-   xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor,
-   xf86CursorSetCursor,
-   xf86CursorMoveCursor,
-   xf86DeviceCursorInitialize,
-   xf86DeviceCursorCleanup
-};
-
-/* Screen functions */
-
-static void xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr);
-static void xf86CursorRecolorCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, Bool);
-static Bool xf86CursorCloseScreen(int, ScreenPtr);
-static void xf86CursorQueryBestSize(int, unsigned short*, unsigned short*,
-				    ScreenPtr);
-
-/* ScrnInfoRec functions */
-
-static void xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(int, Bool);
-static Bool xf86CursorSwitchMode(int, DisplayModePtr,int);
-
-Bool
-xf86InitCursor(
-   ScreenPtr pScreen,
-   xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr
-)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv;
-    miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv;
-
-    if (!xf86InitHardwareCursor(pScreen, infoPtr))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86CursorScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))
-	return FALSE;
-
-    ScreenPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorScreenRec));
-    if (!ScreenPriv)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey, ScreenPriv);
-
-    ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
-    ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
-    ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NULL;
-    ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr = infoPtr;
-    ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = FALSE;
-    ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;
-
-    ScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86CursorCloseScreen;
-    ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize = pScreen->QueryBestSize;
-    pScreen->QueryBestSize = xf86CursorQueryBestSize;
-    ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor = pScreen->RecolorCursor;
-    pScreen->RecolorCursor = xf86CursorRecolorCursor;
-
-    if ((infoPtr->pScrn->bitsPerPixel == 8) &&
-	!(infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_TRUECOLOR_AT_8BPP)) {
-	ScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap;
-	pScreen->InstallColormap = xf86CursorInstallColormap;
-	ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = TRUE;
-    }
-
-    PointPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);
-
-    ScreenPriv->showTransparent = PointPriv->showTransparent;
-    if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT)
-	PointPriv->showTransparent = TRUE;
-    else
-	PointPriv->showTransparent = FALSE;
-    ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = PointPriv->spriteFuncs;
-    PointPriv->spriteFuncs = &xf86CursorSpriteFuncs;
-
-    ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess = pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess;
-    ScreenPriv->SwitchMode = pScrn->SwitchMode;
-    
-    ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount = 0;
-    ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;
-
-    pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess;
-    if (pScrn->SwitchMode)
-	pScrn->SwitchMode = xf86CursorSwitchMode;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-/***** Screen functions *****/
-
-static Bool
-xf86CursorCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
-    miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv = (miPointerScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (ScreenPriv->isUp && pScrn->vtSema)
-	xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
-
-    if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
-	FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
-
-    pScreen->CloseScreen = ScreenPriv->CloseScreen;
-    pScreen->QueryBestSize = ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize;
-    pScreen->RecolorCursor = ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor;
-    if (ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)
-	pScreen->InstallColormap = ScreenPriv->InstallColormap;
-
-    PointPriv->spriteFuncs = ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs;
-    PointPriv->showTransparent = ScreenPriv->showTransparent;
-
-    pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess;
-    pScrn->SwitchMode = ScreenPriv->SwitchMode;
-
-    free(ScreenPriv->transparentData);
-    free(ScreenPriv);
-
-    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(i, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CursorQueryBestSize(
-   int class,
-   unsigned short *width,
-   unsigned short *height,
-   ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (class == CursorShape) {
-	if(*width > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth)
-	   *width = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth;
-	if(*height > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight)
-	   *height = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight;
-    } else
-	(*ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize)(class, width, height, pScreen);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pMap->pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap;
-
-    (*ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)(pMap);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CursorRecolorCursor(
-    DeviceIntPtr pDev,
-    ScreenPtr pScreen,
-    CursorPtr pCurs,
-    Bool displayed)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (!displayed)
-	return;
-
-    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
-	(*ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, displayed);
-    else
-	xf86RecolorCursor(pScreen, pCurs, displayed);
-}
-
-/***** ScrnInfoRec functions *********/
-
-static void
-xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(
-    int index,
-    Bool enable)
-{
-    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;
-
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (!enable && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor != NullCursor) {
-        CursorPtr currentCursor = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;
-        xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x,
-                ScreenPriv->y); 
-        ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
-	ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
-	ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = currentCursor;
-    }
-
-    if (ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)
-	(*ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)(index, enable);
-
-    if (enable && ScreenPriv->SavedCursor)
-    {
-	/*
-	 * Re-set current cursor so drivers can react to FB access having been
-	 * temporarily disabled.
-	 */
-	xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->SavedCursor,
-			    ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
-	ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = NULL;
-    }
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86CursorSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)
-{
-    Bool ret;
-    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
-	xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
-	ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
-    }
-
-    ret = (*ScreenPriv->SwitchMode)(index, mode, flags);
-
-    /*
-     * Cannot restore cursor here because the new frame[XY][01] haven't been
-     * calculated yet.  However, because the hardware cursor was removed above,
-     * ensure the cursor is repainted by miPointerWarpCursor().
-     */
-    ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;
-    miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE);	/* Force cursor repaint */
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/****** miPointerSpriteFunctions *******/
-
-static Bool
-xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1)
-	dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);
-
-    return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);
-}
-
-static Bool
-xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, 
-                          CursorPtr pCurs)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1) {
-	free(dixLookupPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen)));
-	dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);
-    }
-
-    return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs, 
-                    int x, int y)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-    xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr;
-
-    if (pCurs == NullCursor) {	/* means we're supposed to remove the cursor */
-        if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor ||
-            !(GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer))
-                (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
-        else if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
-            xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
-            ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
-        }
-	if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
-	    FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
-        ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NullCursor;
-        return;
-    }
-
-    /* only update for VCP, otherwise we get cursor jumps when removing a
-       sprite. The second cursor is never HW rendered anyway. */
-    if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)
-    {
-	pCurs->refcnt++;
-	if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
-	    FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);
-	ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = pCurs;
-	ScreenPriv->x = x;
-	ScreenPriv->y = y;
-	ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = NULL;
-	ScreenPriv->HotX = pCurs->bits->xhot;
-	ScreenPriv->HotY = pCurs->bits->yhot;
-
-        if (!infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema)
-            ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = pCurs;
-
-	if (infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema && (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount || ((
-#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR
-			    pCurs->bits->argb && infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB &&
-			    (*infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB) (pScreen, pCurs) ) || (
-			    pCurs->bits->argb == 0 &&
-#endif
-			    (pCurs->bits->height <= infoPtr->MaxHeight) &&
-			    (pCurs->bits->width <= infoPtr->MaxWidth) &&
-                            (!infoPtr->UseHWCursor || (*infoPtr->UseHWCursor)(pScreen, pCurs))))))
-	{
-
-	    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)	/* remove the SW cursor */
-		(*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
-
-	    xf86SetCursor(pScreen, pCurs, x, y);
-	    ScreenPriv->SWCursor = FALSE;
-	    ScreenPriv->isUp = TRUE;
-
-	    miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, !infoPtr->pScrn->silkenMouse);
-	    return;
-	}
-
-        miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, TRUE);
-
-        if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {
-            /* Remove the HW cursor, or make it transparent */
-            if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT) {
-                xf86SetTransparentCursor(pScreen);
-            } else {
-                xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);
-                ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if (!ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
-            ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;
-
-    }
-
-    if (pCurs->bits->emptyMask && !ScreenPriv->showTransparent)
-	pCurs = NullCursor;
-
-    (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, x, y);
-}
-
-static void
-xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    /* only update coordinate state for first sprite, otherwise we get jumps
-       when removing a sprite. The second sprite is never HW rendered anyway */
-    if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)
-    {
-	ScreenPriv->x = x;
-	ScreenPriv->y = y;
-
-        if (ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore)
-            xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore, x, y);
-        else if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)
-            (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-        else if (ScreenPriv->isUp)
-            xf86MoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);
-    } else
-        (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);
-}
-
-void
-xf86ForceHWCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool on)
-{
-    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    if (on)
-    {
-	if (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount++ == 0)
-	{
-	    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
-	    {
-		ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = TRUE;
-		xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,
-				     ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
-	    }
-	    else
-		ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;
-	}
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	if (--ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount == 0)
-	{
-	    if (ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)
-		xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,
-				     ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-xf86CursorInfoPtr
-xf86CreateCursorInfoRec(void)
-{
-    return calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorInfoRec));
-}
-
-void
-xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec(xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr)
-{
-    free(infoPtr);
-}
-
-/**
- * New cursor has been created. Do your initalizations here.
- */
-static Bool
-xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    int ret;
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-            &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-    /* Init SW cursor */
-    ret = (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen);
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-/**
- * Cursor has been removed. Clean up after yourself.
- */
-static void
-xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
-{
-    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(
-            &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);
-
-   /* Clean up SW cursor */
-    (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);
-}
-
+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "xf86CursorPriv.h"

+#include "colormapst.h"

+#include "cursorstr.h"

+

+/* FIXME: This was added with the ABI change of the miPointerSpriteFuncs for

+ * MPX.

+ * inputInfo is needed to pass the core pointer as the default argument into

+ * the cursor functions.

+ *

+ * Externing inputInfo is not the nice way to do it but it works.

+ */

+#include "inputstr.h"

+extern InputInfo inputInfo;

+

+DevPrivateKeyRec xf86CursorScreenKeyRec;

+

+/* sprite functions */

+

+static Bool xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);

+static Bool xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr);

+static void xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, int, int);

+static void xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr, int, int);

+static Bool xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);

+static void xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr, ScreenPtr);

+

+static miPointerSpriteFuncRec xf86CursorSpriteFuncs = {

+   xf86CursorRealizeCursor,

+   xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor,

+   xf86CursorSetCursor,

+   xf86CursorMoveCursor,

+   xf86DeviceCursorInitialize,

+   xf86DeviceCursorCleanup

+};

+

+/* Screen functions */

+

+static void xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr);

+static void xf86CursorRecolorCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr, CursorPtr, Bool);

+static Bool xf86CursorCloseScreen(int, ScreenPtr);

+static void xf86CursorQueryBestSize(int, unsigned short*, unsigned short*,

+				    ScreenPtr);

+

+/* ScrnInfoRec functions */

+

+static void xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(int, Bool);

+static Bool xf86CursorSwitchMode(int, DisplayModePtr,int);

+

+Bool

+xf86InitCursor(

+   ScreenPtr pScreen,

+   xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr

+)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv;

+    miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv;

+

+    if (!xf86InitHardwareCursor(pScreen, infoPtr))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (!dixRegisterPrivateKey(&xf86CursorScreenKeyRec, PRIVATE_SCREEN, 0))

+	return FALSE;

+

+    ScreenPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorScreenRec));

+    if (!ScreenPriv)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey, ScreenPriv);

+

+    ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;

+    ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;

+    ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NULL;

+    ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr = infoPtr;

+    ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = FALSE;

+    ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;

+

+    ScreenPriv->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = xf86CursorCloseScreen;

+    ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize = pScreen->QueryBestSize;

+    pScreen->QueryBestSize = xf86CursorQueryBestSize;

+    ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor = pScreen->RecolorCursor;

+    pScreen->RecolorCursor = xf86CursorRecolorCursor;

+

+    if ((infoPtr->pScrn->bitsPerPixel == 8) &&

+	!(infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_TRUECOLOR_AT_8BPP)) {

+	ScreenPriv->InstallColormap = pScreen->InstallColormap;

+	pScreen->InstallColormap = xf86CursorInstallColormap;

+	ScreenPriv->PalettedCursor = TRUE;

+    }

+

+    PointPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);

+

+    ScreenPriv->showTransparent = PointPriv->showTransparent;

+    if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT)

+	PointPriv->showTransparent = TRUE;

+    else

+	PointPriv->showTransparent = FALSE;

+    ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs = PointPriv->spriteFuncs;

+    PointPriv->spriteFuncs = &xf86CursorSpriteFuncs;

+

+    ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess = pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess;

+    ScreenPriv->SwitchMode = pScrn->SwitchMode;

+    

+    ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount = 0;

+    ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;

+

+    pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess;

+    if (pScrn->SwitchMode)

+	pScrn->SwitchMode = xf86CursorSwitchMode;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+/***** Screen functions *****/

+

+static Bool

+xf86CursorCloseScreen(int i, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];

+    miPointerScreenPtr PointPriv = (miPointerScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, miPointerScreenKey);

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (ScreenPriv->isUp && pScrn->vtSema)

+	xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);

+

+    if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)

+	FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);

+

+    pScreen->CloseScreen = ScreenPriv->CloseScreen;

+    pScreen->QueryBestSize = ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize;

+    pScreen->RecolorCursor = ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor;

+    if (ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)

+	pScreen->InstallColormap = ScreenPriv->InstallColormap;

+

+    PointPriv->spriteFuncs = ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs;

+    PointPriv->showTransparent = ScreenPriv->showTransparent;

+

+    pScrn->EnableDisableFBAccess = ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess;

+    pScrn->SwitchMode = ScreenPriv->SwitchMode;

+

+    free(ScreenPriv->transparentData);

+    free(ScreenPriv);

+

+    return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(i, pScreen);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CursorQueryBestSize(

+   int class,

+   unsigned short *width,

+   unsigned short *height,

+   ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (class == CursorShape) {

+	if(*width > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth)

+	   *width = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxWidth;

+	if(*height > ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight)

+	   *height = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr->MaxHeight;

+    } else

+	(*ScreenPriv->QueryBestSize)(class, width, height, pScreen);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CursorInstallColormap(ColormapPtr pMap)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pMap->pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    ScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = pMap;

+

+    (*ScreenPriv->InstallColormap)(pMap);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CursorRecolorCursor(

+    DeviceIntPtr pDev,

+    ScreenPtr pScreen,

+    CursorPtr pCurs,

+    Bool displayed)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (!displayed)

+	return;

+

+    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)

+	(*ScreenPriv->RecolorCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, displayed);

+    else

+	xf86RecolorCursor(pScreen, pCurs, displayed);

+}

+

+/***** ScrnInfoRec functions *********/

+

+static void

+xf86CursorEnableDisableFBAccess(

+    int index,

+    Bool enable)

+{

+    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;

+

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (!enable && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor != NullCursor) {

+        CursorPtr currentCursor = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;

+        xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x,

+                ScreenPriv->y); 

+        ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;

+	ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;

+	ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = currentCursor;

+    }

+

+    if (ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)

+	(*ScreenPriv->EnableDisableFBAccess)(index, enable);

+

+    if (enable && ScreenPriv->SavedCursor)

+    {

+	/*

+	 * Re-set current cursor so drivers can react to FB access having been

+	 * temporarily disabled.

+	 */

+	xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->SavedCursor,

+			    ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);

+	ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = NULL;

+    }

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86CursorSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)

+{

+    Bool ret;

+    ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[index];

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {

+	xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);

+	ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;

+    }

+

+    ret = (*ScreenPriv->SwitchMode)(index, mode, flags);

+

+    /*

+     * Cannot restore cursor here because the new frame[XY][01] haven't been

+     * calculated yet.  However, because the hardware cursor was removed above,

+     * ensure the cursor is repainted by miPointerWarpCursor().

+     */

+    ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor;

+    miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, FALSE);	/* Force cursor repaint */

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/****** miPointerSpriteFunctions *******/

+

+static Bool

+xf86CursorRealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1)

+	dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);

+

+    return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->RealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);

+}

+

+static Bool

+xf86CursorUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, 

+                          CursorPtr pCurs)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (pCurs->refcnt <= 1) {

+	free(dixLookupPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen)));

+	dixSetPrivate(&pCurs->devPrivates, CursorScreenKey(pScreen), NULL);

+    }

+

+    return (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->UnrealizeCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CursorSetCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCurs, 

+                    int x, int y)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+    xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr = ScreenPriv->CursorInfoPtr;

+

+    if (pCurs == NullCursor) {	/* means we're supposed to remove the cursor */

+        if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor ||

+            !(GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer))

+                (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);

+        else if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {

+            xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);

+            ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;

+        }

+	if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)

+	    FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);

+        ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = NullCursor;

+        return;

+    }

+

+    /* only update for VCP, otherwise we get cursor jumps when removing a

+       sprite. The second cursor is never HW rendered anyway. */

+    if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)

+    {

+	pCurs->refcnt++;

+	if (ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)

+	    FreeCursor(ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor, None);

+	ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor = pCurs;

+	ScreenPriv->x = x;

+	ScreenPriv->y = y;

+	ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore = NULL;

+	ScreenPriv->HotX = pCurs->bits->xhot;

+	ScreenPriv->HotY = pCurs->bits->yhot;

+

+        if (!infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema)

+            ScreenPriv->SavedCursor = pCurs;

+

+	if (infoPtr->pScrn->vtSema && (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount || ((

+#ifdef ARGB_CURSOR

+			    pCurs->bits->argb && infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB &&

+			    (*infoPtr->UseHWCursorARGB) (pScreen, pCurs) ) || (

+			    pCurs->bits->argb == 0 &&

+#endif

+			    (pCurs->bits->height <= infoPtr->MaxHeight) &&

+			    (pCurs->bits->width <= infoPtr->MaxWidth) &&

+                            (!infoPtr->UseHWCursor || (*infoPtr->UseHWCursor)(pScreen, pCurs))))))

+	{

+

+	    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)	/* remove the SW cursor */

+		(*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);

+

+	    xf86SetCursor(pScreen, pCurs, x, y);

+	    ScreenPriv->SWCursor = FALSE;

+	    ScreenPriv->isUp = TRUE;

+

+	    miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, !infoPtr->pScrn->silkenMouse);

+	    return;

+	}

+

+        miPointerSetWaitForUpdate(pScreen, TRUE);

+

+        if (ScreenPriv->isUp) {

+            /* Remove the HW cursor, or make it transparent */

+            if (infoPtr->Flags & HARDWARE_CURSOR_SHOW_TRANSPARENT) {

+                xf86SetTransparentCursor(pScreen);

+            } else {

+                xf86SetCursor(pScreen, NullCursor, x, y);

+                ScreenPriv->isUp = FALSE;

+            }

+        }

+

+        if (!ScreenPriv->SWCursor)

+            ScreenPriv->SWCursor = TRUE;

+

+    }

+

+    if (pCurs->bits->emptyMask && !ScreenPriv->showTransparent)

+	pCurs = NullCursor;

+

+    (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->SetCursor)(pDev, pScreen, pCurs, x, y);

+}

+

+static void

+xf86CursorMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    /* only update coordinate state for first sprite, otherwise we get jumps

+       when removing a sprite. The second sprite is never HW rendered anyway */

+    if (GetMaster(pDev, MASTER_POINTER) == inputInfo.pointer)

+    {

+	ScreenPriv->x = x;

+	ScreenPriv->y = y;

+

+        if (ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore)

+            xf86CursorSetCursor(pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CursorToRestore, x, y);

+        else if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor)

+            (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);

+        else if (ScreenPriv->isUp)

+            xf86MoveCursor(pScreen, x, y);

+    } else

+        (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->MoveCursor)(pDev, pScreen, x, y);

+}

+

+void

+xf86ForceHWCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool on)

+{

+    DeviceIntPtr pDev = inputInfo.pointer;

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+	&pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    if (on)

+    {

+	if (ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount++ == 0)

+	{

+	    if (ScreenPriv->SWCursor && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)

+	    {

+		ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = TRUE;

+		xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,

+				     ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);

+	    }

+	    else

+		ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced = FALSE;

+	}

+    }

+    else

+    {

+	if (--ScreenPriv->ForceHWCursorCount == 0)

+	{

+	    if (ScreenPriv->HWCursorForced && ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor)

+		xf86CursorSetCursor (pDev, pScreen, ScreenPriv->CurrentCursor,

+				     ScreenPriv->x, ScreenPriv->y);

+	}

+    }

+}

+

+xf86CursorInfoPtr

+xf86CreateCursorInfoRec(void)

+{

+    return calloc(1, sizeof(xf86CursorInfoRec));

+}

+

+void

+xf86DestroyCursorInfoRec(xf86CursorInfoPtr infoPtr)

+{

+    free(infoPtr);

+}

+

+/**

+ * New cursor has been created. Do your initalizations here.

+ */

+static Bool

+xf86DeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    int ret;

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+            &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+    /* Init SW cursor */

+    ret = (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen);

+

+    return ret;

+}

+

+/**

+ * Cursor has been removed. Clean up after yourself.

+ */

+static void

+xf86DeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)

+{

+    xf86CursorScreenPtr ScreenPriv = (xf86CursorScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(

+            &pScreen->devPrivates, xf86CursorScreenKey);

+

+   /* Clean up SW cursor */

+    (*ScreenPriv->spriteFuncs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);

+}

+

diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c
index 04132d956..082cfae4f 100644
--- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c
+++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/vbe/vbe.c
@@ -1,1089 +1,1089 @@
-
-/*
- *                   XFree86 vbe module
- *               Copyright 2000 Egbert Eich
- *
- * The mode query/save/set/restore functions from the vesa driver 
- * have been moved here.
- * Copyright (c) 2000 by Conectiva S.A. (http://www.conectiva.com)
- * Authors: Paulo César Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@conectiva.com.br> 
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
-#include <xorg-config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "xf86.h"
-#include "vbe.h"
-#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
-
-#define VERSION(x) VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(x),VBE_VERSION_MINOR(x)
-
-#if X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-#define B_O16(x)  (x) 
-#define B_O32(x)  (x)
-#else
-#define B_O16(x)  ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff) >> 8))
-#define B_O32(x)  ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) \
-                  | (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) | (((x) & 0xff000000) >> 24))
-#endif
-#define L_ADD(x)  (B_O32(x) & 0xffff) + ((B_O32(x) >> 12) & 0xffff00)
-
-#define FARP(p)		(((unsigned)(p & 0xffff0000) >> 12) | (p & 0xffff))
-#define R16(v)		((v) & 0xffff)
-
-static unsigned char * vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);
-static Bool vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);
-
-static const char vbeVersionString[] = "VBE2";
-
-vbeInfoPtr
-VBEInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex)
-{
-    return VBEExtendedInit(pInt, entityIndex, 0);
-}
-
-vbeInfoPtr
-VBEExtendedInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex, int Flags)
-{
-    int RealOff;
-    pointer page = NULL;
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(entityIndex);
-    vbeControllerInfoPtr vbe = NULL;
-    Bool init_int10 = FALSE;
-    vbeInfoPtr vip = NULL;
-    int screen;
-
-    if (!pScrn) return NULL;
-    screen = pScrn->scrnIndex;
-    
-    if (!pInt) {
-	if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "int10"))
-	    goto error;
-
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"initializing int10\n");
-	pInt = xf86ExtendedInitInt10(entityIndex,Flags);
-	if (!pInt)
-	    goto error;
-	init_int10 = TRUE;
-    }
-    
-    page = xf86Int10AllocPages(pInt,1,&RealOff);
-    if (!page) goto error;
-    vbe = (vbeControllerInfoPtr) page;    
-    memcpy(vbe->VbeSignature,vbeVersionString,4);
-
-    pInt->ax = 0x4F00;
-    pInt->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
-    pInt->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
-    pInt->num = 0x10;
-    
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pInt);
-
-    if ((pInt->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA BIOS not detected\n");
-	goto error;
-    }
-    
-    switch (pInt->ax & 0xff00) {
-    case 0:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS detected\n");
-	break;
-    case 0x100:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS function failed\n");
-	goto error;
-    case 0x200:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported\n");
-	goto error;
-    case 0x300:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported in current mode\n");
-	goto error;
-    default:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"Invalid\n");
-	goto error;
-    }
-    
-    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen, X_INFO, 4,
-		"VbeVersion is %d, OemStringPtr is 0x%08lx,\n"
-		"\tOemVendorNamePtr is 0x%08lx, OemProductNamePtr is 0x%08lx,\n"
-		"\tOemProductRevPtr is 0x%08lx\n",
-		vbe->VbeVersion, (unsigned long)vbe->OemStringPtr,
-		(unsigned long)vbe->OemVendorNamePtr,
-		(unsigned long)vbe->OemProductNamePtr,
-		(unsigned long)vbe->OemProductRevPtr);
-
-    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Version %i.%i\n",
-		   VERSION(vbe->VbeVersion));
-    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Total Mem: %i kB\n",
-		   vbe->TotalMem * 64);
-    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM: %s\n",
-		   (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemStringPtr)));
-    
-    if (B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion) >= 0x200) {
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Software Rev: %i.%i\n",
-		    VERSION(vbe->OemSoftwareRev));
-	if (vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)
-	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Vendor: %s\n",
-		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)));
-	if (vbe->OemProductNamePtr)
-	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product: %s\n",
-		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductNamePtr)));
-	if (vbe->OemProductRevPtr)
-	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product Rev: %s\n",
-		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductRevPtr)));
-    }
-    vip = (vbeInfoPtr)xnfalloc(sizeof(vbeInfoRec));
-    vip->version = B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion);
-    vip->pInt10 = pInt;
-    vip->ddc = DDC_UNCHECKED;
-    vip->memory = page;
-    vip->real_mode_base = RealOff;
-    vip->num_pages = 1;
-    vip->init_int10 = init_int10;
-
-    return vip;
-
- error:
-    if (page)
-	xf86Int10FreePages(pInt, page, 1);
-    if (init_int10)
-	xf86FreeInt10(pInt);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-vbeFree(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    if (!pVbe)
-	return;
-
-    xf86Int10FreePages(pVbe->pInt10,pVbe->memory,pVbe->num_pages);
-    /* If we have initalized int10 we ought to free it, too */
-    if (pVbe->init_int10) 
-	xf86FreeInt10(pVbe->pInt10);
-    free(pVbe);
-    return;
-}
-
-static Bool
-vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    char *ddc_level;
-    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
-    
-    if (pVbe->ddc == DDC_NONE)
-	return FALSE;
-    if (pVbe->ddc != DDC_UNCHECKED)
-	return TRUE;
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
-        xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC not supported\n");
-	pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
-	return FALSE;
-    }
-
-    switch ((pVbe->pInt10->ax >> 8) & 0xff) {
-    case 0:
-	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA VBE DDC supported\n");
-	switch (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x3) {
-	case 0:
-  	    ddc_level = " none"; 
-	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
-	    break;
-	case 1:
-  	    ddc_level = " 1";
-	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_1;
-	    break;
-	case 2:
-  	    ddc_level = " 2"; 
-	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_2;
-	    break;
-	case 3:
-  	    ddc_level = " 1 + 2"; 
-	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_1_2;
-	    break;
-	default:
- 	    ddc_level = "";
-	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;
-	    break;
-	}
-  	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Level%s\n",ddc_level); 
-  	if (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x4) {
-    	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Screen blanked" 
-    			"for data transfer\n"); 
-    	    pVbe->ddc_blank = TRUE;
-    	}  else
-    	    pVbe->ddc_blank = FALSE;
-	    
-  	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,
-		       "VESA VBE DDC transfer in appr. %x sec.\n", 
-		       (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0xff); 
-    }
-    
-    return TRUE; 
-}
-
-typedef enum {
-  VBEOPT_NOVBE,
-    VBEOPT_NODDC
-} VBEOpts;
-
-static const OptionInfoRec VBEOptions[] = {
-    { VBEOPT_NOVBE,	"NoVBE",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,	{0},	FALSE },
-    { VBEOPT_NODDC,	"NoDDC",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,	{0},	FALSE },
-    { -1,		NULL,		OPTV_NONE,	{0},	FALSE },
-};
-
-static unsigned char *
-vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;
-    pointer page = pVbe->memory;
-    unsigned char *tmp = NULL;
-    Bool novbe = FALSE;
-    Bool noddc = FALSE;
-    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
-    OptionInfoPtr options;
-
-    if (!page) return NULL;
-
-    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(VBEOptions));
-    (void)memcpy(options, VBEOptions, sizeof(VBEOptions));
-    xf86ProcessOptions(screen, xf86Screens[screen]->options, options);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NOVBE, &novbe);
-    xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NODDC, &noddc);
-    free(options);
-    if (novbe || noddc) return NULL;
-    
-    if (!vbeProbeDDC(pVbe)) goto error;
-
-    memset(page,0,sizeof(vbeInfoPtr));
-    strcpy(page,vbeVersionString);
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
-        xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC invalid\n");
-	goto error;
-    }
-    switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {
-    case 0x0:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read successfully\n");
-  	tmp = (unsigned char *)xnfalloc(128); 
-  	memcpy(tmp,page,128); 
-	break;
-    case 0x100:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read failed\n");	
-	break;
-    default:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC unkown failure %i\n",
-		       pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);
-	break;
-    }
-    
- error:
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-xf86MonPtr
-vbeDoEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, pointer pDDCModule)
-{
-    xf86MonPtr    pMonitor;
-    pointer       pModule;
-    unsigned char *DDC_data = NULL;
-    
-    if (!pVbe) return NULL;
-    if (pVbe->version < 0x200)
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (!(pModule = pDDCModule)) {
-	pModule =
-	    xf86LoadSubModule(xf86Screens[pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex], "ddc");
-	if (!pModule)
-	    return NULL;
-    }
-        
-    DDC_data = vbeReadEDID(pVbe);
-
-    if (!DDC_data) 
-	return NULL;
-    
-    pMonitor = xf86InterpretEDID(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, DDC_data);
-
-    if (!pDDCModule)
-        xf86UnloadSubModule(pModule);
-    return pMonitor;
-}
-
-#define GET_UNALIGNED2(x) \
-            ((*(CARD16*)(x)) | (*(((CARD16*)(x) + 1))) << 16)
-
-VbeInfoBlock *
-VBEGetVBEInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    VbeInfoBlock *block = NULL;
-    int i, pStr, pModes;
-    char *str;
-    CARD16 major, *modes;
-
-    memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeInfoBlock));
-
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 00h	Return Super VGA information
-	ES:DI := Pointer to buffer
-
-    Output:
-	AX    := status
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-     */
-
-    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0] = 'V';
-    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1] = 'B';
-    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2] = 'E';
-    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3] = '2';
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f00;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return NULL;
-
-    block = calloc(sizeof(VbeInfoBlock), 1);
-    block->VESASignature[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0];
-    block->VESASignature[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1];
-    block->VESASignature[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2];
-    block->VESASignature[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3];
-
-    block->VESAVersion = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 4);
-    major = (unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8;
-
-    pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 6));
-    str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
-    block->OEMStringPtr = strdup(str);
-
-    block->Capabilities[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[10];
-    block->Capabilities[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[11];
-    block->Capabilities[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[12];
-    block->Capabilities[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[13];
-
-    pModes = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 14));
-    modes = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pModes));
-    i = 0;
-    while (modes[i] != 0xffff)
-	i++;
-    block->VideoModePtr = malloc(sizeof(CARD16) * (i + 1));
-    memcpy(block->VideoModePtr, modes, sizeof(CARD16) * i);
-    block->VideoModePtr[i] = 0xffff;
-
-    block->TotalMemory = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 18);
-
-    if (major < 2)
-	memcpy(&block->OemSoftwareRev, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20, 236);
-    else {
-	block->OemSoftwareRev = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20);
-	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 22));
-	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
-	block->OemVendorNamePtr = strdup(str);
-	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 26));
-	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
-	block->OemProductNamePtr = strdup(str);
-	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 30));
-	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));
-	block->OemProductRevPtr = strdup(str);
-	memcpy(&block->Reserved, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 34, 222);
-	memcpy(&block->OemData, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 256, 256);
-    }
-
-    return block;
-}
-
-void
-VBEFreeVBEInfo(VbeInfoBlock *block)
-{
-    free(block->OEMStringPtr);
-    free(block->VideoModePtr);
-    if (((unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8) >= 2) {
-	free(block->OemVendorNamePtr);
-	free(block->OemProductNamePtr);
-	free(block->OemProductRevPtr);
-    }
-    free(block);
-}
-
-Bool
-VBESetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, VbeCRTCInfoBlock *block)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 02h	Set Super VGA video mode
-	BX    := Video mode
-	    D0-D8  := Mode number
-	    D9-D10 := Reserved (must be 0)
-	    D11    := 0 Use current default refresh rate
-		   := 1 Use user specified CRTC values for refresh rate
-	    D12-13	Reserved for VBE/AF (must be 0)
-	    D14    := 0 Use windowed frame buffer model
-		   := 1 Use linear/flat frame buffer model
-	    D15    := 0 Clear video memory
-		   := 1 Don't clear video memory
-	ES:DI := Pointer to VbeCRTCInfoBlock structure
-
-    Output: AX = Status
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-    */
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f02;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = mode;
-    if (block) {
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 1 << 11;
-	memcpy(pVbe->memory, block, sizeof(VbeCRTCInfoBlock));
-	pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-	pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    } else
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx &= ~(1 << 11);
-
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
-}
-
-Bool
-VBEGetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *mode)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL := 03h	Return current video mode
-
-    Output:
-	AX := Status
-	BX := Current video mode
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-    */
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f03;
-
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f) {
-	*mode = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);
-
-	return TRUE;
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-VbeModeInfoBlock *
-VBEGetModeInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)
-{
-    VbeModeInfoBlock *block = NULL;
-
-    memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));
-
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 01h	Return Super VGA mode information
-	CX    := 	Super VGA video mode
-			(mode number must be one of those returned by Function 0)
-	ES:DI := Pointer to buffer
-
-    Output:
-	AX    := status
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-     */
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f01;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = mode;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return NULL;
-
-    block = malloc(sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));
-    if (block)
-	memcpy(block, pVbe->memory, sizeof(*block));
-
-    return block;
-}
-
-void
-VBEFreeModeInfo(VbeModeInfoBlock *block)
-{
-    free(block);
-}
-
-Bool
-VBESaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestoreFunction function, 
-	       pointer *memory, int *size, int *real_mode_pages)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state
-	DL    := 00h	Return save/restore state buffer size
-	CX    := Requested states
-		D0 = Save/restore video hardware state
-		D1 = Save/restore video BIOS data state
-		D2 = Save/restore video DAC state
-		D3 = Save/restore Super VGA state
-
-    Output:
-	AX = Status
-	BX = Number of 64-byte blocks to hold the state buffer
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-
-
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state
-	DL    := 01h	Save Super VGA video state
-	CX    := Requested states (see above)
-	ES:BX := Pointer to buffer
-
-    Output:
-	AX    := Status
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-
-
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state
-	DL    := 02h	Restore Super VGA video state
-	CX    := Requested states (see above)
-	ES:BX := Pointer to buffer
-
-    Output:
-	AX     := Status
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-     */
-
-    if ((pVbe->version & 0xff00) > 0x100) {
-        int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
-        if (function == MODE_QUERY ||
-	    (function == MODE_SAVE && !*memory)) {
-	    /* Query amount of memory to save state */
-
-	    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-	    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;
-	    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
-	    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;
-	    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-	    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	        return FALSE;
-
-	    if (function == MODE_SAVE) {
-	        int npages = (R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx) * 64) / 4096 + 1;
-		if ((*memory = xf86Int10AllocPages(pVbe->pInt10, npages,
-						   real_mode_pages)) == NULL) {
-		    xf86DrvMsg(screen, X_ERROR,
-			       "Cannot allocate memory to save SVGA state.\n");
-		    return FALSE;
-		}
-	    }
-	    *size = pVbe->pInt10->bx * 64;
-	}
-
-	/* Save/Restore Super VGA state */
-	if (function != MODE_QUERY) {
-	    
-	    if (!*memory) return FALSE;
-	    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-	    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;
-	    switch (function) {
-	    case MODE_SAVE:
-	      pVbe->pInt10->dx = 1;
-	      break;
-	    case MODE_RESTORE:
-	      pVbe->pInt10->dx = 2;
-	      break;
-	    case MODE_QUERY:
-	      return FALSE;
-	    }
-	    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;
-	    
-	    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(*real_mode_pages);
-	    pVbe->pInt10->bx = SEG_OFF(*real_mode_pages);
-	    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-	    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
-
-	}
-    }
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-VBEBankSwitch(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, unsigned int iBank, int window)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 05h
-
-    Output:
-     */
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f05;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = window;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = iBank;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-VBESetGetLogicalScanlineLength(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeScanwidthCommand command,
-				int width, int *pixels, int *bytes, int *max)
-{
-    if (command < SCANWID_SET || command > SCANWID_GET_MAX)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AX := 4F06h VBE Set/Get Logical Scan Line Length
-	BL := 00h Set Scan Line Length in Pixels
-	   := 01h Get Scan Line Length
-	   := 02h Set Scan Line Length in Bytes
-	   := 03h Get Maximum Scan Line Length
-	CX := If BL=00h Desired Width in Pixels
-	      If BL=02h Desired Width in Bytes
-	      (Ignored for Get Functions)
-
-    Output:
-	AX := VBE Return Status
-	BX := Bytes Per Scan Line
-	CX := Actual Pixels Per Scan Line
-	      (truncated to nearest complete pixel)
-	DX := Maximum Number of Scan Lines
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f06;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = command;
-    if (command == SCANWID_SET || command == SCANWID_SET_BYTES)
-	pVbe->pInt10->cx = width;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    if (command == SCANWID_GET || command == SCANWID_GET_MAX) {
-	if (pixels)
-	    *pixels = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);
-	if (bytes)
-	    *bytes = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);
-	if (max)
-	    *max = R16(pVbe->pInt10->dx);
-    }
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-VBESetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int x, int y, Bool wait_retrace)
-{
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = wait_retrace ? 0x80 : 0x00;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = x;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = y;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-Bool
-VBEGetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *x, int *y)
-{
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return FALSE;
-
-    *x = pVbe->pInt10->cx;
-    *y = pVbe->pInt10->dx;
-
-    return TRUE;
-}
-
-int
-VBESetGetDACPaletteFormat(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int bits)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AX := 4F08h VBE Set/Get Palette Format
-	BL := 00h Set DAC Palette Format
-	   := 01h Get DAC Palette Format
-	BH := Desired bits of color per primary
-	      (Set DAC Palette Format only)
-
-    Output:
-	AX := VBE Return Status
-	BH := Current number of bits of color per primary
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f08;
-    if (!bits)
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
-    else 
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx = (bits & 0x00ff) << 8;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return 0;
-
-    return (bits != 0 ? bits : (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0x00ff);
-}
-
-CARD32 *
-VBESetGetPaletteData(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, Bool set, int first, int num,
-		      CARD32 *data, Bool secondary, Bool wait_retrace)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-    (16-bit)
-	AX    := 4F09h VBE Load/Unload Palette Data
-	BL    := 00h Set Palette Data
-	      := 01h Get Palette Data
-	      := 02h Set Secondary Palette Data
-	      := 03h Get Secondary Palette Data
-	      := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace
-	CX    := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)
-	DX    := First of the palette registers to update (start)
-	ES:DI := Table of palette values (see below for format)
-
-    Output:
-	AX    := VBE Return Status
-
-
-    Input:
-    (32-bit)
-	BL     := 00h Set Palette Data
-	       := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace
-	CX     := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)
-	DX     := First of the palette registers to update (start)
-	ES:EDI := Table of palette values (see below for format)
-	DS     := Selector for memory mapped registers
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f09;
-    if (!secondary)
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx = set && wait_retrace ? 0x80 : set ? 0 : 1;
-    else
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx = set ? 2 : 3;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = num;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = first;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);
-    if (set)
-	memcpy(pVbe->memory, data, num * sizeof(CARD32));
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return NULL;
-
-    if (set)
-	return data;
-
-    data = malloc(num * sizeof(CARD32));
-    memcpy(data, pVbe->memory, num * sizeof(CARD32));
-
-    return data;
-}
-
-VBEpmi *
-VBEGetVBEpmi(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    VBEpmi *pmi;
-
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support
-	AL    := 0Ah	Protected Mode Interface
-	BL    := 00h	Return Protected Mode Table
-
-    Output:
-	AX    := Status
-	ES    := Real Mode Segment of Table
-	DI    := Offset of Table
-	CX    := Lenght of Table including protected mode code in bytes (for copying purposes)
-	(All other registers are preserved)
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0a;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return NULL;
-
-    pmi = malloc(sizeof(VBEpmi));
-    pmi->seg_tbl = R16(pVbe->pInt10->es);
-    pmi->tbl_off = R16(pVbe->pInt10->di);
-    pmi->tbl_len = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);
-
-    return pmi;
-}
-
-#if 0
-vbeModeInfoPtr
-VBEBuildVbeModeList(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, VbeInfoBlock *vbe)
-{
-    vbeModeInfoPtr ModeList = NULL;
-
-    int i = 0;
-    while (vbe->VideoModePtr[i] != 0xffff) {
-	vbeModeInfoPtr m;
-	VbeModeInfoBlock *mode;
-	int id = vbe->VideoModePtr[i++];
-	int bpp;
-
-	if ((mode = VBEGetModeInfo(pVbe, id)) == NULL)
-	    continue;
-
- 	bpp = mode->BitsPerPixel;
-
-	m = xnfcalloc(sizeof(vbeModeInfoRec),1);
-	m->width = mode->XResolution;
-	m->height = mode->YResolution;
-	m->bpp = bpp;
-	m->n = id;
-	m->next = ModeList;
-
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, X_PROBED, 3,
-		       "BIOS reported VESA mode 0x%x: x:%i y:%i bpp:%i\n",
-		       m->n, m->width, m->height, m->bpp);
-
-	ModeList = m;
-
-	VBEFreeModeInfo(mode);
-    }
-    return ModeList;
-}
-
-unsigned short 
-VBECalcVbeModeIndex(vbeModeInfoPtr m, DisplayModePtr mode, int bpp)
-{
-    while (m) {
-	if (bpp == m->bpp 
-	    && mode->HDisplay == m->width 
-	    && mode->VDisplay == m->height)
-	    return m->n;
-	m = m->next;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-void
-VBEVesaSaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestorePtr vbe_sr,
-		  vbeSaveRestoreFunction function)
-{
-    Bool SaveSucc = FALSE;
-
-    if (VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(pVbe->version) > 1
-	&& (function == MODE_SAVE || vbe_sr->pstate)) {
-	if (function == MODE_RESTORE)
-	    memcpy(vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->stateSize);
-	ErrorF("VBESaveRestore\n");
-	if ((VBESaveRestore(pVbe,function,
-			    (pointer)&vbe_sr->state,
-			    &vbe_sr->stateSize,&vbe_sr->statePage))) {
-	    if (function == MODE_SAVE) {
-		SaveSucc = TRUE;
-		vbe_sr->stateMode = -1; /* invalidate */
-		/* don't rely on the memory not being touched */
-		if (vbe_sr->pstate == NULL)
-		    vbe_sr->pstate = malloc(vbe_sr->stateSize);
-		memcpy(vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->stateSize);
-	    }
-	    ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done with success\n");
-	    return;
-	}
-	ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done\n");
-    } 
-    
-    if (function == MODE_SAVE && !SaveSucc)
-	    (void)VBEGetVBEMode(pVbe, &vbe_sr->stateMode);
-	
-    if (function == MODE_RESTORE && vbe_sr->stateMode != -1)
-	    VBESetVBEMode(pVbe, vbe_sr->stateMode, NULL);
-
-}
-
-int
-VBEGetPixelClock(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, int clock)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AX := 4F0Bh VBE Get Pixel Clock
-	BL := 00h Get Pixel Clock
-	ECX := pixel clock in units of Hz
-        DX := mode number
-     
-    Output:
-	AX := VBE Return Status
-	ECX := Closest pixel clock
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0b;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x00;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = clock;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = mode;
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)
-	return 0;
-
-    return pVbe->pInt10->cx;
-}
-
-Bool
-VBEDPMSSet(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)
-{
-    /*
-    Input:
-	AX := 4F10h DPMS
-	BL := 01h Set Display Power State
-	BH := requested power state
-     
-    Output:
-	AX := VBE Return Status
-     */
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f10;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
-    switch (mode) {
-    case DPMSModeOn:
-	break;
-    case DPMSModeStandby:
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x100;
-	break;
-    case DPMSModeSuspend:
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x200;
-	break;
-    case DPMSModeOff:
-	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x400;
-	break;
-    }
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);
-}
-
-void
-VBEInterpretPanelID(int scrnIndex, struct vbePanelID *data)
-{
-    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
-    DisplayModePtr mode;
-    const float PANEL_HZ = 60.0;
-
-    if (!data)
-	return;
-
-    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "PanelID returned panel resolution %dx%d\n",
-	    data->hsize, data->vsize);
-
-    if (pScrn->monitor->nHsync || pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh)
-	return;
-
-    if (data->hsize < 320 || data->vsize < 240) {
-	xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "...which I refuse to believe\n");
-	return;
-    }
-
-    mode = xf86CVTMode(data->hsize, data->vsize, PANEL_HZ, 1, 0);
-
-    pScrn->monitor->nHsync = 1;
-    pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].lo = 31.5;
-    pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].hi = (float)mode->Clock / (float)mode->HTotal;
-    pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh = 1;
-    pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 56.0;
-    pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].hi =
-	(float)mode->Clock*1000.0 / (float)mode->HTotal / (float)mode->VTotal;
-
-    free(mode);
-}
-
-struct vbePanelID *
-VBEReadPanelID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)
-{
-    int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;
-    pointer page = pVbe->memory;
-    void *tmp = NULL;
-    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;
-
-    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F11;
-    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;
-    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;
-    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);
-    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);
-    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;
-
-    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);
-
-    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID invalid\n");
-	goto error;
-    }
-
-    switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {
-    case 0x0:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read successfully\n");
-	tmp = xnfalloc(32); 
-	memcpy(tmp, page, 32); 
-	break;
-    case 0x100:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read failed\n");       
-	break;
-    default:
-	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID unknown failure %i\n",
-		       pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);
-	break;
-    }
-
-error:
-    return tmp;
-}
+

+/*

+ *                   XFree86 vbe module

+ *               Copyright 2000 Egbert Eich

+ *

+ * The mode query/save/set/restore functions from the vesa driver 

+ * have been moved here.

+ * Copyright (c) 2000 by Conectiva S.A. (http://www.conectiva.com)

+ * Authors: Paulo César Pereira de Andrade <pcpa@conectiva.com.br> 

+ */

+

+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H

+#include <xorg-config.h>

+#endif

+

+#include <string.h>

+

+#include "xf86.h"

+#include "vbe.h"

+#include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>

+

+#define VERSION(x) VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(x),VBE_VERSION_MINOR(x)

+

+#if X_BYTE_ORDER == X_LITTLE_ENDIAN

+#define B_O16(x)  (x) 

+#define B_O32(x)  (x)

+#else

+#define B_O16(x)  ((((x) & 0xff) << 8) | (((x) & 0xff) >> 8))

+#define B_O32(x)  ((((x) & 0xff) << 24) | (((x) & 0xff00) << 8) \

+                  | (((x) & 0xff0000) >> 8) | (((x) & 0xff000000) >> 24))

+#endif

+#define L_ADD(x)  (B_O32(x) & 0xffff) + ((B_O32(x) >> 12) & 0xffff00)

+

+#define FARP(p)		(((unsigned)(p & 0xffff0000) >> 12) | (p & 0xffff))

+#define R16(v)		((v) & 0xffff)

+

+static unsigned char * vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);

+static Bool vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe);

+

+static const char vbeVersionString[] = "VBE2";

+

+vbeInfoPtr

+VBEInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex)

+{

+    return VBEExtendedInit(pInt, entityIndex, 0);

+}

+

+vbeInfoPtr

+VBEExtendedInit(xf86Int10InfoPtr pInt, int entityIndex, int Flags)

+{

+    int RealOff;

+    pointer page = NULL;

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86FindScreenForEntity(entityIndex);

+    vbeControllerInfoPtr vbe = NULL;

+    Bool init_int10 = FALSE;

+    vbeInfoPtr vip = NULL;

+    int screen;

+

+    if (!pScrn) return NULL;

+    screen = pScrn->scrnIndex;

+    

+    if (!pInt) {

+	if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "int10"))

+	    goto error;

+

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"initializing int10\n");

+	pInt = xf86ExtendedInitInt10(entityIndex,Flags);

+	if (!pInt)

+	    goto error;

+	init_int10 = TRUE;

+    }

+    

+    page = xf86Int10AllocPages(pInt,1,&RealOff);

+    if (!page) goto error;

+    vbe = (vbeControllerInfoPtr) page;    

+    memcpy(vbe->VbeSignature,vbeVersionString,4);

+

+    pInt->ax = 0x4F00;

+    pInt->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);

+    pInt->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);

+    pInt->num = 0x10;

+    

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pInt);

+

+    if ((pInt->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA BIOS not detected\n");

+	goto error;

+    }

+    

+    switch (pInt->ax & 0xff00) {

+    case 0:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS detected\n");

+	break;

+    case 0x100:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS function failed\n");

+	goto error;

+    case 0x200:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported\n");

+	goto error;

+    case 0x300:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA BIOS not supported in current mode\n");

+	goto error;

+    default:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"Invalid\n");

+	goto error;

+    }

+    

+    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen, X_INFO, 4,

+		"VbeVersion is %d, OemStringPtr is 0x%08lx,\n"

+		"\tOemVendorNamePtr is 0x%08lx, OemProductNamePtr is 0x%08lx,\n"

+		"\tOemProductRevPtr is 0x%08lx\n",

+		vbe->VbeVersion, (unsigned long)vbe->OemStringPtr,

+		(unsigned long)vbe->OemVendorNamePtr,

+		(unsigned long)vbe->OemProductNamePtr,

+		(unsigned long)vbe->OemProductRevPtr);

+

+    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Version %i.%i\n",

+		   VERSION(vbe->VbeVersion));

+    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE Total Mem: %i kB\n",

+		   vbe->TotalMem * 64);

+    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM: %s\n",

+		   (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemStringPtr)));

+    

+    if (B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion) >= 0x200) {

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Software Rev: %i.%i\n",

+		    VERSION(vbe->OemSoftwareRev));

+	if (vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)

+	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Vendor: %s\n",

+		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemVendorNamePtr)));

+	if (vbe->OemProductNamePtr)

+	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product: %s\n",

+		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductNamePtr)));

+	if (vbe->OemProductRevPtr)

+	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE OEM Product Rev: %s\n",

+		    (CARD8*)xf86int10Addr(pInt,L_ADD(vbe->OemProductRevPtr)));

+    }

+    vip = (vbeInfoPtr)xnfalloc(sizeof(vbeInfoRec));

+    vip->version = B_O16(vbe->VbeVersion);

+    vip->pInt10 = pInt;

+    vip->ddc = DDC_UNCHECKED;

+    vip->memory = page;

+    vip->real_mode_base = RealOff;

+    vip->num_pages = 1;

+    vip->init_int10 = init_int10;

+

+    return vip;

+

+ error:

+    if (page)

+	xf86Int10FreePages(pInt, page, 1);

+    if (init_int10)

+	xf86FreeInt10(pInt);

+    return NULL;

+}

+

+void

+vbeFree(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    if (!pVbe)

+	return;

+

+    xf86Int10FreePages(pVbe->pInt10,pVbe->memory,pVbe->num_pages);

+    /* If we have initalized int10 we ought to free it, too */

+    if (pVbe->init_int10) 

+	xf86FreeInt10(pVbe->pInt10);

+    free(pVbe);

+    return;

+}

+

+static Bool

+vbeProbeDDC(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    char *ddc_level;

+    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;

+    

+    if (pVbe->ddc == DDC_NONE)

+	return FALSE;

+    if (pVbe->ddc != DDC_UNCHECKED)

+	return TRUE;

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {

+        xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC not supported\n");

+	pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;

+	return FALSE;

+    }

+

+    switch ((pVbe->pInt10->ax >> 8) & 0xff) {

+    case 0:

+	xf86DrvMsg(screen,X_INFO,"VESA VBE DDC supported\n");

+	switch (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x3) {

+	case 0:

+  	    ddc_level = " none"; 

+	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;

+	    break;

+	case 1:

+  	    ddc_level = " 1";

+	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_1;

+	    break;

+	case 2:

+  	    ddc_level = " 2"; 

+	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_2;

+	    break;

+	case 3:

+  	    ddc_level = " 1 + 2"; 

+	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_1_2;

+	    break;

+	default:

+ 	    ddc_level = "";

+	    pVbe->ddc = DDC_NONE;

+	    break;

+	}

+  	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Level%s\n",ddc_level); 

+  	if (pVbe->pInt10->bx & 0x4) {

+    	    xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC Screen blanked" 

+    			"for data transfer\n"); 

+    	    pVbe->ddc_blank = TRUE;

+    	}  else

+    	    pVbe->ddc_blank = FALSE;

+	    

+  	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,

+		       "VESA VBE DDC transfer in appr. %x sec.\n", 

+		       (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0xff); 

+    }

+    

+    return TRUE; 

+}

+

+typedef enum {

+  VBEOPT_NOVBE,

+    VBEOPT_NODDC

+} VBEOpts;

+

+static const OptionInfoRec VBEOptions[] = {

+    { VBEOPT_NOVBE,	"NoVBE",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,	{0},	FALSE },

+    { VBEOPT_NODDC,	"NoDDC",	OPTV_BOOLEAN,	{0},	FALSE },

+    { -1,		NULL,		OPTV_NONE,	{0},	FALSE },

+};

+

+static unsigned char *

+vbeReadEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;

+    pointer page = pVbe->memory;

+    unsigned char *tmp = NULL;

+    Bool novbe = FALSE;

+    Bool noddc = FALSE;

+    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;

+    OptionInfoPtr options;

+

+    if (!page) return NULL;

+

+    options = xnfalloc(sizeof(VBEOptions));

+    (void)memcpy(options, VBEOptions, sizeof(VBEOptions));

+    xf86ProcessOptions(screen, xf86Screens[screen]->options, options);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NOVBE, &novbe);

+    xf86GetOptValBool(options, VBEOPT_NODDC, &noddc);

+    free(options);

+    if (novbe || noddc) return NULL;

+    

+    if (!vbeProbeDDC(pVbe)) goto error;

+

+    memset(page,0,sizeof(vbeInfoPtr));

+    strcpy(page,vbeVersionString);

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F15;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {

+        xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC invalid\n");

+	goto error;

+    }

+    switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {

+    case 0x0:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read successfully\n");

+  	tmp = (unsigned char *)xnfalloc(128); 

+  	memcpy(tmp,page,128); 

+	break;

+    case 0x100:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC read failed\n");	

+	break;

+    default:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE DDC unkown failure %i\n",

+		       pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);

+	break;

+    }

+    

+ error:

+    return tmp;

+}

+

+xf86MonPtr

+vbeDoEDID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, pointer pDDCModule)

+{

+    xf86MonPtr    pMonitor;

+    pointer       pModule;

+    unsigned char *DDC_data = NULL;

+    

+    if (!pVbe) return NULL;

+    if (pVbe->version < 0x200)

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (!(pModule = pDDCModule)) {

+	pModule =

+	    xf86LoadSubModule(xf86Screens[pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex], "ddc");

+	if (!pModule)

+	    return NULL;

+    }

+        

+    DDC_data = vbeReadEDID(pVbe);

+

+    if (!DDC_data) 

+	return NULL;

+    

+    pMonitor = xf86InterpretEDID(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, DDC_data);

+

+    if (!pDDCModule)

+        xf86UnloadSubModule(pModule);

+    return pMonitor;

+}

+

+#define GET_UNALIGNED2(x) \

+            ((*(CARD16*)(x)) | (*(((CARD16*)(x) + 1))) << 16)

+

+VbeInfoBlock *

+VBEGetVBEInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    VbeInfoBlock *block = NULL;

+    int i, pStr, pModes;

+    char *str;

+    CARD16 major, *modes;

+

+    memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeInfoBlock));

+

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 00h	Return Super VGA information

+	ES:DI := Pointer to buffer

+

+    Output:

+	AX    := status

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+     */

+

+    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0] = 'V';

+    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1] = 'B';

+    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2] = 'E';

+    ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3] = '2';

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f00;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return NULL;

+

+    block = calloc(sizeof(VbeInfoBlock), 1);

+    block->VESASignature[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[0];

+    block->VESASignature[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[1];

+    block->VESASignature[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[2];

+    block->VESASignature[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[3];

+

+    block->VESAVersion = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 4);

+    major = (unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8;

+

+    pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 6));

+    str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));

+    block->OEMStringPtr = strdup(str);

+

+    block->Capabilities[0] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[10];

+    block->Capabilities[1] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[11];

+    block->Capabilities[2] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[12];

+    block->Capabilities[3] = ((char*)pVbe->memory)[13];

+

+    pModes = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 14));

+    modes = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pModes));

+    i = 0;

+    while (modes[i] != 0xffff)

+	i++;

+    block->VideoModePtr = malloc(sizeof(CARD16) * (i + 1));

+    memcpy(block->VideoModePtr, modes, sizeof(CARD16) * i);

+    block->VideoModePtr[i] = 0xffff;

+

+    block->TotalMemory = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 18);

+

+    if (major < 2)

+	memcpy(&block->OemSoftwareRev, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20, 236);

+    else {

+	block->OemSoftwareRev = *(CARD16*)(((char*)pVbe->memory) + 20);

+	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 22));

+	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));

+	block->OemVendorNamePtr = strdup(str);

+	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 26));

+	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));

+	block->OemProductNamePtr = strdup(str);

+	pStr = GET_UNALIGNED2((((char*)pVbe->memory) + 30));

+	str = xf86int10Addr(pVbe->pInt10, FARP(pStr));

+	block->OemProductRevPtr = strdup(str);

+	memcpy(&block->Reserved, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 34, 222);

+	memcpy(&block->OemData, ((char*)pVbe->memory) + 256, 256);

+    }

+

+    return block;

+}

+

+void

+VBEFreeVBEInfo(VbeInfoBlock *block)

+{

+    free(block->OEMStringPtr);

+    free(block->VideoModePtr);

+    if (((unsigned)block->VESAVersion >> 8) >= 2) {

+	free(block->OemVendorNamePtr);

+	free(block->OemProductNamePtr);

+	free(block->OemProductRevPtr);

+    }

+    free(block);

+}

+

+Bool

+VBESetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, VbeCRTCInfoBlock *block)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 02h	Set Super VGA video mode

+	BX    := Video mode

+	    D0-D8  := Mode number

+	    D9-D10 := Reserved (must be 0)

+	    D11    := 0 Use current default refresh rate

+		   := 1 Use user specified CRTC values for refresh rate

+	    D12-13	Reserved for VBE/AF (must be 0)

+	    D14    := 0 Use windowed frame buffer model

+		   := 1 Use linear/flat frame buffer model

+	    D15    := 0 Clear video memory

+		   := 1 Don't clear video memory

+	ES:DI := Pointer to VbeCRTCInfoBlock structure

+

+    Output: AX = Status

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+    */

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f02;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = mode;

+    if (block) {

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 1 << 11;

+	memcpy(pVbe->memory, block, sizeof(VbeCRTCInfoBlock));

+	pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+	pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    } else

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx &= ~(1 << 11);

+

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);

+}

+

+Bool

+VBEGetVBEMode(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *mode)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL := 03h	Return current video mode

+

+    Output:

+	AX := Status

+	BX := Current video mode

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+    */

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f03;

+

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f) {

+	*mode = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);

+

+	return TRUE;

+    }

+

+    return FALSE;

+}

+

+VbeModeInfoBlock *

+VBEGetModeInfo(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)

+{

+    VbeModeInfoBlock *block = NULL;

+

+    memset(pVbe->memory, 0, sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));

+

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 01h	Return Super VGA mode information

+	CX    := 	Super VGA video mode

+			(mode number must be one of those returned by Function 0)

+	ES:DI := Pointer to buffer

+

+    Output:

+	AX    := status

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+     */

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f01;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = mode;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return NULL;

+

+    block = malloc(sizeof(VbeModeInfoBlock));

+    if (block)

+	memcpy(block, pVbe->memory, sizeof(*block));

+

+    return block;

+}

+

+void

+VBEFreeModeInfo(VbeModeInfoBlock *block)

+{

+    free(block);

+}

+

+Bool

+VBESaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestoreFunction function, 

+	       pointer *memory, int *size, int *real_mode_pages)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state

+	DL    := 00h	Return save/restore state buffer size

+	CX    := Requested states

+		D0 = Save/restore video hardware state

+		D1 = Save/restore video BIOS data state

+		D2 = Save/restore video DAC state

+		D3 = Save/restore Super VGA state

+

+    Output:

+	AX = Status

+	BX = Number of 64-byte blocks to hold the state buffer

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+

+

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state

+	DL    := 01h	Save Super VGA video state

+	CX    := Requested states (see above)

+	ES:BX := Pointer to buffer

+

+    Output:

+	AX    := Status

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+

+

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 04h	Save/restore Super VGA video state

+	DL    := 02h	Restore Super VGA video state

+	CX    := Requested states (see above)

+	ES:BX := Pointer to buffer

+

+    Output:

+	AX     := Status

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+     */

+

+    if ((pVbe->version & 0xff00) > 0x100) {

+        int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;

+        if (function == MODE_QUERY ||

+	    (function == MODE_SAVE && !*memory)) {

+	    /* Query amount of memory to save state */

+

+	    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+	    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;

+	    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;

+	    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;

+	    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+	    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	        return FALSE;

+

+	    if (function == MODE_SAVE) {

+	        int npages = (R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx) * 64) / 4096 + 1;

+		if ((*memory = xf86Int10AllocPages(pVbe->pInt10, npages,

+						   real_mode_pages)) == NULL) {

+		    xf86DrvMsg(screen, X_ERROR,

+			       "Cannot allocate memory to save SVGA state.\n");

+		    return FALSE;

+		}

+	    }

+	    *size = pVbe->pInt10->bx * 64;

+	}

+

+	/* Save/Restore Super VGA state */

+	if (function != MODE_QUERY) {

+	    

+	    if (!*memory) return FALSE;

+	    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+	    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f04;

+	    switch (function) {

+	    case MODE_SAVE:

+	      pVbe->pInt10->dx = 1;

+	      break;

+	    case MODE_RESTORE:

+	      pVbe->pInt10->dx = 2;

+	      break;

+	    case MODE_QUERY:

+	      return FALSE;

+	    }

+	    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0x000f;

+	    

+	    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(*real_mode_pages);

+	    pVbe->pInt10->bx = SEG_OFF(*real_mode_pages);

+	    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+	    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);

+

+	}

+    }

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+VBEBankSwitch(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, unsigned int iBank, int window)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 05h

+

+    Output:

+     */

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f05;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = window;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = iBank;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+VBESetGetLogicalScanlineLength(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeScanwidthCommand command,

+				int width, int *pixels, int *bytes, int *max)

+{

+    if (command < SCANWID_SET || command > SCANWID_GET_MAX)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AX := 4F06h VBE Set/Get Logical Scan Line Length

+	BL := 00h Set Scan Line Length in Pixels

+	   := 01h Get Scan Line Length

+	   := 02h Set Scan Line Length in Bytes

+	   := 03h Get Maximum Scan Line Length

+	CX := If BL=00h Desired Width in Pixels

+	      If BL=02h Desired Width in Bytes

+	      (Ignored for Get Functions)

+

+    Output:

+	AX := VBE Return Status

+	BX := Bytes Per Scan Line

+	CX := Actual Pixels Per Scan Line

+	      (truncated to nearest complete pixel)

+	DX := Maximum Number of Scan Lines

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f06;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = command;

+    if (command == SCANWID_SET || command == SCANWID_SET_BYTES)

+	pVbe->pInt10->cx = width;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    if (command == SCANWID_GET || command == SCANWID_GET_MAX) {

+	if (pixels)

+	    *pixels = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);

+	if (bytes)

+	    *bytes = R16(pVbe->pInt10->bx);

+	if (max)

+	    *max = R16(pVbe->pInt10->dx);

+    }

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+VBESetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int x, int y, Bool wait_retrace)

+{

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = wait_retrace ? 0x80 : 0x00;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = x;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = y;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+Bool

+VBEGetDisplayStart(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int *x, int *y)

+{

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f07;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return FALSE;

+

+    *x = pVbe->pInt10->cx;

+    *y = pVbe->pInt10->dx;

+

+    return TRUE;

+}

+

+int

+VBESetGetDACPaletteFormat(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int bits)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AX := 4F08h VBE Set/Get Palette Format

+	BL := 00h Set DAC Palette Format

+	   := 01h Get DAC Palette Format

+	BH := Desired bits of color per primary

+	      (Set DAC Palette Format only)

+

+    Output:

+	AX := VBE Return Status

+	BH := Current number of bits of color per primary

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f08;

+    if (!bits)

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;

+    else 

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx = (bits & 0x00ff) << 8;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return 0;

+

+    return (bits != 0 ? bits : (pVbe->pInt10->bx >> 8) & 0x00ff);

+}

+

+CARD32 *

+VBESetGetPaletteData(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, Bool set, int first, int num,

+		      CARD32 *data, Bool secondary, Bool wait_retrace)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+    (16-bit)

+	AX    := 4F09h VBE Load/Unload Palette Data

+	BL    := 00h Set Palette Data

+	      := 01h Get Palette Data

+	      := 02h Set Secondary Palette Data

+	      := 03h Get Secondary Palette Data

+	      := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace

+	CX    := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)

+	DX    := First of the palette registers to update (start)

+	ES:DI := Table of palette values (see below for format)

+

+    Output:

+	AX    := VBE Return Status

+

+

+    Input:

+    (32-bit)

+	BL     := 00h Set Palette Data

+	       := 80h Set Palette Data during Vertical Retrace

+	CX     := Number of palette registers to update (to a maximum of 256)

+	DX     := First of the palette registers to update (start)

+	ES:EDI := Table of palette values (see below for format)

+	DS     := Selector for memory mapped registers

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f09;

+    if (!secondary)

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx = set && wait_retrace ? 0x80 : set ? 0 : 1;

+    else

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx = set ? 2 : 3;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = num;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = first;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(pVbe->real_mode_base);

+    if (set)

+	memcpy(pVbe->memory, data, num * sizeof(CARD32));

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return NULL;

+

+    if (set)

+	return data;

+

+    data = malloc(num * sizeof(CARD32));

+    memcpy(data, pVbe->memory, num * sizeof(CARD32));

+

+    return data;

+}

+

+VBEpmi *

+VBEGetVBEpmi(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    VBEpmi *pmi;

+

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AH    := 4Fh	Super VGA support

+	AL    := 0Ah	Protected Mode Interface

+	BL    := 00h	Return Protected Mode Table

+

+    Output:

+	AX    := Status

+	ES    := Real Mode Segment of Table

+	DI    := Offset of Table

+	CX    := Lenght of Table including protected mode code in bytes (for copying purposes)

+	(All other registers are preserved)

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0a;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = 0;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return NULL;

+

+    pmi = malloc(sizeof(VBEpmi));

+    pmi->seg_tbl = R16(pVbe->pInt10->es);

+    pmi->tbl_off = R16(pVbe->pInt10->di);

+    pmi->tbl_len = R16(pVbe->pInt10->cx);

+

+    return pmi;

+}

+

+#if 0

+vbeModeInfoPtr

+VBEBuildVbeModeList(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, VbeInfoBlock *vbe)

+{

+    vbeModeInfoPtr ModeList = NULL;

+

+    int i = 0;

+    while (vbe->VideoModePtr[i] != 0xffff) {

+	vbeModeInfoPtr m;

+	VbeModeInfoBlock *mode;

+	int id = vbe->VideoModePtr[i++];

+	int bpp;

+

+	if ((mode = VBEGetModeInfo(pVbe, id)) == NULL)

+	    continue;

+

+ 	bpp = mode->BitsPerPixel;

+

+	m = xnfcalloc(sizeof(vbeModeInfoRec),1);

+	m->width = mode->XResolution;

+	m->height = mode->YResolution;

+	m->bpp = bpp;

+	m->n = id;

+	m->next = ModeList;

+

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex, X_PROBED, 3,

+		       "BIOS reported VESA mode 0x%x: x:%i y:%i bpp:%i\n",

+		       m->n, m->width, m->height, m->bpp);

+

+	ModeList = m;

+

+	VBEFreeModeInfo(mode);

+    }

+    return ModeList;

+}

+

+unsigned short 

+VBECalcVbeModeIndex(vbeModeInfoPtr m, DisplayModePtr mode, int bpp)

+{

+    while (m) {

+	if (bpp == m->bpp 

+	    && mode->HDisplay == m->width 

+	    && mode->VDisplay == m->height)

+	    return m->n;

+	m = m->next;

+    }

+    return 0;

+}

+#endif

+

+void

+VBEVesaSaveRestore(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, vbeSaveRestorePtr vbe_sr,

+		  vbeSaveRestoreFunction function)

+{

+    Bool SaveSucc = FALSE;

+

+    if (VBE_VERSION_MAJOR(pVbe->version) > 1

+	&& (function == MODE_SAVE || vbe_sr->pstate)) {

+	if (function == MODE_RESTORE)

+	    memcpy(vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->stateSize);

+	ErrorF("VBESaveRestore\n");

+	if ((VBESaveRestore(pVbe,function,

+			    (pointer)&vbe_sr->state,

+			    &vbe_sr->stateSize,&vbe_sr->statePage))) {

+	    if (function == MODE_SAVE) {

+		SaveSucc = TRUE;

+		vbe_sr->stateMode = -1; /* invalidate */

+		/* don't rely on the memory not being touched */

+		if (vbe_sr->pstate == NULL)

+		    vbe_sr->pstate = malloc(vbe_sr->stateSize);

+		memcpy(vbe_sr->pstate, vbe_sr->state, vbe_sr->stateSize);

+	    }

+	    ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done with success\n");

+	    return;

+	}

+	ErrorF("VBESaveRestore done\n");

+    } 

+    

+    if (function == MODE_SAVE && !SaveSucc)

+	    (void)VBEGetVBEMode(pVbe, &vbe_sr->stateMode);

+	

+    if (function == MODE_RESTORE && vbe_sr->stateMode != -1)

+	    VBESetVBEMode(pVbe, vbe_sr->stateMode, NULL);

+

+}

+

+int

+VBEGetPixelClock(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode, int clock)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AX := 4F0Bh VBE Get Pixel Clock

+	BL := 00h Get Pixel Clock

+	ECX := pixel clock in units of Hz

+        DX := mode number

+     

+    Output:

+	AX := VBE Return Status

+	ECX := Closest pixel clock

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f0b;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x00;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = clock;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = mode;

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) != 0x4f)

+	return 0;

+

+    return pVbe->pInt10->cx;

+}

+

+Bool

+VBEDPMSSet(vbeInfoPtr pVbe, int mode)

+{

+    /*

+    Input:

+	AX := 4F10h DPMS

+	BL := 01h Set Display Power State

+	BH := requested power state

+     

+    Output:

+	AX := VBE Return Status

+     */

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4f10;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;

+    switch (mode) {

+    case DPMSModeOn:

+	break;

+    case DPMSModeStandby:

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x100;

+	break;

+    case DPMSModeSuspend:

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x200;

+	break;

+    case DPMSModeOff:

+	pVbe->pInt10->bx |= 0x400;

+	break;

+    }

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+    return (R16(pVbe->pInt10->ax) == 0x4f);

+}

+

+void

+VBEInterpretPanelID(int scrnIndex, struct vbePanelID *data)

+{

+    ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];

+    DisplayModePtr mode;

+    const float PANEL_HZ = 60.0;

+

+    if (!data)

+	return;

+

+    xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "PanelID returned panel resolution %dx%d\n",

+	    data->hsize, data->vsize);

+

+    if (pScrn->monitor->nHsync || pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh)

+	return;

+

+    if (data->hsize < 320 || data->vsize < 240) {

+	xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_INFO, "...which I refuse to believe\n");

+	return;

+    }

+

+    mode = xf86CVTMode(data->hsize, data->vsize, PANEL_HZ, 1, 0);

+

+    pScrn->monitor->nHsync = 1;

+    pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].lo = 31.5;

+    pScrn->monitor->hsync[0].hi = (float)mode->Clock / (float)mode->HTotal;

+    pScrn->monitor->nVrefresh = 1;

+    pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].lo = 56.0;

+    pScrn->monitor->vrefresh[0].hi =

+	(float)mode->Clock*1000.0 / (float)mode->HTotal / (float)mode->VTotal;

+

+    free(mode);

+}

+

+struct vbePanelID *

+VBEReadPanelID(vbeInfoPtr pVbe)

+{

+    int RealOff = pVbe->real_mode_base;

+    pointer page = pVbe->memory;

+    void *tmp = NULL;

+    int screen = pVbe->pInt10->scrnIndex;

+

+    pVbe->pInt10->ax = 0x4F11;

+    pVbe->pInt10->bx = 0x01;

+    pVbe->pInt10->cx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->dx = 0;

+    pVbe->pInt10->es = SEG_ADDR(RealOff);

+    pVbe->pInt10->di = SEG_OFF(RealOff);

+    pVbe->pInt10->num = 0x10;

+

+    xf86ExecX86int10(pVbe->pInt10);

+

+    if ((pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff) != 0x4f) {

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID invalid\n");

+	goto error;

+    }

+

+    switch (pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00) {

+    case 0x0:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read successfully\n");

+	tmp = xnfalloc(32); 

+	memcpy(tmp, page, 32); 

+	break;

+    case 0x100:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID read failed\n");       

+	break;

+    default:

+	xf86DrvMsgVerb(screen,X_INFO,3,"VESA VBE PanelID unknown failure %i\n",

+		       pVbe->pInt10->ax & 0xff00);

+	break;

+    }

+

+error:

+    return tmp;

+}